Travel Planner Quick Menu -------------------------------------------------------------- Introducing Uganda Uganda Facts Political Past Recommended Reading and Maps Internet References Entry Visa ' s Uganda Missions Abroad Diplomatic Missions in Uganda Getting There and Away Transportation Bus Time Table and Fares ex Kampala Uganda Wildlife Authority Gorilla Permits Gorilla Rules and Information Birding in Uganda ----------------- Towns and Cities ------------------ Bundibuygo Entebbe Fort Portal Jinja Kabale District Kampala Kasese Kisoro District Lira Masaka Masindi Mbale Mbarara Soroti Tororo --- National Parks and Wildlife Reserves --- Bwindi Impenetrable Forest Katonga Wildlife Reserve Kibale Forest National Park Kidepo Valley National Park Lake Mburo National Park Mga Hinga National Park Mt . Elgon National Park Murchison Falls National Park Queen Elizabeth National Park - Ishasha Queen Elizabeth National Park - Mweya Rwenzori Mountains National Park Semliki Game Reserve Semliki National Park -------------- Special Interest Areas --------------- Budongo Forest Reserve Bujagali Falls Crater Lakes Kaberole District Lake Bunyonyi Kalinzu Forest Reserve Mabira Forest Reserve Mpanga Forest Reserve Ngamba Island Reserve Ssese Islands -------------------------- HOME -------------------------- Uganda is the birders ' ultimate destination Uganda has more bird species per square kilometre than any other country in Africa . Uganda , roughly the same size as the UK , can boast a national list of 1008 species ! This figure represents more than half the bird species that can be found in the whole of Africa . The key to Uganda ' s diversity is its variety of habitats : arid semi - dessert , rich savannahs , lowland and montane rainforests , vast wetlands , volcanoes and an Afro - alpine zone . Uganda covers an altitude from 650 to 5000m . Palm Nut Vulture - Murchison Falls Forests : Situated on the equator Uganda has an area contiguous with the great Guinea / Congo Basin Rainforest on its Western border . Subsequently there are a number of west and central African bird species occurring in Uganda that are not found elsewhere in East Africa . There are more than 700 forest reserves in Uganda . One particular region is the Albertine Rift Endemic area ( ARE ) , which has 38 species of birds confined to Uganda , Rwanda , Burundi and the Congo . Of these ARE ’ s Uganda has 25 , mostly confined to the forests of Magahinga and Bwindi National Parks in the Southwest . Wetlands : Uganda has 30 , 000 square kilometers of wetland . 210 species from the Shoebill and African Skimmer to the endemic Fox ' s Weaver . 4 Papyrus endemics ; Papyrus Gonolek , Papyrus Canary , White - winged Warbler and Papyrus Yellow Warbler . A White - winged Black Tern roost of 2 - 3 million birds in the Entebbe area . Savannahs vary from the remote , semi - dessert , dry thorn - scrub region of Karamoja in the Northeast , to the richer fertile savannahs of the western Rift valley . Queen Elizabeth National Park has a bird list of 604 species the highest for any protected area in Africa . Shoebill Stork - UWEC Some of the dry thorn - scrub birds : Swallow - tailed Kite Pygmy Falcon Fox Kestrel Quail Plover Black - headed Plover Lichtenstein ' s and Four - banded Sandgrouse Kori , White - bellied and Hartlaub ' s Bustards White - crested Turaco White - bellied Go - away bird Piapiac Bristle - crowned Starling Abyssinian Roller Abyssinian Ground Hornbill Karamoja Apalis Yellow - billed Shrike Pygmy Sunbird Brown - rumped Bunting Kampala and Entebbe : Over 550 species for the region . A suburban garden list of 206 species . 212 species listed in 12hrs by 3 people . One of the largest urban breeding colony of Marabou Storks . Great Blue and Ross ' s Turacos are common city birds . Within The Kampala region are two major forest reserves less than an hours drive from the city which hold a variety of very special birds that includes : Nahan ' s Francolin Cassin ' s Hawk Eagle Crowned Eagle Blue - breasted and White - bellied Kingfishers Blue - throated Roller Purple - throated Cuckoo - shrike Tit - Hylia Brown Twinspot Grey - rumped and Blue Swallows Emerald , Red - chested and Black Cuckoos Weyn ' s Weaver Some common urban birds : Open - billed Stork Grey - crowned Crane Wahlberg ' s Eagle Palm - nut Vulture Black and White Casqued , Crowned and Pied Hornbills Cuckoo Hawk Bat Hawk White - faced Scops Owl African Grey and Brown Parrots Red - faced Lovebird Black - headed Gonolek Uganda ' s 10 most commonly sought after Birds : Shoebill African Green Broadbill Green - breasted Pitta Nahan ' s Francolin Brown - chested Plover Karamoja Apalis Black Bee - eater Ruwenzori Turaco Red - fronted Antpecker Purvell ' s Illadopsis Top Birding spots in Uganda : Mabamba Swamp : Shoebill Stork - Access from Mpigi 30 km west of Kampala . To get to Mabamba by public transport from Kampala take a taxi from the New Taxi Park to Kasanji . From Kasanji town take a boda - boda to Mabamba Bay for Ushs2 , 000 - . Journey from Kasanji 13 . 5 km . If you are coming with your own vehicle when departing Kampala at the Natete roundabout drive 29 . 1 km and turn left onto a good marrum road to Kasanji which is a further 17 . 5km . At the roundabout in Kasanji town proceed straight for a further 3 . 9 km and turn right for 9 . 6 km where you will arrive at Mabamba Bay . Bwindi Impenetrable Forest : Buhoma - Ruhija - Black Bee - eater , African Green Broadbill Budongo Forest : Kaniyo Pabidi - Purvels Illadopsis , Shinning Blue Kingfisher , White Crested Turaco Budongo Forest : The Royal Mile - Chocolate Backed , Dwarf , Blue Breasted Kingfishers Mga Hinga National Park : Ruwenzori Turaco , Red tufted Malachite Sunbird Murchison Falls : Red Fronted Bee Eaters , Denhams Bustard , Shoebill Mabira Forest : Nahan ' s Francolin and various forest species Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary : Black Billed Turaco , White Spotted Crake Lake Mburo : Papyrus Gonelek , Finfoot Rwenzori Mountains : Various Sunbird species Semliki National Park : White Crested Hornbill , Red Dwarf Hornbill , Red Rumped Tinker Bird Kibale Forest : Green Breasted Pitta Shoebill Stork - Mabamba Swamp Migration : Uganda is situated in a major flyway between the Albertine and Great rift Valleys . Of Uganda ' s 1008 species , 137 are Palearctic migrants . At times of peak Spring passage , Waders congregate at all the muddy lagoons around the Entebbe peninsular with mixed flocks of thousands of birds . Thousands of Steppe Buzzards and migrant Black Kites head south with smaller numbers of Honey Buzzard , Steppe and Booted Eagles each October . Flocks of European Hobbies moving through join their African counterparts to feed at dusk in flocks of upto 30 or more around the hills of Kampala . Barn Swallow and Sandmartins congregate in the millions feeding on the even larger swarms of Lake Flies . The Yellow Wagtail overwinters with an estimated 1 million birds roosting in the reedbeds along the Kazinga Channel in QENP . Conclusion For a 10 - 14 day trip in Uganda a birder could probably see in the region of 400 - 500 species and have had the experience of birded in some of the most exciting and beautiful scenery in Africa . Recommeded reading : Where to watch birds in Uganda - Jonathan Rossouw & Marco Sacchi . Cover picture right . Download this comprehensive free Ugandan bird checklist 650KB compiled by Great Lakes Safaris Ugandan Bird Guides : Uganda ' s top bird guides are all members of The Uganda Bird Guides Association . Within the ranks of the association are several excellent national bird guides and those that specialise regionally .

The summer might be over , but there is no reason to stay indoors . Norway is full of autumn activities for people of all ages with everything from musk ox safaris to salmon fishing . Find something that suits you ! 17 / 10 / 2006 :: The leaves are slowly but surely transforming from the familiar green to a diversity of yellow , orange and red . The beautiful colours is one reason why people trek outdoors , even in the receding summer temperatures . And once outside in the fresh air , there are plenty of activities to embark upon . The four national parks Jotunheimen , Rondane , Dovre and Dovrefjell - Sunndalsfjella offer long stretches of unspoilt nature , and in all parks you can find both organised trips as well as opportunities for solitary relaxation . In the mountain ranges you can observe the musk ox in their habitat . The musk ox is a mighty survivor from the last ice age and can only be found in a few countries , including Norway in the Dovrefjell region . On a musk ox safari you can experience the large animals up close , and possibly get a sniff of their characteristic strong smell . For those looking for inspiration in the kitchen , berry and mushroom hunting can be a good idea . The selection of berries and mushrooms in Norway is one of the biggest in Europe , and if you concentrate you might just find a yellow carpet of mushrooms hiding under the trees . River rafting is perhaps not for the timid , but most tour operators offer trips for both beginners and the advanced . Sjoa is one of the most frequently visited rivers , and runs from Jotunheimen through Gudbrandsdalen . Both rafting and kayaking are popular activities and from the river you can observe a magnificent natural scenery . One of Norway ' s most successful exports is the salmon and it is perhaps not surprising that angling is a popular activity among the Norwegian people . In addition to salmon , there are more than 300 species of fish in Norway , and from the British salmon lords started coming here at the beginning of the 19th century sports fishing has drawn enthusiasts from far and near . For tour operators and more information , go to : www . visitnorway . com Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs Send this article to a friend Print version On a musk ox safari you can observe the animals up close . The musk ox is only found in a few countries . Photo : www . opplandbooking . com Rafting for pros and beginners - Norway has both . Photo : Sjoa Rafting There are more than 300 species of fish in Norway , though the country is probably most known for its salmon . Photo : Bernd Kuleisa / Innovasjon Norge

1 . Mountain Gorilla Tracking Uganda is well known worldwide as home to over half of the world s population of mountain gorillas . These primates have their own natural habitat in the tropical rain forests located in the South West of the country . 360 gorillas are living in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park , where four families are habituated for the tourist visits . Gorilla tracking is the first choice for any visitor traveling to Uganda , as this is an unforgettable and unique experience . Acacia Safaris offers the opportunity to realize un unforgettable gorilla safari in Uganda . 2 . Chimpanzee Trekking Uganda is hosting a large population of different species of primates , like chimpanzee , black and white colobus , red tailed monkey , blue monkey , golden monkeys , bush babies . The Chimpanzee trekking is another experience that Uganda offering to its visitors , as there are many families habituated to the human presence . Uganda counts an estimated number of 5 . 000 chimpanzees . This activity is possible in Kibale National Park , Budongo Forest and Kyambura Gorge ( in Queen Elizabeth National Park ) . 3 . Wildlife safaris game drive in the National Parks Uganda offers ten organized National Parks , as well as a number of Natural Forests and Natural Reserve areas , with a broad range of different safaris and wildlife experience . Among the significant attractions are : the boat - launch trips ( in Queen Elizabeth , Murchison Falls , Lake Mburo ) , natural walks and game drives in any park with private vehicles . Very different from other African countries , “ safari ” in Uganda means a real closeness to the nature , the animals , the people , the ambience . Safari in Uganda is a unique opportunity of true , direct and uncontaminated wildlife . 4 . Bird Watching Uganda is gaining an increasing reputation as an exceptional worldwide destination for “ bird watching ” activities . Although the size of Uganda is not particularly big , however it hosts over 1000 species of birds ( whereas in Europe there are 700 species ) , also due to the diversity of its territory ( from the Lake Victoria , to Rwenzori mountains , to the desert land of Karamoja ) . Bird watching activities are available basically everywhere : from the Ssese islands of Lake Victoria , to the National Parks and Natural Reserves . Amongst the birds , many are special , such as Shoebill stork , Papyrus gonolek , African fish eagle , horn bills , lyre tailed honey guide . The best sites for bird watching are : Semliki National Park and Wildlife Reserve , Bwindi Impenetrable National Park , Queen Elizabeth National park , Lake Mburo National Park , Murchison Falls National Park , Mabira Forest and Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary . Acacia Safaris offers a well qualified birding guides and specific itineraries . 5 . Water Rafting and Source of the Nile The legendary Source of the river Nile from Lake Victoria is located in Uganda , close to Jinja town . This is the starting point for the white water rafting route , which is widely regarded to be as exhilarating as the more famous Zambesi Gorge below Victoria Falls . About 10 kms downriver of the Source of the Nile is Bujagali Falls , a series of impressive rapids , fantastic scenery even for spending a relaxing day . The whitewater rafting activities have three options : half day , full day and two days , from a minimum of 5 kilometers to 30 kilometers . All levels and ages are considered ; safety is guaranteed by high professional staff and equipments . Acacia Safaris is booking your unforgettable rafting experience on river Nile . 6 . Rwenzori Mountaneering , the “ Mountains of the Moon ” Rwenzori is the biggest mountain range in Africa , running for over 120 kms along the border with Congo . Originated from the geological phenomena along the Albertine Rift Valley , It has not a volcanic origin unlike many other African mountains . Today it is enclosed within the Rwenzori Mountains National Park . In the central part , there are six main mountains . The highest is Mount Stanley , whose main snow covered peak , Margherita , 5 . 109m , is the third in Africa , only after Mount Kilimanjaro and Mount Kenya . In the legend Rwenzori Mountains are known as the “ Mountains of the Moon . The first climber to ascend the highest peaks of Rwenzori was the Italian Prince Luigi Amedeo of Savoy the Duke of Abruzzi in 1906 . 2006 is the Centenary of the historical climbing . Joint initiatives will occur both in Italy and Uganda aimed at promoting the image of this little known area of the world , far from the international tourist circuits . Visit the official website of the Celebrations and for information on the Rwenzori : www . rwenzoriabruzzi . com . Activities : Visitors to the Rwenzori can undertake the seven days long “ central circuit ” trekking , with possible climbing up to the main peaks . Otherwise a number of hiking options ( one day , two days or more ) are possible from the locations surrounding the Park ( Kasese , Fort Portal , Ibanda ) . It is remarkable that many people visit Rwenzori to experience the extraordinary vegetation , the colorful flowers and lobelias . Visits to Rwenzori are advisable during the dry season from December to February and from June to September . Acacia Safaris promotes the Rwenzori trekking and climbing as an unforgettable experience for whoever likes mountaineering and trekking in an original and exclusive place . 7 . Ecotourism and Cultural Tours Uganda is a multicultural and multi tribal society , with at least 33 tribes and languages . Many regions in Uganda have kingdoms including the Buganda , Busoga , Bunyoro and Toro . Kingdoms and tribe are still very meaningful for people s life , beliefs and uses . The main Ugandan tribe is the Baganda , corresponding to the area of Kampala and Entebbe , today represented by the Buganda king and Buganda Parliament in Kampala ( Bulanghe ) , where the chiefs ( head of tribes ) are seating to discuss the problems and life of their people . As a consequence , tourism in Uganda is also : cultural tourism , traditional handicraft , dance and music performances , local medicine demonstration , local brewery production ( banana beer , sorghum beer ) , local beliefs and their traditional sites . For this reason it is well developed the form of “ community tourism , also with a proper association , UCOTA ( Uganda Community Tourism Association ) , which is working for improving the livelihoods of the local village communities . Uganda is the paradise of “ ecotourisme , where visitors are welcome as the people see them as a vehicle for a sustainable tourist development . In Uganda tourist activities are carried out in the respect of the environment and culture . There are plenty possibility for eco - friendly itineraries , including nature walks , trekking , cycling . 8 . Ssese Islands and Lake Victoria Much of the Ugandan territory is covered with water , rivers and lakes . The biggest lakes are : Victoria , Albert , Edward , Kyoga . In particular , Lake Victoria – the biggest in Africa - is becoming a tourist destination in Uganda thanks to the attractions offered by the archipelago of the Ssese Islands , though is still a virgin place . These are 84 in number : some of them are very small ; others have big extension and population , like Bugala Island , which is actually hosting most or the accommodation , beach and activities , like fishing , bird watching excursions , and boat riding . The second and spectacular island is Bukasa , where you can experience real fishermen village life , natural walks in an uncontaminated forest , experiencing African crops and fruits . Activities . Ssese Islands are reachable through public transport boats from Kasenyi Landing Site or by ferry boat from Entebbe Pier to Lutoboka Bay in Bugala Island . Other internal transportation can be arranged by hiring private boats . 9 . Sport Fishing Sport fishing is done on Lake Victoria and Murchison Falls National Park . The main catch of the Lake is the Nile Perch , which is the largest fresh water game fish in the whole world ; the method of fishing is by use of trolling lures . The most common fish of the lake is tilapia . At Murchison Falls , fish are often caught using a live bait . Fishing is generally done over a few days , requiring some level of fitness and experience . Acacia Safaris organizes your sport fishing activity , especially if you choose to visit Ssese Islands . 10 . Kampala Kampala is the capital city of Uganda , with over 1 . 2 milion inhabitants ( Census 2002 ) . Originally , like Rome , was founded on seven hills , each with its own particular function ( Namirembe , Makerere , Kibuli , Kololo , Rubaga , Mulago and Old Kampala ) . It is named after “ impala , which is an antelope specie common in the region . Kampala is also the political capital of Buganda Kingdom , and hosts the Parliament ( Bulanghe ) , the Royal Palace and the tombs of the kings ( Kasubi tombs ) . The Buganda tribe represents over 20 % of the whole population in Uganda and it speaks Luganda , which is the spoken language in Kampala and most of Southern Uganda . Kampala is a modern and very safe town , which offers to her visitors a number of cultural and artistic sites , a part from the entertainments and the possibilities for walking through the shops and markets of the city centre . Sightseeing in Kampala : The National Theatre , The Parliament Building , “ Nommo ” Art Gallery , Uganda Museum , African Exposure Craft Market , Kasubi Tombs , Bulange ( Buganda kingdom Parliament ) , Saint Paul s Namirembe Protestant Cathedral , Saint Mary s Rubaga Catholic Cathedral , Hindu Temple Bahai , Kibuli Mosque . Back to Uganda main page .. <<

the last ten years peace and tranquillity have returned to most of Uganda . The country has regained the qualities for which it was once named " The Pearl of Africa " : sprawling game reserves , breathtaking views , rich cultural traditions and the people . Uganda attracts the free spirits , the Africa lovers , and the adventure seekers . There is much to see and do - the sheer exhilaration rafting of the mighty Nile , the unforgetable awe of trekking mountain gorillas , majestic forests , birdwatching , the excitement of stalking chimpanzees in the wild , Murchison Falls where the Nile River plunges twenty metres through a seven metre crevice , the wonder of climbing Mt . Elgon , the serene beauty of the many islands in Lake Victoria , the World Heritage listed Rwenzori Mountains - truly an unforgetable life experience , and many other beautiful places . BREAKING NEWS - RWENZORI MTS MAY RE - OPEN VERY SOOOOOOON !! From the source of the White Nile on Lake Victoria to the snow capped Rwenzori Mountains , from the plains of Kidepo National Park to the lush forests of Bwindi National Park , Uganda is a country of astonishing contrasts and rich diversity . Mt Elgon National Park is situated on the Uganda / Kenya border and is about 30km north east of Mbale town . You may book to climb Mt Elgon either in Mbale at the Uganda Wildlife offices ( quite a walk from the centre of town ) or book when you get up to Budadiri . There is a small basic campground at Budadiri and the park rangers will pick you the morning of your trek . A five day permit costs $ 90 plus you have to pay for a guide at $ 10 per day and porters at $ 7 per day . Mt . Elgon is a relatively easy mountain to climb , but you definitely need warm clothes , a tent and a rain coat as it can be cold nd rainy . The best time of the year to climb is June to August and December to March which is during the dry season . Sipi Falls on the northern side of the mountain is well worth the time to visit . There are several campsites however the Crows Nest is the most popular with bandas and camping overlooking Sipi Falls . Murchison Falls National Park is about four hours drive from Kampala , situated north of Masindi and bisected by the Nile River . Murchison Falls is spectular with the Nile River forcing it ' s way through a seven metre wide chasm . From Para Rest Camp you can organize a boat trip up the Victoria for $ 10 per person ( minimium 10 people ) where you are treated to spectular viewing of hippos , crocodiles basking in the sun , elephants , bufflo , and many other animals . At the base of the falls you stop on a small island so as to experience the unforgetable atmosphere . The park is home to the much sort after shoebill stork whick lives in the many papyrus swamps and is popular amongst birders . To experience the best game drives it is better to organize a ranger or guide , cross the river on one of the ferries ( $ 40 over & back ) and do a game drive in the north western sector . Kidepo Valley National Park is tucked away in the savannah of the remote Northeast region . Many say it has the most striking scenery in all of Uganda . It is host to more large mammal species than any other national park in Uganda ; 28 are found nowhere else in Uganda , among these are : jackal , African hunting dog , bat eared fox , striped hyena , aardwolf , cheetah , and caracal , Grant¹s gazelle , greater kudu , lesser kudu , roan antelope , Beira oryx , Guenther¹s dik dik , mountain reedbuck , common duiker , klipspringer , oribi , Defassa waterbuck , Uganda kob , and bohor reedbuck . This alone is impressive , but when combined with the over 460 bird species , it becomes one of the most faunistically impressive national park in all Uganda . The only drawback is the fact that it takes considerable time or money or both to reach . By far the best way to reach Kidepo is by chartering a flight . This will cost about $ 380 a person but you need a minimum of 5 people before you can charter the flight . Otherwise you are looking at a 280 km . road through treacherous land . There are a few places to stay , but they range widely in price from $ 10 to $ 200 . If you want ³ o ff the beaten track² then this is the place for you . Or it is possible to catch public transport up to Soroti then make your way up to Kaabong from there you may get the supply truck from the park which comes into Kaabong every Saturday morning to pick up supplies and returns to the park Saturday afternoon . This arrangement is only for travellers ( tourists ) to get into to park and not a local transport . Although it is considered safe to travel to Moroto via Soroti , it is NOT recommended to travel Mbale directly to Moroto as there is problems with renegade groups . However having said that a much better way to get up to Kidepo National Park is to travel from Kampala to Kidepo is via Lira to Kitido by bus . This bus leaves Kampala daily and arrives in Kitido at around sunset . From Kitido although not regular you can get transport to Kaabong where every Saturday you may catch the supply truck which goes to Kaabong on a shopping trip every saturday .. This is a special arrangement for tourists only who wish to visit Kidepo National Park . Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is one of the best places to see the mountain gorilla in Uganda . As you might guess from the name , this is a genuine tropical rainforest . About half of the worlds mountain gorilla population live within the park and this is the main reason for visiting the park . There are also around 93 mammal species and 345 bird species inhabiting the area . The best approach for getting to see the gorillas is to contact a Kampala tour operator and give them a window which you will be available to visit the park . You can expect to pay $ 250 for the excursion , but its well worth the money . The experience of seeing mountain gorillas up close i the wild is one of the most unforgettable experiences you can have in ³ t h e pearl of Africa² . Mgahinga Gorilla National Park is the smallest park in Uganda and is 1 of 2 parks that you can see the mountain gorilla . It has incredible panoramic views of the Virunga Mountains - a series of 6 extinct and 3 active volcanoes . The park protects 76 mammal species , which includes : the golden monkey , black and white colobus , leopard , elephant , giant forest hog , bushpig , buffalo , and bushbuck . Also , the park hosts 87 bird species . There are several activities to pursue in the park including : caving , forest walks , and day hikes which could easily occupy a week of your time . There is a nice , inexpensive place to stay , Amarijambere Iwacu Community Campground , just outside the park . Camping is $ 3 ( $ 4 for a hired tent ) . There are bandas for $ 10 and dorm beds cost $ 5 . For Mgahinga , gorilla permits are $ 175 plus $ 15 park entrance . Lake Bunyonyi , meaning ³ p l a c e of little birds² , is a great place to relax for a couple of days . The lake is very beautiful , with many small islands and is surrounded by terraced hills . The lake is a beautiful place to get away from the hustle and makes quite a romantic setting nestling in the hills . There are several buses from Kampala to Kabale everyday . This will take about 6 hours and costs $ 12 , 000 . To get to the lake from Kabale , you may get a taxi which should cost about 10 , 000 - or alternatively - Mondays and Fridays there is a local market at the lake so there is plenty of public transport for 1 , 000 . Kibale Forest Reseve , 25 km south of Fort Portal is home to the highest density of primates in Africa . While the main attraction are the chimpanzee , other primates include the red - tailed monkey , vervet , L Hoest ' s . blue monkey , grey cheeked manabey , red colobus , black and white colobus , and olive baboon . Over 300 bird species can be found within the park boundries . Kibale Forest has involved the local community in eco - tourism projects and preservation of wildlife . Both staff and community are enthustastic about the future of the park and animal / bird species within - well done - . Visitation fees are $ 7 for non residents and $ 5 for residents . You may camp inside the park for $ 10 which is a great experience . Nearby Bogodi Wetland Santuary and Lake Nkuruba are well worth visiting with Lake Nkuruba running a campsite with camping , bandas and a small hut overlooking the lake . The forest around the small crater lake is home to much wildlife and often visited by chimpanzee as they travel through the area . Rwenzori National Park , ( POSSIBILY RE - OPENING SOON ) unfortunately the Rwenzori Mountains were closed three years ago due to insecurity and rebel activity in the area , however since January 2000 the situation has been calm . Early this year ( 2000 ) his Excellency , the Honorable President of Uganda , Yoweri Kaguta Museveni climbed to the top of the Rwenzori with several journalists to show that security was OK and the journalists wrote saying that the mountains should be reopened . Since then three seperate groups of mountaineers have climbed and returned with glowing reports of their experience . They were also very pleased with the Ugandan Army , their attitude towards tourists and professional commitment to maintaining security . It has been recommended that the park be re - opened however there is a lot to be done . The bridge crossing is in poor condition and needs repair , the huts need repair , and infrastucture needs to be put in place . We have been told that all going well , as soon as is possible the Rwenzori Mountains will re - open and once again become a major attraction in East Africa . The board of Uganda Wildlife Authority is to hear latest developments and suggestions at their next board meeting and discuss the possibility of re - opening the park , if the answer is ' yes ' then , their recommendation will be forwarded to the Ministry of Tourism , discussed , and plans made on how to implement any discission . Should it be to open revelant arrangements and processes will then be made for the Ministry of Tourism to officially anounce the decision . Trekking will not be allowed prior to opening however there is HOPE . We will keep you posted as soon as news breaks , with prices , how to arrange and book

IT S ALL KOBS : Hima manager Dennis Kashero ( left ) hands utl Kobs team their prize By Kalungi Kabuye Main Cup final Utl Kobs 22 Harlequins 5 Plate Final MTN Heathens 19 Impis 0 Bowl final Impis II 20 Bruins 5 Shield final Rhinos 32 Saracens 0 KOBS ' formidable run continued yesterday as they made easy work of Kenyan side Harlequins , beating them convincingly 22 - 5 to win the 2006 Hima Mak rugby 10s . The utl Kobs capped a great year with the victory at Kyadondo but , admitted the Hima contest was tougher this year . The presence of the Kenyan teams means you cannot take anything for granted , so it was indeed a tougher tournament than last year , Kobs captain Timothy Mudoola said . But the players had the right attitude , they clearly wanted to win , and it s the sweeter for that because we can achieve a sweep of all the trophies this year . Kob s Simon Wakabi was top try scorer with 52 points , while James Gichuru from Impis was named the MVP . In the Plate , MTN Heathens took out revenge on the Hima Impis , crushing them 19 - 0 , while Impis II salvaged something for the hosts by beating MUBS Bruins 20 - 5 to lift the Bowl . Kobs reached the final after seeing off Nairobi University s Mean Machine 12 - 7 in the quarters . Pirates drew 0 - 0 with MTN Heathens , who had to win a toss of a coin to advance to the semis . The Hima 10s are traditionally the last item on the rugby calendar , but with this year s World Cup qualifiers , the Sevens Circuit has two legs left .

POST : MANAGER CORPORATE PLANNING ( 01 POSITION ) DEPARTMENT : CORPORATE SERVICES REPORTS TO : ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER RESEARCH & PLANNING ROLE : Plan and coordinate the development and evaluation of the URA business plans in line with the URA corporate strategy KEY RESULT AREAS : 1 . Coordinate and supervise the preparation of annual URA business plans , monitor and evaluate their implementation in line with URA business strategy . 2 . Coordinate the compilation of URA departmental Business plans ( including planning charts and checklists ) , monitor implementation and prepare the evaluation reports in line with the URA Business strategy 3 . Evolve revenue collection strategies for existing and new heads to ensure revenue collection growth and sustainability and initiate / examine feasibility for new tax heads in line with URA business strategy . 4 . Formulate a framework for soliciting information from internal and external clients and support the forecast and planning to ensure optimal performance in tax administration operations . 5 . Manage the development of strategy / concept papers covering all URA tax heads and specifically recommending any necessary systems re - engineering or corporate image improvement measures . 6 . Manage the performance and development of staff in line with the URA Human Resource Management Manual . Person specifications a ) Character : Candidate must have Strategic , conceptual and analytical skills Self driven person with excellent Oral and written communication skills A results oriented person with ability to work under pressure . Interpersonal and client interaction skills with ability to lead and work as part of a team Versatility and willingness to work across various functional areas . Demonstrated high level of integrity b ) Qualifications : Essential : A Bachelors degree in Economics or Statistics from a recognized Institution . Post Graduate qualifications in strategy development or management . A demonstrated interest and knowledge in tax policy formulation and tax administration . Added Advantage : Research related or project management training . Considerable knowledge of and exposure to challenges facing tax Administration . Computer Literacy and proficiency in management software like PRIMAVERA . c ) Experience : Must have experience in performing economic evaluations , feasibility studies and preparing requests for budgetary approval . Must have experience in budget management and forecasting and project management . At least 4 years experience in corporate strategy development , business analysis and plan execution monitoring work in a reputable organization and at least two of these should be at middle or top levels in the hierarchy . POST : SUPERVISOR RESEARCH AND STATISTICS ( 01 Position ) DEPARTMENT : CORPORATE SERVICES REPORTS TO : MANAGER RESEARCH AND STATISTICS ROLE : Collect and analyze revenue related data for decision making in line with Departmental Guidelines . KEY RESULT AREAS : 1 . Collect , compile , analyze data and information to identify areas of potential revenue loss in the assigned sector ( s ) , and generate a report in line with the Departmental Guidelines 2 . Profile , Identify , collect and establish the tax status of various taxpayers and advise collecting departments in line with Departmental Guidelines 3 . Evaluate the impact of tax policy measures on the main revenue lines and generate periodical reports in line with Departmental Guidelines . 4 . Carry out Macro and Micro economic analysis on tax revenue to provide executive support for tax policy and administration purposes in line with Departmental Guidelines . 5 . Compile and consolidate all URA related statistical data for revenue and expenditure analysis in accordance with the set reporting standards . 6 . Manage the performance and development of staff in line with the URA Human Resource Management Manual . Person Specifications : a ) Character : Candidate must have Strategic , conceptual and analytical skills Self driven person with excellent Oral and written communication skills A results oriented person with ability to work under pressure . Interpersonal and client interaction skills with ability to lead and work as part of a team Demonstrated high level of integrity b ) Qualifications : Essential : A degree in Economics , Business Administration , Commerce or Statistics . Research - related training especially in statistical analysis , econometrics and research methods . Added Advantage : A demonstrated interest , knowledge and hands on experience in tax policy / administration and exposure to the current challenges in tax revenue reporting / statistics . Computer Literacy and proficiency in econometric tools like STATA , E - VIEWS , LIMDEP or SPSS . c ) Experience : Must have experience in research and statistical methods / modules including analysis of variance , multiple regression , survey sampling , multivariate methods , experimental design and nonparametric statistics . At least 3 years technical or professional experience in quantitative and qualitative research , statistical data analysis techniques and program evaluation in a reputable organization . Benefits : These are middle management positions in the authority with an attractive remuneration package for the successful candidates APPLICATION PROCEDURE : ( a ) Interested candidates should post their applications , including a detailed Curriculum Vitae and copies of relevant certificates , testimonials and two ( 2 ) referees in sealed envelopes to : The Commissioner Corporate Services Uganda Revenue Authority P . O . Box 7279 , Kampala OR Hand delivered to : The Assistant Commissioner Human ResourceUganda Revenue Authority - Training Centre Lugogo Bypass . ( b ) Applications should reach by 5 : 00pm of Friday 24th November , 2006 . ( c ) NB : Only short listed candidates will be contacted .

I refer to Wafula Oguttu s commentary in The New Vision of October 6 on page 10 titled , Who should we blame for sleepy ministers ? Wafula , the FDC party spokesman , was referring to President Yoweri Museveni s speech at a government retreat where the President reportedly told his Ministers and Permanent Secretaries that they are a sleepy lot , inefficient and wasteful . The honest and frank internal criticism within government has gotten a lot of minds exercised , not least that of Wafula Oguttu . He has not had much to tell the country apart from some dodgy interpretation of financial numbers in government . He missed the point which was the fact that there is honest self assessment in government . We have not had any admission of the inadequacies of our opposition . It only happens with the odd disgruntlement like when internal intrigue rigs people out of opportunities such as positions in the shadow cabinet , East African Legislative Assembly or facilitation by the state . So it is understandable that such dynamism which is alien to FDC is construed as a vote of not confidence . Wafula has conveniently forgotten their social scandals and personal differences that rocked their retreat at Ranch on the Lake . It is said that one of their leaders was on the receiving end of quite a few slaps from her man for flirting with a less than honourable colleague . Then there were some female officials who were tearing at each other over political supremacy . I do not recall any resignations or departures as a result . Certainly Wafula was studiously silent . You may recall that not so long ago , Wafula was boasting in these pages about training me among many others . It is true and by the time I left I had been working under him for four years . Those who like me went through his hands will remember lots of good things about Waf , as we called him . But there were some very significant limitations too . Wafula does interfere a lot with other people s work . I am made to believe that this is a habit he has carried to his current role at FDC . When I worked as the Legal and Administration Officer , he handled all the legal matters directly with the company lawyer who was also his brother in - law . He would go over supervisors and deal directly with their reports sometimes to find fault on the part of the different bosses . I can say this because I worked with him . But for him to say so of President Museveni with whom he has never worked or worked for , is to engage in rumour mongering , quite typical for those who know him well . It is therefore rather rich of him to criticise others for failing to deal with a vice which he has richly nurtured . When he was in charge at The Monitor , there were some glaring errors which he did not correct . I remember standing outside the Dewinton Road office with him and Kyazze , the two of us telling him he needed a proper marketing department to sell for revenue rather than just administering distribution of newspapers . He did not think it was necessary . Yet you hear him mourning about loss of advertising revenue because of a ban by government . He simply lacked initiative to deal with the issue . For a long time he was told about debilitating cost of the chaos in the accounts department yet he failed to do anything about it . Then he compounded it by entering a newspaper distribution deal that hindered circulation growth . This combination of factors led to a forced sale to the Aga Khan . It was not the sweetheart deal it was presented to be . Waf s leadership at The Monitor had the dubious reputation of presiding over two workers strikes that led to departures including one led by an active shareholder . Yet Wafula did not have the decency to leave in the manner he is advising President Museveni . He was forced out by the majority shareholder to pave way for better performance . Waf s track record at the helm of any organisation is perhaps the best evidence of his own assertion that accountability and self respect are alien to the country . For now the majority shareholders of Uganda think Museveni s leadership is performing , which is why he is still around . Every time the President asks poor or non performers to leave government , the Wafulas come out to say that the President does not tolerate dissent . No wonder many have wound up in his political stable . Birds of the same feathers flock together . It is this reason that the population rejected them including Wafula who performed dismally at the parliamentary elections . There is something extra that the people in his village know which rhymes with what I and his majority shareholders may find familiar . The new doomsday message that predicts an apocalyptic end to the NRM rule is just a smokescreen for the internal crisis of confidence in FDC . It masks the woeful inadequacy to address and deal with the real issues . That is why their message is one of lies , distortion and hatred for one man , Museveni . Readers would have been better served if this space had been sold to advertise the work of a more enterprising business . The writer is the Director of the Government Media Centre

Cisco Certified Network Associate ( CCNA ) Programme Programme Cisco Certified Network Professional ( CCNP ) Programme IT - Essentials Cisco Certified Network Associate ( CCNA ) Programme CCNA is a comprehensive curriculum that includes four separate modules . The curriculum emphasizes the use of decision - making and problem - solving techniques to resolve networking issues . Students learn how to install and configure switches and routers in local and wide - area networks using various protocols and provide Level 1 troubleshooting service , and improve network performance and security . Additionally , training is provided in the proper care , maintenance , and use of networking software tools and equipment . The CCNA certification course features the following modules : • CCNA1 Networking Basics Upon completion of CCNA 1 , the students will be able to perform tasks related to the following : * Introduction to networking , network math , networking fundamentals * Cabling LANS and WANS , cable testing and working with networking media such as ; copper , optical and wireless media . * Ethernet fundamentals , Ethernet switching and Ethernet technologies * OSI Model , TCP / IP Protocol suite and IP addressing * Routing fundamentals and subnets • CCNA2 Routers and Routing Basics Upon completion of CCNA 2 , the students will be able to perform tasks related to the following : * Router Configuration , Operating Cisco IOS Software , router boot sequence and verification , and managing the Cisco file system of a router . * Routing and Routed protocols * TCP / IP Suite Error and control messages * Basic router troubleshooting * Access Control Lists ( ACLs ) and restricting network access using ACLs • CCNA3 Switching Basics and Intermediate Routing Upon completion of CCNA 3 , the students will be able to perform tasks related to the following : * Classless routing , Variable length subnet masking ( VLSM ) * Configuration of protocols such as ; Single Area OSPF and EIGRP * Switch Configuration * Virtual LAN ( VLAN ) configuration and troubleshooting . * Virtual Trunking Protocol ( VTP ) and Inter - VLAN Routing • CCNA4 WAN Technologies Upon completion of CCNA 4 , the students will be able to perform tasks related to the following : * Scaling Networks with NAT ( Network Address Translation ) and PAT ( Port Address Translation ) * WAN Design and WAN Technologies such as ; Frame relay , Digital Subscribers Line ( DSL ) , ISDN , Leased Line , and X . 25 . * Serial Point - to - Point Links ( PPP ) * Network administration and management of workstations and servers . Minimum admission Requirements To be admitted for a course leading to the award of CCNA Certificate , a candidate must have completed O ' Level and thus possesses O ' Level Certificate . Cisco Certified Network Professional ( CCNP ) Programme The professional - level curriculum builds on CCNA with more complex network configurations , diagnosis , and troubleshooting . Students learn about complex network configurations and how to diagnose and troubleshoot network problems . Trains students to install configure and operate local - and wide - area networks ( LANs and WANs ) , and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with protocols and technologies such as : TCP / IP , OSPF , EIGRP , BGP , ISDN , Frame Relay , STP , and VTP . The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement scalable networks , build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies , create and deploy a global intranet , and troubleshooting routers and switches for multiprotocol client hosts and services . The CCNP certification course features the following modules : • CCNP1 Advanced Routing Upon completion of CCNP1 , students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including : * Selecting and configuring scalable IP addresses * Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple , advanced , IP routing protocols such as OSPF , EIGRP , and BGP * Configuring access lists * Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network • CCNP2 Remote Access Upon completion of CCNP2 , students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks including : * Configuring Asynchronous connections * Point - to - Point Protocol ( PPP ) architecture , protocol , callback , and compression * ISDN architecture , protocol layers , BRI and DDR * Configuring X . 25 , Frame Relay , and AAA • CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Upon completion of CCNP3 , students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks including : * Fast Ethernet , Gigabit Ethernet * VLAN basics , types , identification , and trunking protocol * Spanning Tree Protocol * MLS processes , and configuration * Multicasting protocols , routing , and tasks • CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Upon completion of CCNP4 , students will be able to perform network - troubleshooting tasks in areas such as : * OSI Layers 1 , 2 , and 3 * TCP / IP , LAN switching , VLANs , Frame Relay , ISDN , Appletalk , Novell , EIGRP , OSPF , BGP Admission Requirements To be admitted for a course leading to the award of CCNP Certificate , a candidate must have completed CCNA and thus possesses CCNA certificate . IT - Essentials This course introduces students to information technology and data communications . This hands - on , lab - oriented course stresses laboratory safety and working effectively in a group environment . • IT Essentials I : PC Hardware and Software Competencies Presents an in - depth exposure to computer hardware and operating systems . Students learn the functionality of hardware and software components as well as suggested best practices in maintenance , and safety issues . Through hands on activities and labs , students learn how to assemble and configure a computer , install operating systems and software , and troubleshoot hardware and software problems . In addition , an introduction to networking is included . Acquired competencies include : * Building a computer and installation of the motherboard , floppy and hard drives , CD - ROM , and video cards . * Installing and managing Windows operating systems . * Adding peripherals and multimedia capabilities . * Knowledge of local - area network architecture , networking protocols and the OSI Model , and TCP / IP utilities . * Connecting the computer to a local area network and to the Internet . * In addition to basic networking concepts , the functions and configurations of a network are also covered . • IT Essentials II : Network Operating Systems This hands - on , lab - oriented course is designed to be an overview of network operating systems and specifically covers the Linux Red Hat Network operating system . Students will learn how to use the Linux operating system , the K Desktop Environment ( KDE ) , and GNU Network Object Model ( GNOME ) . This course will be a stepping stone to help prepare students for challenging careers , such as skilled hardware support professional and Linux support professional . Acquired competencies include : * Configuration of network services , including basic network security and troubleshooting . * Use fundamental command - line features of the Linux environment including file system navigation , file permissions , the vi text editor , command shells , and basic network use . * Explore GUI features including Applications Manager , Text Editor , printing , and mail . * Know basic administrative tasks with Windows 2000 . Minimum admission Requirements To be admitted for a course leading to the award of Certificate in IT Essentials , a candidate must have basic knowledge about the computer or she / he completed CCA . • Fundamentals of Wireless Local Area Networks ( WLANS ) Fundamentals of Wireless LANs is a course that focuses on the design , planning , implementation , operation and troubleshooting of wireless networks . It covers a comprehensive overview of technologies , security , and design best practices with particular emphasis on hands - on skills in the following areas : * Wireless LAN setup & troubleshooting * 802 . 11a & 802 . 11b technologies , products and solutions * Site Surveys * Resilient WLAN design , installation and configuration * WLAN Security - 802 . 1x , EAP , LEAP , WEP , SSID * Vendor interoperability strategies * Wireless bridging The Wireless LANs course advances students on a career path toward the following occupations : systems engineer , product support engineer , and systems integrator . For higher - education bound students , this course prepares them for electrical engineering or computer and management information systems degree programs . * Design a logical wireless LAN architecture for mobile wireless users in compliance with IEEE 802 . 11 standards . * Demonstrate knowledge of the theory regarding the most common factors that influence WLANs ( including EM spectrum , radio wave propagation , modulation techniques , and frequency and channel usage in wireless technologies ) . * Installation of in - building and building - to - building WLANs with Cisco devices and appropriate antennas that meet mobility and throughput specifications , including the site survey and documentation . * Perform hardware setup and software configuration of Cisco Aironet wireless products including security using WEP , Cisco LEAP , and 802 . 1x protocols . * Upgrade wireless products and troubleshoot performance issues using event logging , command - line utilities , and diagnostic tools . • Fundamentals of Network Security Fundamentals of Network Security teaches students to design and implement security solutions that will reduce the risk of revenue loss and vulnerability . This course teaches students to design and implement security solutions to reduce the risk of revenue loss and vulnerability . This course combines hands - on experience , instructor - led lectures , and a Web - based curriculum for students Acquired course competencies include : * Security policy design and management * Security technologies , products and solutions * Firewall and secure router design , installation , configuration and maintenance * AAA implementation using routers and firewalls * VPN implementation using routers and firewalls Specifics . * Select appropriate security hardware , software , policies , and configurations based on an organization ' s assessment of its security vulnerabilities in order to provide protection against known security threats . * Perform advanced installation , configuration , monitoring , troubleshooting , maintenance , and recovery on Cisco IOS ® and PIX ® firewalls . * Configure intrusion detection feature on the Cisco IOS router and PIX firewalls . * Install and configure CSACS for AAA service on Cisco IOS and PIX firewalls . * Configure site - to - site VPNs between Cisco devices and remote access VPNs between Cisco device and clients to ensure privacy and confidentiality . The Network Security course advances students on a career path toward the following occupations : network security analyst , senior systems analyst , and systems architect . For higher education bound students , this course prepares them for electrical engineering or computer and management information systems degree programs . Minimum admission Requirements To be admitted for a course leading to the award of Certificate in WLANs , a candidate must have completed all four CCNA modules .

[ Date Prev ] [ Date Next ] [ Thread Prev ] [ Thread Next ] [ Date Index ] [ Thread Index ] RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP To : < taskforce @ uixp . co . ug > Subject : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP From : lunghabo @ linuxsolutions . co . ug Date : Mon , 4 Feb 2002 11 : 47 : 04 + 0300 Content - transfer - encoding : 7BIT Content - type : text / plain ; charset = US - ASCII Delivered - To : taskforce - archive @ lists . eahd . or . ug Delivered - To : taskforce @ uixp . co . ug In - reply - to : < 3329C67DF372FD429F610AF04ACDC5381126A5 @ ugamailudb . mtn . co . ug > Sender : owner - taskforce @ lists . eahd . or . ug Barbara could you please indicate to us a concrete suggestionon how the IXP can out source its proposed services and yet at the same time allay Mr . Hans ' fears of IXP guys knowing too much about another network ? Otherwise I think Mr . Badru ' s submission is okay . Lunghabo On 2 Feb 2002 , at 10 : 07 , Barbara du Plessis wrote : > I totally concur with Hans ' comments . > In addition , MTN already offers IXP services to its customers and as > such would be unwilling to reallocate nor procure additional resources > for the UIXP . For practical and financial reasons it may be beneficial > for the UIXP to consider outsourcing its proposed services rather than > investing in infrastructure and resources which it can ill afford . > Contractually it can ensure all goals and policies are achieved and > maintained and can thereby focus on strategic and administrative > issues pertinent to the interest of all its members . > > Barbara du Plessis > GM IT > MTN Uganda Limited > > > ----- Original Message ----- > From : Hans U . Haerdtle [ mailto : hansu @ imul . com ] > Sent : Saturday , February 02 , 2002 1 : 58 AM > To : Badru Ntege ; techies @ uixp . co . ug > Cc : taskforce @ uixp . co . ug > Subject : Re : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP > > Well , certainly a very noble idea from a technical point of view , but > practically I don ' t see this working . Building a skill base of > engineers and gaining expertise is certainly in any good and > professionally run company ' s very own interest and training will be > provided to their technical staff . > > This is simply necessary in our industry because the most advanced > technology applied will give the respective company the competitive > edge in the market . And this is directly proportional to the company ' s > business success due to client appreciation of superior QoS standards > and delivery . Of course paired with marketing and sales efforts . > > Let ' s be realistic : How do you address the issue of conflict of > interest ? By nature of their work and involvement the 3 proposed > rotating staff members would need to have a considerable if not > in - depth knowledge of all the member ISP s network concepts and > architecture . This includes company proprietary software at least to > some extend plus even future planned upgrades and introduction of new > services . Introduced for the very reason : to provide better performing > and more advanced services to their clients and to the industry and > market as a whole - and gain market shares ! In a fair competition and > respecting proper business ethics . And this very competition is the > driving force of any market improvement and clients and the industry > are the very beneficiaries of this . > > Don ' t get me wrong : As a techie I am , this suggestion is certainly a > noble vision and I could support this within a University or Institute > environment or even between large industry participants who put high > level specialists together in a scientific research joint - venture for > reasons of cost and resource sharing . But all this are laboratory > setups with fundamental scientific research tasks still far away from > practical applications and never close to near - to - market - delivery > solutions which are already in the hands of the marketing managers > keenly watching market tendencies and deciding on tactical release > dates . > > The IXP is certainly a very useful institution but let ' s be honest : It > is in the first place a commercial issue and not an inter - networking > or technology challenge . This very knowledge is the skill base anyway > of the respective member company and a good part of its success in the > market . It is the commercial issue , which makes an IXP desirable > because of the possible cost saving element . Just like an interconnect > arrangement between telecom operators . For the ISP industry in Uganda > this will be a saving on relatively expensive international bandwidth , > which is at this moment still only available through expensive V - Sat > links . Link redundancy could be an additional feature provided that > interconnect capacity requirements are met and a commercial agreement > is in place . > > Therefor the IXP is a commercial issue and a facilitation provision > and it has its operational costs for a professional setup and running . > Depending on the respective local interconnect traffic of a potential > member it is viable or not . Like any other business case . Otherwise > even now any two or more companies could go together and setup private > interconnectivity for cost saving or other resource sharing reasons . > > Also additional data interconnect facilities could be offered by the > IXP for wider industry applications ( WAN and VPN ) or even regional > inter - networking could be proposed ( if telecom operators are part of > this ) with ultimately load balancing , resource sharing or link > redundancy features and benefits ( i . e . Euroring ) . But this is > certainly a different scale and would require a complete different > setup and approach in terms of inter - networking architecture and > commercial requirements . > > In my view , the IXP has to be an independent and neutral commercial > entity , a service provider with an offer to the market to provide and > manage interconnect facilities and value added services with standard > connectivity interfaces and scaled link capacities . > > Hans U . Haerdtle > General Manager > Infocom > > > At 09 : 04 PM 2 / 1 / 02 + 0200 , Badru Ntege wrote : > > > Members please find below a suggested method of running the IXP . This > would help us build a good skill base of engineers and also enable > professional networking between engineers from different companies and > network providers . > > > There will be Three People detailed to work at the UIXP . > > 1 . Project Leader > 2 . Team member > 3 . Team Member . > > The Project leader will overall be responsible for the running of the > UIXP . Ensuring that the UIXP is up and running at all times and will > be the team leader . He will also be responsible for future planning at > the IXP , preparing progress reports , billing of members , and > attracting new members to using the IXP and enforcing the UIXP > Acceptable Use Policy . He shall be employed on a 6 months - 1 year > basis at which point his contract can either be renewed or some other > member takes up the role . > > The team members will be technical people from the participating > entities who will rotate on a 3 month basis . These team members will > still be full time employees at their repective places of work and > will be doing part time work at the IXP . The IXP will pay them a small > fee on top of what they get form their parent companies for the period > that they work at the IXP . The team leader will also be an employee of > one of the ISPs doing part time at his place of work . > > Thus at the end of three months , the two technical people go back to > their respective places of work and another team of two from some > other members take up work for the next three months . At the end of 1 > year , the current team leader would either move back to his place of > work , or his contract could be renewed for another 1 year period . > > IN case of the former , then one of the other technical people probably > one who interned with the old team leader can take over as the next > team leader . The outgoing team leader is free and encouraged to apply > to do a three month stint as just a team member if he so desires under > the new team leader provided of course that his parent company is > willing to release him further . > > It is assumed that all these people remain on payroll at their parent > companies and will work at the UIXP as part time people . it is > estimated that to maintain 10 hours working time from say 8 . 00 a . m . to > 6 . 00 p . m . 7 days a week this would come down to 23 hours per person > per week . On any one day of the week , one of the team is on call and > can be called at any time in case of a failure at the UIXP . > > Emoluments for the team will be as follows : > > Team leader : Ush . 480 , 000 / = > Team member 1 : Ush . 190 , 000 / = > Team member 2 : Ush . 190 , 000 / = > > This on top of what their parent companies decide to pay them per > month . It is up to the parent companies to decide whether they will > adjust their employee ' s salaries during this period or not . > > This is done with a vision of creating a skilled and knowledgeable > work force so as to enhance the industry . We believe the knowledge > gained would be useful to the participants back in their parent > companies . > > > > Badru Ntege > General Manager > Technical Director > Sanyutel Ltd > mob : + 256 777 000 88 > Tel : + 256 41 345 466 > ================================= > A network of People and Technology > ================================== > ( Innovation and differentiation are the output of a creative , > empowered workforce ) > > > -- > This is the UiXP techies list . > The list archives can be found at http : // uixp . co . ug / archives . > -- This is UiXP Taskforce mailing list . Archives are available at : www . uixp . co . ug / taskforce Follow - Ups : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP From : Randy Bush < randy @ psg . com > References : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP From : " Barbara du Plessis " < duplesb @ mtn . co . ug > Prev by Date : RE : FW : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP Next by Date : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP Prev by thread : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP Next by thread : RE : Proposed Management Team for the UIXP

Our policies will focus on the core pillars of development : The current political pluralism in Uganda has , in effect , given freedom to other political groups to go and politically organize on their own ; thus allowing the Movement to consolidate and , therefore strengthen its management position . Good Governance NRM shall ensure that the country is not plunged back into chaos under the multiparty system and continue providing a good environment to attract investors and promote private sector growth . Economic management NRM shall continue to ensure macro economic stability , and it shall target attaining high economic growth rates under the strategy of private sector - led , export - oriented growth with emphasis on value addition to exports to increase the earnings and create jobs for youth . NRM will support and promote applied market - oriented research geared towards adding value to Uganda s products . Education NRM shall ensure the effective implementation of compulsory UPE , the vocationalisation of education at all levels , and the continued education of the girl - child as well as the marginalized groups . NRM shall introduce Universal Secondary Education , and continue promoting university education . NRM shall also ensure that Uganda becomes the educational hub of the region by ensuring high quality education and encouraging more private investment in the education sector . Health NRM shall continue to intensify the immunization programme to attain 100 % coverage . The fight against malaria shall continue with short - term measures such as the provision of mosquito nets and the spraying methods until malaria is eradicated . NRM shall continue to consolidate the gains in bringing health services nearer to the population and also introduce health insurance . Agriculture NRM Government shall ensure the production of high quality and quantities of agricultural produce with a focus on value addition with the view of capturing the lucrative external markets . Infrastructure NRM shall continue to build the infrastructure such as roads , schools and hospitals , and shall attract more investment by the private sector in these areas . NRM shall expand the Energy and Mining , Communications and the Water sectors . Furthermore , NRM shall pursue the promotion of ICTs to increase the competitiveness in the globalized economy . Development Finance NRM Government shall capitalize the Uganda Development Bank with a view of pursuing long - term borrowing especially in the processing of raw materials and the Housing Finance Company for mortgage financing to the housing sector . NRM shall further encourage the private sector to invest in mortgage financing . Similarly , NRM Government shall avail micro finance with low interest rates to organized groups , organizations and Savings and Credit cooperatives . Tourism As the country continues to promote the tourism industry by giving incentives such as tax holidays and tax exemptions on hotel inputs , NRM Government shall , in addition , set up a special fund for those who wish to invest in the tourism and hospitality business . Defence and Security NRM shall continue to professionalize and modernize the army and the police for the security and defence of the country in line with the tenets of the East African Federation . Working closely with both and the Sudan government and the SPLM / A , NRM Government will continue to pursue the remnants of LRA until there is total peace in northern Uganda as the government resettles people in IDP camps back into their homes . Environment NRM shall continue to implement a strategy of aforestation and reforestation by involving all the local administration , and formulate a policy that will ensure that school children become active participants in tree planting and other environmental issues . NRM shall promote the use of brickets as an alternative use to charcoal and wood fuel , with a purpose of slowing down the destruction of our forests . Integration The NRM Government shall continue all efforts at Regional cooperation and integration in pursuance of bigger market , collective voice and therefore greater bargaining power ; effective use of shared resources and infrastructure , as well as collective defense strategy . NRM shall continue to be at the forefront in the promotion of regional groups like EAC , COMESA , IGAD , etc , while maintaining Uganda s commitment to the observance of human rights and freedom of all the African people . In particular , we shall work for the East African Federation around the Amosi Wako Report . Monitoring and Evaluation NRM shall strengthen monitoring and evaluation of all projects and programmes and all other manifesto aspects to ensure their effective implementation . See NRM Manifesto 2006 Our Vision - Way forward Environment We shall continue to implement a strategy of afforestation and reforestation by involving all the local administration , and formulate a policy that will ensure that school children become active participants in tree planting and other environmental issues . We shall promote the use of brickets as an alternative use to charcoal and wood fuel , with a purpose of slowing down the destruction of our forests . Development Finance We shall capitalize the Uganda Development Bank with a view of pursuing long - term borrowing especially in the processing of raw materials and the Housing Finance Company for mortgage financing to the housing sector . We shall further encourage the private sector to invest in mortgage financing . Similarly , we shall avail micro finance with low interest rates to organized groups , organizations and Savings and Credit cooperatives . Integration The NRM Government shall continue all efforts at Regional cooperation and integration in pursuance of bigger market , collective voice and therefore greater bargaining power ; effective use of shared resources and infrastructure , as well as collective defense strategy . We shall continue to be at the forefront in the promotion of regional groups like EAC , COMESA , NEPAD , etc , while maintaining Uganda s commitment to the observance of human rights and freedom of all the African people . Economic management We shall continue to ensure macro economic stability , and we shall target attaining high economic growth rates under the strategy of private sector - led , export - oriented growth with emphasis on value addition to our exports to increase our earnings and create jobs for our youth . We will support and promote applied market - oriented research geared towards adding value to our products .

Nothing makes opposition worthy of people s votes 2005 - 02 - 03 TWENTY days to the polls for the general elections on February 23 and all opposition political cards and false hopes are falling in heaps . In the time left , and with the NRM noose around their collective necks , there is so much pressure the opposition will find it difficult to regain any credible initiative . Their first collective wish had been that the Government , security agencies or some NRM officials and activists behave in draconian ways so the opposition could cry foul and pull out of elections citing repression , harassments , intimidation and “ un - level playing field . As the campaigns enter the final critical bend , government officials , agencies and NRM activists ought to remain cordial but vigilant to deny the opposition any excuse to cry foul , and when defeated , they will go back home to wash dishes without public notice . Already out of 959 sub - county chairpersons ( LC3 ) , the NRM has 132 elected un - opposed , while the combined opposition has below 500 . For MP candidates the often noisy FDC and DP have 170 and 66 respectively , and UPC , still living in a nostalgic past , has less than 50 countrywide . Information from Lubaga North constituency indicates that voters are shunning the ever quarrelsome Olive Beti Kamya Turwomwe as they did five years ago when she came fifth in a pack of six candidates . But knowing opposition behaviour , they are certainly bound to contrive new deceits and fake election malpractices , as Augustine Ruzindana is already doing in Ruhama by claiming that UPDF soldiers are beating up people , but without mentioning any case before the Police . Then having realised that individually they could not give any serious and meaningful challenge to the NRM , they hyped for an election coalition , which too has fallen flat and now they are fighting separately , and desperately . So far , their foreign backers , particularly western diplomatic missions here who have been barking on their behalf , are also getting convinced that neither are opposition groups strong nor offering viable development policies to be electable on February 23 , 2006 ! Opposition groups and intellectual critics have invested a lot of energy , especially through the media , injecting hatred , disgust , bias , political , ideological and even legal half - truths to discredit the NRM , President Yoweri Museveni and the coming elections , but are not succeeding . And having failed in all the sinister schemes , they are now running desperately , scared of the false shadows they have constructed for some years now . Everybody will remember how Besigye bragged in 2001 that he had 90 % support within the UPDF , but today he claims a military parade is meant to scare him . But again , Besigye could have been right to have false hopes since Col . Samson Mande and Lt . Col . Anthony Kyakabale openly supported him while Maj . Gen . Mugisha Muntu , Maj . Amanya Mushega and honorary brigadier Eriya Kategaya silently encouraged his belligerence and defiance then . Dr Joe Oloka Onyango of Makerere University Law School , one of the opposition intellectual pillars , has now descended too low as to promise to eat his shoes if Museveni loses the coming elections . Oloka argued that Museveni has to win because the process is already rigged , otherwise he cannot win a free and fair contest . All we can say is as American author Henry David Thoreau warned in 1849 , “ The lawyer s truth is not truth , but consistency or a consistent expediency . ” Besigye , the FDC presidential candidate and Oloka s political idol , has stated over and over that he has already won the election , but asked his supporters not to “ leave ” the polling stations until the last vote has been counted , fearing that his votes could be “ stolen . This week Besigye turned up to state that this time round , “ vote theft ” by Government will be difficult because the people who “ stole ” his votes in 2001 have now crossed to FDC and will pass over the tricks they used then . Besigye s confession is as good as it is useless , because there was never any official sanctioned election cheating by Museveni and the frauds who have crossed to FDC will certainly not put their fraud skills to any effective use because we are all watching . Their pre - occupation to obstruct Museveni has not been helpful to them because they failed to convince the electorate in good time . The ones who ridiculed people - power during the referendum are now hoping to convince them that they are for them . However , in Men of Good Hope ( 1951 ) , author Daniel Aaron quoted rights activist Theodore Parker warning , “ If powerful men will not write justice with black ink , on white paper , ignorant and violent men will write it on the soil , in letters of blood and illuminate their rude legislation with burning castles , palaces and towns . ” That time for the so much ridiculed peasantry who could not express themselves on constitutional matters has come for them to elect a president , MPs , and LCs and those who thought they could sidestep them are criss - crossing the country hunting for votes . NRM is in this election well knowing the remaining challenges of social transformation , like banishing peasantry production modes and creation of market awareness in order to enter and benefit from the global economy . NRM s record of achievements makes it the more viable option on Election Day . By Ofwono Opondo Source : New Vision ; 03 . 02 . 06 Our Vision - Way forward Environment We shall continue to implement a strategy of afforestation and reforestation by involving all the local administration , and formulate a policy that will ensure that school children become active participants in tree planting and other environmental issues . We shall promote the use of brickets as an alternative use to charcoal and wood fuel , with a purpose of slowing down the destruction of our forests . Development Finance We shall capitalize the Uganda Development Bank with a view of pursuing long - term borrowing especially in the processing of raw materials and the Housing Finance Company for mortgage financing to the housing sector . We shall further encourage the private sector to invest in mortgage financing . Similarly , we shall avail micro finance with low interest rates to organized groups , organizations and Savings and Credit cooperatives . Integration The NRM Government shall continue all efforts at Regional cooperation and integration in pursuance of bigger market , collective voice and therefore greater bargaining power ; effective use of shared resources and infrastructure , as well as collective defense strategy . We shall continue to be at the forefront in the promotion of regional groups like EAC , COMESA , NEPAD , etc , while maintaining Uganda s commitment to the observance of human rights and freedom of all the African people . Economic management We shall continue to ensure macro economic stability , and we shall target attaining high economic growth rates under the strategy of private sector - led , export - oriented growth with emphasis on value addition to our exports to increase our earnings and create jobs for our youth . We will support and promote applied market - oriented research geared towards adding value to our products .

Museveni sworn in 2006 - 05 - 13 Chairman Yoweri Museveni was sworn in yesterday as Ugandan President , with a promise to end the endemic corruption and electricity outages which he partly blamed for the country s failure to meet this year s projected growth rate . Chairman was speaking after he was sworn into office for the next five years , at the inauguration ceremony held at Kololo Independence grounds . He appealed to the UN , Democratic Republic of Congo and Sudan to help in the capture of Joseph Kony , the elusive leader of the Lords Resistance Army rebels . The occasion was witnessed by Presidents Paul Kagame of Rwanda , Robert Mugabe of Zimbabwe , Abdullahi Yusuf of Somalia , Ismail Omar Guelleh of Djibouti , Muhamed Abdelaziz of the Saharawi Republic , Mwai Kibaki of Kenya , Jakaya Kikwete of Tanzania , Thabo Mbeki of South Africa , Prime ministers Meles Zenawi of Ethiopia , Nvuba Isindore of Congo Brazzaville and the Sudan ' s vice president , Salva Kiir . Ceremonies were delayed by a heavy morning down pour . Chairman held up the constitution after being sworn in . The First Lady , Janet , stood at Museveni s side as he received the instruments of power which included , the national flag , the Presidential standard flag , national anthem , the coat of arms , the public seal and the Constitution from Chief Justice Benjamin Odoki at 1 . 02p . m amidst cheers from thousands of his supporters . A 21 - gun salute followed prayers led by religious leaders . Mufti , Sheikh Shaban Mubajje in his prayer prayed that Uganda and the new leadership of Museveni should “ turn our backs to evils of corruption , embezzlement of public funds and bribery . Chairman pledged to Ugandans that his next government will never commit the same mistakes that have resulted into slowing down development in the country . “ The economic performance and the resultant social changes could have been much better if it was not for four factors : externally orchestrated terrorism in northern Uganda , under spending on defence , corruption and slowness on decision making in the public service and policy - mistakes caused by a combination of political paralysis within the NRM as well s external misguided meddling , ” the President said . He said , a combination of policy mistakes and drought have , in the last one year , caused the decline in the nation s projected rate of growth from 6 . 5 % to 4 . 9 % . “ As soon as the new government is formed , we shall sit down and prioritise expenditure in such a manner that solving the energy crisis is priority , ” the President who dissolved cabinet this week added . He said that , now that the country has opened up to multiparty democracy , the opposition must play a constructive role rather than tearing into pieces the country . “ Political actors need to be the political , economic , social and moral “ doctors ” of a society . In order to be a useful doctor and treat sickness , you must , first and foremost diagnose the sickness , and then , prescribe the correct medicine ” he added . He said , “ Political parties , to be useful in Africa need to expend more effort on analysis “ rather than propaganda and obscurantism . Kampala mayor elect , Nasser Ssebaggala , was the only known Museveni s opponent that attended the ceremony . Other leaders apart from the NRM big shots came from the recently registered political groups . The Kabaka of Buganda , Ronald was the other king that did not attend in person but sent the Prime minister , Mr . Dan Mulika . Museveni thanked Ugandans for again putting their trust in him and the NRM . He said instead of trials and tribulations , the NRM has time and again led the country to victory , reconstruction and enviable economic growth . The Chairman said under the NRM leadership , inflation rate has been brought down from 240 % per annum in financial year 1985 / 1986 to an average of 6 . 7 % to date . Rwanda s Kagame attracted the loudest applause after Mugabe when the two Presidents ’ were introduced by the President . Museveni described Mugabe as an elderly statesman , and Kagame as a brother “ from near here . Much as Museveni and Kagame have not been on good talking terms in recent months , the two leaders shook hands at least twice at Kololo . Source : Daily Monitor Chairman joins MPs at end of retreat 11 . 05 . 06 Chairman Museveni has emphasized the importance of study retreats describing them as fora for the exchange of ideas and also expose participants to new knowledge and conviction . The Chairman was last evening speaking at the conclusion of the 3 day retreat for the newly elected NRM MPs for the 8th parliament at Speke Resort Munyonyo . Chairman who is to be sworn - in and inaugurated tomorrow , Friday 12th May 2006 , at a grand ceremony in Kololo encouraged MPs to continue the practice of study . He noted that the major problem in Africa was lack of enthusiasm by the people to acquire knowledge . “ Much of the problem in Africa is that people don t study , they just hope that they will be infected by knowledge . That is why things are not moving in the continent , ” Mr . Museveni observed . The Chairman told legislators that similar bi - weekly study programmes would be organised for MPs in order to enhance their knowledge . “ The study groups will be facilitated by guest speakers on various subjects to enable you become an effective and durable political force , ” he said . Among those present included among others the Vice President , Prof . Gilbert Bukenya and the Vice Chairman of NRM Al Hajji Moses Kigongo . Our Vision - Way forward Environment We shall continue to implement a strategy of afforestation and reforestation by involving all the local administration , and formulate a policy that will ensure that school children become active participants in tree planting and other environmental issues . We shall promote the use of brickets as an alternative use to charcoal and wood fuel , with a purpose of slowing down the destruction of our forests . Development Finance We shall capitalize the Uganda Development Bank with a view of pursuing long - term borrowing especially in the processing of raw materials and the Housing Finance Company for mortgage financing to the housing sector . We shall further encourage the private sector to invest in mortgage financing . Similarly , we shall avail micro finance with low interest rates to organized groups , organizations and Savings and Credit cooperatives . Integration The NRM Government shall continue all efforts at Regional cooperation and integration in pursuance of bigger market , collective voice and therefore greater bargaining power ; effective use of shared resources and infrastructure , as well as collective defense strategy . We shall continue to be at the forefront in the promotion of regional groups like EAC , COMESA , NEPAD , etc , while maintaining Uganda s commitment to the observance of human rights and freedom of all the African people . Economic management We shall continue to ensure macro economic stability , and we shall target attaining high economic growth rates under the strategy of private sector - led , export - oriented growth with emphasis on value addition to our exports to increase our earnings and create jobs for our youth . We will support and promote applied market - oriented research geared towards adding value to our products .

Vandals attack Monitor ‘ Black Mamba ’ billboard Monday 08 May , 2006 IN yet another act of high - handedness against Monitor Publications Ltd , its ‘ black mamba ’ billboard has been vandalised after a standoff with police . The billboard , which was located near Kabira Country Club in Bukoto , was defaced on Saturday night . The so - called “ Black Mamba Urban Unit Squad , a paramilitary unit besieged the High Court on November 14 last year . They blocked the entrance to the court chambers in a bid to rearrest 22 men on trial for treason together with leading opposition figure , Kizza Besigye of the Forum for Democratic Change . The accused , who court had granted bail , opted to return to prison . Justice James Ogoola , who was handling the case , subsequently described the raid as a “ naked rape ” of the court and ordered all military forces off the court premises . But the Black Mamba , who had donned black T - shirts and scrappy bandanas during the raid , returned to court masquarading in police uniform . Daily Monitor exposed them in a major scoop . “ We have been under pressure from the Police Force to remove our black mamba billboards , ” Daily Monitor s Managing Director , Conrad Nkutu , said yesterday . He said the police was concerned about billboard on Jinja Road near the Wampewo Avenue Roundabout . Nkutu said the Principal Assistant Town Clerk , Mr Stephen Higobero , contacted him saying he had a directive from above to remove the billboard with immediate effect . Nkutu said he contacted the Inspector General of Police , Maj . Gen . Kale Kayihura who said the advert was “ maligning the name of the police . Subsequently , the Regional Police Commander , Mr Grace Turyagumanawe , and Higobero met Daily Monitor s Brand Manager , Ms Jennifer Ichumar , and the Legal and Administration Manager , Ms Anne Abeja . “ I told them that no law had been broken and said while it may be embarrassing , it is the Police , which allowed the black mamba to wear their uniform , ” Nkutu said . Nkutu said the invasion of the High Court became a matter of public interest because of the controversy . “ From the response we got , the public appreciated the photo journalism on the issue of the siege of the High Court by the Black Mamba , ” he said . He said the billboard , which was supposed to be in place for six months before it could be replaced , had only lasted a month . He said though he cannot point a finger at the culprits for now , “ the Daily Monitor as an independent media organisation will not take directives that lack a basis from the police . “ We support the police role of maintaining law and order but the police should also abide by the law , ” he said . Source : Daily Monitor . MPs debate animal movement cruelty Sunday 7th May , 2006 Parliament on Thursday started debate on the Animal Diseases amendment Bill 2005 , which seeks to increase penalty on cruel transportation of animals . The State minister for animal husbandry , Mary Mugyenyi , said the Bill seeks to amend the Animal Diseases Act , cap . 38 so as to increase the penalty prescribed for commission of an offence under the act . The Bill also seeks to control cross - border spread of diseases . The committee , chaired by John Odit , observed that the Act prevents the cruel transportation of animals and provides a penalty of sh 1 , 000 , which is too unrealistic under the existing economic state . The Bill seeks to provide for a penalty not exceeding 100 - currency points ( sh20m ) or imprisonment of not more than two years or both , for any offender . Source : New Vision : Police arrest forex bureau suspects THE Police have arrested four suspects over the daring daylight robbery of more than sh90m from Crane Forex Bureau at Plot 20 , Kampala Road on Saturday afternoon . The proprietor , Sudhir Ruparelia , said , “ More than sh90m was robbed in an ambush when the guards were disarmed and my staff put at gun point . ” Police spokesperson Patrick Onyango said , “ We are holding two guards from the forex bureau . They are identified as Paul Egou and Ronald Onyango . We shall not tell you the name of the company they work for . ” The Police said they had also arrested two bodaboda cyclists , Deo Mukiya who rides UDC 530E and Godfrey Mugisha of UDA 210H . “ We have found out that after the robbery , the robbers walked to Speke Hotel , where they picked bodaboda bikes from , ” Onyango said . Crane Bank managing director A . R . Kalan said , “ It happened at 2 : 00pm . Four men armed with three SMGs sneaked into the forex bureau posing as customers . They were dressed in jeans and t - shirts . They disarmed the guards , jumped over the counter and ordered , in clear English , for the safe to be opened . ” He added , “ During the robbery , there were two guards . The one who was missing said he had gone to a forex bureau next door . The robbers moved very fast . They did not close the forex bureau doors during their operation . They were bold , ” he said . “ They removed all the cash from the safe and packed it into the bags they had come with . They locked up five staff in the toilet after the robbery and left quietly . None of our neighbours knew what was going on , ” Kalan recalled . He said the last robbery at Crane Forex Bureau took place four years ago and that sh70m was stolen . “ There was an attempted robbery about two years ago but it flopped because when the robber tried to jump to the counter , he slipped , fell , was disarmed and arrested , ” Kalan recalled . A visit by The New Vision to the scene of crime yesterday revealed beefed up security by Saracen . Guards at Amber House , the Post Office and adjacent buildings denied knowledge of the robbery . Source : New Vision , 10th April , 2006

( See Native Agreement and Buganda Native Laws , Laws of the Uganda Protectorate , Revised Edition 1935 Vol . VI , pp . 1373 -- 1384 ; Laws of Uganda 1951 Revised Edition , Vol . VI , pp . 12 - 26 ) We , the undersigned , to wit , Sir Henry Hamilton Johnston , K . C . B . , Her Majesty ' s Special Commissioner , Commander - in - Chief and Consul - General for the Uganda Protectorate and the adjoining Territories , on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland , Empress of lndia , on the one part ; and the under mentioned Regents and Chiefs of the Kingdom of Uganda on behalf of the Kabaka ( King ) of Uganda , and the chiefs and people of Uganda , on the other part : do hereby agree to the following Articles relative to the government and administration of the Kingdom of Uganda . 1 . The boundaries of the Kingdom of Uganda shall be the following : starting from the left bank of the Victoria Nile at the Ripon Falls , the boundary shall follow the left bank of the Victoria Nile into Lake Kioga , and then shall be continued along the centre of Lake Kioga , and again along the Victoria Nile as far as the confluence of the River Kafu , opposite the town of Mruli . From this point the boundary shall he carried along the right or eastern bank of the River Kafu , up stream , as far as the junction of the Kafu and Embaia . From this point the boundary shall be carried in a straight line to the River Nkusi , and shall follow the left bank of the River Nkusi down stream to its entrance into the Albert Nyanza . The boundary shall then be carried along the coast of the Albert Nyanza in a south - western direction as far as the mouth of the River Kuzizi , and then shall be carried up stream along the right bank of the River Kuzizi and near its source . From a point near the source of the Kuzizi and near the village of Kirola ( such point to be finally determined by Her Majesty ' s Commissioner at the time of the definite survey of Uganda ) the boundary shall be carried in a south - western direction until it reaches the River Nabutari , the left bank of which it will follow down stream to its confluence with the River Katonga ; The boundary shall be carried in a southwestern direction until it reaches the River Nabutari , the left bank of which it will follow down stream to its confluence with the River Katonga ; The boundary shall then be carried up stream along the left confluence of the Chungaga , after which , crossing the Katonga , the boundary shall be carried along the right bank of the said Chungaga river , up stream to its source ; and from its source the boundary shall be drawn in a south - eastern direction to the point where the Byoloba River enters Lake Kachira ; and shall then be continued along the centre of Lake Kachira to its south - eastern extremity , where the River Bukova leaves the lake , from which point the boundary shall be carried in a south - eastern direction to the Anglo - German frontier . The boundary shall then follow the Anglo - German frontier to the coast of the Victoria Nyanza and then shall be drawn across the waters of the Victoria Nyanza in such a manner as to include within the limits of the Kingdom of Uganda the Sese Archipelago ( including Kosi and Mazinga ) , Ugaya , Lufu , Igwe , Buvuma , and Lingira Islands . The boundary , after including Lingira Islands , shall be carried through Napoleon Gulf until it reaches the starting point of its definition at Bugungu at the Ripon Falls on the Victoria Nile . To avoid any misconception it is intended by this definition to include within the boundaries of Uganda all the islands lying off the north - west coast of the Victoria Nyanza in addition to those specially mentioned . 2 . The Kabaka and Chiefs of Uganda hereby agree henceforth to renounce in favour of Her Majesty the Queen any claims to tribute they may have had on the adjoining provinces of the Uganda Protectorate . 3 . The Kingdom of Uganda in the administration of the Uganda Protectorate shall rank as a province of equal rank with any other provinces into which the protectorate may be divided . 4 . The revenue of the Kingdom of Uganda , collected by the Uganda Administration , will be merged in the general revenue of the Uganda Protectorate , as with that of the other provinces of this Protectorate . 5 . The laws made for the general governance of the Uganda Protectorate by Her Majesty ' s Government will be equally applicable to the Kingdom of Uganda , except in so far as they may in any particular conflict with the terms of this agreement , in which case the terms of this Agreement will constitute a special exception in regard to the Kingdom of Uganda . 6 . So long as the Kabaka , chiefs , and people of Uganda shall conform to the laws and regulations instituted for their governance by Her Majesty ' s Government , and shall co - operate loyally with Her Majesty ' s Government in the organisation and administration of the said Kingdom of Uganda , Her Majesty ' s Government agrees to recognise the Kabaka of Uganda as the native ruler of the province of Uganda under Her Majesty ' s protection and over - rule . The King of Uganda shall henceforth be styled His Highness the Kabaka of Uganda . On the death of a Kabaka , his successor shall be elected by a majority of votes in the Lukiko , or native council . The range of selection , however , must be limited to the Royal Family of Uganda , that is to say , to the descendants of King Mutesa . The name of the person chosen by the native council must be submitted to Her Majesty ' s Government for approval , and no person shall be recognised as Kabaka of Uganda whose election has not received the approval of Her Majesty ' s Government . The Kabaka of Uganda shall exercise direct rule over the natives of Uganda , to who he shall administer justice through the Lukiko , or native council , and through others of his officers in the manner approved by Her Majesty ' s Government . The jurisdiction of the native Court of the Kabaka of Uganda , however , shall not extend to any person not a native of the Uganda province . The Kabaka ' s Courts shall be entitled to try natives for capital crimes , but no death sentence may be carried out by the Kabaka , or his Courts , without the sanction of Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda . Moreover there will be a right of appeal from the native Courts to the principal Court of Justice established by Her Majesty in the Kingdom of Uganda as regards all sentences which inflict a term of more than five years ' imprisonment or a fine of over £ 100 . In the case of any other sentences imposed by the Kabaka ' s Courts , which may seem to Her Majesty ' s Government disproportioned or inconsistent with humane principles , Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda shall have the right of remonstrance with the Kabaka , who shall , at the request of the said representative , subject such sentence to reconsideration . The Kabaka of Uganda shall be guaranteed by Her Majesty ' s Government from out of the local revenue of the Uganda Protectorate a minimum yearly allowance of £ 1 , 500 a year . During the present Kabaka ' s minority , however , in lieu of the above - mentioned subvention , there will be paid to the master of his household , to meet his household expenditure , £ 650 a year , and during his minority the three persons appointed to act as Regents will receive an annual salary of £ 400 a year . Kabakas of Uganda will be understood to have attained their majority when they have reached the age of I8 years . The Kabaka of Uganda shall be entitled to a salute of nine guns on ceremonial occasions when such salutes are customary . 7 . The Namasole , or mother of the present Kabaka ( Chua ) , shall be paid during her lifetime an allowance at that rate of £ 50 a year . This allowance shall not necessarily be continued to the mothers of other Kabakas . 8 . All cases , civil or criminal , of a mixed nature , where natives of the Uganda province and non - natives of that province are concerned , shall be subject to British Courts of Justice only . 9 . For purposes of native administration the Kingdom of Uganda shall be divided into the following districts or administrative counties : ( 1 ) Kiagwe ( 11 ) Butambala ( Bweya ) ( 2 ) Bugerere ( 12 ) Kiadondo ( 3 ) Bulemezi ( 13 ) Busiro ( 4 ) Buruli ( 14 ) Mawokota ( 5 ) Bugangadzi ( 15 ) Buvuma ( 6 ) Bwekula ( 16 ) Sese ( 7 ) Singo ( 17 ) Buddu ( 8 ) Busuju ( 18 ) Koki ( 9 ) Gomba ( Butunzi ) . ( 19 ) Mawogola ( 10 ) Buyaga ( 20 ) Kabula At the head of each county shall be placed a chief who shall be selected by the Kabaka ' s Government , but whose name shall be submitted for approval to Her Majesty ' s representative . This chief , when approved by Her Majesty ' s representative , shall be guaranteed from out of the revenue of Uganda a salary at the rate of £ 200 a year . To the chief of a county will be entrusted by Her Majesty ' s Government , and by the Kabaka , the task of administering justice amongst the natives dwelling in his county , the assessment and collection of taxes , the up - keep of the main road , and the general supervision of native affairs . On all questions but the assessment and collection of taxes the chief of the county will report direct to the King ' s native Ministers , from whom he will receive his instructions . When arrangements have been made by Her Majesty ' s Government for the organization of a police force in the province of Uganda , a certain number of police will be placed at the disposal of each chief of a county to assist him in maintaining order . For the assessment and payment of taxes , the chief of a county shall be immediately responsible to Her Majesty ' s representative , and should he fail in his duties in this respect , Her Majesty ' s representative shall have the right to call upon the Kabaka to dismiss him from his duties and to appoint another chief in his stead . In each county an estate , not exceeding an area of 8 square miles , shall be attributed to the chieftainship of a county , and its usufruct shall be enjoyed by the person occupying , for the time being , the position of chief of the county . 10 . To assist the Kabaka of Uganda in the Government of his people he shall be allowed to appoint three native officers of state , with the sanction and approval of Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda ( without whose sanction such appointments shall not be valid ) - A Prime Minister , otherwise known as Katikiro ; a Chief Justice ; and a Treasurer or Controller of the Kabaka ' s revenues . These officials shall he paid at the rate of £ 300 a year . Their salaries shall be guaranteed them by Her Majesty ' s Government from out of the funds of the Uganda Protectorate . During the minority of the Kabaka these three officials shall be constituted the Regents , and when acting in that capacity shall receive salary at the rate of £ 400 a year . Her Majesty ' s chief representative in Uganda shall at any time have direct access to the Kabaka and shall have the powers of discussing matters affecting Uganda with the Kabaka alone or , during his minority , with the Regents ; but ordinarily the three officials above designated will transact most of the Kabaka ' business with the Uganda Administration . The Katikiro shall be ex - officio the President of the Lukiko , or native council ; the Vice - President of the Lukiko shall be the native Minister of justice for the time being ; in the absence of both Prime Minister and Minister of Justice , the Treasurer of the Kabaka ' s revenues , or third minister , shall preside over the meetings of the Lukiko . 11 . The Lukiko , or native council , shall be constituted as follows : In addition to the three native ministers who shall be ex - officio senior members of the council , each chief of a county ( twenty in all ) shall be ex - officio a member of the Council . Also each chief of a county shall be permitted to appoint a person to act as his lieutenant in this respect to attend the meetings of the council during his absence , and to speak and vote in his name . The chief of a county , however , and his lieutenant may not both appear simultaneously at the council . In addition the Kabaka shall select from each county three notables , whom he shall appoint during his pleasure to be members of the Lukiko or native council - The Kabaka may also , in addition to the foregoing , appoint six other persons of importance in the country to be members of the native council . The Kabaka may at any time deprive any individual of the right to sit on the native council but in such a case shall intimate his intention to Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda , and receive his assent thereto before dismissing the member . The functions of the council will be to discuss all matters concerning the native administration of Uganda , and to forward to the Kabaka resolutions which may be voted by a majority regarding measures to be adopted by the said administration . The Kabaka shall further consult with Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda before giving effect to any such resolutions voted by the native council , and shall , in this matter , explicitly follow the advice of Her Majesty ' s representative . The Lukiko , or a committee thereof , shall be a Court of Appeal from the decisions of the Courts of First instances held by the chiefs of counties . In all cases affecting property exceeding the value of £ 5 , or imprisonment exceeding one week , an appeal for revision may be addressed to the Lukiko . In all cases involving property or claims exceeding £ 100 in value , or sentences of death , the Lukiko shall refer the matter to the consideration of the Kabaka , whose decision when countersigned by Her Majesty ' s chief representative in Uganda shall be final . The Lukiko shall not decide any questions affecting the persons or property of Europeans or others who are not natives of Uganda . No person may be elected to the Lukiko who is not a native of the Kingdom of Uganda . No question of religious opinion shall be taken into consideration in regard to the appointment by the Kabaka of members of the council . In this matter he shall use his judgment and abide by the advice of Her Majesty ' s representation of assuring in this manner a fair proportionate representation of all recognised expressions of religious beliefs prevailing in Uganda . 12 . In order to contribute to a reasonable extent towards the general cost of the maintenance of the Uganda Protectorate , there shall be established the following taxation for Imperial purposes , that is to say , the proceeds of the collection of these taxes shall be handed over intact to Her Majesty ' s representative in Uganda as the contribution of the Uganda province towards the general revenue of the Protectorate . The taxes agreed upon at present shall be the following : - A hut tax of three rupees , or 4s per annum on any house , hut , or habitation , used as a dwelling - place . A gun tax of three rupees , or 4s per annum , to be paid by any person who possesses or uses a gun , rifle , or pistol . The Kingdom of Uganda shall be subject to the same Customs Regulations , Porter Regulations , and so forth , which may , with the approval of Her Majesty , be instituted for the Uganda Protectorate generally , which may be described in a sense as exterior taxation , but no further interior taxation , other than the hut tax , shall be imposed on the natives of the province of Uganda without the agreement of the Kabaka , who in this matter shall be guided by the majority of votes in his native council . This arrangement , however , will not affect the question of township rates , lighting rates , water rates , market dues , and so forth , which may be treated apart as matters affecting municipalities or townships ; nor will it absolve natives from obligations as regards military service , or the up - keep of main roads passing through the lands on which they dwell . A hut tax shall be levied on any building which is used as a dwelling place . A collection of not more than four huts however , which , are in separate and single enclosure and are inhabited only by a man and his wife , or wives , be counted as one hut . The following buildings will be exempted from the hut tax : temporary shelters erected in fields for the purpose of watching plantations ; or rest houses in the fields for the purpose of watching plantations ; or rest houses erected by the roadside for passing travellers ; buildings used solely as tombs , churches , mosques . or schools , and not slept in or occupied as a dwelling ; the residence of the Kabaka and his household ( not to exceed Fifty buildings in number ) ; the residence of the Namasole , or Queen Mother ( not to exceed twenty in number ) ; the official residences of the three native ministers , and of all the chiefs of counties ( not to exceed ten buildings in number ) ; but in the case of dispute as to the liability of a building to pay hut tax , the matter must be referred to the Collector for the province of Uganda , whose decision must be final . The Collector of province may also authorise the chief of a county to exempt from taxation any person whose condition of destitution may , in the opinion of the Collector is meant the principal British official representing the Uganda Administration in the province of Uganda . The representative of Her Majesty ' s Government in the Uganda Protectorate may from time to time direct that in the absence of current coin , a hut or gun tax may be paid in produce or in labour according to a scale which shall be laid down by the said representative . As regards the gun tax , it will be held to apply to any person who possesses or makes use of a gun , rifle , pistol , or any weapon discharging a projectile by the aid of gunpowder , dynamite , or compressed air . The possession of any Canon or machine gun is hereby forbidden to any native of Uganda . A native who pays a gun tax may possess or use as many as five guns . For every five or for every additional gun up to five , which he may be allowed to possess or use , he will have to pay another tax . Exemptions from the gun tax will , however , be allowed to the following extent : - The Kabaka will be credited with fifty gun licences free , by which he may arm as many as fifty of his household . The Queen Mother will , in like manner , be granted ten free licences annually , by which she may arm as many as ten persons of her household ; each of the three native ministers ( Katikiro , Native Chief Justice , the Treasurer of the Kabaka ' s revenue ) shall be granted twenty free gun licences annually ; by which they may severally arm twenty persons of their household . Chiefs of counties will be similarly granted ten annual free gun licences ; all other members of the Lukiko or native council not chiefs of counties , three annual gun licences , and all landed proprietors in the country with estates exceeding 500 acres in extent , one free annual gun licence . 13 . Nothing in this Agreement shall be held to invalidate the pre - existing right of the Kabaka of Uganda to call upon every able bodied male among his subjects for military service in defence of the country ; but the Kabaka henceforth will only exercise this right of conscription , or of levying native troops , under the advice of Her Majesty ' s principal representative in the Protectorate . In times of peace , the armed forces , organised by the Uganda Administration will probably be sufficient for all purposes of defence ; but if Her Majesty ' representative is of the opinion that the force of Uganda should be strengthened at the time , he may call upon the Kabaka to exercise in a full or in modified degree his claim on the Baganda people for military service . In such an event the arming and equipping of such force would be undertaken by the administration of the Uganda Protectorate . 14 . All main public roads traversing the Kingdom of Uganda , and all roads , the making of which shall at any time be decreed by the native council with the assent of her Majesty ' s representative shall be maintained in good repair by the chiefs of the saza ( or county ) through which the road runs . The chief of a county shall have the right to call upon each native town , village , or commune , to furnish labourers in the proportion of one to every three huts or houses , to assist in keeping the established roads in repair , provided that no labourers shall be called upon to work on the roads for more than one month in each year . Europeans and all foreigners whose land abut on established main roads will be assessed by the Uganda Administration and required to furnish either labour or to pay labour rate in money as their contribution rewards , the maintenance of the highways . When circumstances permit , the Ugandan Administration may further make grants from out of its Public Works Department for the construction of new roads or any special repairs to existing highways , of an unusual expensive character . 15 . The land of the Kingdom of Uganda shall he dealt with in the following manner : Assuming the area of the Kingdom of Uganda , as comprised within the limits cited in the agreement , to amount to 19 , 600 square miles , it shall be divided in the following proportions : Forests to be brought under control of the Uganda Administration 1500 square miles Waste and uncultivated land to be vested in Her Majesty ' s Government to be controlled by the Uganda Administration 9 , 000 square miles Plantations and other private property of His Highness the Kabaka of Uganda 350 square miles Plantations and other private property of the Namasole 16 square miles ( NOTE : - If the present Kabaka died and another Namasole were appointed , the existing one would be permitted to retain as her personal property 6 square miles , passing on 10 square miles as the endowment of every succeeding Namasole . ) Plantation and other private property of the Namasole , mother of Mwanga 10 square miles To the Princes : Joseph , Augustine , Ramazan , and Yusufu - Suna , 8 square miles each 32 square miles For the Princesses , sisters , and relations of the Kabaka 90 square miles To the Abamasaza ( chiefs of counties ) twenty in all , 8 square miles each ( Private property ) 160 square miles Official estates attached to the posts of the Abamasaza , 8 square miles each 320 square miles The three Regents will receive private property to the extent of 6 square miles each 48 square miles And official property attached to their office , 16 square miles , the said official property to be afterwards attached to the posts of the three native ministers 48 96 Mbogo ( the Muhammedan chief ) will receive for Himself and his adherents 24 square miles Kamuswaga , chief of Koki with receive . 20 square miles One thousand chiefs and private landowners will receive the estates of which they are already in possession , and which are computed at an average of 8 square miles per individual , making a total of 8 , 000 square miles There will be allotted to the three missionary societies in existence in Uganda as private property , and in trust for the native churches , as much as 92 square miles Land taken up by the Government for Government stations prior to the present settlement ( at Kampala , Entebbe , Masaka etc . etc . ) 50 square miles Total 19 , 600 square miles After a careful survey of the Kingdom of Uganda has been made , if the total area should be found to be e less than 19 , 600 then the portion of the country which is to be vested in Her Majesty ' s Government shall be reduced in extent by the deficiency found to exist in the estimated area . Should , however , the area of Uganda be established at more than 19 , 600 square miles , then the surplus shall be dealt with as follows : It shall be divided into two parts , one - half shall be added to the amount of land which is vested in Her Majesty ' s Government and the other half shall be divided proportionately among the properties of the Kabaka , the three Regents or native ministers , and the Abamasaza , or chiefs of counties . The aforesaid 9 , 000 square miles of waste or cultivated , or uncultivated land , or land occupied without prior gitt of the Kabaka or chiefs by bakopi or strangers , are hereby vested in Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland , Empress of lndia , and Protectress of Uganda , on the understanding that the revenue derived from such lands shall form part of the general revenue of the Uganda Protectorate . The forests , which will be reserved for Government control , will be , as a rule , those forests over which no private claim can be raised justifiably , and will be forests of some continuity which should be maintained as woodland in the general interests of the country . As regards the allotment of the 8 , 000 square miles among the 1 , 000 private landowners , this will be a matter to be left to the decision of the Lukiko , with an appeal to the Kabaka . The Lukiko will be empowered to decide as to the validity of claims , the number of claimants and the extent of land granted , premising that the total amount of land thus allotted amongst the chiefs and accorded to native landowners of the Country is not to exceed 8 , 000 square miles . Europeans and non - natives , who have acquired estates , and whose claims thereto have been admitted by the Uganda Administration , will receive title - deeds for such , estates in such manner and with such limitations , as may be formulated by Her Majesty ' s representative . The official estates granted to the Regents , native ministers , or chiefs of counties , are to pass with the office , and their use is only to be enjoyed by the holders of the office . Her Majesty ' s Government , however , reserves to itself the right to carry through or construct roads , railways , canals , telegraphs , or other useful public works , or to build military forts or works of defence on any property , public or private , with the condition that not more than 10 per centum of the property in question shall be taken up for these purposes without compensation , and that compensation shall be given for the disturbance of growing crops or of buildings . 16 . Until Her Majesty ' s Government has seen fit to devise and promulgate forestry regulation , it is not possible in this Agreement to define such forest rights as may be given to the natives of Uganda ; but it is agreed on behalf of Her Majesty ' s Government , that in arranging these forestry regulations , the claims of the Baganda people to obtain timber for building purposes , firewood , and other products of the forests or uncultivated lands , shall be taken into account , and arrangements made by which under due safeguards against abuse these rights may be exercised gratis . 17 . As regards mineral rights . The rights to all minerals found on private estates shall be considered to belong only to the owners of those estates , subject to a 10 per centum ad valorem duty , which will be paid to the Uganda Administration when the minerals are worked . On the land outside private estates , the mineral rights shall belong to the Uganda Administration , which , however , in return for using or disposing of the same must compensate the occupier of the soil for the disturbance of growing crops or building , and will be liable to allot to him from out of the spare lands in the Protectorate an equal area of soil to that from which he has been removed . On these waste and uncultivated lands the Protectorate , the mineral rights shall be vested in Her Majesty ' s Government as represented by the Uganda Administration . In like manner the ownership of the forests , which are not included within the limits of private properties , shall be henceforth vested in Her Majesty ' s Government . 18 . In return for the cession to Her Majesty ' s Government of the right of control over 10 , 550 square miles of waste , cultivated , uncultivated , or forest lands , there shall be paid by Her Majesty ' s Government in trust for the Kabaka ( upon his attaining his majority ) a sum of £ 50O , and to the three Regents collectively , £ 600 , namely , to the Katikiro £ 300 , and the other two Regents £ 150 each . 19 . Her Majesty ' s Government agrees to pay to the Muhammedan Uganda chief , Mbogo , a pension for life of £ 250 a year , on the understanding that all rights which he may claim ( except such as are guaranteed in the foregoing clauses ) are ceded to Her Majesty ' s Government . 20 . Should the Kingdom of Uganda fail to pay to the Uganda Administration during the first two years after the signing of this Agreement , an amount of native taxation , equal to half that which is due in proportion to the number of inhabitants ; or should it at any time fail to pay without just cause or excuse , the aforesaid minimum of taxation due in proportion to the population ; or should the Kabaka , chiefs , or people of Uganda , pursue , at any time , a policy which is distinctly disloyal to the British Protectorate ; Her Majesty ' s Government will no longer consider themselves bound by the terms of this Agreement . On the other hand , should the revenue derived from the hut and gun tax exceed two years running a total value of £ 45 , 000 a year , the Kabaka and chiefs of counties shall have the right to appeal to Her Majesty ' s Government for an increase in the subsidy given to the Kabaka , and the stipends given to the native ministers and chiefs , such increase to be in the same proportional relation as the increase in the revenue derived from the taxation of the natives . 21 . Throughout this Agreement the phrase " Uganda Administration " shall be taken to mean that general Government of the Uganda Protectorate , which is instituted and maintained by Her Majesty ' s Government ; " Her Majesty ' s representative " shall mean the Commissioner , High Commissioner , Governor , or principal official of any designation who is appointed by Her Majesty ' s Government to direct the affairs of Uganda . 22 . In the interpretation of this Agreement the English text shall be the version which is binding on both parties . Done in English and Luganda at Mengo , in the Kingdom of Uganda , on the 10th March 1900 . H . H JOHNSTON , Her Majesty ' s Special Commissioner , Commander in Chief and Consul - General , on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland , Empress of lndia . ( Seal ) APOLLO , Katikiro , Regent . MUGWANYA , Katikiro Regent . MBOGO NOHO , his X mark . ZAKARIA KIZITO , Kangawo . Regent , SEBAUA , Pokino . YAKOBO , Kago . PAULO , Mukwenda . KAMUSWAGA , of Koki , his X mark . ( On behalf of the Kabaka , chief , and people of Uganda ) Witness to the above signatures : F . J . JACKSON , Her Majesty ' s Vice - Consul . J . EVATT , Lieutenant - Colonel . JAMES FRANCIS CUNNINGHAM ALFRED R . TUCKER , Bishop of Uganda . HENRY HANLON , Vicar Apostolic of the Upper Nile , E BRESSON ( for Mgr . Streicher , White Fathers ) . R . H . WALKER . MATAYO , Mujasi . LATUSA , Sekibobo . MATAYO , Kaima . YOKANA , Kitunzi . SANTI SEMINDI , Kasuju . ANDEREA , Kimbugwe SEREME , Mujasi , COPRIEN LUWEKULA . NOVA , Jumba , Gabunga . FERINDI , Kyabalongo SAULO , Lumana . YOKANO BUNJO , Katikiro , of Namasole . YOSEFU , Katambalwa . ZAKAYO , Kivate , HEZIKIYA , Namutwe . ALI , Mwenda , NSELWANO , Muwemba . SEMIONI SEBUTA , Mutengesa . NJOVU YUSUFU Kitambala , his X mark . KATA , Nsege .

Yoweri Kaguta Museveni became President of the Republic of Uganda on January 29 , 1986 after leading a successful five - year liberation struggle . He went to the bush with 26 other young men and organized the National Resistance Movement and National Resistance Army ( NRM / NRA ) to oppose the tyranny that previous regimes had unleashed upon the population . After victory , he formed a broad - based government that helped to unite the country s political groups . P revious to the struggle of 1981 - 1986 , Museveni had been one of the leaders in the anti - Amin resistance of 1971 - 1979 that had led to the fall of that monstrous regime . M useveni , who has been politically active since his student days at Ntare School , Mbarara , in south west Uganda , studied political science at the University of Dar es Salaam , graduating in 1970 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and Political Science . A fter Idi Amin s coup in 1971 , Museveni was instrumental in forming Fronasa ( the Front for National Salvation ) . Fronasa made up the core of one of the Ugandan fighting groups which , together with the Tanzanian People s Defence Forces , ousted Amin s regime in April 1979 . The NRA was unique in Africa I n the governments that succeeded Amin , Museveni served briefly as Minister of Defence , Minister of Regional Co - operation and Vice - Chairman of the Military Commission . In December 1980 , the country s first general elections in 20 years were held but they were rigged by Milton Obote s Uganda People s Congress Party . During the election campaign , Museveni had warned that if the elections were rigged , he would fight Obote s regime and on February 6 , 1981 , he launched the guerrilla struggle . He went to the bush with only 26 guns and organised the National Resistance Army ( NRA ) to oppose the tyranny that Obote s regime had unleashed upon the population . T he NRA ( now renamed the Uganda People s Defence Forces ) is unique in Africa for being the only guerrilla force to take over power without much external support and without having a rear base in a neighbouring country . Its main camps were based only 20 miles from the capital , Kampala . This demonstrated how the NRA leadership was , in extremely difficult circumstances , capable of achieving sophisticated levels of organisational discipline and techniques for managing both soldiers and civilians . Early political awareness Y oweri Kaguta Museveni was born in 1944 during the Second World War and his name was taken from the Abaseveni , who were Ugandan servicemen in the Seventh Regiment of the King s African Rifles into which many Ugandans had been drafted . H e was born in a peasant pastoralist background in Ankole , western Uganda . As the peasants in his home area were nomads , their children did not go to school and modern ideas about animal husbandry , hygiene and health care did not percolate through to them . I n addition , they were exploited and oppressed by land policies , such as ranching schemes , which displaced them from their traditional lands . Such policies were instituted by the British colonialists and supported by local collaborator chiefs and , later , by neo - colonialist independence politicians . O wing to his background and his early determination to fight against political and social injustices , Museveni decided in 1966 to lead a campaign mobilising the peasants in northern Ankole to fence their land and refuse to vacate it . The campaign was largely successful and his political awareness and activity became more focused during the three years ( 1967 to 1970 ) he spent at the University of Dar es Salaam . His wide reading covered Fanon , Lenin , Marx , Rodney , Mao , as well as liberal Western thinkers like Galbraith . These writers shaped his intellectual and political outlook . C ompared to other universities in the region , Dar es Salaam had a very good , progressive atmosphere which gave the students a chance to become familiar with pan - Africanist and anti - colonialist ideas . This was due to the Pan - Africanist views and policies of Mwalimu Julius Nyerere , the President of Tanzania . Nevertheless , many professors and lecturers were right wing in their views and this often brought them into conflict with the radical students . T he dissatisfaction with the stance of the lecturers in 1967 led Museveni , Eriya Kategaya , James Wapakhabulo , Joseph Mulwanyamuli Ssemwogerere , John Kawanga , all from Uganda , Charles Kileo and Salim Msoma from Tanzania , Kapote Mwakasungura from Malawi , Adam Marwa and Patrick Quoro also from Tanzania , John Garang from Sudan , Andrew Shija from Tanzania , and many students from other African countries , to form a self - help ideological study and activist group known as the University Students African Revolutionary Front ( USARF ) . Every Sunday they would hold a class , invite speakers of their choice , enrich their ideas about the evolution of society , and discuss topics dealing with the production and distribution of wealth . U SARF was composed of students from Kenya , Zambia , Malawi , Zimbabwe , Ethiopia , Sudan , Tanzania and Uganda and Museveni was elected its chairman for the whole time he was at the university . USARF identified closely with African liberation movements , especially Frelimo in Mozambique , which the Front supported , for instance , by producing pamphlets for their publicity work . Other members of USARF were to become politically active and influential both in Uganda and elsewhere in Africa . Pragmatic , nationalist politician A lthough President Museveni is a man with very strong convictions , his political vision on how to lay a foundation for reconciliation and national harmony enabled him to accommodate ideas that were often opposed to his . One of his greatest contributions to the politics of Uganda , therefore , has been to spearhead a policy of reconciliation after two decades of social and political turmoil . Under his leadership , the Movement Government has ended the vicious circle of vengeance and hatred that had ruined the country . People from different tribes , religions and political allegiances can now co - exist in harmony . H e accepts this heterogeneity as a matter of course because it mirrors the social spectrum of Ugandan society . He formed a broad - based government and demonstrated to Ugandans that although they had different political , social and religious backgrounds , they had a lot in common and a common destiny , contrary to the divide - and - rule tactics previous politicians had used to fragment Ugandan society . H e took pains to explain that the typical Third World problems of poverty , illiteracy , disease and general backwardness had nothing to do with one s religion or ethnic origin . The NRM s guiding Ten - Point Programme , which was debated and agreed upon under his chairmanship in 1984 during the bush war , basically set out to redress the political and social wrongs that were inflicted on the Ugandan people for two - and - a - half decades . He says : " The National Resistance Movement has an unwavering commitment to the respect of human rights and the sanctity of life . We waged a protracted war against tyranny on a platform of restoring personal freedoms and the amelioration of the socio - economic conditions of our people that is the cornerstone of our programme . " H e has typically taken a very independent political stand and says : " We take from every system what is best for us and we reject what is bad for us . We do not judge the economic programmes of other nations because we believe that each nation knows best how to address the needs of its people . The NRM is neither pro - West nor pro - East it is pro - Uganda " . In July 1990 , President Museveni was elected the Chairman of the Organisation of African Unity for the year 1990 / 91 . As he said in his acceptance speech , this was a vote of confidence in the efforts of the National Resistance Movement to build a just society with a democratic and economically viable future for the nation . The general consensus both at home and abroad , however , was that his election was a vote of confidence in the man himself . It showed that after only four - and - a - half years in office , he was already an international statesman of considerable standing . A new constitution for Uganda W hen the National Resistance Movement came to power in 1986 , it started working methodically towards taking Uganda back to the constitutional road from which it had been diverted by past regimes . A Constitutional Commission was instituted to gather views from Ugandans throughout the whole country . After two years work traversing the whole country gathering the people s views , the Commission produced a report from which a draft constitution was extracted . A Constituent Assembly was elected and tasked to debate and enact a new constitution . When the Constituent Assembly was opened on May 18 , 1994 , President Museveni challenged the delegates : " We must ensure that our political institutions spring from our social structure . If we are to develop , we must evolve institutional models which will liberate us from our backwardness . We must modernize our societies and lay the foundation for industrialization . We cannot modernize , industrialize or develop without creating an appropriate institutional framework within which to work . It is the historic responsibility of this Constituent Assembly to set our country on the path to development and prosperity . " Museveni is a supporter of sports as he was an ardent sportsman himself during his school days . A lthough the law entitled him , as President , to address the Constituent Assembly on any issue he wished , he deliberately refused to influence the proceedings . As a result , no individual or political faction can dub the new constitution a Museveni document . This was a great contribution to the constitution - making process . Delegates arrived at decisions either by consensus or majority vote . However , he advised delegates to combine flexibility on contentious issues by distinguishing between subjective demands and the objective realities that faced the country . T he process culminated in the promulgation of a new constitution on October 8 , 1995 . Museveni says : " The NRM has been like a political doctor trying to solve the problems of Uganda . In order to treat a disease , however , you must , first of all , diagnose the illness . " Ugandans agree that the new constitution went a long way towards healing the political and social ills from which Uganda had suffered since independence . It also laid a firm foundation for the stability of the country for generations to come . First directly elected President In 1996 , Museveni offered himself as a candidate for President in the first general elections since the abortive attempt of 1980 . Two other candidates , including Paulo Ssemwogerere , the veteran opposition leader who had been a minister in the NRM Government for 10 years , opposed him . Museveni won a landslide victory with more than 75 per cent of the vote and became the first directly elected President in the history of Uganda . In the last five years , Museveni has initiated dramatic programmes that are destined to transform the lives of Ugandans forever . Grassroots - based programmes in health , safe water provision and mass education have replaced the shallow elite programmes of the past that did not address the needs of the majority of the people . At the same time , Museveni has maintained hard - nosed macro - economic stabilisation policies that have controlled inflation below 10 per cent for the last nine years . Consequently , the GDP of Uganda has doubled over the 15 years that the Movement Government has been in power . Absolute poverty has reduced from 56 per cent to 44 per cent . School enrolment in primary schools has jumped from 2 . 5 million to 6 . 8 million children ; and universities have grown from one in 1986 to 13 by 2001 . News Release President Museveni visits Uganda Cranes camp Friday July 2 , 2004 President Yoweri Museveni has today visited the Uganda Cranes football team which is camped at Namboole Stadium in Wakiso district to morale boost them as they ... more ADB conference opens in Munyonyo Thursday May 25 , 2004 President Yoweri Museveni has affirmed that the mission of the African Development Bank ( ADB ) and other development partners should be devoted towards linking the continent s producers directly with the consumers of the developed world .... more ADB conference opens in Munyonyo Thursday May 25 , 2004 President Yoweri Museveni has affirmed that the mission of the African Development Bank ( ADB ) and other development partners should be devoted towards linking the continent s producers directly with the consumers of the developed world .... more ADB conference opens in Munyonyo Thursday May 25 , 2004 President Yoweri Museveni has affirmed that the mission of the African Development Bank ( ADB ) and other development partners should be devoted towards linking the continent s producers directly with the consumers of the developed world ....

The fight is still too much on authored by Rwabwera Emma on 31 . October 2006 at 13 : 04 Chelsea are likely to do it again , because its " giants " have started eyeing the back of the net . But should not right off the who else ? Gunners of course . IT ISN ' T TOO LATE FOR LIVERPOOL ..... THOUGH MAN . UTD CHELSEA LOOK MOST FAVOURITES . authored by amanya on 26 . October 2006 at 13 : 01 Chelsea & Man utd being in top flight and on - form doesn ' t automatically grant them the premiership title 2006 / 07 , so they shouldn ' t count off ' One of Europe ' s most successful clubs , Liverpool ' . The margin between them and liverpool is not so big to start opening their bags to keep what seems another person ' s . Please , we have not much medication for the frastruted , so Man u and Chelsea fans try to keep it come , and remember we all speak football not only you and Liverpool are still favourities of the premiership title 2006 / 07 despite the poor form . All liverpudians you will never walk alone . leonard , Makerere university come on we all know wat man united is all about authored by ssemanda peter on 26 . September 2006 at 07 : 29 manchester united is better without ruud van nistelrooy and the rooney , saha strike partnership is the best in the premiership . watch manchester united is bringing the trophy to old trafford . Rooney is still gaining match fitness and the whole world what he ' s capable of and ronaldo is just a genius as simple as that . manutd forever peter ssemanda california CHELSEA ARE STILL FAVOURITES THOUGH UTD AND LIVERPOOL ARE WAITING 4 ANY SLEEP authored by MUSANA GERD JOSEPH on 24 . September 2006 at 14 : 19 A CHELSEA ARE STILL FAVOURITES THOUGH UTD AND LIVERPOOL ARE WAITING 4 ANY SLEEP authored by MUSANA GERD JOSEPH on 24 . September 2006 at 14 : 19 A The Game is On ! Who is rising to the ocassion ? authored by John Bosco Lopeyok on 24 . September 2006 at 11 : 55 Week - in , week - out fixture are rolling ; goals are scored , results recorded and the tables are constantly rearranged . What ' s on - The Big Game is on in Europe ! England , Spain , France and Italy + Potrugal are top of the main leagues . There are various sections of the game . In England for example there is The premiership , the FA , Carling and ofcourse the Champions / UEFA to spice it up . In all this , we ask one big question : Who is rising to the ocassion ? A lot of individual players are takinng the game very seriously , not necessarily for one reason ( winning the cup ) . It is for many reasons : winning the cup is definitely no . 1 ; who wants ther golden boot ( top scorer ) , who will be called to the Inteternaional squad , player of the year abc ... 123 ... etc . the list is long . In my view , such individuals include lads like Cristiano Ronaldo , C . Fabregas , Zakora , Riise , Alonso , Rooney , Thiery , Van DerSar , Drogba and many others . If I have to single out one notable person who real rising to the ocassion despite lots of internal conflict within himself , It Manchester United ' s Portuguese winger - C . Ronaldo . You guys , that boy is an admirable power . He is so exciting to watch and at the same time aims for the better for his team . He has faced lots of criticisms , since W / cup but I can assure you Fergie knew better than let him exit OT . Why else did Fergie dispatch his second - in - command to the Portuguese W / cup camp , if not to calm the fear of losing out on one favourable game - winner , in the person of the guy who currenlty wears the famous No . 7 . With his rising maturity Ronaldo is out to prove to many critics that he can do it and that OT is the right place for him to do it . I dig that lad ! NEVER - NEVER - NEVER .... UNITED STILL STANDS A HIGHER CHANCE NOT ARSENAL ...... authored by akena geoffrey lukwiya on 23 . September 2006 at 14 : 23 Depite of the lost to arsenal last weekend , nothing will change or derail the red devils challenge to the title though its still too early to talk about , united lost to abetter arsenal side that day but in all fields except the striking dpartment , united still post a bigger threat than arsenal but could not break the youthful gunners , this season the only true team to challenge chelsea is man utd , if we see from the world cuo fitigue then the small team who sent few players to the world cup should be have gone distance on the log , like chelsea , man united hve got well proven covers for every position ; atitle winning team must be built around individualism ( ronaldo , rooney , heinze and ferdinand ) , consistency ( winning ability which is now on 4 / 5 games ) , experience ( giggs , scholes , silvestre , gary , solskjear , ferdinand , & van dar sar ) , youth ( smith , carrick , evra , vidic , fletcher , park , & richardson ) and the mentor ( sir alex ferguson ) , the current midfield has the ability to dismantle any team in the league if ferguson could only make carrick step in alongside scholes , chelsea has a good midfield but still plays trial and error by deploying lampard , ballack , makelele and essien together but still struggles to break team playing 4 - 4 - 2 formation and sometimes you wonder were the coach will use joe cole and robben if they return to fitness ! while the current arsenal team is still built around fabregas and hunry but injuries will take its toll and the small teams shall dismantle the wenger dynesty come january and by the time the carling cup , fa cup gets and the champions league gets to a knock out stage , wenger might not have any other option but to play the same players week in and week out while chelsea , liverpool and man united will still be on their rotational youth policies , but spurs this season will be 6th with bolton above them , therefore my friend hadji i love football and see it from a wider perspective not from the loss of united to arsenal , the season is still very young and the pridictions are all preliminary but come may united shall .. C !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! PIONS ! THIS VIEW IS NOT NECESARILY FROM THE NEW VISION OR ITS MANAGEMENT BUT ITS MY OWN ! reach me on this mail 4 proper discussion jeffkenna2006 @ yahoo . co . uk NEVER - NEVER - NEVER .... UNITED STILL STANDS A HIGHER CHANCE NOT ARSENAL ...... authored by akena geoffrey lukwiya on 23 . September 2006 at 14 : 23 Depite of the lost to arsenal last weekend , nothing will change or derail the red devils challenge to the title though its still too early to talk about , united lost to abetter arsenal side that day but in all fields except the striking dpartment , united still post a bigger threat than arsenal but could not break the youthful gunners , this season the only true team to challenge chelsea is man utd , if we see from the world cuo fitigue then the small team who sent few players to the world cup should be have gone distance on the log , like chelsea , man united hve got well proven covers for every position ; atitle winning team must be built around individualism ( ronaldo , rooney , heinze and ferdinand ) , consistency ( winning ability which is now on 4 / 5 games ) , experience ( giggs , scholes , silvestre , gary , solskjear , ferdinand , & van dar sar ) , youth ( smith , carrick , evra , vidic , fletcher , park , & richardson ) and the mentor ( sir alex ferguson ) , the current midfield has the ability to dismantle any team in the league if ferguson could only make carrick step in alongside scholes , chelsea has a good midfield but still plays trial and error by deploying lampard , ballack , makelele and essien together but still struggles to break team playing 4 - 4 - 2 formation and sometimes you wonder were the coach will use joe cole and robben if they return to fitness ! while the current arsenal team is still built around fabregas and hunry but injuries will take its toll and the small teams shall dismantle the wenger dynesty come january and by the time the carling cup , fa cup gets and the champions league gets to a knock out stage , wenger might not have any other option but to play the same players week in and week out while chelsea , liverpool and man united will still be on their rotational youth policies , but spurs this season will be 6th with bolton above them , therefore my friend hadji i love football and see it from a wider perspective not from the loss of united to arsenal , the season is still very young and the pridictions are all preliminary but come may united shall .. C !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! PIONS ! THIS VIEW IS NOT NECESARILY FROM THE NEW VISION OR ITS MANAGEMENT BUT ITS MY OWN ! reach me on this mail 4 proper discussion jeffkenna2006 @ yahoo . co . uk Arsenal Stand a good chance but it might not be enough . authored by John Birungi Babirukamu on 23 . September 2006 at 03 : 58 The poor arsenal start might just be our achilles heel . to put up an unbeaten run like the one three seasons ago still seems to much for arsenal at this point . Yes we scored big in the transfers , getting " the beast " and gallas , but Van persie and Adebayor are to unreliable should Henry get injured as he has been . Wenger is to loyal to players that aren ' t worthy anymore of starting like Ljungberg with obviously better players like Baptista on bench . How he will play gallas other than Left Back , is still a mistery to me . All this as Drogba is at his finest , and ballack ( Despite the red cards ) is getting into the premiership . Liverpool might face the same inconsistency as last season while Manu that is riding high on old legs will surely burn out . It all comes down to whether arsenal have it in them to rise to the occasion , or sadly Chelsea will win it again . Though not so confidently . I guess we should just trust the Proffessor , huh ? Arsenal takes it !!!! authored by KACABS STEPHEN on 22 . September 2006 at 12 : 51 Hey guys , Gunners are smarter and physically fit for the cup . Having beaten man - u is a strengthening base for our start Chelsea next . It has been our tradition to stage challenging and entertaining games . LOSE NO HOPE , ARSENAL IS BACK PLEASE !!!!!!!!

By Simeo Nsubuga NEXT year , Uganda will host the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting ( CHOGM ) . Many modern hotels have been built for the event and they must respond to the security concerns of our guests . It is the responsibility of the hotel staff to keep their guests secure . Below are the tips : The rooms must be secure . Bedroom doors and windows require good quality locks , bolts , security chairs and viewers . The doors , windows and the surrounding materials need to be of good quality to prevent penetration . Room attack alarms for beds are a further consideration , but must be responded to immediately by staff , in the event of activation . The simple introduction of mirrors in a vulnerable point can make the criminal feel very uneasy . Good surveillance across public areas is important . Hotels should introduce a system of hotel safes or centralised safety deposits for storage of valuables for those guests who need this service . The reception desk should have a clear view of the entire reception area including the hotel entrance . All doors from the public side of the reception leading to administrative areas should be controlled . There should be strict key control measures . The management of keys to hotel rooms require strict controls . Reception desk staff should not hand over keys unless satisfied that the request comes from genuine guests . To avoid stolen property from going out of the hotel , security officers must always be on alert at the hotel entrances and gates . All staff admission should be confined to one entrance located away from that used by the public . Management should be encouraged to use the staff entrance as a means of supervision and monitoring . Conditions of employment , including the management team , should cater for random searches . Standard fire safety measures like appropriate portable fire extinguishers should be distributed in the hotel premises . It is necessary to have a modern warning system like a fire alarm bell or siren to alert the occupants in case of fire outbreak . Organising fire prevention training exercises for all your staff and periodical fire safety and prevention inspection surveys should be carried out by the Fire Brigade officers . It is a good idea to employ security guards from the private security organisations which have been vetted and approved by the Inspector General of Police ( IGP ) to operate in the security industry . Installing closed circuit television ( CCTV ) is vital . These are cameras which can be placed on the hotel premises to transmit images of the scene to a video monitor which is viewed by the user . The CCTVs can help to monitor and observe all the hotel premises outside and inside and record all movements without any inconveniences . Warning signs should be placed in the car parks and inside the hotel to offer advice to the guests on how to secure their property . Guests can be advised to place their belongings out of view , for example in car boots , if removing them from the vehicles is inconvenient to them . All hotels should place functioning metal detectors at entrances . They should not allow anybody to take machines or other equipment to the rooms without clearance from the hotel security personnel . All the crime incidents should be reported to police and the hotel management should keep record of crimes which are committed . This will lead to better evaluation of the security situation of the hotel and how best the management can easily deal with the problem . The writer is the Head of Crime Prevention Unit , Uganda Police Force

Poor farmers identified low education levels , ignorance , lack of information and lack of skills – particularly in primary production and financial management - as factors influencing their inability to access and benefit from livelihood opportunities , and subsequently as causing poverty . As such the human capital of all stakeholders – pupils , parents , farmers , local government , implementers , researchers - must be developed in order to transform agriculture and consequently eradicate poverty . This can be achieved through informal education , such as efficient extension ( Section 6 . 3 ) and more formal or targeted interventions in the education sector . Current Situation • Agricultural Education Policy : Currently , there is no agricultural education policy . The absence of such a policy means that agriculture is not accorded due status as a business or a profession , and there is no strategic mobilisation of resources for such education . The Ministry of Education and Sport is responsible for formal agriculture education . • Functional adult literacy : In Uganda , illiteracy17 is a barrier to accessing information and profiting from livelihood opportunities , therefore compounding poverty , especially for women18 . The Government has developed a National Plan for Functional Literacy , although it has yet to be implemented . However , private sector and civil society organisations have embarked on functional literacy programmes , mainly targeting women . • Basic Education : The first step to improving education levels is to ensure that all people receive a minimal education level . The Government s policy of Universal Primary Education ( UPE ) aims at ensuring universal access to primary education . Under UPE , enrolments of boys and particularly girls have increased , although concerns over high pupil to teacher ratios and education quality exist19 . However , currently courses are theoretical and examinationoriented , and are not linked to practical experiences nor to the activities of community and other local stakeholders . Currently , co - ordinating Centres under the MoES TDMS enable teachers support and outreach . • Tertiary Institutions : The tertiary institutions offering agriculture education in Uganda include 4 agricultural training colleges : Arapai , Bukalasa , Busitema ( agricultural mechanisation ) and Entebbe ( fisheries ) ; and Makerere University Faculties of Agriculture , Forestry , Zoology , and Veterinary Medicine . Recently , Makerere University has made significant steps towards reviewing the curricula by introducing , degrees in Agricultural Extension Education , Agribusiness Management , Fisheries and Aqua - cultural Sciences , Food Technology and Food Business Management ; as well as a Continuing Agricultural Education Centre and various relevant new courses . However , currently , the general approach to tertiary agriculture education is not largely based on practical experiences , nor is it responsive to farmer needs or farmer participation , and does not generate multi - disciplinary graduates . The vision of agriculture education under the PMA , therefore , is one in which “ agriculture is treated as a business and an honourable profession and farmers , farmers acquire knowledge and skills that enable them to increase productivity , profits so as to improve their quality of life . In order to achieve this goal , agricultural education should first effect change of attitude towards agriculture by demonstrating that agriculture is an enterprise that can generate profits and enable one to eradicate poverty on a sustainable basis . Second , agricultural education must enable beneficiaries to acquire knowledge and skills that enhance their capacity to produce , manage , process , market , distribute , regulate and sustainable use resources professionally . Third , agricultural education must be delivered in such a way that the participants are empowered and motivated to apply the knowledge and skills acquired . Agriculture education demands vast resources and therefore , prioritisation will be necessary to maximise the use of scarce resources . Proposed Strategies • Agriculture Education Policy : The Ministry of Education and Sports must develop an engendered policy that encompass the following : Promotion of agriculture as a business ; Treatment of agriculture as a branch of applied science focusing on experiential learning ; Discouraging the use of agriculture as punishment in schools ; Application of multidisciplinary approaches ; Encouragement of participation ; recognition of indigenous knowledge ; as well as incorporation of the community and the decentralised system of local government in the implementation of agricultural education . In order to promote agriculture education as a priority under the PMA , enhanced co - ordination between the MoES and MAAIF is suggested to develop appropriate teacher guidelines , design curriculum , establish experiential methodologies , such as demonstration farms , to orient education to farmer needs , and to improve effectiveness and quality of service delivery . In order to advance agriculture education , which is a cornerstone of agricultural transformation , earmarked funds from Government and donors must be transferred to the MoES . Cost - sharing initiatives at tertiary levels should also be explored . • Functional Adult Literacy : Current government plans20 and private sector and civil society organisation programmes must be co - ordinated and focused in order to be effective . All such initiatives should be linked with PMA principles , such as rural finance and extension delivery in rural areas , in terms of the information and skills delivered . Curricula must be relevant to people s livelihoods , aimed at life skills for increasing incomes and quality of life . • Agricultural education in the formal sector : At primary and secondary levels , education for agriculture must aim at educating people into agriculture rather than out of agriculture . Enhancement of knowledge of agricultural practices can be achieved through integration of agriculture into curricula ; interesting , participatory and multi - disciplinary approaches ; and engendered curricula in the formal education sector at all levels . In order to achieve this , strengthening of the Local Government and formation of linkages between agriculture , production , extension and education sectors at district level is necessary . • Primary Schools : Integration of vocational skills , including the reintroduction of a broad , well - packaged agriculture component , into the primary schools curriculum would provide practical knowledge and skills for many young people – boys and girls . This may better equip them for engagement in the agricultural sector either through their own efforts or by passing the information and skills learnt onto other household members . The activities existing under the Co - ordinating Centres Infrastructure ( TDMS ) should be strengthened to enhance outreach and linkages . Appropriate educational material , and adoption of experiential approaches – demonstrations , school farms and farm visits - for enabling problem - solving and enhancing pupil enjoyment is required and must be supported by 20 National Plan for Functional Adult Literacy , MGLSD , 1996 . district and sub - county extension services . In addition , training of teachers in teachers colleges ( NTCs and TTCs ) , as well as in - service training at the district level , must be reviewed in order to create a system ( harmonised , integrated , experiential , increased competencies , and promoting role modelling ) that enables more effective teaching of agriculture . The district education and agriculture staff can adapt the curriculum to focus on district specific aspects of agriculture and aquaculture . Involvement of community members , parents and extension staff would further broaden the scope of such education . • Secondary Schools : The system commenced at the primary school level must be continued at the secondary level , expanding on the basic vocational knowledge built for those students who would like to pursue agricultural studies options . Pre - and in - service teacher re - orientation for agriculture education is necessary to enhance competencies , as above . Increased co - ordination and linkages amongst schools , extension services , youth groups and community and business members . • Tertiary Education : Training must be holistic , responsive and relevant to the labour market in agriculture and peripheral sectors , as well as to community and selfdevelopment needs . Further , agriculture , agro - forestry and fisheries must be promoted as business enterprises . Curricula must include farming , livestock management , forestry , fisheries and environmental aspects – the depth of study depending on the area of speciality . Courses in each discipline should include marketing , processing , management , livelihood / farming systems approaches , participatory methodologies , communication and training . To achieve the desired transformation , rural areas have to have a critical mass of skilled people that can use and maintain the necessary labour saving machinery and tools that are needed to reduce drudgery and increase productivity . Institutions like Busitema will need to be expanded and possibly replicated in each region of Uganda . Internships should be mandatory for any courses oriented towards fieldwork and extension . Lastly , linkages must be created between these tertiary institutions in order to harmonise curricula and approaches . • Agricultural colleges : Colleges must be oriented to produce graduates who have appropriate skills to engage in various areas of the agricultural sector – training , academic institutes , civil servants as well as extensionists , farm managers , and those involved in manufacture , marketing and agro - processing . As such the curriculum must contain theory and practical application , as well as agri - business skills and management . Training of - trainer skills and community development skills should also be developed to encourage farmer participation , to mobilise farmers , assess their needs , develop packages to meet those needs and train and sensitise farmers . In addition , infrastructure and equipment as well as well - motivated and qualified staff must be in place to implement appropriate curricula and produce labour marketoriented graduates . • Universities : Universities must continue the recent progress towards adopting the recommendations made under the agricultural colleges . Graduates must have practical skills and experience to be able to engage in agriculture as a profitable business . They Plan for Modernisation of Agriculture : Eradicating Poverty in Uganda must have a good understanding of farmers ’ constraints and livelihood systems to be able engage farmers in all levels of implementation and to apply their knowledge to address practical situations . Graduates must appreciate the implications of the policies within the sector and the country in general and how the policies and regulations impact on agriculture . This is imperative given the policy to recruit graduate extension staff at sub - county level . Collaboration between faculties and departments is advised . In addition , while one fisheries college exists at Entebbe , higher level fisheries officers hold Bachelor of Science degrees and have not received specialised training in fisheries livelihood systems and management . Tailored courses are recommended at degree level . Such courses could also target individuals who are already engaged in agriculture but desire to improve their academic qualifications . Agricultural education in the informal sector : Informal agriculture education will be delivered to farmers , youth , extension workers , trainers and teachers through the district Agricultural Development Centres ( ADCs ) as well as through established farmer s , women s and youth groups . Such education should be experiential , participatory through the creation of dynamic networks , and based on role models , such as farmers , teachers and extensionists , within the community . In particular , reestablishment of voluntary youth clubs , as in the past , or vocational training courses through district ADCs or outreach programmes would foster attitude changes as well as deliver and demonstrate simple skills training in sustainable methods , marketing and processing . As a result , youth may become empowered to be pro - active , rather than complacent , in improving their livelihoods . Such schemes must be self - sustaining with little local government intervention , to a large extent , through crop production and marketing , small projects , and competitions between groups . Other potential activities include farmer s fora , seminars and workshops , open days , competitions , exhibitions , exchange visits or study tours , and twinning arrangements between local and eternal institutions . The mass media and groups can also be utilised . National agricultural education strategy For more information please go to The Ministry of Education Web site

By Ssemakula Kiwanuka I am forced to write this article because if the judgement of Justice Okumu Wengi against Makerere is allowed to stand , it will jeopardise the integrity and credibility of the academic qualifications from our universities . I am also embarrassed because I have to criticise the learned Judge for demonstrating what is less than an adequate knowledge and understanding of how universities are run . But let me declare that I have not always agreed with Makerere and on some occasions I have sided with Nakawa . This time , however , I have to defend Makerere for its firm stand in defence of the academic integrity of its qualifications . Hence my disagreement and criticism of Justice Wengi s judgement . Justice Wengi was wrong when he dismissed the grounds for academic malpractices upon which Makerere discontinued the said student . These were the presentation of scripts with different registration numbers , scripts with different names and scripts with different handwritings . Simple logic leads to the conclusion that a bonafide student with no intention for impersonation and ghost writing of examinations does not present scripts with different registration numbers or with different handwritings . All universities worth their names treat such incidents as serious and they constitute uncondonable academic malpractices . Integrity Cases of academic impersonations and ghost writing of examinations should not be allowed to flourish in our universities under the guise of judicial reviews . Because when people lose respect in the integrity of the qualifications of an academic institution , such an institution sinks to third rate status and Makerere should never allow that to happen . I have stated that the integrity of the qualifications awarded by our universities will be undermined by this judgement because after Makerere s Committee of Deans had collectively recommended the discontinuation of the offending student for serious academic malpractices , MUBS which is an affiliated institution to Makerere disagreed , overrode the decision and reinstated the student . Decision of senate Was the offending student judged by one individual ? The answer is no . He was judged by a collective Committee of Deans which is the subcommittee of Senate . Did the Makerere University Senate uphold the recommendation of its Committee of Deans ? The answer is yes . Should academic degrees be awarded by courts of law ? The answer is no because such courts are not the custodians and are not the guarantors of academic quality assurance and courts of law should never give comfort to gross examination offences . I was therefore shocked when the learned judge threw aspersions on the Committee of Deans , which is the academic voice of any university . Affiliation status In defiance of its mother institution , MUBS reinstated the dismissed student . That was a gross violation of MUBS affiliated status to Makerere whose Senate has superior jurisdiction . Similarly , Justice Wengi errored when he upheld the overriding of the Makerere Senate decision by MUBS because MUBS as the affiliated institution , cannot override a decision of a superior institution . The two are not equal . I got the impression that Justice Wengi failed to appreciate the academic significance of the term affiliated when applied to academic institutions . An academic institution is described as affiliated because it is deemed to be younger , inexperienced and has not yet acquired an independent status to offer its own degrees . Because it does not have the academic status and respect to award its own degrees it takes on the status of an affiliated , maturing institution . For this reason the institution to which other institutions affiliate , has superior jurisdiction . During that period of pupilage and guardianship , the qualifications of the junior affiliated institution are guaranteed by the superior institution . The relationship presupposes that the Senate and Council of the affiliated institution are inferior to those of the mother institution . It follows therefore that MUBS was out of order to override a decision by Makerere University Senate and Council . London University The best example in the Commonwealth was that of the University of London to which many emerging university colleges such as Makerere , Legon in Ghana ; Ibadan in Nigeria as well as the West Indies and Southampton , etc were affiliated as they grew and matured . The degrees they gave were London University degrees because London guaranteed their academic quality and standing . Because of the affiliated status , the Senate and Council of Makerere University College could never override decisions by The Senate of London University . The two were not of equal status . These examples of London University with its affiliated colleges , should be an object lesson in understanding the relationship which governs the affiliation of academic institutions . As long as the affiliation status exists , the degrees and other academic awards are those of the senior institution , which under special arrangements allow its name , Senate and Council to be used and to oversee the academic and professional growth of the young institution , in this case MUBS . During the process of academic maturity , the affiliated institution can be allowed to award in its own name lower qualifications such as certificates and undergraduate diplomas , but not academic degrees . This is where MUBS stands today . From the foregoing , it is clear that Justice Wengi failed to understand what affiliation meant and entailed . It meant that , once Makerere s Committee of Deans recommended a course of action and as long as that recommendation was upheld by the Makerere University Senate , the MUBS academic organs which are academically inferior in status could not override Makerere s decisions . Thus MUBS act of overriding cannot be sustained in academic traditions and conventions and for that reason in law . Justice Wengi argued that MUBS informed the Minister of Education and Sports as well as the Visitor of its decision to override that of Makerere . But the mere act of notifying these two political individuals cannot nullify an academic malpractice however politically powerful the informed individuals may be . Collaborative relationship Along the way in his lengthy judgement , Justice Wengi confused the relationships between the two institutions . It was not a relationship of equal partners . That was why the Nakawa academic qualifications had to carry the imprimatur of Makerere as a guarantee of their quality and standing . But there can be other arrangements when institutions function as equals and the word affiliation does not appear in their relationships . Many Universities in the world today provide collaborative programmes , but they do so as equals and not as affiliated institutions . I shall give a few examples . The University of London School of Economics and the New York University Stern School of Business ran what they call a Global Executive MBA . They do so as equals and the MBA degree they give is recognised by each institution without carrying the name of the other as MUBS carried the name of Makerere . Another example is that of The London Business School and Columbia University in New York . They run an EMBA but they do so as equals . Oxford University and HEC Paris have a collaborative programme but each stands on its own . One can get a HEC Masters degree or an Oxford Masters degree . In the case of Makerere and MUBS , such was never the relationship because the two institutions carried an inbuilt and recognised unequal status . One was affiliated to the other . Deans and their committees I found it embarrassingly strange and I am therefore forced to criticise the learned Judge on matters which are fairly elementary for those who know the structures of and how universities are run . Here is a simple ABC for beginners . The University Senate is the supreme body in academic matters . Deans whose authority and status Justice Wengi seemed to debank , are the pillars of any academic institution . Deans Committees may not be explicitly spelt out in Articles or Statutes but such Committee and their functions are recognised by the law of academic custom and usage , also known as convention . A Deans Committee cannot therefore be dismissed as a mere act of proliferation as Justice Wengi wants us to believe . A decision or a recommendation by the Committee of Deans , when upheld by Senate , cannot be an usurpation of the power of the so - called legal organs as Justice Wengi argued . The name MUBS was allowed to use the name Makerere because it was an affiliated institution . Once that arrangement stops , MUBS cannot continue to use that name without the consent of the mother institution . Similarly MUBS cannot give degrees which bear the name Makerere without the consent of Makerere . Here again we can refer to the University of London . The day Makerere University College ceased to be affiliated to London University , it ceased giving degrees which bore the name London University . If the High Court has conferred independent status to MUBS and if Nakawa feels that it is a university in its own right and it is no longer affiliated to Makerere , it should not hang on to the name of another institution . Nakawa should stand on its own legs and have its independent name . Makerere must also withdraw its own name because the affiliation status no longer exists , just as London withdrew its own name from the Makerere degrees . PhDs In an escalation of its quarrel , MUBS ran advertisements in the local press about its new status conferred by the High Court . The question which it will have to face in future is whether it has adequate academic capacity to supervise and award PhD ? Universities which seek international respect do not have to seek court decrees to recognise their academic awards because the proof of the pudding should be in the cooking . Independent It is a matter of debate whether the High Court has powers to create independent academic institutions . I shall leave that argument to the Ministry of Education and possibly to Parliament . Makerere has a worldwide reputation which it has built over the years . It must defend that reputation by the quality of its academic awards . Hostile court decisions should never compromise that which made and still makes Makerere a great institution . The writer is the Minister of State for Investment

1 . 0 INTRODUCTION The lack of an information and communication technology infrastructure has had an adverse effect on the instruction , research , management and administration functions . This gap should be urgently addressed if Makerere is to maintain its newly revitalised image . It is in recognition of this draw back that Makerere University as a major , public higher education Institution has risen to the challenge of incorporating information and Communication Technologies ( ICTs ) in its administration and academic functions . It is positioned to fully utilise Information Technology as a revolutionary tool for enhancing the scholarly environment of its students , faculty and staff while at the same time streamlining service management for the efficient running of the University . Indeed the mobilising of ICT resources was a given high priority in the University strategic plan discussions in February this year . Embracing Information Technology is indeed the key component in meeting the challenges of the 21 st century . Creating this new environment will be expensive and significant funding is a continuing challenge to move with the changing trends ; in software and hardware as well as training . Motivation for Change The impetus for change stems from four ( 4 ) factors : - Higher education the world over is being subjected to the same demands for cost effectiveness efficiency and productivity that have caused major restructuring in other sectors of society . It is coming under increased scrutiny from both funding agencies and its customers to deliver higher quality , more relevant product . It must better meet the needs of a student population whose characteristics are much different than a decade ago . Higher education must take the opportunity to apply the benefits of the " Information Age " to society . Cost Government funding which used to help offset institutional expenses in the past has nearly dried up . Only fundamental change will produce the needed efficiencies . The government requires that the University trim budgets and streamline operations . These requirements have been passed right on down to the department / classroom level " do more with less " . Quality Universities are being evaluated against a different set of standards than in the past . The emphasis is on outcome . Higher education is judged by what students have " learned " not what they have been " taught " . New methodologies will have to be developed to assess the quality of students learning accomplished with improved technologies . Demographics More and more University students are working adults who repeatedly enter and leave the education system over an extended period of time . These students typically are " place bound " due to family and work requirements . Consequently time and location of instruction are very important to them such students would benefit from the application of technologies that support " asynchronous learning i . e . " on - demand " time and place independent delivery of personalised instruction . Opportunity Many leading Universities are beginning to meet the above challenges by leveraging the effectiveness of their Faculty through the use of educational technology . The result is a more self - directed educational environment for the student and more time for individual student - Faculty interaction . In particular easy easy - to - use tools for delivery of multimedia ( text , graphics and sound ) presentations now offer a mode of instruction that gives students to be much more active than passive in their learning . The age old lecture hall " talking head " is fading away to executing , interactive " edutainment " exercises like simulation games and knowledge exploration on the World Wide Web . TRAINING INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES ( ICTS ) Training Systems Personnel Training User Personnel Participants Data preparation personnel Data Entry personnel System operators All direct and indirect users Areas of emphasis Equipment usage Equipment troubleshooting System - run procedure Equipment usage ( where applicable ) Equipment troubleshooting ( where applicable ) Application familiarisation Activity scheduling System maintenance Data management Security Data capture and coding Data handling : Addition of records Deletion of records Editing of records Information retrieval Information utilisation Back to top TRAINING METHODS In - service and vendor - provided : Equipment usage " Hands - on " operation Software features and controls In - house Same as above , but may be tailored to user firm . May use audio and visual instructional material , special training manuals , or special software . Training Even well designed and technically elegant systems can succeed or fail because of the way they are operated and used . Therefore , the quality of training received by the personnel involved with the system in various capacities helps or hinders , and may even prevent , the successful implementation of an information system . Those who will be associated with or affected by the system must know in detail what their roles will be , how they can use the system , and what the system will or will not do . Both systems operators and users need training . Training Systems Operators Many systems depend on the computer - centre personnel , who are responsible for keeping the equipment running as well as for providing the necessary support service . Their training must ensure that they are able to handle all possible operations both routine and extra - ordinary . Operator training must also involve the data entry personnel . Training should therefore be an integral part of the University information policy plan . 2 . 0 TRAINING STRATEGIES There are 3 broad areas in which training is required in order to integrate the uses of technology into the University curriculum : Training students to understand and make use of essential technologies used in basic University communication , classroom instruction , and research . Training faculty on the use of technologies in classroom instruction , communications with students , and curriculum development . Developing an infrastructure that supports both existing and emerging uses of technology in instruction and curriculum development . The deployment of ICTs in Makerere will be two - fold : Student / Faculty initiative Administration 2 . 1 Phase I Student / Faculty Initiative Address the emergency situation of the glaring gap in ICT skills in the two above sectors to unable appreciation of the basics before embarking on the advanced stage of content development and usage . This phase should recognise and related ICT deployment to the core University function of educating students . 2 . 1 . 1 . Basic Training It is imperative that Makerere determines that in addition to demonstrate proficiency in their own disciplines , students acquire basic computer and information literacy skills which are increasingly a part of the world in which they live and work . The University should be committed to providing a basic level of competency for all students and will eventually initiate a plan to ingrate web - based technologies in the instructional process . This effort will incorporate a number of opportunities for students and Faculty to enhance their computer knowledge and skills within the framework of the lower division core curriculum and within 3 years expand into the upper - division major courses . Requirements : Access to computer information resources should be mandatory in Lecture rooms , Faculty offices , Laboratories and administrative offices through the University computer network . A computer to student ratio should be 1 : 2 minimum in a given session . encourages interaction students can help each other to overcome phobias and assist those who are weak Every lecture should have a PC in their office . Institutional standard equipment in the classroom should be power point projector , screen / wall and white board . 2 . 1 . 2 Development of Faculty ICT capacity It is important to note that training in ICTs continuous process related to the changes that characterise this field . As such requirements for both training and equipment will never cease . The University should seek to be cost - effective and build local capacity . In the absence of a service unit ( Computer Centre ) the Institute of Computer Science which is the University academic and research unit should train selected Faculty personnel . Effort should be made to involve graduate students in the lower and courses involve graduate / competent in basic training of fellow students and training of trainers at faculty level . The Institute of Computer Science ( ICS ) will conduct a readiness survey to determine faculties and are ready to proceed with training . Progress will depend on compliance with set readiness " criteria . Student / Faculty Training To accomplish the first phase of fundamental training the following steps are necessary : - Set up Faculty ICT task force . Responsible for co - ordinating / supervising IT site preparation IT training needs assessment Training of student / Faculty Settings up help desk ( training help desk management ) Develop a plan for assigning e - mail addresses and activating accounts for all students and faculty . Identify basic Internet skills and develop appropriate training modules for each of the courses in which the skills will be taught . Assure the necessary infrastructure to support these initiatives including but not limited to an expanded help desk , computer labs and training personnel to work with both students and faculty . Develop and administer assessment instruments . Analyse results including experiences of students and faculty participating in these pilot programs and new initiatives . Expand " Help Desk " functions for students , faculty and staff . To develop and implement an evaluation for each phase . Will introduce all student / faculty to : - Introduce trainees to the computer Standard application packages - priority in Word processing . Searching information from the Internet . Use of e - mail Power point presentation ( emphasis on Lecturers ) 3 . 0 Phase 1 Administration And Management The negative implications of the manual students record management cannot be are well catalogued . the type delayed response time loss of records frustration Over - head cost have characterised Makerere University administration procedures and compromised management . The University ICT master plan will lay out the priorities and indicate where implementations should start . The University priority in ICT use in management should be student records . Because of limited time , it is necessary to gradually purchase as opposed to develop a set of rule - based , integrated administrative software systems to address student databases , registration and financial accounting ; personnel / pay roll budget and human resource computerised functions , and all financial transactions of the University . Such a system must complement ( if purchased in incremental modules ) existing systems , be easy to maintain and be compatible with the University requirements and plans for development . Training of the Academic Registrar s department should be priority in administration as well as selected personnel from Faculty and Halls of Residence with whom the Academic Registrar s office interface . Training at this level should be done in house ( on the premises ) as much as possible unless specialised training is required . It should be done by the particular authorised software house trainers . 3 . 1 Considerations Data entry will be a huge task . To rationalise training resources and enable personnel to train more data entry should be out - sourced for both Administration and Library . Training of System Operators The first critical training will be that of network administrators as the network is put in place . In both categories the training of operators is essential to handle serious problems at the faculty level . After the installation of the University backbone technical training will be mandatory to manage departmental local area networks . Training in this case will largely depend on faculty capacity . Indeed the recruitment and retention of trained technical professionals is essential to implementing a technical , re - engineering of University administrative system as training of students , faculty and staff . Evaluation Evaluation of each state in this initiative is essential to its success and to the development of long - term institutional model that assures quality of the service and management . Phase III Technology Enhanced Interactive Learning ( TEIL ) Paradigm Shift Learning has changed from a one way delivery system into a two - way discussion . This has been enabled by both student / lecture access to the Internet as the world s greatest archive of information . The classroom is no longer a static environment where the teacher sits a sole source of knowledge . In a connected classroom students and teachers can explore and learn together . Research has shown that integrating telecommunications has made a real difference in how teachers teach . Makerere University recognises this as a challenging opportunity to reconsider the nature of students learning experience as it relates to both the ways in which knowledge is shared and the way students learn . Training Faculty on the use of technologies in the classroom instruction , communications with students and curriculum development , should be the next phase . This involves : - Integrating Web based and Web - enhanced technologies in the instructional process . To accomplish this goal the following steps are necessary . To develop and implement a pilot project that integrates we - enhanced instruction into core courses . To train faculty in WebCT and provide planning time for course development using technology . To establish a competitive program for faculty to develop courses making use of traditional and web enhanced methods . To develop and implement an evaluation for each phase of the initiative user Satisfaction Survey . Provide for an incentive system . Expand " Help - Desk " functions for Students / Faculty / Staff . A competitive program for developing web - enhanced / web - based course content should be set up and supervised by the Institute of Computer Science and the Faculty ICT task force . The objective is to enable students / Faculty to use computers as a learning tool . Develop content on the web , which should be accessible within the University . Second State of this Phase Will be developing content that is accessible globally on the Internet , which will eventually support distance learning . The Institute of Computer Science will be offering support and guidelines for faculties to develop their own content . A system of incentives should be developed to encourage faculties that are exemplary . Again evaluation of each state is mandatory to ensure compliance and quality . Phase IV Library Library To realise the vision of becoming a major Research University , Makerere must : - Provide access and training to members of the University community , so that they can readily access and authenticate local and global information resources from the desktop . Provide systems for efficient processing and archiving of Library materials . Maintain the telecommunications infrastructure that ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) require . It strongly promote the " digital Library " concept by subscribing to select external information resources . Training should be limited to system operations and equipment usage . Given the magnitude of Library records , Data entry of records should be out - sourced . Priority should be given current circulation . Users should be trained to enter data . Check in / out desk operations It is important that the University recognises that the Library is not a space for reading . ICTs should be used to transform the Library into an Information Resource Facility . CONCLUSION Training will be the single most important activity in this ICT initiative . Indeed any technology is only as good as its utility . Makerere University should have a strong training component in its information policy . Consideration should be given to sustainability issues because ICT training will be continuos and frequent . The training plan should also consider a phased approach to ensure quality and efficient usage of scarce resources Training of systems personnel especially those managing the University backbone should be first priority as soon as the network is installed . Training should focus on the University core function of equipping our students with ICT skills that enable them to face the challenges of the 21 st century . To realise the visions set forth in the University s strategic plan , the University partners in training towards the University of today . 4 . REFERENCES Technology for the Top : A Public Private Partnership for Applying Information Technology to Deliver Solutions for Education and Commerce . Analysis and Design of Information Systems , Second Edition , J . A . Senn . Information for Development , Volume 6 , 1996 Back to top DISCUSSION - STRATEGIES FOR TRAINING The following key points were noted and suggested out of the discussion between the Presenter and the participants . 1 . Training for user staff Reiterated : That the Institute of computer science is competent to handle training for user staff which should be embarked on very urgently Suggested : That the University could put in place a scheme to motivate all staff to train in ICT usage . Observed : That the University Library Services at Main Library also has capacity to handle training for user staff . It embarked on this exercise since July 1997 and so far has trained 32 academic , 96 administrative staff and 2000 students ( Postgraduate and Undergraduate ) . 2 . Student involvement in ICT management Noted : Students can be resourceful in the running and maintenance of the ICT system ; especially since they are cheap and can be committed to the system . Back to top THE PROPOSED MAKERERE UNVERSITY NETWORK By Dr . F . Tusubira , Mr . A . Kyeyune , Mr . A . Ndiwalana 1 . INTRODUCTION The proposed Makerere University Campus Computer Network originates from the ADB project study which was carried out in 1993 . Because of the unforeseen problems the project never took up . In * February 2000 Technology Consults Ltd . ( TECO ) was commissioned to guide the procurement of a computer network for Makerere University . 2 . DESIGN PHILOSOPHY Though the original concept assumed a concentration of resources at the Institute of Computer Science ( ICS ) . We are recommending distributed resources covering all campus areas . The original concept dwelt a lot on the provision of computer hardware for users . We are recommending focus on connectivity including direct Internet access . Intelligent switches will be located in each Faculty or major unit . Faculties and major units will have to build up their internal LANs . The original concept had ICS and the Library as major beneficiaries . We recommend that they remain major beneficiaries , but without the concentrated resources : remote access , especially to the Library , should be possible from any campus location . 3 . NETWORK CAPABILITY The original concept focused on computer networking . We recommend a total communication network capable of supporting data and voice / interactive multimedia . We recommend a TCP / IP based campus intranet . The original concept had some considerable debate on capacity . We recommend providing the highest bandwidth possible to meet the requirement of efficient multimedia communications . 4 . COVERAGE The original concept focused largely on academic facilities on the main campus . We recommend establishing of connectivity to MUARIK , MUBS , Medical School , and Buyana Stock Farm . We also recommend inclusion of all halls of residence and staff quarters . See the logical diagram below . The main backbone will run between Physics , ICS , Main Building , and CCE . High capacity links will run to the faculties , major administrative units , and halls of residence . Individual staff units should be able , at owner s cost , to establish wireless linkage into the intranet and hence the internet at rates above 128 kilobits per second . Provision and MUARIK will have one main centre and wireless connection to other units . Access to the locations off the main campus will be by terrestrial line of sight links . 5 . PARTNERS So far the University has already got partner to support it efforts in establishing the network . These are the Leland initiative , ADB , and Uganda Government . 5 . 1 The Leland Initiative Project The Leland Initiative aims to establish direct Internet access and wireless connectivity on campus . The Leland Initiative Project focuses on establishing the VSAT link , intelligent switches at all POPs , all the necessary bridges , routers , servers and associated software . This will deliver a complete working system . 5 . 2 The African Development Bank ( ADB ) Project The ADB will provide high capacity connectivity ( fibre Optic ) University backbone that can support high traffic ( Gigabit ) over the network . Also it will provide a selected hardware and software to ICS , library and possibly other academic centres . 5 . 3 Uganda Government The Uganda government will fund civil works in trenching , laying cables , set - up and security of POPs , training , and hardware and software support for LANs in faculties , institutes , and schools . 6 . MANAGEMENT The Leland Initiative has a built in transitional management phase . The University Computer Committee must define a long - term management structure . The proposal in the GTZ concept could be considered . It is critical that the University evolves an ICT policy and guidelines . A critical element in this is likely to be sustainability through suitable cost recovery mechanisms . 7 . CONCLUSION Makerere University has already gone some way , using internal capacity , in developing designs for ICT infrastructure . External experienced input will help to ensure that the design is sufficient and future - proofed .

COURSE TITLE : HOSPITALITY PRODUCTS COURSE CODE : BLHM 103 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course unit introduces students to various hospitality operations and their products and services . It aims at providing the students with basic knowledge of hospitality industry . Importance of the course Unit Students will gain and develop an understanding of how hospitality operations are organized and managed with more emphasis on Ugandan hospitality businesses . Hospitality products course unit provides an overview of the hospitality industry and therefore acts as a foundation course unit . The course unit also involves undertaking a field trip to various hospitality establishments in and around Kampala city to enable the students acquaint themselves with various hospitality products and services available to guests . Job / Career opportunities . This is one of the many course units within the hospitality option . But at the end of the course , students can work in the following areas : Marketing of hospitality products & services Various hotel departments and restaurants Fast Foods and Takeaways Contract catering Theme parks Welfare catering such as Educational Institutions / Schools , Hospitals etc . COURSE TITLE : BASIC FRENCH To introduce students of International Business to the basic notions of French Grammar , Comunication skills and Business management as well as administration COURSE TITLE : BASIC FRENCH COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL OBJECTIVES To introduce students of International Business to the basic notions of French Grammar , Comunication skills and Business management as well as administration COURSE TITLE : BUSINESS ECONOMICS OBJECTIVES : The aim of this course is to equip the students with business knowledge required in solving day today business challenges . COURSE TITLE : BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR HOSPITALITY COURSE OBJECTIVES Introduce the students to modern Information and Communication technology with specific focus on the computer as an information - processing machine . Highlight specific application as of information technology in the business world Harness the students decision - making skills related to technology . COURSE TITLE : CULTURE AND HOSPITALITY COURSE CODE : BBA 359 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Introduction Diversity and multi - culturalism are critical themes in the hospitality industry , especially for those who prepare for management level positions through which organizational policies are framed and carried forward . Developing an understanding , sensitivity and competence in management in the midst of diversity is essential to the successful leadership in the industry . This course fosters reflection on critical contemporary issues , and seeks to develop competence and sensitivity through which students can manage effectively within multi - cultural settings . Job / Career opportunities A well - qualified student can easily handle the following jobs Office Management Human Resource Management Personnel and Administration Field work Operations Manage a communications department Head customer service department COURSE TITLE : FOOD AND BEVERAGE COSTING COURSE CODE : DCH 030 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course introduces the student to the knowledge pertaining to food and beverage controls . It defines a number of key terms and concepts and analyses the working definitions for the terms ; sales , costs and the overall control process in food and beverage operations . It introduces the basics of cost - sales ratios analysis . The four - step control process is thoroughly explained and discussed . The course also focuses on the various phases of food and beverage operations the control techniques and procedures are also discussed in detail . Job Opportunities Career opportunities will be open for students to work as : Purchasing clerks Receiving clerks Storekeepers in hotels and other related properties Food and beverage inventory controllers COURSE TITLE : FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : BLHM 302 Introduction Generally , the course equips students with theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in control and management of Foods and Beverages during service so as to realize profits for their organizations . Course Objectives 1 . To relate food and beverage management functions with food and beverage operations . 2 . To appreciate control in food and beverage management 3 . To be able to develop , price and cost menus 4 . To identify food service outlets and their functions 5 . To know the different methods of serving food to customer 6 . To appreciate the value of portion control 7 . To identify food service equipment and tools 8 . To handle different kinds of beverages and alcoholic drinks appropriately 9 . To appreciate importance of customer care so as to retain customers and promote sales Careers in Food and Beverage Management A person who has mastered nutritional knowledge can follow one of the following careers : 1 . An informed cook who aims at providing health promoting foods 2 . As a Public health dietician in town councils , Ministry of Health , Ministry of Education and in public canteens and supermarkets to advise on the right foods to stock and provide in public eating places . 3 . As a dietitian caterer in institutions that provide meals such as schools , colleges , universities , prisons etc . 4 . As a hospital dietician who focuses on the use of diet in the treatment and management of disease . 5 . As a nutrition educationist in the community so as contribute to good health and productivity in population and to national economic development COURSE TITLE : FOOD PREPARATION AND PRODUCTION COURSE CODE : DCH 009 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction The nature of the Hospitality industry is to provide meals for people who are away from home . These people come in many categories , they may be stop over travelers , tourists , business executives , honorable politicians , students and many more . Food Preparation and Production involves detailed commercial operations . Therefore to succeed , one must be a good financial manager in addition to being a professional cook . Modern eating goes beyond just satisfying hunger , it demands what is called the total meal experience , which means eating food which is fashionable , attractive to look at , tasty , wholesome , healthy and hygienically safe . The food should in addition be served by interested , cheerful , helpful and friendly staff and eaten in a relaxed ambience . This calls for a scientific approach to producing meals . Food Preparation & Production has been greatly mechanized and is now digital , to be efficient one needs to learn to work with this modernization . Most customers are always time conscious , one needs machines to speed up safely . Career / Job Opportunities Job opportunities exist in various hospitality establishments Hotels Restaurants Fast foods Hospitals Educational institutions and others Food Preparation and Production lends itself to specialization , e . g . one can just do baking and confectionery or barbecuing and become as successful as anyone else . For those who aspire to become managers , one cannot sensibly manage the food service trade if they do not possess the technical and professional insight of the mechanics of the operations . A smart cook who can make money for him / herself or for their employer will always sell . COURSE TITLE : FOOD PRODUCTION 1 OBJECTIVES Food production 1 is the initiation course into food production curriculum and covers both theory and practicals in the areas of food knowledge , kitchen knowledge and organization and kitchen practicals . COURSE TITLE : FOOD PRODUCTION 2 COURSE OBJECTIVES Introduce students to menu planning and management Understand how to use convenience foods together with regular fresh foods in food production . Increase more food production practical skills and personal work independence , Pastry & baking Understand the food and beverage control in purchasing and storage . COURSE TITLE : FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE I COURSE CODE : BCH 202 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course offers an introduction to food and beverage outlets , food and beverage service areas and equipment and categorizing the food and beverage personnel . It focuses on the key definition of menus as well as some styles of service in food and beverage establishments . It introduces the student to the basic food and beverage service technical skills . Finally , it offers some very basic information about the food and beverage service sequence plus break fast and afternoon tea service terms . Job Opportunities This course lays the foundation for the student to start off their career as operatives in the food and beverage industry in the following areas : Fast food / take - away establishments . Institutional establishments Up - market hotels Entertainment operations . COURSE TITLE : FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE II COURSE CODE : BCH 301 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course introduces the student to the second stage of the course in food and beverage service . It aims at providing the student with more advanced knowledge and technical skills in the service of food and beverages . It particularly addresses the specialized forms of service in various operations in the industry . Specific standards and procedures for specialized service are seriously discussed and carried out in the training restaurant . The food and beverage sales control techniques are specifically dealt with in this course . Job Opportunities This course , being the final stage in the food and beverage course , will lead the student to have a career as a supervisor or trainee Manager in the latter part of his / her career . COURSE TITLE : FRENCH COURSE CODE : BCH 1I ( 215 ) , BCH III ( 356 ) , DLH ( 032 ) , DCH ( 032 ) , DSIM ( 033 ) , BIB ( 111 ) , BOIM ( 305 / 313 ) , BBA ( 352 / 356 ) PROGRAMMES : BACHELOR OF : CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS OFFICE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DIPLOMAS IN : CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT LEISURE & HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT SECRETARIAL & INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Introduction French is one of the widely spoken International Languages in the world owing its origin from the fact that it was once a language of Diplomats . Why Study Business French at Makerere University Business School Well , we are living in a changing world that is slowly drifting into one global village . This means that French is slowly being used in all fields be it in Management , Business , Catering , Tourism , Politics etc . Learning French exposes the students to a second international language that is very crucial for the Hospitality industry . At Makerere University Business School , we now offer French to various programs such as Bachelor of Business Administration , Bachelor of International Business , Bachelor of Catering and Hotel Management , Diploma in Catering and Hotel Management , Diploma in International Business etc . We teach word , terms , expressions , phrases , grammar that are suitable for the varied professions mentioned above to enable one compete effectively in the tense job market . COURSE TITLE : HUMAN NUTRITION AND DIETETICS COURSE CODE : BCH 204 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT INSTRUCTOR : Phoebe Kabanza pkabanza @ mubs . ac . ug Ph D Foods , Nutrition and Dietetics ( Kenyatta University ) PGD Nutrition ( King s College , London ) B Ed Home Economics ( Makerere University ) M . A . Ed Mgt & Admin . ( Makerere University ) Introduction Nutrition is the study of the influence of food intake on health and wellbeing . The importance of nutrition in the primary prevention of disease ( public health nutrition ) is recognized by governments in both developing and developed countries . Public health nutrition involves studying the relationships between dietary intake and state of health . What one eats has influence on him / her intellectually , physically and socially . Dietetics is the application of nutritional knowledge that is particularly tailored to individual needs of the consumers . Applying the knowledge gained helps prevent disease in the population ( nutrition intervention ) . Course objectives At the end of the course , participants are expected to do the following : 1 . To identify the source of desired nutrients from foods available in the local environment 2 . To be able to plan meals for different groups of people in the community 3 . To have the ability to conserve nutrients during food handling as in purchasing , storage , preparation , cooking and food service to consumers 4 . To appreciate the dangers of malnutrition in society 5 . To apply nutritional knowledge in assisting individuals who suffer from nutrition related disorders . COURSE TITLE : Kiswahili COURSE OBJECTIVES At the end of the course , the students should be able to communicate in basic Kiswahili according to their specialization . The course is aimed at introducing the basics of Kiswahili with a view to building and developing student ability to use the language in their everyday communication but most especially concerning their professional environment i . e leisure and hospitality . COURSE TITLE : KISWAHILI 1 OBJECTIVES By the end of this course students should be able to : Greet and respond to both formal and informal greetings in Kiswahili . Construct grammatically correct sentences in all the simple tenses . Count from 1 - 10 , 000 , 000 in Kiswahili including fractions and decimals . Tell time and date in Kiswahili . Read and write Kiswahili words . Answer questions about passages written in Kiswahili . Acquire a substantial amount of terminologies used in business . COURSE TITLE : KISWAHILI 3 OBJECTIVES By the end of the course students will be expected to ; Have acquired advanced skills pertaining to the noun and its agreement / modifications . Design or express information on business cards , company and its facts , position , work , your salary . Have enough vocabulary about international business Construct and apply compound sentences and tenses respectively . COURSE TITLE : FOOD CHEMISTRY AND HYGIENE COURSE CODE : BCH 213 AND DCH 007 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction Food Chemistry and Hygiene is a service course that is required in every aspect of the hospitality industry , especially in food handling . The course imparts some of the basic rules of clean food handling to the large number of people engaged in the food industry . Importance of the course 1 . The course seeks to understand the chemical and biochemical reactions that affect the safety and quality of food during storage and cooking . 2 . Food spoilage and rejection by consumers leading to wastage of resources utilized to produce the meal are avoided . The quality of food is appreciated through its texture , appearance , flavour and taste . These attributes have to be preserved through appropriate food preservation and storage . 3 . The population is protected against eating contaminated food , which would result into food poisoning . To be considered safe , food must be free of any harmful contaminants at the time of its consumption . That promotes the nation s health and wealth . 4 . Employees are motivated by working in clean environment therefore they work carefully and efficiently . Clean food premises attract customers and promote business activities . COURSE TITLE : LEISURE PATTERNS COURSE CODE : BLHM 201 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Introduction The course unit introduces basic concepts as they apply to the leisure industry . It involves the analysis and understanding of leisure philosophy in the society , the inter - relationships between leisure , work and people s leisure needs . The importance of the course to students This course unit acts as an introduction to leisure as a programme of study . Therefore , it aims at giving course participants the basic principles that could be applied to other related leisure course units . Leisure Patterns course also provides students with an overview of leisure industry so that those who prefer undertaking careers in the industry will have an appreciation of the various leisure industry elements . The course unit involves undertaking an organized study tour to various leisure operations in and around Kampala to acquaint students with the various leisure services . Job Opportunities This unit lays the foundation for future careers in ; o Leisure planning in local and central government o Various sports organizations including sports clubs o Fitness centers . o Adventure recreation areas . COURSE TITLE : TOURISM COURSE OBJECTIVES 1 . To famililiarize students with the general principles and main components of tourism . 2 . To provide students with an appreciation of the study of tourism as a domain in its own right . COURSE TITLE : TOURISM SYSTEMS COURSE CODE : DLH 031 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Introduction : Tourism is one of the leading sectors that earn foreign exchange and it is a big contributor to employment in any country that promotes it . Being one of the industries that require less effort in terms of initial investment as compared to other sectors , it can grow faster under proper management . Objectives 1 . To familiarize students with the general principles and main components of tourism . 2 . To provide students with an appreciation of the study of tourism systems as a domain in its own right . 3 . To provide students with a framework within which to locate tourism systems in other various elements of their course . Job opportunities Information officers in Hotel Front offices . Tour guides in tours and travel companies . Supervisors in different tour activities . Self - employment in tourism activities available . Immigration points as hotel agents etc . COURSE TITLE : NUTRITION AND DIETETICS COURSE CODE : DCH 025 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction : Catering and Hotel Management is part of Hospitality industry . This mainly involves provision of Accommodation , Food and Drinks to travelers and the knowledge of the dietary requirements for each group of people involved in this industry is vital to every individual involved in provision of Hospitality services . Objectives . 1 . To promote an understanding of the scientific and nutritional aspects of Food production , cooking and storage , and how they affect the health of people . 2 . At the end of the course one should be able to : Describe different nutrients and their functions Describe the process through which nutrients pass from ingestion to absorption . Estimate body nutrient requirements in different individuals / conditions . Identify food sources of the different categories of nutrients . Discuss factors that affect food and nutrient availability . Discuss the relationship between nutrition and health . Job Opportunities . Hospital kitchens need these graduates to advise on diet problems for different patients . Graduates can work as chefs for special categories of people in Hospitality establishments . Graduates can work in community programmes that promote healthy nutrition practices e . g . early childhood nutrition programmes . COURSE TITLE : HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : DLH 023 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Introduction : Hospitality industry is made up of two distinct services , the provision of overnight Accommodation for people staying away from home , and the provision of sustenance for people eating away from home , both of which meet very basic human needs - the need to sleep and the need to eat . Objectives At the end of the course , students should : Be able to give an account of what Hospitality industry is all about . Know sectors that make up Hospitality industry . Apply the knowledge acquired to manage / operate Hospitality establishments . Job Opportunities Supervisors in Hospitality establishments , like restaurants , takeaways etc . Managing small businesses in hospitality establishments . This field of study has more potential in job creation since it is practical ( self employment through being innovative ) Information assistants at the reception . COURSE TITLE : LEISURE ENVIRONMENT COURSE CODE : DLH 009 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Introduction Leisure today is increasingly taking a center stage in many peoples lives . This is evident in the fact that many countries earn a lot of foreign exchange from such leisure facilities . People engage in different types of leisure activities and these have to be packaged in the most suitable way to meet their satisfaction . Graduates of this course are tailored to acquire the relevant skills of providing this facility to those who desire them . Course objectives The course is intended to equip the students with the ability to understand , evaluate , control and communicate the Leisure and Hospitality environment . At the end of the course , students should be able to assess and manage the Leisure and Hospitality environment in a professional manner . Graduates should be able to know the concept of Leisure environment in a society with different challenges and that Leisure and Hospitality is the fastest growing industry that requires different approaches to managing leisure activities . Career Opportunities Different levels of opportunities do exist in different leisure and recreation facilities . However some jobs require special training to get practical skills to enable the graduates perform better . They can work as : Health club attendants . Supervisors in recreation facilities Instructors in some specialized leisure activities . E . g . First Aid , Swimming , aerobics etc . COURSE TITLE : RECEPTION OPERATIONS 1 COURSE CODE : BCH 203 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course is taught to students pursuing Bachelor of Catering and Hotel Management in semester one , year two . The course is an introduction to the Front Office , being the nerve centre of Hospitality establishments . The Front Desk is the place where customers get their first impressions when they come to the establishment . It s efficient operation and management is of critical importance . To achieve a competitive edge and excellence in a turbulent environment , Front office personnel must possess unique techniques and skills to ensure total customer satisfaction . During this course , students undertake study tours in hotels around Kampala to familiarize them with what is on the ground . Learning Objectives On completion of the course , students will be able : To handle guests from different backgrounds with regard to communication and service delivery skills To understand the organization and the role of Front office personnel in the operation of the Hospitality establishment To deal efficiently with enquiries and reservations and check - in and checkout systems To handle money and other financial instruments such as Credit cards and Travelers Cheques Handle guests with special needs particularly the handicapped , elderly and children . Career opportunities Students who undertake this course have career opportunities as Front office supervisors in different Hospitality establishments . COURSE TITLE : RECEPTION OPERATIONS 2 COURSE CODE : BCH 303 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction The course is an extension of Reception Operations 1and it is undertaken by students pursuing Bachelor of Catering and Hotel Management in semester one , year three . The course provides a more detailed and in - depth insight into Reception Operations 1 . Reception Operations 2 is a combination of theory and practical skills . Study tours to hotels are made in addition to Video shows , Role - playing and group discussions and presentations . Objectives of the Course At the end of the course , students are expected to : Be well equipped with theoretical and practical skills to handle any difficult situation in the Front office . Understand all aspects of Reception operations in hospitality establishments To employ all the techniques required to increase room occupancy and room revenue Career opportunities Students who pursue this course are capable of supervising all sections of front office in any Hospitality sector . COURSE TITLE : RECEPTION MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : BCH 305 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course is designed for students pursuing Bachelor of Catering and Hotel Management in semester two , year three . The course focuses on Management perspectives and prepares students to appreciate the challenges and problems faced in an attempt to satisfy individual customer needs . Today s customers are more informed and educated about the service and value for money . This makes it very difficult for modern Hospitality personnel to manage host - guest service encounter and relations . Therefore , there is need to constantly train and equip staff with the necessary skills to provide the right service for the guest . Learning Objectives On completion of the course , students are expected to be : Well equipped with knowledge and skills to handle any customer during the service encounter . Prepared to appreciate challenges and problems that arise during the service encounter and be able to meet and exceed individual customer expectations . Able to judge the appropriateness of a variety of several approaches to problem solving . Capable of managing the Moments of Truth during the service encounter Career opportunities Students who complete this course have the ability and capacity to effectively manage and supervise Front office activities in any Hospitality establishment . COURSE TITLE : INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY COURSE CODE : BLHM 105 PROGRAMME : BACHELOR OF LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT Introduction Students pursuing Bachelor of Leisure and Hospitality Management in semester one , year one , undertake the course . The course is designed for students interested in exploring careers in Hospitality Management . It looks at the size and diversity of this growing industry and management challenges facing those who enter the industry . The course further explores Management principles used to successfully operate Hotels , Restaurants , Travel and Tourism and the future of the industry . Students are exposed to a variety of learning exercises that help expand their knowledge of the diverse industry . Learning Objectives On completion of this course , students will be able to : Understand social , economic , technological and other environmental components of the Hospitality industry . Know the historical development of the Hospitality industry and its current trends . Comprehend Career opportunities in Hospitality industry . Fully understand and know the functions of managers in the Hospitality profession . Career opportunities Students who complete this course have a variety of Career opportunities in all sectors of Hospitality industry both at operational and managerial levels . COURSE TITLE : FOOD PREPARATION AND SERVICE COURSE CODE : DCH 029 PROGRAMME : DIPLOMA IN CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction This course is designed to help students broaden their knowledge base in food preparation and service . The focus will be on enabling students meet the demands of the ever - changing market trends in the industry , particularly in food preparation and service with emphasis customer care and personalized service . Course objectives By the end of the course , students should be able to : Plan , design , write and present a menu that can be used as marketing and selling tools in food preparation and service operations . Purchase various items , store , prepare and serve them to customers of different backgrounds and interests . Appreciate that different customers have different needs and interests Ensure customer care and quality service in food and beverage operations . Job opportunities . Career opportunities will to a large extent depend on the individual but the general aim of this course is to enable one to be a professional caterer . It however particularly prepares students for : Food production Food and beverage service Marketing jobs such as sales personnel , public relations and product promotion assistants Opportunities also exist in jobs such as Head Chef , Assistant chef Second Chef , Section Head , Commis Waiter , Station headwaiter , Restaurant Supervisor , Restaurant Manager , Foods and Beverage Manager . COURSE TITLE : INDUSTRIAL TRAINING COURSE CODE : BCH II ( 218 ) DCH II ( 027 ) DIPLOMA IN CATERING AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT Introduction Industrial Training course is an annual academic exercise that the department undertakes to expose our students to the real - life , hands - on environment of the Hospitality Industry . The aim is to enable the future of students through local and international attachments to reputable hospitality establishments that can reinforce the knowledge acquired from school . The course aims at producing hands - on students with the confidence to competently handle the various challenges of the industry . It also enables the students to identify areas of interest for their specialization in the industry . Industrial Training enables the department to examine our students degree of professionalism before passing them for graduation . This has enabled the department to supply the Hospitality Industry with the professional managers it is craving for . Course objectives : To provide knowledge of the Hospitality Industry in Uganda through tutorials . To train skills e . g . in the use of equipment , carrying out routine operations that different business institutions and the industry may exhibit . To provide knowledge of materials and processes that the students might not have accessed during their study at the School . To expose the students to real - life situations , face - face interactions with the industry customers and a real - life work environment . To foster attitudes of awareness , cost and efficiency implications , social and economic interactions in order to instill individual maturity and self - confidence in the students . To develop abilities of planning , organizing and communicating that can further enhance our students appreciation of the Hospitality s potential to provide a useful career . To enable the students to identify the gaps between knowledge acquired in class and real - life experience . COURSE TITLE : HYGIENE COURSE CODE : BCH 213 Introduction Hygiene is a service course that is required in every aspect of the hospitality industry , especially in food handling and house housekeeping . The course imparts some of the basic rules of clean food handling to people who are engaged in the food industry . To satisfy a client nutritionally and psychologically , food must be clean , safe and acceptable . To be acceptable , the appearance , taste and flavour must be good . Course objectives At the end of the course the following objectives are expected to be achieved : 1 . To appreciate clean food premises that would attract customers and promote business activities . 2 . To understand the chemical and biochemical reactions which affect the safety and quality of food during storage and cooking . 3 . To avoided food spoilage and rejection by consumers leading to wastage of resources utilized to produce the meal . 4 . To appreciate quality of food through its texture , appearance , flavour and taste resulting from appropriate food preservation and storage methods . 5 . To protect the population against eating contaminated food that would result into food poisoning . To be considered safe , food must be free of any harmful contaminants at the time of its consumption . That promotes the nation s health and wealth . 6 . To motivate employees by working in clean environment so as to work carefully and efficiently . Careers in Hygiene Hygiene is required at all levels in business of any types so as to cater for psychological satisfaction of the customers . back home Related documents Department of Accounting Department of Finance Course briefs in Finance Department of Marketing , Procurement and Logistics Department of Management Course briefs in Management Department of Leisure and Hospitality Course briefs in Leisure and Hospitality Department of Business Computing Course briefs in Business Computing Course briefs in Marketing , Procurement and Logistics Master of Science in Marketing ( MSc Mktg ) Bachelor of Procurement and Supply Chain Management Course briefs in Marketing , Proc and Logistics Bachelor of International Business Procurement and Logistics Profession Staff Directory Department of Marketing , Proc and Logistics staff profiles Mr . Saturday John ' s proflie Mr . Byarugaba Jotham ' s profile Ms . Akello Mary ' s profile Mrs Birungi Mabel Komunda ' s profile Ms . Ikiror Cathy ' s profile Ms . Katusime Jovita ' s profile Mr . Kamya Moses ' s profile Mr . Katongole Chris ' profile Mr . Kulaaza Mathias ' profile Mr . Lapyem Alfred ' s profile Mr . Mulumba Mathias profile Mr . Musigire Sam ' s profile Mr . Okello Waata ' s profile Mr . Tukamuhabwa Benjamin Mrs . Ikiring Winfred Mr . Bategeka Levi Kabagambe ' s profile Ms Najja Terry Kakeeto ' s profile Ms . Nabatanzi K . Annet ' s profile Ms . Namakula Stella ' s profile Mr . Ngoma Muhammed ' s profile Dr . Ntayi Joseph ' s profile Mr . Okelo - Ouni Alfred ' s profile Mr . Omagor Charles ' profile Ms Eyaa Sarah ' s profile Mr . Yombo L . Raymond ' s profile Mr . Kamuntu Geofrey ' s profile Mr . Kigwana Samuel ' s profile Mr . Kiyingi David ' s profile Ms . Namisano Patrice Mr . Musinguzi Mulera Julius ' profile Mr . Mwebaza Benon ' s profile Mr . Waswa Tom Davis ' profile Finance Lecturing team Finance Department Lecturing Team Department of Management Science Course briefs in Management Science Department of Management Science Department of Marketing and International Business Department of Procurement and Logistics Management Academic departments information ( 58 related documents ) Course Guide ( 15 related documents ) Housing Online courses title Semester Schedule Career Guidance Activity Schedule 3RD Year Students 2006 Information on resources ( 3 related documents ) Tuition fees Inter regional conference " ... we are proud of our past and excited about our future and welcome all our visitors to join with us in celebrating our previous achievements and to help us in achieving new triumphs ... " [ Prof . Bojosi Otlhogile , VC ] Written Economies are global in every sense of the word , and there is always a global dimension to business activities . G . A . Cole

The Department offers courses in Physiology , Pharmacology and Toxicology , Animal Management and Biochemistry . In addition , the department offers several modules to other Faculty Programs such as the Bachelor of Biomedical Laboratory Technology , Bachelor of Wildlife Health and Management and Master of Food Animal Health and Production . Research areas include alternative medicine and nutrition . Services to the community The department has a functional nutrition laboratory and offers the following services to the academic staff , researchers , students , extension workers , feed manufacturers , farmers and the general public ; Developing products and formulas for various animal and human feeds for commercial and scientific purposes using computer - guided linear programs . Testing and diagnosing feed formulas and simulation models of compound feeds to check for their suitability and nutrient balance according to cost , animal , season and agro - ecological zone . Quality assurance of food and feed products . Analysing food and feed stuffs for various nutrients , toxic and anti - nutritional factors etc .

Kisoro Community Volunteers Association P . O . Box 4775 Kampala . Suite 11 Ambassador House , Kampala Road . Tel + 256 - ( 0 ) 772 - 877257 , ( 0 ) 772 - 308702 , ( 0 ) 712 - 841180 Email Address : kisorovolunteers @ yahoo . com Internet : www . traveluganda . co . ug / kisorovolunteers A holiday with a difference , for students , professionals retires and those with and without work experience . Home ¦ The Association ¦ Programme Agreement KISORO COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERS ASSOCIATION Introduction : Kisoro Community volunteers association is a community - based organisation , the association liased with international volunteer s organizations universities , academic institutions and other non - academic institutions and volunteers as host organizations to provide internship opportunities and other expertise opportunities to the volunteers from these organizations . The volunteers in turn provide capacity building and skills development to various professionals in our local community . This uplifts the quality of the services offered to the people , and the district . And also helps to enhance development through increased opportunities / contacts with the international world . KISORO DISTRICT : Kisoro District is one of the districts of Uganda . It is situated in the extreme part of the southwestern region of the country . It is bordered by Rwanda and democratic republic of Congo . Rugged valleys , spurs plateaus and hills characterize it . It s mainly a high altitude area - well over 1800meters above sea level . One of the prominent features in this place is the dead volcano of Muhavura Mountain . It has two rainfall peaks , one in January and one in September . It s generally a cold place with a mild – cold climate . Due to its difficult terrain and big population , there are a lot of challeges faced by the inhabitants : depend mainly on agriculture , producing little for subsistence . However , despite the above problems , it s also blessed with beautiful scenery and good resources like ; the endangered mountain gorillas which attract large numbers of tourists from allover the world . OUR MISSION Sustainable development programmes are meant to improve people s living conditions through education , research healthcare , Community sensitization , Community Development work , Nature and Environmental conservation , Food and Agricultural and natural resource management by sensitizing our communities through the above programmes . And by empowering people , increasing their capacity to do that which they have determined is important for their future . THE ASSOCIATION Kisoro community volunteers association is a Community - Based Organization founded in 2001 by two of its current directors . Steven Rugigana and Jackie Mbabazi registered as a community - based organization with the Directorate of community based services in Kisoro District Uganda . It liaises with international volunteers organizations , volunteers , universities , academic institutions and other non - academic intuitions as a host organization for the local communities in the District . The association has two offices , one based in Kampala , which is run by a coordinator assisted by volunteers . This office organizes services programs for volunteers . The office in Kisoro is run by two directors and volunteers . The office identifies service programs and implements them in the district for local communities . THE ASSOCIATION PROJECTS Kisoro community volunteers association believes strongly in the holistic approach requires that such projects be planned , designed and managed within the broader development needs of community development and environmental considerations . The association therefore believes in long - term solutions to development problems through sustainable and environmentally sound natural resource management . Finances Kisoro community volunteers association has practically no funds of its own . Outside support is essential to continue service programs for the communities and meet the need for new service programs in kisoro district and build up the association s facilities . Objectives of the Association · To identify and organize service programs for international volunteers organizations , academic institutions and for the individual volunteer . · Developing sustainable contacts with volunteer s organizations from different parts of the world to provide volunteers service to the kisoro community in various institutions e . g . schools , hospitals , development programmes etc . · Improve skills of the local people through on - job training / capacity building provided by the volunteers . · Promote social ; and economic development through improved skill for the local community . · Build contacts with the international world to enhance opportunities for development . Goals / Activties : · To mobilize volunteers internationally for the implementation of various programmes in the district . · To run the affairs of the Association as a community based Organisation . · To co - operate with local government and other institutions that are a stakeholder in this area . · To mobilize resources locally and internationally to execute programmes and implement projects in the District . · To extend technical support through out reach programmes organized by the volunteers association . Target Institution : Volunteers work with and providing on site technical assistance to the following institution among others ; ( service programs ) · Primary and secondary schools : Assistance is focus on teaching students to the country s acceptable teaching curriculum . Emphasis is placed on building the capacity of our local teachers through on - job training and improving the quality of education for the students through the introduction of extra - curricular / vocational activities . · Health Related activities : The lack of medical staff in the district is so evident and appealing . The volunteers help to reduce the number / ratio of patients per medical staff . They also help to improve the quality of medical services through improved techniques from their countries , which they also inculcate among the medical staff . Community / home base care for people living with HIV / AIDS and HIV / AIDS Prevention and control campaign . · Community Development works : Meaningful sustainable development must directly benefit the people . All development programmes and projects are meant to improve the people s living conditions . These include working with relief agencies , community sensitization , Community Economic Development through micro finance institutions , gender issues and working with local governments to help improve on the skills of the staff which improve on the method of delivering services to the people . · Nature and Environmental Conservation : Volunteers work with projects aimed at conserving and enhancing the natural resources base , soil and water conservation . They also provide techniques / services regarding environmental conservation , management of wetlands and agro - forestry . Also working with national gorilla parks to help save the mountain guerrillas which are endangered species · Lands Department : Land is an essential factor for all development projects . In all cases , land use choices have to be made . It often that , wrong planning decision and choices are made and this entirely affects the productivity of this important asset . Volunteers work or liaise with lands departments to provide new ideas on land tenure systems , ownership and their relationship to sustainable development . · Food and agriculture department : This will include working with food security related programmes or research programmes involved in improving production systems and techniques , traditional food crops , food preservation and storage methods plus studies concerning factors of production such as land , Capital and labour . · GIVE A CHILD A PEN PROJECT : This project is to enable each child in schools , which are affiliated with our association to access pens and books . Most of the children are from poor communities or are orphans . You can volunteers on this project by teaching in one of the schools . And you will have the honour to present this gifts , this gift will be catered for with your service program fee ( Project fee ) . You can make a donation on this project without volunteering on it , by supporting a child on this project . By donating US $ 50 per year for a child . RESEARCH Kisoro Community Volunteers Association . Main objectives is to promote research and development into continued income poverty in kisoro district and to disseminate the results of any such research . Kisoro Community Volunteers Association is developing a sustainable strategy for action against poverty and will be seeking partnership or close collaboration with any individual , organizations , companies , institutions , societies and associations , which have objects altogether or mainly similar to those of the association . HEALTH Kisoro Community Volunteers Association believes that health is so closely related to socio - economic and environmental condition that it remains the common link in Kisoro Community Volunteers Association s strategic thought . 1 . Primary health care : you could research on the effectiveness of the strategies used in delivering primary health care in the communities of kisoro district . 2 . Availability of health facilities in the rural communities of kisoro . EDUCATION How sustainable is the universal primary education programme ( UPE ) . Has it delivered to the people s expectations ? COMMUNITY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 1 . How effective are the government s poverty eradication strategies as stipulated in the government s poverty eradication action plan ? 2 . Has the growth of the micro finance industry in district led to an increase in access to financial services in the rural communities of kisoro district ? FOOD AND AGRICULTURE Research programme involved in improving production systems and techniques , traditional food crops , food preservation and storage methods plus studies concerning factors of production such as land , capital and labour . TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRY Technology research and application is the key to sustainable development . Application of appropriate technologies in agriculture and industry are given due attention in all our projects development activities . Research into the application of appropriate technologies for small - scale industries and the utilization of locally available raw materials is emphasized . Such application like in food processing , handcrafts , food storage , fibres , dyes extraction , etc , is investigated for their industrial uses . Note : All the above service programs have a duration time of one week to one year . SERVICE PROGRAM FEE One year US $ 5000 Six months US $ 3000 Three months US $ 2000 One month US $ 1500 Two weeks US $ 800 One week US $ 500 Students doing Research work on our projects for one month US $ 1 , 000 . OUR AIM The basic aim of the Association is to provide internship and expertise employment to volunteers who in turn provide services to local communities , Government , non Government Organizations , individuals and other institutions involved in the general well being and development of the district . Their services will be designed to strengthen and enable the local communities Organizations , Agencies and individuals in their efforts to achieve development on a sustainable basis , which will boost economic growth in Kisoro poor community . This will increase the basic services for those some poor . We look forward to your support and to work with you in the implementation and achievement set out for this noble cause .

30 January - 03 February : 32nd ASARECA Committee of Directors and Annual General Meeting , Entebbe , Uganda . 8 - 10 February : Africa Fertilizer Summit Technical Committee Meeting , Abuja , Nigeria . 8 - 10 February : ECAPAPA Dairy Regional Meeting , Nairobi , Kenya . 27 - 28 February : RABESA Regional Workshop Planning Meeting , Nairobi , Kenya . RABESA Report III : Food Aid Import Policies In the COMESA / ASARECA Region : Prior to 2002 , African countries in the COMESA / ASARECA region accepted unmilled maize from the United Nations World Food Programme ( WFP ) as food aid without controversy . Some of this food aid was sourced from countries such as the United States , Canada , and Argentina which had been planting GM varieties of maize since 1996 , so the food aid was presumed to have some GM content . Yet it was being imported for human consumption rather than planting , and often as emergency assistance , so the GM content had not become an issue . These circumstances changed in 2002 , a year when more than 15 million people across seven countries in southern Africa faced food deficits . A number of SADC countries took policy decisions , limiting the import of food aid that might have GM content . Zimbabwe , Mozambique , Lesotho , and Malawi placed various restrictions on imports of unmilled GM yellow maize grain from WFP , and Zambia refused even milled GM maize . Only Swaziland continued to accept GM maize as food aid through WFP . 1 As a result of the policy changes , WFP was obliged to re - route and even reverse some food aid deliveries to the region . Large shipments of GM maize were stranded at ports of entry , and WFP had to make immediate arrangements to mill large quantities of GM maize in South Africa , where previously mothballed mills were re - opened . The process of milling added $ 25 per ton to the cost of delivering the food aid , and resulted in delivery delays . 2 Milling extraction also reduced the total quantity of maize available for distribution , and the additional handling , superintendence , tallying , and transport costs needed to move GM maize and the resultant maize meal in and out of mills increased the already high overland costs incurred by aid distributors . 3 Nonetheless , in 2003 at a meeting in Dar es Salaam , the fourteen SADC countries adopted guidelines endorsing the milling of GM maize prior to its distribution as food RABESA Report IV : Estimating Commercial Export Risks From Approval Of Genetically Modified ( GM ) Crops In The COMESA / ASARECA Region African governments in the COMESA / ASARECA region occasionally refer to the commercial export risks they might encounter if they were to begin approving the planting of genetically modified ( GM ) agricultural crops within their own borders . It is well understood that many consumers in some importing countries , particularly in Europe , would prefer not to purchase and consume GM foods . In deference to such consumers , many governments in Europe and elsewhere have placed increasingly strict labeling and tracing requirements on foods with GM content , including imported foods . Some private importers in Europe have begun to make purchases only from countries that do not plant GM crops , or only from countries that can credibly segregate GM from non - GM crops . Under these circumstances , it is understandable that African governments dependent exports of agricultural commodities to Europe , and perhaps not capable of implementing a credible product segregation or labeling and tracing scheme , might hesitate to approve the planting of GM crops on grounds of commercial export risk . These commercial export risks are real , but what is their magnitude ? In this fourth part of the RABESA project estimates the total dollar value of agricultural exports that might be lost by the six countries under study , both in a worst case and in a more likely case . The worst case is defined as one in which all agricultural that have GM content or might be construed as GM tainted are shunned by all importers . In the more likely case , these products are shunned only by European importers ( both EU and non - EU Europe ) . We learn from this exercise that even in the worst case most African countries are quite safe from the commercial export risks that might be associated with planting GM crops , because of the product composition of their exports . Most of the crops they currently export such as coffee , tea , sugar , banana , cocoa , oil palm , or groundnuts are crops for which GM varieties either do not yet exist or are not yet being planted anywhere , so even the most GM - sensitive importers will have no reason to shun these products . And most of Africa s exports of crops that could be seen as GM , such as maize , go not to GM - sensitive importers in Europe , but to other African countries . This makes the issue one that African countries can resolve largely among themselves . To estimate of the commercial export losses the six study countries might suffer if they were to approve the planting of crops such as Bt maize and Bt cotton , we must examine both the composition and the direction of their current agricultural product exports . This is most conveniently done through the electronic United Nations Commodity Trade Statistics Database ( UN Comtrade ) . 1 Of these various product exports we must then construct a list of RABESA Reprt II : Projected Farm Income Gains in the COMESA / ASARECA Region from Commercialization of Bt Cotton Bt cotton gives farmers a more effective and less costly way to control damage from insects such as bollworms . Approval of Bt cotton for commercial planting should therefore provide cotton farmers with a new opportunity to increase income . Governments that contemplate approving Bt cotton might wish to know the likely magnitude of these anticipated farm income gains . Estimating farm income gains from Bt cotton approval , country by country in Africa , is a challenging task . Bt cotton is not yet commercially grown in any country in Africa ( except the Republic of South Africa ) , so direct evidence of income benefits cannot yet be collected from inside the six COMESA / ASARECA countries studied here . We have abundant evidence of income gains in other countries following the commercialization of Bt cotton , yet projecting similar gains inside African countries is problematic , because of country - by - country variations in the capacity of farmers to adopt the new technology ( e . g . , we must assume a capacity to purchase the Bt seeds ) , and also because of variations in the incentive to do so ( e . g . , the extent of bollworm infestation ) . The approach taken by the RABESA project is to acknowledge these difficulties and provide an estimate of farm income gains from Bt cotton that employs a simple methodology , one in which the most important assumptions are both transparent and easily adjustable . The method used here begins with an examination of the actual harvested area of cotton in each study country . Data on harvested area are available from the Food and Agriculture Organization ( FAO ) of the United Nations . We then estimate the share of this total cotton area currently being managed by farmers who enjoy reliable and affordable access to quality seeds . The actual switch of these farmers from currently available quality seeds to Bt seeds will then depend upon whether or not control of bollworm is viewed as a primary constraint on production and income . Based on experience in other developing countries , we assume that where bollworm is a primary production and farm income constraint , roughly 60 percent of the cotton area currently planted by these farmers who currently purchase or receive high quality cotton seed will switch to Bt varieties within 5 - 10 years . If the bollworm constraint is only secondary , we assume only a 30 percent switch to Bt . If the bollworm constraint is small compared to other farm income constraints for these farmers , we assume only a 10 percent adoption rate on this acreage currently planted to improved varieties . Once we have used this method to project the total area on which Bt cotton is likely to be grown , we can then bring in evidence from other countries of income gains per hectare from switching to Bt . This will allow at least a crude estimate of total income gains expected from commercializing Bt cotton in each of the six study countries . RABESA Report I 2005 : Projected Farm Income Gains in the COMESA / ASARECA Region from Commercialization of Bt Maize Bt maize gives farmers a more effective and less costly way to control damage from insects such as stalk borers . Approval of Bt maize for commercial planting should therefore provide maize farmers with a new opportunity to earn more income . Governments that contemplate approving Bt maize might wish to know the likely magnitude of these anticipated farm income gains . Estimating farm income gains from Bt maize approval , country by country in Africa , is a challenging task . Bt maize is not yet commercially grown in any country in Africa ( except South Africa ) , so direct evidence of income benefits cannot yet be collected from inside our six COMESA / ASARECA countries . We have abundant evidence of income gains in other countries following the commercialization of Bt maize , yet projecting similar gains inside our six African countries is problematic , because of country - by - country variations in the capacity of farmers to adopt the new technology ( e . g . , a capacity to purchase the Bt maize seeds ) , and also because of variations in the incentive to do so ( which will depend on the magnitude of the stalk borer constraint ) . The approach taken by the RABESA project is to acknowledge these difficulties and provide an estimate of farm income gains from Bt maize that employs a simple methodology , one for which the most important assumptions are both transparent and adjustable . Users of these estimates are invited to insert their own assumptions to produce re - calculations of the benefit . The method used here begins with an examination of the actual harvested area of maize in each study country . Data on harvested area are available from the Food and Agriculture Organization ( FAO ) of the United Nations . We then estimate the share of this maize area that is currently planted to improved varieties of maize , including hybrids and improved OPVs . We assume it is this area currently planted to improved varieties that will first switch to Bt . The percentage of this improved seed area likely to switch to Bt will depend largely on the income constraints seed - buying farmers currently feel from stalk borer pests , since those are the pests the Bt maize is equipped to resist . We assume here that where stalk borers are a primary farm production and farm income constraint for these farmers , roughly 40 percent of the maize area currently planted to improved varieties will switch to Bt varieties within 5 - 10 years . If the stalk borer constraint is only secondary , we assume only a 20 percent switch to Bt . If the stalk borer constraint is small compared to other farm income constraints for these farmers , we assume only a 10 percent adoption rate on this acreage currently planted to improved varieties . Once we have used this method to project the total area on which Bt maize is likely to be grown , we can then bring in evidence from other countries of income gains per hectare from switching to Bt . This will allow at least a crude estimate of total income gains to be expected in the six study countries from commercializing Bt maize . Fertilizer : Uganda Second draft Report 2005 This study was undertaken to assess the fertilizer sub sector in Uganda , with two main objectives . First , to identify policies , regulations and procedures governing fertilizers sub sector in Uganda ( trade / marketing and utilization of fertilizers ) . Second , to identify the constraint to fertilizer trade / marketing and utilization in Uganda . Third to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the fertilizer policy . And fourth to suggest viable options of harmonizing the fertilizer policies in Uganda . The study was based on a review of existing literature and secondary data , supplemented by primary data gathered through discussions with the different stakeholders fertilizer subsector . The stakeholders targeted by the study included importers , wholesalers , regulators and NGOs promoting the use of fertilizers , and financial institutions . The information from both sources was analyzed in light of the study objectives . Gender : Phase II report , September 2005 In 2001 , the International Development Center ( IDRC ) supported the Eastern and Central Africa Programme for Agricultural Policy Analysis ( ECAPAPA ) to strengthen integration of gender into agricultural research in Eastern and Central Africa . ECAPAPA is a programme of the Association for Strengthening Agricultural Research in Eastern and Central Africa ( ASARECA ) . The ASARECA was established in 1994 and covers 10 countries , namely Burundi , Democratic Republic of Congo ( DRC ) , Eritrea , Ethiopia , Kenya , Madagascar , Rwanda , Sudan , Tanzania and Uganda . The ECAPAPA was established in 1997 to ( i ) address the need to improve agricultural policy analysis in the region and , ( ii ) bring the National Agricultural Research Systems ( NARS ) into the processes of policy research and analysis . One of its tasks is to increase the ability of individuals and institutions related to agriculture to influence agricultural policies . Project funding from the IDRC meets ECAPAPA s mandate in both capacity building and policy analysis . Gender is one of the key areas where both capacities and policies are weak , hence this support . The support was to specifically help : a ) Develop approaches , tools and methodologies designed to incorporate gender disaggregated information into agricultural research problem , formulation , and decision - making and policy formulation process . b ) Use new tools and / or classical approaches to incorporate gender analysis concepts and tools , in ongoing and planned projects / programmes and on natural resource management ( NRM ) and commodity research . c ) Disseminate research findings that show the positive and negative consequences using gendered approaches in NRM and commodity research . d ) Assist ASARECA member National Agricultural Research Organization ( NARO ) , Regional Agricultural Research Networks ( RARNs ) as well as its Committee of its Directors in the formulation of gender policy , where this does not exist , and in strengthening their institutional capacity for incorporation of the gender factor and utilization of gender disaggregated information in project / programme planning and implementation . ECAPAPA - IFPRI FOOD POLICY RESEARCH PROGRAM Agriculture looms large in national economies throughout Eastern and Central Africa , accounting for roughly 40 percent of regional gross domestic product ( GDP ) . Agricultural productivity growth , however , has stagnated in recent years . Average yields for most crops currently fall well below levels elsewhere in Africa . In most countries of Eastern and Central Africa , agricultural growth has not kept pace with population growth . Given that the bulk of the region ' s population resides in rural areas and depends on agriculture for income and sustenance , hunger and malnutrition have deepened in recent years . The countries of Eastern and Central Africa are , therefore , progressively less able to meet the needs of their burgeoning populations . Gender Factor in Agricultural Research Programmes Background Information : Interest in gender analysis for research and development , in most of the developing world , has grown significantly over the past 25 years . This has resulted from a growing awareness of the importance of gender as a category of differentiation among resource users , especially when assessing their access to natural resources as well as the efficiency and sustainability of the agricultural production systems they manage . This differentiation is particularly important to consider in the case of sub - Saharan Africa , where most farmers are subsistence - smallholder and women - while the support given to the sector considers them as men almost exclusively . Data from many studies indicates that women constitute more than 50 % of the labour force engaged in agricultural activities in Africa as a whole . This percentage figure is even higher in the subsistence farmer sector and in the more fragile ecologies . Furthermore , most agricultural systems in the region are labour intensive , i . e . , human muscle power plays an inordinate role ( with little utilisation of external animate and / or inanimate energy sources ) in them . For these reasons , gender considerations become paramount when selecting and introducing new technologies or policies for increasing and sustaining the productivity of agricultural labour and / or land in the region . However , the full analysis and elucidation of how the gender factor is influencing the social , economic , environmental , and even political performance of agriculture in terms of its productivity and as a user of natural resources is yet to be realised . Even further behind is the application of such knowledge to the whole process of technology development and transfer , formulation of agricultural policies and designing of institutional arrangements required to propel agriculture and to improve its contribution to sustainable and equitable development in the region . Completed Projects Total Records : 9 Agricultural Technology , Economic Viability and Poverty Alleviation As per the 1998 - 1999 Work Plan , ECAPAPA commissioned four studies from Ethiopia , Kenya , Tanzania and Uganda on the role of agricultural technology in poverty alleviation . The objective was to show the role that improved technologies play ( or could play ) in alleviating poverty . In this endeavour , three or four improved technologies were selected in each country , their adoption ( if any ) evaluated , their economic viability assessed as well as their potential contribution to poverty alleviation . These papers were presented at the Agricultural Transformation Workshop that was held from 28 to 30 June 1999 in Nairobi , Kenya . In anticipation of the need to “ learn from success cases ” and better disseminate them for the benefit of policy makers , the policy options were examined . In their discussions , participants took advantage of the four studies . In late 1999 , dissemination of the findings from these studies was done through a number of media : the four papers were posted on the Internet ; a special issue in the ASARECA AgriForum Newsletter ; eight issues in the ECAPAPA newsletter , and a policy synthesis written by workshop organisers . In 2000 , after consultations with the presenters of these , the ECAPAPA Coordinating Unit decided to hold one day workshops as one of the best ways to nationally disseminated the key messages from these papers . Farm Household Financial Profitability of Recommended Technologies In November 1998 , three studies on Farm Household Financial Profitability of Recommended Technologies were conducted in Kenya , Tanzania , and Uganda by multi - disciplinary teams based at the National Agricultural Research Institutes ( NARIs ) . The main objective of these studies was to determine farm household financial profitability of recommended crop variety technology under different technological levels and agro - ecologies . The studies were also meant to set the beginning of NARI bio - phyiscal scientists to start appreciating the role of integrating profitability concerns in the planning of their technology development work . The studies also looked at non - price issues , which affect profitability of technologies . These studies also helped to test various collaborative elements between ASARECA and NARIs including progress reporting and handling of research funds . Lessons learned from these small , but important , research grants will be useful in marshalling future grants of larger magnitude . Two teams Tanzania and Uganda have successfully completed and submitted the study reports . National dissemination workshops of key messages to specific stakeholder groups were organised and carried out in 2000 . The Kenyan team faced a number of problems in completing the study . Planned Projects Total Records : 9 ASARECA Strategic Plan 2005 - 2015 ASARECA s strategic plan 2005 - 2015 was unveiled in the just concluded 32nd ASARECA Committee of Directors meeting which took place in Entebbe from 30 January to 03 February . In the strategic plan , ASARECA emphasizes the role of agriculture in poverty reduction strategies and calls for more collaboration among member countries and their partners in order for the eastern and central Africa region to realize the Millennium Development Goals , particularly of reducing poverty and hunger by half before 2015 . Events calender ECAPAPA CALENDAR OF EVENTS FOR 2005 Capacity Strengthening in Managing Conflicts in Natural Resource Management and Use in Eastern and Central Africa A number of questions will be raised by the activities of this project and the answers will be useful in contributing to more informed decision making at various levels on how to sustainably manage natural resources to meet equity , gender and efficiency concerns . Examples of such questions are : why does conflict occur over the use of natural resource ? How are external factors built into the local conflicts ? What governing mechanisms are conducive to equitable and sustainable natural resource management ( NRM ) by communities ? How can research help identify opportunities for turning conflict into collaboration ? The concern on NRM and associated conflicts is becoming more real than ever before mainly because with reduced government power and influence in the countries of the region , NRM decisions are increasingly being influenced by resource users who include subsistence and small - scale farmers , small - scale miners , pastoralists , large scale farmers , private corporations in industries such as forestry , mining and hydro power . In this process , resources may be used by some in ways that undermine the livelihood of others . Sometimes the usage of natural resources is influenced by a series of natural , social or cultural dimensions that are exogenous to the individual decision making framework of the user . These are , but not limited to , the natural environment ( lack of pastures / water ) , gender , age , ethnicity factors , etc . Why should this subject be the concern of ASARECA and ECAPAPA ? ASARECA ' s main constituency is agricultural technology generation and transfer , and ASARECA s goal is accelerated , equitable economic growth , poverty alleviation , environmental sustainability and food security . ECAPAPA promotes policies and institutions that facilitate sustainable and equitable productivity growth . But generating technologies without necessarily being conscious of the medium ( people and the natural environment ) and the conditions of the media in which the technology is being developed has the potential of raising conflicts , sustainability , ethical , moral and equity concerns . Conflicts may lead to chaotic and wasteful deployment of human capacities and the depletion of the very natural resources on which the developed technologies are to be applied and on which livelihoods , economies and societies that are expected to receive the technology are based . Rationalisation and Harmonisation of Policies , Regulations , Procedures , Grades and Standards in the Maize Grain Sub - Sector in Eastern Africa Maize is the number 1 priority crop in the ASARECA research portfolio . It is also the most abundant grain crop , as regards area planted , as well as the most intra - regionally traded grain in the east African countries . The crop has a high potential for positively impacting on household income and increasing food security . There is also a high potential for export outside the eastern African region . In addition , four of the ASARECA countries ’ NARIs ( Kenya , Ethiopia , Tanzania and Uganda ) have well - established maize research programmes . The main objective of this project is to address policy and structural constraints , which impede the integration of the region s individual country s grain markets ( The USAID / REDSO / CARANA consultancy report noted that maize trade in the region is highly regulated ) . The economic principles behind are assertions that , through the development of an enabling policy environment for intra - regional trade in maize , the private sector , given the necessary institutional support and market signals , will carry out the required market functions efficiently . The private sector will therefore be able to contribute to regional food security through supplying the region with maize required in times of national shortages and sell excess supply , without reducing financial incentives of producers . The study will focus on aspects of maize - grain trade liberalisation with specific reference to the harmonisation of policies , regulations , procedures , grades and standards that will facilitate smooth regional trade . Although maize has been extensively researched , such studies have suffered from two draw - backs : i ) they have tended to stop at the data analysis stage and hence not making meaningful impact , and ii ) in addition to being random , spontaneous and spotty , in all cases , the studies have been nationally based . The problem has been compounded by the fact that due to lack of hard evidence data and consensus on the economic rationale of grain market liberalisation across national boundaries , the reforms that have occurred have also suffered reversals causing serious discontent and disbelief on the part of the key sub - sector players farmers , traders , transporters , millers , etc .

Making dreams come true . " Two in three citizens want companies to go beyond their historical role of making profit , paying taxes , employing people and obeying all laws ; they want companies to contribute to broader societal goals . " The Millennium Poll on Corporate Social Responsibility , September 1999 . Every aspect of business has a social dimension . CSR - or Corporate Social Responsibility - means open and transparent business practices that are based on ethical values and respect for employees , communities and the environment . It is designed to deliver sustainable value to society at large , as well as to shareholders . MTN ' s CSR is modelled on the heritage of giving back to the communities in which we live and work . Being a good citizen has been inherent in the fabric of the company since its inception . MTN has a deliberate CSR programme that addresses the plight of our community ' s different aspects . We have identified education , housing , charity , cultural initiatives and sports as the main areas in which MTN can make a significant impact . Obviously , MTN is not oblivious to the numerous other social issues that affect the community . Click below to read some of our initiatives . Initiative to Support Education ( ISE ) The education sector has long been a top priority for corporate investment in the community . Traditional philanthropy is increasingly giving way to the practice of corporate citizenship and social responsibility . Therefore , there is an even greater role for business to play in helping build productive and prosperous communities through education . From building partnerships with local communities in order to improve access and quality of primary school education , to establishing business coalitions for policy reform , companies can choose from a number of key areas and alternative strategies depending on the nature of their operations , products and values - fit . MTN ' s Initiative to Support Education ( ISE ) was launched in 1999 as a programme under which all education initiatives would be managed . Under ISE , MTN has assisted schools in various ways . MTN has identified schools in communities that are under privileged and often struggling to keep students at school . Businesses have a major role to play in the education sector at a number of critical phases - from investing in community programmes for basic education , to infrastructure development for the next generation of business leaders . MTN has assisted in construction of classroom blocks and given additional assistance to a number of schools in various parts of the country . Habitat For Humanity ( HFH ) Economic growth in developing countries has led to a well - documented increase in vulnerability amongst poor sections of the population . Uganda , like many parts of Sub - Saharan Africa , is listed as devoid of basic and / or adequate housing for her 26 million people . MTN has partnered with a renowned Christian NGO - Habitat For Humanity - to assist in construction of low cost houses amongst various communities that HFH identifies from time to time . The fundamental philosophy of the programme revolves around the concept of ' planned giving ' where MTN works with HFH to build low cost houses . On all occasions HFH have built houses for families that were living out in the open or under risky shelter . MTN has contributed more than Ush . 220 million over the last two years towards the construction of 120 low cost houses in different parts of Uganda . MTN is HFH ' s biggest corporate sponsor in Africa . Recently , MTN initiated a partnership with a local solar power company ( Ultra Tech ) to provide lighting to some of the houses already built . If this project is successful , as we anticipate , MTN will provide extra money towards the implementation of this phase as well . MTN has already spent more than Ush . 5 million towards the solar power project as well as the Uganda Red Cross . In February 2001 , the Uganda Red Cross ( URC ) and MTN ended a year long local fundraising initiative through which MTN raised Ush . 500 million for the Victims of Disaster programme . This was the Red Cross ' first ever and biggest local fundraising initiative . Proceeds from this project went towards different disaster hit areas in northern Uganda ( displaced persons camps ) and western Uganda . MTN Nakivubo Youth Sports Club The NYSC is a group of former street children who have identified football as a way of changing their livelihood . The club accommodates four teams that compete in various age limit competitions , U - 12 , U - 14 , U - 16 and the seniors ' team made of those above 18 years old , totalling over 160 children . The club gives the children a sense of purpose and pride through soccer . MTN provides the teams with all their kit and transport to the numerous competitions that they participate in addition to monthly allowances for food and other subsistence items . Twenty - six of these children have excelled at various competitions and have since won themselves scholarships for education at two schools - Nile Secondary School and Amudat Education Centre both in Kawempe . While these schools provide free education to the twenty - six , MTN provides all their scholastic and boarding requirements . Some children have since been re - united with their families as a result of the club ' s efforts . Over the past two years MTN has invested more than Ush . 15 million in the club . MTN has also provided assistance to disaster areas and public road safety awareness campaigns . Whereas the initiatives above are the recognised projects to which MTN has made long term commitment , from time to time MTN makes philanthropical contributions to different causes .

I . Child health and survival a ) Preventive and Curative services Accessibility of health services by children , young people and caregivers is done through static and out reach services , child days and youth clubs . Three community clinics that provide medical care were established in 2003 . Ninety - four youth clubs of 40 members each have been established in 6 districts and these provide peer - to - peer counseling and referral services for treatment of Sexually Transmitted Infections and HIV / AIDS care . Since the establishment of the 3 static community clinics in Kampala , Masindi and Apac , 1209 children have been treated for common illnesses and 200 referred for secondary care . Common diseases treated include malaria , respiratory tract infections , and diarrhea and skin diseases . Currently , 10 adults are also on Antiretroviral therapy ( ART ) . Also HIV testing and counseling services have been provided on an outreach basis to 250 clients in the districts of Kampala and Apac over the three - year period , but this has been done on a limited scale . In addition we have held Quarterly Child Days with multiple activities such as the provision of immunization services for children and women , De - worming , vitamin A supplementation as well as health education on communicable diseases . Through this strategy , about 800 children have benefited from Vitamin A supplementation , 1200 immunized and 720 de - wormed . Psychosocial support through home - to - home visits and Action Support Groups ( ASGs ) has been provided to over 3 , 346 persons . The provision of static and outreach health care services through the child days is one of the cost - effective ways in which AFC reaches out to the beneficiary community . Where this has been done , a reduction in childhood illnesses and deaths has been observed . Children now look healthier and there is marked decrease in absenteeism at school . About 6006 young people have been reached with prevention messages in HIV / AIDS , adolescent sexual reproductive health and family planning through trainings , music dance and drama , role plays , exchange visits and print and electronic media like the young talk and straight talk . As a result , there is a remarkable decrease in early and unwanted teenage pregnancies , reduction in high risky sexual behaviors and STIs in our areas of operation . For instance , in Masindi , Apac , Gulu and Lira , 2539 young people committed themselves to abstinence until marriage in the last one - year . In terms of nutrition , 894 children have benefited from the provision of highly nutritious maize porridge . Majority of these are children in ECD centers . We hope to strengthen this sector as well as replicate it in other areas of our operations with effect from 2007 . In the subsequent years , AFC will continue to increase accessibility of these services by having one child day per quarter in all the districts of our operation and strengthening partnerships with other service providers . b ) Housing and sanitation improvement Over the last 3 years , AFC has worked with 1692 families . Of these , 135 families have been supported with various housing materials like iron sheets , shutters , latrine construction and roofing . Of these , at least 5 households have been supported to construct new houses . Further more , at least 200 families have been provided with beddings , clothing and household utensils such as plates , jerry cans and basins . There has been a remarkable improvement in the hygiene and sanitation of these households . AFC has promoted and supported households to put up bath shelters , drying racks , animal pens , proper ventilation , lockable doors and rubbish pits . In addition , AFC has promoted the drinking of safe boiled water to avoid water borne diseases . However , in this strategic plan , efforts will be made to increase access to affordable , clean and safe water to homesteads and communities within our areas of operation . II . Household income poverty reduction a ) Increasing accessibility to grants and micro finance services AFC has put special emphasis on promoting households income generating projects . Over the last three years , 2 , 984 individuals have been trained in entrepreneurial skills and have been given grants to start up grants . At least 70 % of the households have established income - generating activities , which include poultry , piggery , gardening , charcoal selling , market stalls and retail shops . In addition , a total of 1079 ( Kampala , Mbale and Masindi ) families are now accessing loans through the Micro Enterprise Development Initiative ( MEDI ) . . The loan portfolio has steadily growing from 31 , 000 , 000 in 2003 to 276 , 000 , 000 now . Similarly , the clients have also increased from 221 in 2003 to 1079 to date ( 2006 . This has resulted into a tremendous increase in household income , a reported increase in the savings culture , some houses have built their own permanent houses , many clients have diversified their business and the households are now able to meet the various basic needs of children and other household members such as education which earlier were donated . The loan recovery rate has also risen to 77 % . AFC has also attracted a reputable international committed donor - Enterprise Development Initiative . In this strategic plan , AFC will reach out to 5000 new clients , increase the loan portfolio , improve the recovery rate to 98 % and document and disseminate the lessons learnt . b ) Vocational skills AFC has trained a number of youth in vocational skills in attempts to increase their income - generating prowess . A total of 134 youth have now been trained in various skills such as carpentry and joinery , tailoring , screen printing , card - making bakery . This has resulted into a number of youth getting employment and has also significantly reduced the HIV risky behaviors through enhancing self - reliance . With the increasing number of youth in our clubs , AFC will commit more resources to training out of school youth in vocational skills and provide essential to help them start their income generating projects . . III . House Household food security top AFC has contributed substantially to the improvement in household food security among the households in our interventions through training in food preparation , food growing and post harvest management techniques . These farmers have been linked to Agriculture Extension Workers in the districts who constantly monitor and give technical support at household level . In addition , 410 households have received farm inputs ranging from hoes , ox and seeds . This has resulted into many farmers increasing on the size of their gardens , leading to high yields ; many households have established granaries and can afford to have two meals in a day , which was not possible then . This has contributed to the improvement in the health and nutritional status of orphans and other vulnerable children , including their caregivers . In this strategic plan therefore , we intend to scale up on our interventions , support less labor intensive farming techniques such as ox ploughs . In addition , families with HIV infected persons will be identified and will receive special food supplements . IV . Education and Early Childhood Development Since 2003 to date , AFC has established 9 community based ( satellite ) ECD centers in Kampala and Gulu and one model ECD center . The latter is located in Kyanja , Kampala and comprises a 300 seats capacity community hall , a clinic , modern ECOSAN toilets and an ECD room with various play materials and a resting room . To date , a total of 861 children have benefited from the ECD centers . Of these , 663 children are attending ECD education while 198 children have transited from the ECD centers to primary education . While at the center , the children receive nutritive supplements , medical care and psychosocial support . Two hundred grand parents and the caregivers have also been trained and supported to make play materials for the children from the locally available materials . The project has helped OVC access early childhood learning and stimulation thereby improving their physical , emotional and cognitive development , which prepares them for nursery school . The children s being in the centers gives the caregivers ample time to engage in other productive activities at home . In this light , AFC in the next five years intends to replicate and scale up the ECD model in all the districts of operation by establishing 10 new ECD centers and reach out to at least 3000 children . Under the education sector , 134 children have been supported with school fees and over 951 with other scholastic materials over a three - year period so far . About 90 % of these children are in primary school . This has positively impacted the literacy levels of the OVC who otherwise would not have made it if they were out of school . In addition AFC has supported the establishment of a primary school in Masulita sub - county , Wakiso district through provision of scholastic materials and supporting its construction . This is an effort by AFC to complement government program of free UPE to all children including the OVC . Strategies to empower families of OVC in order to be able to meet their education needs will be enhanced over the next five years . V . Child rights and social protection The main interventions in this area are the Child Help Line ( CHL ) , which is a 24 - hour toll free telephone counseling service , awareness on child abuse and referral of abused cases to child protection agencies . Over the past 3 years , referral systems for the children found in immediate danger have been established . These include District Probation Officers , Village local councilors and the Uganda Police . Over 1 , 300 clients have been reached with telephone counseling and 300 clients have been referred to services within their reach for help and support . Through community sensitization , 900 young people have been reached with messages on prevention of child abuse and behavioral change . In terms of capacity building , 14 speak out project centers were established . In these centers , the youth receive peer - to - peer counseling and education on adolescent reproductive issues and HIV / AIDS . Twenty - two counselors from Gulu and Kampala were equipped with skills on how to receive , handle and refer telephone cases . The numbers are still low and thus the need to increase awareness as well enhance staff capacity in the next five years by having at least more full time professional counselors working 24 hours . It is projected that the Help line will be able to reach to at least 8 , 000 people within the next five years . VI . Capacity building and organization development AFC has a professional Board of Governors ( BOD ) that meets on a quarterly basis and advices management on the implementation , management and fundraising issues . The organization has had a stable leadership with minimal staff turnover . To date , the organization has grown , both in size , infrastructure and coverage . This has led to the creation of different departmental units such as the Finance , M & E , programs and satellite offices in the districts of Masindi , Apac , Lira , Gulu and Mbale . In addition , AFC has attracted multiple and stable donors for over 5 years . The organization has a permanent office in Kampala . AFC therefore intends to consolidate the achievements gained , promote staff development , and enhance research and policy development in the next 5 years of this strategic plan .

Can Uganda make it to Ghana 2008 ? hosted by Richard Komakech Uganda is teamed with Lesotho , Nigeria and Niger in Group C of the 2008 Africa Nations Cup qualifiers . Join the debate on Uganda s chances of making it to the group stages . ( 40 posts ) Post your opinion View Latest Posts Posts ( Latest First ) VIEW OLDER POSTS » CHEERS FOR THE CRANES . authored by Mike Aziz on 23 . October 2006 at 18 : 20 The Cranes will make it there . Just give them the proper tools , they will finish the jobs . Uganda to Ghana 2008 , What a joke ! authored by ntare Bukenya on 21 . October 2006 at 14 : 23 Hi there , it is surprising that Uganda dreams of getting to Ghana 2008 without considering that they have to win matches before they can get there . But how exactly are you supposed to win matches when you have the following factors all working against this possibility : 1 ) You are meant to go out on the pitch and compete with some one . Your hands and legs are tied and he is free to roam the entire pitch . Iam refering to the situation when CAF had to give the match to a west African referee and ignore those from North and Sothern Africa . Then there is the stupid laws which actually i have not read regarding the awarding of citizenship to Nigerian footballers just a few hours before the game . Then there is the poor treament that players were subjected to from the very first minute they entered this stupid country - i mean social delinquent Niger - you will be dead stupid to expect more than that from Nigeria ! 2 ) Then there is the government of Uganda that you will bet was not in some kind of conspiracy for Uganda to lose the match in Niger - whatever their motives ! Can Museveni and his croonies explain exactly how hard it was for them to do away with a few millions of shillings to the extent that the national team almost missed the match . I think many Ugandans are tired of the ' development talk ' which does not benefit them . Take your development to the toilet Sir ! 3 ) I think the current FUFA is doing a wonderful job but there is need to go a little beyond the Obua era . For example FUFA should show some seriousness about getting the answers concerning the complications that were experienced in Niger . A situation like the ' ghost ' penalties against South Africa especially the one Cranes conceived when they were in South Africa should never be allowed to present its ugly head again ( just to give an example ) . It is time for other nations to stop taking chances on cranes ! However , we still await this to happen - I mean FUFA to show us real action . 3 ) People like Sekajja should get their minds and calculations straight ! Wherever you are Sekajja , i hope you can take my advice because consider the fact that you could end up playing for ManU if your team - Cranes makes it to Ghana 2008 and you are seen in action ( and appreciated ) . Or is there any thing you are afraid of ? Or is it the same old problem that has characterised many Ugandan footballers - to offer your services after the authorities have laid their bodies on the flour for you to step on ? Uganda can be to Ghana 2008 if these simple problems are solved but they seem undisputedly massive for the faint hearted . Wish all Ugandans luck in this . From us in South Africa Ntare Bukenya UGANDA CAN MAKE IT TO GHANA 2008 authored by MAYBIN KALWA KALUMBA on 16 . October 2006 at 14 : 57 UGANDA CAN MAKE IT ONLY IF THEY WORK AS A TEAM . THIS IS A GAME OF CHANCE . NOW DAYS YOU CANNOT UNDERATE OTHER TEAM . Something else to inspire us authored by Kamarade on 9 . October 2006 at 09 : 50 Match bonuses . Can FUFA also promise an attractive bonus for a draw away from home ? This in my view will propel the boys and maintain focus as we attach value to all CAF Points . Let us explore all avenues to take us to SA2010 BRAVO LADS authored by Kamarade on 9 . October 2006 at 09 : 47 BRAVO BRAVO !! Niger ' s tricks may have worked in their favour , but a long task awaits them as they have to trave to Uganda , Nigeria and Lesotho . We can say that for LESOTHO , it is like over , but for us it the stakes are high . 2010 is just around the corner and there is no better time to play in the world cup than when it is staged just next doors . FUFA we also want to take part in 2010 SA World cup . Why not ? Let us earn some world cup points as well . Go CRANES go . Jah bless Niger hosts Uganda Cranes authored by Komakech on 6 . October 2006 at 18 : 10 Niger hosts the Uganda Cranes on Sunday , October 8 in Niamey . Let ' s all chorus for the Cranes because with a positive result , our chances of being at Ghana 2008 will actually start to shape up . A big mountain to climb . authored by Kiwanuka Samuel on 6 . October 2006 at 10 : 03 After the Lesotho game , almost everyone thought it was over . However , we had just reduced the height of the mountain we are climbing , from Everest to Kilimanjaro . I know and believe that we can make it BUT this will only happen if we learn to look farther into the future and prepare for the team in advance . This will enable us to avoid such scenarios like the recent one when the one and only Michael Ezra came to our rescue . Pray for Uganda and Uganda will play in the 2008 ACN finals . uganda can make authored by james atanasious on 6 . October 2006 at 06 : 02 with much of the efforts Uganda restored in this many years , i guess they will go through against Ghana , its all about determination not history that matters in soccer ... Yeah Cranes can win BUT ............. authored by Oryem - Obina II on 5 . October 2006 at 08 : 27 I know the cranes can win but There is total luck of financial support from the government . Since Uganda open doors to investors and they have 100 % chance of getting want they want , 1 } . Why can ' t the concern person let for once and investor interested in sports to come up ? 2 ] . If the Government has failed in the field of sports , why don ' t they request Ugandans to give in their support like it use to be done in Columbia ? I wish somebody concern could just answer me and if it can happen save us from NATIONAL SHAME when we have very talented and dedicated players . authored by Oryem - Obina II on 5 . October 2006 at 08 : 13 I would like to categorically state it clear that with Soccer , prediction is just for fun but it is the hard work and team work that will determine how far they will go . Am sure the Coach has made a good choice of players and all look DOGS OF WAR . Our work should be to build confidence in our boys and make them believe they have the support regardless of the outcome of the games they are faced with . However , fellow countrymen ... i have two major reasons to put across that may make the team not go any far . 1 ] . The team shouldnt induge themselves in stupid act of suspecting juju like they did when they were playing Rwanda which made them to loose too much local support and they should respect themselves by not escaping from the traning camp and going to Clubs and womanizing 2 ] . Finance ............. Paliamentarians want cars of 60 , 000 , 000 = each and their dream may come true . And when the Uganda Team want 10 , 000 , 000 = , there is no money ! NO Body will stand behind them like when it comes to their personal issues like wanting to drive and everyone acknowledge you are a MP , DESO , RDC , CAO , MUSICAN etc and they normally end up withdrawing or performing badly because of poor feeding or they are worried for their families left home without food . Games can make a small country like Uganda well know and give chance to others to get exposed . If only the government can put in place enough resourses for sports like it has done for ministry of defence , I believe Cranes would go for world cap and win BRAZIL . There is a lot of talent countrywide but because Soccer and other sports aren ' t paying , there opt to dig than sweat blood and eat gobe in the name of playing for your country . The nature of Uganda was seen clearly when LUGOGO football field had to be sold to the so called investors ... Yet sports is the greatest investment world over Thanks to Ezira and other True Ugandans who have done their all to promote sports . I appeal to Musicans to raise fund all over Uganda for the CRANES . Please lets for once forget about ourself in the name of nationality . Lets Advocate for the National team since the people we expect to do can play their roles . Am tired of Supporting Man United ... I LOVE CRANES and want all Ugandans to turn away from registering to MAN - U etc and register with the Cranes and feel the flow of our own . THE CRANES , PRIDE OF THE PEAL OF AFRICA - UGANDA GOD BLESS THE CRANES FOR GOD AND MY COUNTRY .

WHAT IS THE SAWLOG PRODUCTION GRANT SCHEME ( SPGS ) The SPGS is a special fund from the European Union aimed at attracting the private sector to establish commercial timber plantations in Uganda . The SPGS is part of Forest Resources Management and Conservation Programme ( FRMCP ) , with an autonomous management outside the National Forestry Authority . SPGS provides a non - refundable grant to individual and corporate investors . There are , however , certain standards that have to be met before the money is disbursed . The full SPGS payment is UGX600 , 000 per hectare , which is around 50 % of the average establishment costs for commercial forest plantation establishment in Uganda . For good reasons you have to start with your own money and then you will receive the grant in three installments but only after inspection to ensure the agreed standards have been met . The first payment will be made within 6 months of initial planting to encourage clients to continue . The next payments are paid in years 2 and 3 , provided you have continued to manage your plantations as prescribed in the Management Plan . On how to join SPGS , you have met all the SPGS requirements ( e . g . title deeds - or license for CFR an approved management plan , own funds etc . ) , clients sign a contract with the SPGS and then you can start planting ! Note that your Management Plan covers operational details as well as environmental and social issues . CURRENT SPGS CONTRACTS SPGS currently has signed 40 contracts with various individuals and corporate organisations . These contracts are for a period of 3 years ( 2004 - 2006 ) . During this initial period of three years , SPGS targets to establish over 5000 hectares of good forestry plantations . PROGRESS By July 2006 , SPGS clients had successfully established over 4000Ha . Many mistakes were made initially , but lessons were quickly learnt and practices have notably improved . INTEREST There is huge growing interest in the SPGS exemplified by over 80 applications , which have been received to date ( with most indicating to have started planting ) , and over 290 who have picked application forms . FUTURE The SPGS is currently negotiating with development partners and the Government of Uganda for additional funding . We are hopeful that further funds will be forthcoming to continue the SPGS beyond its current end date ( December 2006 ) provided investors are ready to continue adhering to SPGS standards .

Welcome message from the Director Makerere University Institute of Computer Science Makerere University Institute of Computer Science ( MUICS ) is an institute within Makerere University . It s commonly known as a one stop centre for consultancy and training services in Information and Communication Technology ( ICT ) and other related fields . The academic programmes offered at MUICS range from certificate courses to doctorate degrees We are firmly committed to providing efficient and professional services that enhance the quality of ICT in the African region in a manner consistent with the needs of our clients . Our goal is to go beyond serving current needs of our cleints with an eye toward the future . We will continue our efforts to attract good students and offer quality education . In the area of consultancy we want to lead so that others can follow . Presently MUICS has over 80 % of the training share and over 30 % of the ICT consultancy share . Our goal is to go beyond serving current needs of our clients with an eye towards the future . We will continue our efforts to attract good students and offer quality education . In the area of consultancy we want to lead so that others can follow . Presently MUICS has over 80 % of the training share and over 30 % of the ICT consultancy share . We are aggressively working towards increasing our market share in both training and consultancy services and we hope to hit the 90 % mark by 2005 . At MUICS we train our students to fully address the needs of society . Students at MUICS have the opportunity to offer supplementary certified courses such as Cisco Certified Network Associate ( CCNA ) , Cisco Certified Network Profession ( CCNP ) , International Computer Driving License ( ICDL ) , Oracle Academy Initiative Curriculum and Microsoft Certified Programmes in additional to undertaking the degree / diploma programmes . At the moment we offer CCNA free to all our undergraduate students and it has been made part and parcel of the bachelors ’ programmes . MUICS is an institute of choice when it comes to quality training whereas ICT Consults Ltd is a leader in ICT consultancy . MUICS also recognizes the need to build ICT capacity for the African region and in this regard MUICS graduates over 60 students with an M . Sc . in Computer Science Degree and over 120 students with a Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science every year . MUICS conducts research that addresses local and international needs through research projects such as Quality of Service in Least Developed Countries : A case Study of Uganda , a project funded by Cisco Systems University Research Program and Software Research in E - Government project funded by the United Nations Economic Commission for Africa ( UNECA ) . In addition graduate students under take research that aims at solving national problems relevant to Uganda s economic development . Graduates have the opportunity to advance their practical skills through working on consultancy projects under ICT Consults Ltd , the consulting arm of MUICS . For students seeking quality education and a challenging career then Makerere University Institute of Computer Science is the place you . Dr . Venansius Baryamureeba , B . Sc . , PGDEM , M . Sc . , Ph . D . Director , Makerere University Institute of Computer Science Chairman and Managing Director , ICT Consults Ltd . TO VIEW DR . VENANSIUS BARYAMUREEBA ' S CV PLEASE FOLLOW THIS LINK ...

Current Vision The current Institute vision is : Excellence in the provision of adult and continuing education . Current mission The mission of IACE is : To promote the study and practice of adult and distance education and community development , carry out research and provide university - based learning opportunities for adults . This mission is consistent with that of the entire university , which is : To provide quality teaching , carry out research and offer professional services to meet the changing needs of society by utilising worldwide and internally generated human resources , information , and technology to enhance the University s leading position in Uganda and beyond . Prospects of IACE Despite these challenges mentioned , the increasing demand for university education and the private students ’ scheme has opened prospects for the Institute . There is therefore a potential to initiate new programmes and to revitalize existing programmes so as to meet this increasing demand . This is even more attractive particularly because of the growing recognition of distance education as an effective mode of delivering quality education . This has enabled the IACE expand the number of academic and training programmes and students the University is capable of hosting . Thus democratising education . Even with such an increase in student numbers the full potential of open and distance learning is yet to be fully exploited . The IACE has Regional centres that are serving as the extension arm of the University . With the implementation of the government decentralisation policy , many doors are opening for the Institute to be at the forefront of offering custom tailored courses relevant to this diverse clientele . This too is a potential yet to be exploited . Because of its unique mandate and because of the growing importance of lifelong learning , open and distance learning and the role of ICT in education , the IACE has established linkages with other universities with well - established adult and distance education programmes . This has enabled the Institute expand its focus and explore better avenues of instructional delivery . New opportunities to offer more flexible ICT - based programmes have enabled IACE have a wider outreach through virtual learning . Finally in building institutional capacity for adult and distance education , the Institute has been able to increase community access to flexible quality lifelong education and to build and strengthen linkages and relationships . Challenges faced by the IACE While seeking to fulfil its vision and mission , the Institute has offered a number of programmes and carried out a variety of activities but has also encountered a number of challenges .

Registrations are by delegation , where a domain name within a sub domain category of the UG Domain TLD is delegated to an organization or individual running name servers that support that name . All organizations , government and non - government agencies ; primary , secondary and tertiary educational institutions ; companies with a presence in Uganda ; and all interested individuals and entities are encouraged to register under the UG Domain . For registration in other top - level domains such as COM , NET , and ORG , see the ICANN Web site at http : // www . icann . org for a list of all current registrars . For EDU contact Network Solutions , Inc . at http : // www . networksolutions . com or $ 8 . 75 Cheap Domain Registration - Register your domain names for only $ 8 . 75 , transfer them for only $ 7 . 75 ! Free parking , free URL forwarding , free domain name generator software , and more . Speedy registration is available online or can by e - mail request by sending a message to the registrar @ eahd . or . ug Registration will soon be possible via other accredited registrars . GENERAL POLICIES ON DOMAIN NAME DELEGATION Administrative and Technical Responsibilities Policy on the Number of Domains Policy on Delegation of Sub - Domains Policy on Misrepresentation of Information Delegation of Special Sub - Domains Administrative and Technical Responsibilities There must be a knowledgeable and competent technical contact familiar with the Internet Domain Name System . Technical support beyond the actual function of verifying DNS information and registrant details will billed for separately . Organizations requesting name registration should provide at least two independent ( robust and reliable ) DNS name servers in physically separate locations on the Internet . The servers should be active and responsive to DNS queries BEFORE request for action on domain name is submitted . Incomplete information about the servers and IP addresses or inactive servers might result in delay of the registration . All applications are treated on an equal basis and will be dealt with in a timely way and full professional competence . You must set your host computers to accept zone transfers from the UG Domain Registry . The domain owner must notify the UG Domain Registry immediately about any changes in the name servers that should be reflected in the UG Domain zone files , or changes in the administrative and technical contact information . Administrators must follow the guidelines as set in the current UG Domain agreement . The contact phone number given to the UG Domain Registry should be functional and answered during normal business hours . In many instances , queries received after business hours will be answered the next working day . This is required to resolve problems either by UG Domain Registry Staff or by the customer directly . If we receive many complaints or experience any problems ourselves in getting in touch with the delegated manager the delegation may be delayed r revoked altogether . Policy on the Number of Domains At the moment there no limit on the number of domains any one individual or organization can hold . Policy on Delegation of sub domains No branch of the UG Domain is presently delegated . This may change in the future . Policy on Misrepresentation of Information In the unlikely event that the UG Domain Registry chooses to verify any or all of the information on a registration application and agreement , and if it is determined that the an application and agreement contains false or substantially misleading information that application may be delayed or revoked . In addition , all other delegations made to the party submitting the false or misleading application and agreement may also be revoked even after delegation of domain name . Delegation of Special Sub Domains Categories Special sub domains outside the established structure of the UG Registry may be delegated on special request and will in all cases require a justifiable reason . APPLYING FOR NEW DOMAINS Please read the Overview and Domain Agreement before filling out the registration forms . We register domains . We do not assign IP addresses . The application must be filled out completely in order for it to be processed . The application is available online or via electronic mail request to registrar @ eahd . or . ug When your application has been received , you will get a copy of the application and an automated reply . If you do not receive a reply you must resubmit the form or re apply using the online registration tool . We provide some technical assistance related to the actual process of conforming to the requirements stated in this guidelines . Any support outside of this will carry a fee . If you have any other questions , please contact us : Physical Address : Plot 32 Lumumba Avenue , Nakasero - Kampala E - mail : registrar @ eahd . or . ug Phone number : + 256 - 41 - 340451 Fax number : + 256 - 41 - 340456 Explanation of Fields in the Domain Name Application Template REGISTRATION TYPE : NEW , MODIFICATION OR CHANGING NAME OF A REGISTERED DOMAIN NAME , OR DELETION Registration Type Instructions : NEW : Enter NEW if this application is for a . ug domain name that has not been previously delegated to anyone . All e - mail applications should sent to : registrar @ eahd . or . ug MODIFY or Change Name of a registered Domain Name : Enter MODIFY if you are one of the current contacts ( administrative or technical ) for a . u domain that has already been delegated and this application is to alter or update contact or server information . Please note that only the current contacts registered in our files can submit a modification application . DELETE : Enter DELETE if you are one of the current contacts ( administrative or technical ) for a .. ug Domain that has already been delegated and this application is a request that you no longer be responsible for administering the domain . Please note that we need zone transfers and any contact information from you before we can take back the domain . If the Domain is new select a Fully Qualified Domain Name to uniquely identify you ORGANIZATION INFORMATION Organization Information Instructions : Enter the name of the entity or organization that is being represented by the domain name being requested . This should be the name of the organization that will be using the Fully - Qualified Domain Name in section two . The organization information in section three needs to match the domain name . For example : Kampala Ltd , and NOT the name of the Internet Service Provider ( ISP ) submitting the request . DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION / DOMAIN Description of Organization / Domain Instructions : Please describe in a sentence the intended use of the domain name being requested in section two . For example , " Joe Okoka personal domain name " , or " Departments and offices of the Kampala Ltd " . Add a sentence of description . For example , " Secondary School . This is a secondary school offering post primary education . " ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACT OF ORGANIZATION / DOMAIN Administrative Contact of Organization / Domain Instructions : Enter the name of the person who will serve as the administrative contact . This person must be from the organization that will be using the domain name , not a person from the Internet Service Provider ( ISP ) . The administrator is the contact point for administrative and policy questions about the domain . The domain administrator should work closely with the personnel s / he has designated as the Technical Contact for the domain . That is , the Administrative Contact would be a person from the organization that is the ultimate user of the domain name , not a person from the organization running the nameserver . Specifically , when the organization using the domain name is an organization , the Administrative Contact must be an employee , not an employee of the service provider arranging the Internet connection for the organization , or the individual contracted by the organization to provide web site services . For every registration , we require complete information for the Administrative Contacts of the domain ( section 6 ) . This is for two reasons . First , to make sure that the different functions are served . Second , just as there are two name servers required , two contacts provide redundancy for a stable and reliable system . This safeguards the function of your delegated domain as well as the . ug domain and the Internet as a whole . The Administrative Contact should work closely with the personnel s / he has designated as the Technical Contact for the domain . That is , the Administrative Contact would be a person from the organization that is the ultimate user of the domain name , not a person from the organization running the nameserver . Include the title , mailing address ( with street address , not P . O . Box ) , phone number ( daytime , with area code ) , organization , and currently operational electronic mailboxes . There must be a different email address for the administrative and technical contact . All information must be filled out . Do not use " same " or " blank " . Note that the Administrative contact may not also be the technical contact unless the request is for a personal domain name or sole proprietorship businesses . TECHNICAL CONTACT FOR DOMAIN Technical Contact for Domain Instructions : Enter the name of the technical contact for the domain . The technical contact handles the technical aspects of maintaining the domain ' s name server and resolver software , and database files . S / he keeps the name server running . More than likely , this person would be the technical contact running the primary nameserver . " There must be a knowledgeable and competent technical contact , familiar with the Internet DNS . " The Technical Contact must have a good understanding of the Domain Name System and the Internet . The Technical Contact is also responsible for a thorough understanding of the UG Domain structure , policies and procedures . The REGISTRATION MAILBOX ( 7j ) is where domain name requests received by the UG Domain Administrator will be forwarded to the delegated domain manager ( the person specified here ) . Typical mailboxes names are : hostmaster , support , or domreg , at your organization . For every registration , we require complete contact information for Technical Contacts of the domain ( section 7 ) . Include the title , mailing address ( with street address , not P . O . Box ) , phone number ( daytime , with area code ) , organization , and currently operational electronic mailboxes . There must be a different email address for the administrative and technical contact . This is for two reasons . First , to make sure that the different functions are served . Second , just as there are two name servers required , two contacts provides redundancy for a stable and reliable system . This safeguards the function of your delegated domain as well as the . ug domain and the Internet as a whole . All information must be filled out . Do not use " same " or " blank " . Note that the technical contact must differ from the Administrative contact unless the request is for a personal domain name or sole proprietorship . PRIMARY SERVER INFORMATION Primary Server Information Instructions : Enter the complete host name and corresponding IP address of the primary name server . The complete host name of the primary server as well as the IP address are required . They must match . Applications will not be accepted without this information . The server must be up and running before submitting an application . Please check that : • Server domain names are spelled correctly and that they are complete domain names , • That the IP addresses correspond correctly with the server names ( e . g . , do not switch primary and secondary IP addresses ) • That a nameserver is running on the specified machines and available to answer queries ( zone transfer access must be made available to 198 . 41 . 3 . 86 and 198 . 41 . 3 . 87 ) . Following are some guidelines regarding servers used to host the domain name : • Domains must provide at least two independent servers that provide the domain service for translating names to addresses for hosts in this domain . Establishing the servers in physically separate locations and on different physically separate networks is strongly recommended , and is required for third - level domains . • If you are applying for a domain and a network number assignment simultaneously and a host on your proposed network will be used as a server for the domain , you must wait until you receive your network number assigment and have given the server ( s ) a net - address before sending in the domain application . • To apply for an IP address , contact your service provider or if you are a service provider contact of the IP number registries . The UG Domain Registry only registers UG Domain names . It is your responsibility to see that an IN - ADDR pointer record is entered in the DNS database . Contact the administrator of the IP network your host is on to have this done . SECONDARY SERVER INFORMATION Secondary Server Information Instructions : Enter the complete host name and corresponding IP address of the secondary name server . The complete host name of the secondary server as well as the correct IP address are required . They must match . Applications will not be accepted without this information . The server must be up and running before submitting an application . Please check that • Server domain names are spelled correctly and that they are complete domain names , • That the IP addresses correspond correctly with the server names ( i . e . , do not switch primary and secondary IP addresses ) , and • That a nameserver is running on the specified machines and available to answer queries ( zone transfer access must be allowed to 198 . 41 . 3 . 86 and 198 . 41 . 3 . 87 ) . Following are some guidelines regarding servers used to host the domain name : • Domains must provide at least two independent servers that provide the domain service for translating names to addresses for hosts in this domain . Establishing the servers in physically separate locations and on different physically separate networks is strongly recommended , and is required for third - level domains . • If you are applying for a domain and a network number assignment simultaneously and a host on your proposed network will be used as a server for the domain , you must wait until you receive your network number assigment and have given the server ( s ) a net - address before sending in the domain application . • To apply for an IP address , contact your service provider or if you are a service provider contact ARIN at any of the IP numbers registries . The UG Domain Registry only registers UG Domain names . It is your responsibility to see that an IN - ADDR pointer record is entered in the DNS database . Contact the administrator of the IP network your host is on to have this done . TERTIARY SERVER INFORMATION Tertiary Server Information Instructions : A third name server is optional . Enter the complete host name and corresponding IP address of the third name server . The complete host name of the third server as well as the correct IP address are required . They must match . Applications may be accepted without this information . The server must be up and running before submitting an application . Please check that • Server domain names are spelled correctly and that they are complete domain names , • That the IP addresses correspond correctly with the server names ( i . e . , do not switch primary and secondary IP addresses ) , and • That a name server is running on the specified machines and available to answer queries ( zone transfer access must be allowed to 198 . 41 . 3 . 86 and 198 . 41 . 3 . 87 ) . Following are some guidelines regarding servers used to host the domain name : • Domains must provide at least two independent servers that provide the domain service for translating names to addresses for hosts in this domain . Establishing the servers in physically separate locations and on different physically separate networks is strongly recommended , and is required for third - level domains . • If you are applying for a domain and a network number assignment simultaneously and a host on your proposed network will be used as a server for the domain , you must wait until you receive your network number assignment and have given the server ( s ) a net - address before sending in the domain application . • To apply for an IP address , contact your service provider or if you are a service provider contact any of the IP numbers registries . The UG Domain Registry only registers UG Domain names . It is your responsibility to see that an IN - ADDR pointer record is entered in the DNS database . Contact the administrator of the IP network your host is on to have this done MODIFYING OR TRANSFERING OF EXISTING DOMAIN ( s ) If the person requesting the modification is not listed in our contacts or has no authorization password , then we must have an email confirmation from our listed contacts authorizing the person to make these changes . To find out the contacts for a particular domain , see our whois database . The application for modification is available at online . If you sending an e - mail request for modification , on the application please specify " modify " in response to Q1 and the domain name that needs to be modified in response to Q2 . We must be notified of any changes in the names of the servers . If the names of the servers remain the same but the IP addresses change you need only notify us in the case that the server is in the subdomain served ( technically this is called a " glue record " ) . We do not provide FREE technical support for modifications . The WHOIS database is not updated immediately .. The WHOIS information for other Top Level Domains is available from their respective registries . Please use tools such as " dig " or " nslookup " for server information about these domains . The rules for transfer of the domain is same as that of modification . WHOIS The InterNIC has developed the RWHOIS program which supports distributed databases of WHOIS information . This allows for the reduction of queries and referral of information to be closer to the maintainer of the information . The UG Domain Registry has installed a client / server RWHOIS protocol to support the UG Domain WHOIS information . For more information contact registrar @ eahd . or . ug . The data from the information you supplied on your application will be used for your WHOIS entry . Click Here to enter WHOIS Database RELATED LINKS Other Country - Code Domain Names ( and . int ) Internet Domain Survey TECHNICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY Books Albitz , P . , C . Liu , " DNS and Bind : Help for UNIX System Administrators " , O ' Reilly and Associates , Inc . , October 1992 . Estrada , S . , " Connecting to the Internet " , O ' Reilly and Associates , Inc . , August 1993 , ISBN 1 - 56592 - 061 - 9 . LaQuey , T . , and Jeanne C . Ryer , " The . Internet . Companion : A Beginner ' s Guide to Global Networking " , Addison - Wesley , Reading , MA , 1992 . Online Materials ACM SIGUCCS Networking Taskforce , " Connecting to the Internet - What Connecting Institutions Should Anticipate " , RFC 1359 , August 1992 . Krol , E . , and E . Hoffman , " FYI on ' What is the Internet ? ' " , Merit Network , Inc . , RFC 1462 , May 1993 . Lottor , M . , " Domain Administrators Operations Guide " , SRI International , RFC 1033 , November 1987 . Postel , Jon , " Domain Name System Structure and Delegation " , ISI , RFC 1591 , March 1994 . Sellers , J . , " FYI on Questions and Answers - Answers to Commonly Asked ' Primary and Secondary School Internet User ' Questions " , NASA NREN / Sterling Software , RFC 1578 , February 1994 . Stahl , M . , " Domain Administrators Guide " , SRI International , RFC 1032 , November 1987 . Mockapetris , P . , " Domain Names - Concepts and Facilities " , ISI , RFC 1034 , November 1987 . Mockapetris , P . , " Domain Names - Implementation and Specification " , ISI , RFC 1035 , November 1987 . Williamson , S , & M . Kosters , " Referral Whois Protocol ( RWhois ) " , Network Solutions , Inc . , InterNIC , RFC 1714 , November 1994 .

The entrance to the Nnamasole s shrine , inset ; The current Nnamasole , Manjeri Lunkuse , and her Katikkiro , Nsubuga Sekatawa inside her palace According to Buganda tradition , when queen mothers and kings die , they are buried in their respective palaces . Hence Baagalayaze became the burial site of the mother of Kabaka Muwanga II . A place of hope , celebration and learning about the history of Buganda , the site is part of a six - stage trail that delves deep into the history of Buganda . A trail that begins in Kasubi in Kampala , to Wamala in Wakiso , Ssezibwa in Mukono , Katereke in Wakiso , Naggalabi and Kagoma . Baagalayaze is situated 6 miles from the city centre on the Kampala - Gayaza road . Baagalayaze got its name from the fact that Kabaka Muwanga s mother along with her husband Muteesa I invited the British to Uganda , hence she was called ayagala abazze . In Buganda the Queen mother is referred to as Nnamasole . According to the Katikkiro of the current Nnamasole , Nsubuga Ssekatawa , Mwanga s mother , Abisaaji Nankatya , on April 14 , 1875 wrote a letter to Queen Victoria of England requesting her to send missionaries and teachers to Buganda . From then on Nnamasole Nankatya was called Baagalayaze because of her developmental outlook . Two years later the first missionaries , the Protestants , arrived in Uganda . The Catholic missionaries would follow two years later in 1879 . Originally , Nnamasole Nankatya stayed at Kasubi but when her son , Kabaka Mwanga , was arrested by the British in the 1890s she fled to Lusaka , Mpererwe . This is where she was buried after her death in 1916 . In keeping with tradition her daughter , Juliana Tezitendwa , became the next Nnamasole . It was Tezitendwa who built the current palace which is a stone s throw away from the one in which her mother was buried . On entering the burial site one first comes upon the Kigango , where the Nnamasole meets with her officials . Next to this is the herbal garden containing several medicinal plants . Further on is what used to be Nnamasole Nankatya s palace that now houses the tombs of Nankatya and Tezitendwa . Since it is a taboo to look at the graves of the Nnamasoles , visitors are not allowed beyond the entrance to the mausoleum . The current Nnamasole , Manjeri Lunkuse , was born in 1928 to the late Elieza Lusesa of Kisoga , Gomba in Mpigi District . Her mother , Nnamasole Tezitendwa , brought her to Baagalayaze at an early age and she became Nnamasole when Tezitendwa died in 1935 . Nnamasole Lunkuse had her education at Gayaza High School where she studied up to junior secondary level . Lunkuse recalls with nostalgia the chaos that engulfed Buganda soon after the exiling of Kabaka Edward Muteesa II by the colonial government in 1955 . The whole of Buganda was in turmoil as our beloved king had been sent to an unknown land without servants to look after him , Lunkuse recalls . She is , however , quick to point out the joy and celebrations that erupted in Buganda upon the return of the Kabaka in 1961 . However , when the Kabaka was forced into exile in the UK a second time in 1966 following the attack on his palace at Lubiri , armed men attacked Baagalayaze . Lunkuse escaped with an injury on her arm . However , she lost three of her children . According to Buganda tradition , the Nnamasole is addressed as Ssebo ( sir ) . She also has her own Lukiiko and the Kabaka often seeks the advice of the Nnamasole on certain issues . There are several Nnamasoles in Buganda due to the fact that the kingdom has had kings from different clans , but Nnamasole Lunkuse stands out because of her mother Nankatya s deeds . She is the official caretaker and advisor to all Nnamasoles in Buganda . The Nnamasole has a Katikkiro ( Prime minister ) , a secretary ( Ssabaddu ) , a Kaddulubale ( minister without portfolio ) , whose job is to welcome visitors , and the Kabejja ( estates manager ) . She also has someone in charge of her bathrooms called the Mukota , Mukomazi , who is in charge of bark cloth making and the general caretaker , Muwaga . The current Nnamasole , just like her grandmother , is development - oriented . In 1975 she gave a five - acre piece of land to the Christian community on which St . Steven s Church was built . The Nnamasole also offered the land on which Mpererwe Church of Uganda Primary School was built and the local community is forever indebted to her . Today the Queen Mother s palace is a beehive of activity with such activities as the making of writing materials from elephant grass and banana fibre , bark cloth making and the weaving of mats and baskets . The Nnamasole teaches Baganda women how to prepare traditional foods in addition to bedroom skills . The latter despite the fact that on becoming the Nnamasole , one is not supposed to get married . Today Baagalayaze is a heritage site and there are plans to erect a museum in which all the antiques of the Nnamasoles shall be displayed for the public to see . Visitors come from within and outside Uganda to visit the place . Ugandans pay an entrance fee of sh1 , 000 while foreigners pay sh5 , 000 . In 2003 the former Katikkiro of Buganda , Joseph Mulwanyamuli Ssemwogerere , visited the palace and he presented the Nnamasole a certificate of appreciation from the Kabaka for their role in preserving Buganda s culture . As one leaves Baagalayaze , having seen how the local community reveres the Nnamasole , one is proud to have been a part of the celebration of the history of Buganda . Published on : Saturday , 4th November , 2006

Whether it is business or agriculture , Iganga is one of the best locations to think of first . Its location along the Eastern highway makes it a transit area to far Eastern Uganda and beyond the borders to Kenya . The town is bustling with activity of thriving markets , a lot of highway traffic and a ‘ swam ’ of bicycles . The wide maize , cotton , cassava fields among others in the rural part contrast with the rising buildings in the town showing the dynamic and fast development of Iganga district . Profile . The district was established in 1974 . Previously it was one of the three bigger areas that formed the then Busoga district including Jinja and Kamuli . Originally , it was known as South Busoga until 1982 when it was renamed Iganga . It lies between longitudes 33 degrees 10 minutes east and 34 degrees 0 minute East , and latitudes 0 degrees 06 minutes north and l degree 12 minutes north . Located in the mid - eastern part of Uganda 125Kms from Kampala along the East African Highway , it borders the districts of Kamuli and Pallisa in the north and northeast , Bugiri in the east , Mayuge in the south and Jinja in the Southwest . Total area occupied is 2 , 538 Km2 Has a population of 716 , 311 ( 344 , 420 male and 371 , 891 women ) Literacy rate of ; 57 . 8 % for Males 42 % for the female Life Expectancy is up to 46 . 7 years Has two town councils – TC Iganga TC also the district headquarters . Busembatya TC . Iganga is divided into four counties of Kigulu , Luuka , Busiki and Bugweri . There are 24 sub counties , 137 parishes and 900 villages Languages spoken : Lusoga , Lusiki and English . Economic Activities : 92 % of the population derives their livelihood from agriculture . The Crops grown for cash and food include maize , rice , beans coffee , cotton and sugarcane . Relief and Climate . Iganga is a generally flat plateau with isolated hills with fertile loamy and sandy soils . It receives a mean annual rainfall of 1200m that spread into two seasons a year with peaks in April - June and September - November . DISTRICT PROFILE 4 counties namely Bugweri , Busiki , Kigulu and Luuka . 106 Health Units . population is 548 , 397 . total of 922 km of Road network . Read more DISTRICT LEADERS The district has both political and administrative structures up to Councils Read more INVESTMENT Iganga District has managed to maintain 345 . 5 km but not regularly , as the funds are not enough to enable monthly maintenance . Almost all roads need some re - grading and rehabilitation .

USAID - funded activities in Uganda are carried out through contracts and assistance agreements primarily with American , Ugandan and International organizations . Click on the paragraph below for an activity briefer under the respective Strategic Objective . This briefer gives a concise description of the activity . Strategic Objective 07 - Expanded Sustainable Economic Opportunities for Rural Sector Growth Agroforestry Research and Development Activity The primary goal of the ICRAF - FORRI Agroforestry Research and Development activity is to improve rural livelihoods and ecosystem functions through the diversification of on - farm agroforestry systems . Click here to read on ..... Investment in Developing Export Agriculture ( IDEA ) Uganda ' s Investment in Developing Export Agriculture ( IDEA ) Activity is a 9 year activity funded by USAID , with counterpart contributions from the Government of Uganda ( GoU ) . The goal of the IDEA Activity is " to increase rural household incomes through increased production and marketing of selected non - traditional agricultural exports ( NTAEs ) and selected food products . " Click here to read on .... Support for Private Enterprise Expansion and Development ( SPEED ) Designed to meet the needs of microenterprises and small and medium enterprises ( SMEs ) , the Support for Private Enterprise Expansion and Development ( SPEED ) Activity focuses on access to finance and business skills development . Through the SPEED Activity , USAID seeks to increase access to financial services , create and expand agricultural and non - agricultural enterprises , and strengthen legal and regulatory frameworks for business development in the SME and microfinance sectors . Click here to read on .... Development Credit Authority ( DCA ) Loan Guarantee Program SPEED provides technical oversight for the Development Credit Authority ( DCA ) Loan Guarantee Program . The strategic focus of USAID / Uganda ' s economic growth program is rural sector growth and transformation that will lead to greater economic opportunity . Click here to read on ..... World Council of Credit Unions , Savings and Credit Cooperatives Societies Network activity The goal of the World Council of Credit Unions , Savings and Credit Cooperatives Societies Network Activity is to build strong credit unions that share a vision of effective financial discipline , aggressive membership outreach , and high quality savings and credit products . Click here to read on ...... Conservation of Afro - Montane Forest and Mountain Gorillas in a Landscape Context The mountain forests of southwest Uganda and neighboring countries contain some of the most ecologically rich tropical forests on the planet . In addition to serving as home to the critically endangered mountain gorilla , these forests harbor a vast array of important species and provide environmental services ( e . g . , water , traditional medicine ) to surrounding human communities . Click here to read on .... The Environmental Conservation Trust of Uganda , ECOTRUST activity The Environmental Conservation Trust of Uganda , ECOTRUST , was established as a sustainable indigenous grant making institution to support the conservation of biological diversity in Uganda and to alleviate poverty in the country through sustainable economic development activities . Click here to read on ..... Uganda Private Sector Dairy Industry Development Activity Through the development efforts of Land O ' Lakes , Heifer Project International , and World - Wide Sires , Ugandan dairy farmers and producer groups are realizing increased levels of milk production and animal productivity . This is being accomplished through the adoption of improved animal genetics and farm management practices that have led directly to increase household incomes . Click here to read on ..... P . L . 480 Title II in Uganda USAID ' s integrated strategy is committed to assisting Uganda in reducing mass poverty and enhancing food security for the most vulnerable populations . The P . L . 480 Title II in Uganda contains both a development portfolio and an emergency food aid component . These activities aim to enhance food security by improving rural agricultural productivity , increasing accessibility to marketing information and channels , and training in family nutrition . The development activities are implemented by five Cooperating Sponsors - ACDI / VOCA , Africare , Catholic Relief Services , TechnoServe , and World Vision . Strategic Objective 08 - Improved Human Capacity Uganda Activity for Human and Holistic Development ( UPHOLD ) / Services The Uganda Activity for Human and Holistic Development ( UPHOLD ) / Services works to assist Ugandans to achieve longer and more productive lives through interventions in three integrated social sectors : Education , Health and HIV / AIDS . Click here to read on .... The AIDS / HIV Integrated Model District Programme ( AIM ) AIM is part of Uganda ' s efforts to tackle HIV / AIDS and Tuberculosis . AIM is working towards establishing effective and replicable models in 16 districts in partnership with Government of Uganda ( GOU ) , non - governmental organizations ( NGOs ) , community based organizations ( CBOs ) , faith - based organizations ( FBOs ) and the private sector . With funding from USAID and CDC , AIM started its 5 year programme in Uganda in July 2001 with a mandate from the Government of Uganda . AIM works with the Uganda AIDS Commission ( UAC ) , Ministry of Health ( MOH ) and other ministries and agencies . Click here to read on ..... Support to Ministry of Education and Sports Basic Education Policy Support The Basic Education Policy Support ( BEPS ) Program supports four activities that individually and collectively contribute to sustained access to primary education , improved quality of primary education , and increased community mobilization in support of primary education . BEPS activities generate information and experience in implementation that will shape Uganda ' s education direction and guide future USAID / Uganda support to the sector . Click here to read on .... Mother Child Care - St . Mary ' s Lacor Hospital in Gulu District , Northern Uganda St . Mary ' s Lacor Hospital , better known as " Lacor " , is a private non - profit organization headquartered in the town of Gulu in northern Uganda . Lacor has significantly contributed to the delivery of health care services in Gulu as well as northern Uganda . In pursuit of its mission , Lacor promotes access to quality health care via an integrated treatment and prevention program to more than 3 million people in northern Uganda ( 400 , 000 directly from Gulu District ) , a majority of whom are women and children . Click here to read on ..... Connect - ED - Connectivity for Educator Development Connect - ED activity , funded by the Education for Development and Democracy Initiative ( EDDI ) , aims to enrich primary education through the use of new information technologies in the education system . This includes providing computer skills training to student teachers , establishing computer laboratories , and Internet connectivity to the Faculty of Education at Kyambogo University ( KYU ) and eight Primary Teacher Training Colleges ( PTCs ) around the country . The activity also aims to provide services to the surrounding communities . Click here to read on ....... Strategic Objective 09 - More Effective and Participatory Governance Uganda Legislative Support Activity ( LSA ) activity The Uganda Legislative Support Activity ( LSA ) is one of USAID ' s key activities to promote " More Effective and Participatory Governance " . LSA promotes the continued institutional strengthening of the 7th Parliament of Uganda from 2002 through 2005 and is being implemented by the Kampala office of Development Associates , Inc . Click here to read on ..... Community Resilience and Dialogue ( CRD ) activity Implemented through a consortium of six international NGOs - Associazione Volontari per il Servizio Internazionale , CARE , Catholic Relief Services , IRC , Save the Children Denmark , and Save the Children UK - the CRD activity partners with district authorities , local , and national NGOs to provide psychosocial rehabilitation , conflict resolution , and HIV / AIDS services to victims of conflict . In line with Uganda ' s policy to decentralize services , CRD facilitates the work of district government , international agencies , and community - based organizations to address the needs of victims of violent conflict , abduction , displacement , and torture . Click here to read on ...... Strengthening Decentralization in Uganda ( SDU ) activity The Strengthening Deceization in Uganda ( SDU ) activity is one of USAID / Uganda ' s key activities designed to support Uganda ' s efforts for the " Devolution and Separation of Powers " and ultimately contribute to " More Effective and Participatory Governance " . USAID ' s assistance to the decentralization process began in late 1999 with the Implementing Policy Change ( IPC ) Pilot activity . Click here to read on ...... Conflict Mitigation and Prevention in Obongi County activity The overall goal of the Conflict Mitigation and Prevention in Obongi County activity is to improve the standard of living of Obongi County , Moyo district , by promoting a favorable environment for the implementation of human development programs . Specifically the activity will address enhanced local capacity for conflict resolution and peace building in Obongi County . Click here to read on .... The integrated Project for the return and reintegration of Reporters and dependents through information , counseling and referral services ( ICRS ) activity . The integrated project for the return and reintegration of Reporters and dependents through information , counseling and referral services ( ICRS ) is designed to support efforts of the Government of Uganda and the international community to build confidence and support reconciliation and rehabilitation in northern Uganda . This is to be achieved by a ) repatriating , resettling and reintegrating up to 500 ex - rebels ( Reporters ) into their communities ; and b ) enhancing the technical capacity of the Amnesty Commission to implement the Amnesty Act 2000 , which provides an amnesty to Ugandan insurgents and collaborators who officially denounce rebellion . Click here to read on ....... Law Codification Activity Since 1995 , USAID has been a partner with the Uganda Law Reform Commission and the Ministry of Justice in Uganda ' s effort to re - codify its laws and statutes . Law re - codification is an extremely complicated and labor intensive effort . Funded by the U . S . Agency for International Development in coordination with the Uganda Law Reform Commission , Professor Ann Bateson of the William Mitchel College of Law in Minnesota has worked side by side with Ms . Vastina Rukimirana of the Uganda Law Reform Commission on the painstaking task of rationalizing and reorganizing all Ugandan laws passed from 1964 up through the end of 2000 , and in cross checking the results through a steering committee in Uganda . Click here to read on ....

Q1 . Some leaders have been allocating the NSCG to other community activities e . g . road construction and maintenance , shouldn ' t money be used to fund projects related to agricultural production only A . Communities can use PMA grant to overcome all kinds of constraints to increasing incomes through agriculture . As long as the activity they spend money on is directly or indirectly related to agricultural production e . g . they can spend the money on a farmer study tour , school demo plot , bridge , a market structure because all these are related to agricultural production . Q2 . Why is the allocation of the PMA grant done using the population and area criteria ? This method is unfair to poor districts and sub - counties because the variables used are not poverty sensitive . A . Yes in the beginning poverty was not included in the allocation formula for NSCG . During the last two years poverty has been included using a system when all districts have been ranked from the poorest to the richest and the allocation is adjusted according to these rankings . Q3 . Why is the amount of money received by sub - counties and parishes small ? It is hardly enough to implement projects at their levels because it cannot meet their needs . A . It is true government doesn ' t have much money to satisfy all , but whatever amount is given can be useful as long as sub - counties and parishes prioritise their needs and implement those investments that can have a big impact on poverty . Q4 . Why does government sometimes carry out activities that contradict PMA principles e . g . " no free inputs " ? A . Some of these free inputs are distributed on emergency basis , which is acceptable under PMA , e . g . distribution of coffee seedlings to counter the effects of the coffee wilt disease . Q5 . Isn ' t the privatising of inputs exposing farmers to exploitation ? A . Not at all . In fact with liberalization , competition will drive prices down and improve services . Farmers will ultimately get value for their money . Q6 . Districts that have low revenue base are already constrained raising the 10 % co - funding of LGDP , how will they manage to co - fund the PMA and other programmes ? A . The co - funding can be made over the year so long as by the end of the 4th quarter , it is already fully paid . However with the recent removal of Graduated Tax this is going to be a major problem and we hope that a solution will soon be found for co - funding arrangements . Q7 . Town councils do not benefit from the PMA grant yet agriculture is the main source of livelihood for most people . A . First of all , PMA targets the rural poor . Secondly , even though some agriculture is practiced in Town councils and Municipalities , there are several other income generating opportunities available . Moreover , Bye - laws in urban areas discourage agricultural activities . We expect this issue to be resolved in the land use policy which is being developed by the MWLE . Q8 . How can people access information about PMA , NAADS , PMA grant investment menu , PMA grant modalities and procedures and roles of various stakeholders since leaders often don ' t pass on information they get ? A . Most of the information above can be accessed from the PMA Secretariat and the Secretariat has various strategies for disseminating information including : regional sensitisation , popular version and radio programmes . Q9 . Whom do the districts sign the grants with ? A . Districts sign the agreement with Ministry of Agriculture on behalf of the PMA process . Q10 . Does PMA use the same district focal person as LGDP ? A . Since PMA grant follows the procedures and modalities as LGDP , the focal persons are normally the same but they can also be appointed separately on advice of the district . Q 11 . Can PMA grant be used to supplement other funding or complete projects started with other funds ? A . Yes , PMA grant can be used in such cases , as long as clear accountabilities ( both physical and financial ) are provided to PMA . Q 12 . If Ministry of Agriculture Animal Industries and Fishery is not the primary driver of PMA then who has the overall responsibility for accounting for it ? A . a number of options were considered in designing the PMA but the ultimate realisation was that agricultural development required interventions from many sectors . There was therefore need to create a framework within which principles would be set to guide and coordinate the interventions . The PMA steering committee has the overall responsibility for its implementation . In parliament the individual ministries account for their Implementation of the programmes and it has been proposed that the overall accountability to parliament should be handled by Prime Ministers . Q 13 . Since many ministries are involved , how will the distribution of outcomes be made ? A . Each ministry has clear roles and responsibilities in the implementation of PMA and each contribution to PMA success will be credited to them . The main mechanism for assessing out comes is the PMA Monitoring and Evaluation Framework to which all implementation agencies will agree on suitable indicators for assessing their outcomes . Q 14 . Does PMA divert MAAIF resources meant for direct interventions in the agricultural sector to other sectors ? A . The PMA does not have a basket of resources from which allocations can be made to different ministries . The ministries are supposed to budget for and fund PMA priorities that fall within their mandate as regards PMA . In effect this means that the different ministries are assisting and contributing to the development of the agricultural sector and thus poverty eradication . Q 15 . If the PMA is a framework , where are the plans ? A . All the ministries involved in the PMA are at various stages of preparing investment plans that would reflect their direct contributions to the PMA . Some sectors such as Agricultural Education , Water have already finished preparing the investment plants which are being incorporated in their annual budgeting processes . Q 16 . PMA is moving very slowly . There is so much about policies and strategies and little on actual progress of activities on the ground . A . Yes the process is moving slowly but this is the nature of a developing process such as the one we have embarked on . There are no quick fixes because some of the processes involve adaptive changes whereby people ' s minds , attitudes , experiences have to be changed so as to get the desired results . Q 17 . Can focusing on the poor really bring modernisation ? Won ' t the inertia of the poor farmers hold back the progressive ones ? A . While the PMA interventions will be directed at the rural poor , the others will not be denied the benefits that could accrue from these interventions such as roads , agricultural education and agro - processing . The decision to focus on the poor was a strategic decision as poverty is the major problem and the idea is to effect pro - poor growth , focusing on alleviating the condition of the poor . Q 18 . Won ' t the privatisation of supply of inputs limit the ability of farmers to access them ? A . The privatisation of supply of inputs will actually improve farmer ' s access to them because as has been demonstrated in many countries including Uganda , Government is very poor in undertaking commercial business including distribution of inputs and its this reason the government made a policy shift from direct handling of Agricultural input . Q 19 . Why doesn ' t the PMA emphasize mechanisation and irrigation yet they are important for modernisation ? A . The PMA process is not in conflict with the aspirations and objectives of mechanisation and irrigation the determining factor is affordability . PMA envisages a process whereby farmers should start with technologies that are appropriate and affordable and over a period of time they graduate to more advanced capital intensive technologies . Past experiences in Uganda here also indicate systematic introduction to ensure appropriateness and sustainability . We expect the private sector to play a major role in these processes .

The long War : Although most of the roads are accessible throughout the year , due to the problem of inadequate resources for road maintenance , the district is trying to secure more logistics for maintaining and developing the road infrastructure . Fresh Displacement at Pader town council due to the on going insurgency . Many are worried that rain may get them in this condition . However , for the past 17 years Pader district has been hit by the Lord s Resistance Army ( LRA ) rebels ’ insurgency led by Joseph Kony . Thousands of people have lost their lives , while others have been forced to flee their homes . In addition many children , women and young men have been abducted to serve the rebels as wives or combatants . The rebels have committed grave atrocities against civilians , maiming , raping , defiling , destroying property . The insurgency has resulted into severe hardships for the Pader population and increased risks of getting infected with HIV / Aids and other diseases . The insurgency has also affected districts that neighbour Pader , like Kitgum , Kotido , Gulu , Lira and Apac . As a result of the war Pader district has a lot of spontaneous demographic changes with a large local population in camps and an influx of Sudanese refugees . Currently , Pader district has an approximate population of 326 , 884 people ( 2002 population and housing census ) , out of which 283 , 988 people live in Internally Displaced Peoples ( IDP ) camps . Among the 20 camps that have been established to provide safety for the local population against the rebel activities are Pader in Pader Town Council and Potango which is the largest camp with 30 , 839 people . In spite of the rebel activities in the area , however , the district - with the help of the central government - is trying to find ways of ending the war and embarking on development . Already , there are many peace initiatives that have been reached at by the rebels and the government which promise to herald a brighter future for the district . The major economic activity of the people of Pader , like other districts in Northern Uganda , is agriculture . Before the war , Pader used to produce a variety of food crops that included potatoes , maize , finger millet , sorghum , cassava , soya beans and simsim and ground nuts . But the war has brought crop production to negligible levels . Livestock farming has also been severely affected , as cattle raids by the Karimojong and the LRA rebels intensified during the insurgency . It also used to produce dairy products that included milk , hides and skins and beef cattle .

Best Uganda Safari Tour , 18 Days 17 Nights Tour Code UG001 Where to go : This safari takes you all around Uganda to visit Murchison Falls , Queen Elizabeth , Bwindi and Lake Mburo National Parks . Furthermore you can see the Source of the Nile and Bujagali Falls , Sipi Falls , Budongo Forest , Kasenda Crater Lakes and enjoy the scenery of Lake Bunyonyi in Kabale . The tour will end at the Ssese Islands of Lake Victoria ( Bugala and Bukasa ) , where you can relax in the uncontaminated beaches . Activities & attractions : Gorilla tracking walk , the chimpanzee trekking , the nature walk to Sipi Falls , white water rafting at the Source of the Nile , birding , game drives , boat cruise in Murchison Falls , Queen Elizabeth , Lake Bunyonyi and Lake Mburo . Enjoy the navigation on Lake Victoria to Ssese Islands . Who can take this trip : Anybody can join this tour itinerary , though the gorilla tracking can be generally the most demanding activity in terms of readiness to walk many hours in the rain tropical forest . You are expected to enjoy nature walk in original forests and trials . If you are an adventurer and sport person , you can enjoy the rafting on the Nile or sport fishing in the Ssese Islands . When to go : Generally all the year long is possible to undertake gorilla tracking and game drives in Uganda . The dry seasons guarantee better road conditions in the parks . FULL ITINERARY Day 1 : On arrival at Entebbe International Airport , you will be met by our representative who will transfer you to Kampala , Mamba Point or similar . Day 2 : The Source of the river Nile After breakfast drive to Jinja , which is the second largest town in Uganda . It is characterised by the Asian quarters , the brewery industries and the colourful gardens . Visit the Source of the Nile on lake Victoria , the monument of Gandhi , and then proceed to the “ Bujagali Falls , to view the spectacular rapids on the river Nile a few kilometres from the source . Try the unforgettable emotion of the white water rafting , which is one of the main attractions in Jinja . Lunch at Bujagali , where fresh fish and local food is served . Afternoon drive to Mbale for dinner and overnight at Mount Elgon Hotel . Day 3 : The Sipi Falls After early breakfast go for nature walk to the Sipi Falls , four spectacular waterfalls on the river Sipi , which originates from Mount Elgon . The starting point is from Crow s Nest , a camping and lodging site which organizes community projects and training of local guides . You will see the caves and the plantations of coffee , matooke and sugar cane . We ensure that you have packed lunch for the day . In the evening return to Mbale , for dinner and overnight at Mount Elgon Hotel . Day 4 : The rhinos of Ziwa sanctuary After breakfast , leave Mbale for Murchison Falls National Park via Kampala . On a panoramic drive Northwest through the famous Luwero Triangle to Masindi , you stop at Ziwa rhinos sanctuary for a nature walk to see rhinos in the wild . Dinner and overnight at Masindi Hotel . The journey is long but enjoyable as you go through the typical Ugandan homestead and farms . Day 5 : The chimpanzee of Budongo and marvelous Murchison Falls After breakfast you enter the tropical rain forest of Budongo for nature walk in search for the chimpanzee and other primates . Proceed to Murchison Falls National Park , the largest protected area in Uganda , with 3 . 840 Kms , which is named after the falls on the Victoria Nile , which divides the park in two sectors . Relax a bit at a situated site on the top of the spectacular falls , where you can see the Nile s perfected beauty , and marvel as it compresses and squeezes itself from over 1 kilometer wide down through an 8 meter canyon . The 43 meter drop of the falls creates a thunderous roar and a beautiful rainbow in a plume of spray – the best thing to ever happen to the Nile . Lunch at Paraa Safari Lodge with unique view on the Nile . In the evening embark on a game drive on the Northern bank where you will be able to spot elephants , lions , cape buffalos , Rothschild s giraffes , hartebeests , waterbucks , oribi , bushbucks , spotted hyenas and , if you are lucky , leopards . Dinner and overnight at Paraa Safari Lodge . Day 6 : The boat cruise on the river Nile After a cup of tea , embark on an early morning game drive in the park . Return to the lodge for breakfast . Relax at the swimming pool side . After lunch , you will safari upstream by boat to the calm Victoria Nile and the base of the falls just ten meters from the “ Devil s Cauldron . ” There you can marvel at toothsome hippos , crocodiles and over the 17 - kilometer stretch you may also see elephants , waterbucks and Uganda kobs . This is also the habitat of many bird species including goliath herons , Egyptian geese , pelican bee - eaters , kingfishers , Hombills , cormorants and the rare shoebill stork . Return to Paraa Safari Lodge for dinner and overnight . Day 7 : Fort Portal at the foothills of the Mountains of the Moon After breakfast drive from Murchison Falls Southwest via the Albertine Escarpment of the Western Rift Valley . We ensure that you have packed lunch , drive through Hoima , the town of the Bunyoro kindgom , passing though verdant countryside , tea plantations and traditional homesteads . You arrive the colorful and pretty town of Fort Portal , the capital of the Tooro kingdom , in the shadow of the fabled “ Mountains of the Moon ” ( Rwenzori ) . Dinner and overnight at Mountains of the Moon Hotel / Rujuna Hilltop Guest House with a beautiful view of the mountains . Day 8 : The boat cruise on Kazinga Channel After early breakfast , proceed to Queen Elizabeth National Park , following the mystical Ruwenzori Mountain Range most of the journey . On the way do not miss the beauty of the Kasenda Crater Lakes , which dominates all the surrounding areas with incredible panoramic views , arriving early for lunch at Mweya Safari Lodge , with its wonderful location on top of the Mweya peninsula . Enjoy the unique two hour boat cruise on the Kazinga Channel and into Lake Edward . This trip goes through possibly the highest concentration of hippos and many other animals may be seen drinking at the water ' s edge . This launch cruise offers an excellent platform for photography , bird watching and game viewing . The prolific bird life is colorful and stupendous with well over 550 resident species . Dinner and overnight at Mweya Safari Lodge . Day 9 : Queen Elizabeth National Park After a cup of coffee embark on an early morning game drive along Kasenyi tracks and Queens mile in the park and expect to see lions , elephants , cape buffalos , warthogs , spotted hyenas , mangoose , waterbucks , kobs and , if lucky , the leopard , plus a lot of small animals and birds . Drive back to the lodge for lunch . In the afternoon drive to Ishasha Sector of Queen Elizabeth via Maramagambo Forest for dinner and overnight at Savannah Hotel . Day 10 : The tree climbing lions of Ishasha sector After breakfast have a game drive on a search for the rare tree climbing lions which you can see only in this area of Uganda . Here lives a population of lions who enjoy resting on the fig trees when the day is warm . The landscape is open savannah with a variety of acacia trees . Proceed to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park for dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead / Lake Kitandara Tented Camp . Day 11 : The encounter with mountains gorillas After break fast , there is an early morning entry into the gorilla sanctuary of Bwindi Forest . The rainforest is spectacular as it offers a dramatic , heavily forested and dense landscape crisscrossed by numerous animal trails , allowing access for tourists . This park is best known for the fascinating mountain gorillas , where the time taken and terrain varies according to the movements of these marvelous primates . The thrill of spending time with and observing the gorillas is a rare , moving , awesome and exciting adventure . The gorillas are shy and peaceful animals and it is an unforgettable experience to watch and photograph them as they interact with each other . Dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead / Lake Kitandara Tented Camp . Day 12 : The wonderful Lake Bunyonyi Take breakfast before making a scenic journey to Kabale through the beautiful terrain of the rolling hills with terraced landscape . An area referred as the " Switzerland of Africa . Stopover at the Bakiga Museum in Kabale to discover the culture of the people living in the area . Lunch at Arcadia Cottages , with unique and amazing panoramic view of the Lake Bunyonyi , the deepest in Uganda . Afternoon boat ride inside the lake to various islands for bird viewing and sight seeing . Return to Arcadia Cottages for dinner and overnight . Day 13 : Lake Mburo National Park After breakfast , you will drive to Lake Mburo National Park , the smallest in Uganda in size . Lunch in Mbarara at Lake View Regency Hotel . Afternoon game drive in search of the beautiful impalas , zebras , cape buffalos , elands , oribi and topi . Along with the game drive , many visitors also enjoy a boat trip on Lake Mburo . The park is a very good opportunity for bird watchers , who will enjoy more than 250 species of birds found here , including Papyrus gonoleks , Brown - faced lapwings , Carruther s cisticolas , the extraordinary White winged Warbler and Bare - faced Go - away bird . Dinner and overnight at Hotel Brovad in Masaka . Day 14 : The Ssese Islands of Lake Victoria After breakfast , drive to Entebbe to board the ferry boat which will take you to Ssese Islands , an archipelago of 84 islands on Lake Victoria . Meantime you can visit the wonders of the botanical garden in Entebbe . After lunch enjoy the navigation on the lake , which looks like an immense and peaceful sea . You reach the beautiful bay of Lutoboka , in Bugala Island , for dinner and overnight at Mirembe Resort Beach , with a magic location directly on the beach . Day 15 : The wild of Bukasa Island Early morning take a boat to Bukasa Island , the second largest . You will journey through the Ssese Islands and enjoy the beauty of the lake and forested islands . Explore Bukasa Island and have lunch at Victoria View Guest House . Return to Bugala by evening . Dinner overnight at Mirembe Resort Beach . In alternative : spend the night at Bukasa Island and return to Bugala in the morning . Day 16 : On the beach at Bugala Island Spend the day relaxing in the uncontaminated and transparent water . You will be surprise by such pleasant atmosphere . Optional activities : sport fishing , hire a bicycle to explore the island and the forest . Full board at Mirembe Resort Beach . Day 17 : Kampala City Tour After breakfast board the ferry boat to return to Entebbe . Spend the day at leisure and for your own shopping in Kampala . The city tour of the capital town can be arranged , to see the most relevant cultural and traditional sites of Buganda . Dinner and overnight at Africana Hotel or similar . Alternatively , reserved for afternoon and evening departure . Day 18 : Reserved for the transfer to Entebbe International Airport .

DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF CONGO NATIONAL PARKS Virunga National Park ( VNP ) Virunga National Park was created in 1929 as the first African national park for the protection of the gorillas . It is named after the eight volcanoes mountains located within its Southern territory , of which the Niyragongo and Nyamulagira are still active volcanoes . The actual Virunga National Parc was founded in 1960 after Congo Independence , with the size of 7 . 800 sq Km along the Ugandan border for over 300 km . The Park is part of the Virunga Conservation Area , which comprises three contiguous national parks - Mgahinga National Park in Uganda , Parc National des Volcans ( PNV ) in Rwanda , plus Virunga . In 1979 the Park was designated as World Heritage Site and become well known for the mountains gorillas tracking activities . It is managed by the Congolese National Park Authorities or “ Institut Congolais pour la Conservation de la Nature ” ( ICCN ) . The administration of the park is divided in three different sectors . The Northern region is covering the territory from Rwenzori Mountains to the northern shores of Lake Edward . The Central region covers the Lake Edward and the planes of Rwindi , with the river Rutshuru . The Southern sector is dominated by the chain of volcanoes mountains before reaching Lake Kivu , a natural barrage along the Rift Valley . Species . In the Northern sector , in the bamboo forest of Mount Tshiaberimu there is a small population of Lowland gorillas or Gorilla Gorilla Graueri and chimpanzees . In the forest of Watalinga it is found the opaki , typical of Congo . In the central sector along the Rutshuru river there are hippos , while in Rwindi plans there are lions , buffaloes , kobs , elephants , giraffes . In the Southern sector and tropical rain forests there is a lively population of mountains gorillas . Activities . The main activity for which the Park is well known is the mountains gorilla tracking in the Southern sector . In 2006 the population of mountains gorillas is deemed to have increased . There are six habituated gorillas families which is possible to visit , previous booking of the “ gorilla permit . The activity is starting from the Ugandan border in Kisoro . The climbing of Nyiragongo , one of the active volcanoes , is one of the activities . You will start from Goma and reach up to the base of the volcano . The first part of the trail goes through beautiful rainforest with birds singing in the background . After a while you leave the forest and start walking on the solidified lava rock from the 2002 eruption . Half way up the mountain you can see where the lava erupted through the side of the volcano , in contrast to the previous eruptions from the top . The path gets steeper going up to the remains of the three metal huts which can be used for shelter and cooking . There are good views over the volcanoes , Lake Kivu and Goma town . During the day there is a clear view of the volcano crater with the lava at the bottom . The ascent to the peak can also be done at night ( using torches and head lamps ) . There is a red glow in the big volcano pot with the lava bubbling below . It sounds like the sea ! The lights of the town and the fishing boats can be seen on the lake . Kahuzi – Biega National Parc ( KBNP ) The park is named after two mountains , Mt . Kahuzi ( 3 . 308 m . ) and Mt . Biega ( 2 . 790 m . ) . With its 6 . 000 sq km in size , located in the South Kivu region of Congo , it has been designated World Heritage Site . The main attraction of the park is the high population of Lowland Gorillas or Gorilla Gorilla Graueri , about 300 . The environment is the tropical rain forest .

Christmas and New Years Eve Safari Promotion 2006 1 - Gorilla Safari Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park 3 days 2 nights 19 December to 21 December 2006 Tariff per person : from 815 USD 2 - Uganda Pearl Safari , 9 days 8 nights , 27 December 2006 to 4 January 2007 SPECIAL NEW YEAR S EVE IN UGANDA Tariff : 1760 USD per person in 4 sharing 3 - Gorilla Safari Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park 3 days 2 nights , from 28 December to 30 December 2006 Tariff per person : from 815 USD 4 - Jungle Uganda Safari Tour , from 3 January to 14 January , 12 days 11 nights Tariff : Each of 4 people sharing USD 2 . 100 1 . Gorilla Safari Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park 3 days 2 nights 19 December Where : Bwindi Impenetrable National Park in South Western Uganda Activities & attractions : Famous for gorilla trekking in Uganda . Who can do : whoever enjoys walking for a few hours within one of the most interesting rain tropical forest . When to do : Gorilla tracking in Bwindi is organized all the year , previous booking of the gorilla permits Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is located in southwestern Uganda a magnificent verdant swathe across the steep ridges of the Albertine Rift Valley . This ancient rainforest is one of the few in Africa to have flourished and a home to half of the world s endangered population of mountain gorillas . Looking into the expressive brown eyes of these giants is surely the most exciting and poignant wildlife encounter Uganda has to offer ! Apart from gorilla trekking , the park boosts of 90 mammal species , including 11 primates and prominent bird species . It is a treasure chest of flora and fauna with four gorilla groups currently available to be visited by only six persons per group on daily basis . However , strict rules have to be followed to prevent behavioral disturbances and transmission of diseases . Day 1 - 19 December Leave Kampala in the morning and drive southwards . A first stop over at the Equator , a famous spot for photography . For the rest of the journey , view the long horned Ankole cattle , papyrus , acacia woodland and terraced landscape of Kigezi highlands on your way to Bwindi Impenetrable forest national park . Lunch enroute in Mbarara . Dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead . Day 2 - 20 December Gorilla Tracking in the rain tropical forest After an early breakfast and briefing from the guides , set off for the gorilla tracking in the forest sanctuary . The activity starts at 8 . 00am . You need to carry packed lunch , drinking water , rain jacket and jungle boots while the rangers will provide you with a walking stick . The time taken to find the gorillas varies according to the movements of these marvelous primates . An encounter with an earth shaking 350 pound silver back or a baby gorilla is very exciting and never forgotten experience ! Dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead . Day 3 - 21 December After breakfast , return to Kampala at leisure . Lunch enroute . Possible one day extension : spend the night on Lake Bunyonyi is a rewarding choice ; visit Lake Mburo National Park as well on the way back to Kampala . Tariff per person ( including gorilla permit ) : CLASSIC Each of 2 people sharing : USD 1000 BUDGET Each of 2 people sharing : USD 815 The safari includes : - Full board accommodation at Buhoma Homestead or Buhoma Community ( Budget ) - Ground transportation by a 4x4 Land Cruiser . - Park entrance fees . - One Gorilla permit per person to be secured and paid for in advance . - English Speaking Driver / Guide - Government Taxes . The safari excludes any cost of personal nature e . g . drinks , tips , laundry , telephone , cigarettes etc . 2 . Uganda Pearl Safari , 9 days 8 nights from 27 December 2006 to 4 January 2007 SPECIAL NEW YEAR S EVE IN UGANDA Where to go : Murchison Falls , Queen Elizabeth and Bwindi National Parks . Activities & attractions : Gorilla tracking , chimpanzee trekking , Birding , nature walks , Game viewing Day 1 - 27 December Lake Bunyonyi Leave Kampala and drive Southwest to Kabale . Lunch enroute in Mbarara . A stopover is made at the Equator for photography , before making a scenic journey through the Ankole region and the beautiful terrain of the rolling hills with terraced landscape . An area referred as the " Switzerland of Africa . Dinner and overnight at Arcadia Cottages , with the best , incredible view on the Lake Bunyonyi . Day 2 - 28 December After breakfast , have a two hour boat ride inside Lake Bunyonyi to various islands inside the lake for bird viewing , sight seeing and discovering the sites of the Bakiga culture . After lunch proceed to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park for dinner and overnight at Lake Kitandara Tented Camp . Day 3 - 29 December The encounter with the mountains gorillas After an early breakfast and briefing from the guides , set off for the mountains gorilla tracking inside the Bwindi forest . You need to carry drinking water , rain jacket and jungle boots while the rangers will provide you with a walking stick . Gorilla tracking is one of the unique activities you will enjoy while photographing and observing the gorillas . After tracking , come back to the camp for dinner and overnight . Day 4 - 30 December Queen Elizabeth National Park After breakfast drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park through Ishasha sector . Game drive will be arranged to search for the characteristic tree climbing lions . Enjoy the beautiful scenery and sightseeing drive on the way to Mweya Safari Lodge for dinner and overnight . Day 5 - 31 December New Year s Eve in Queen Elizabeth National Park Take a cup of coffee early morning and set for a game drive along Kasenyi track and Queens mile in the park and expect to see lions , elephants , buffalos , warthogs and lots many animals and birds . Get back to the lodge for breakfast . After lunch , enjoy the two hours launch trip on Kazinga Channel for amazing bird life and a variety of wild animals . Evening drive to the crater lakes region is lovely and splendid . Dinner & overnight at Mweya Safari Lodge . Day 6 - 1 January The habituated chimpanzee of Kyambura Gorge After a cup of coffee , with a packed breakfast and lunch , drive to Kyambura gorge for a forest walk to look for the habituated chimpanzees and other primates . This gorge is 16 km long on the Rift Valley and 100 meter deep . The rangers will provide you a walking stick for this spectacular trekking . After primate walk drive to Fort Portal through the beautiful Kasenda Crater lakes area . Dinner and overnight at Fort Motel . Day 7 - 2 January The marvelous Murchison Falls After breakfast , leave Fort Portal to Murchison Falls National Park , the largest protected area in Uganda , with 3 . 840 Kms , whose name is derived from the falls on the Victoria Nile , which divides the park in two sectors . Relax a bit at a situated site on the top of the spectacular falls , where you can see the Nile s perfected beauty , and marvel as it compresses and squeezes itself from over 1 kilometer wide down through a seven meter canyon . The 43 meter drop of the falls creates a thunderous roar and a beautiful rainbow in a plume of spray - the best thing to ever happen to the Nile . Dinner and overnight at Paraa Safari Lodge with unique view on the Nile . Day 8 - 3 January The boat cruise on the river Nile After an early breakfast , transverse in the Northern part for a game drive to view and take photographs of elephants , buffalos , waterbucks , hippos , giraffes , Uganda kobs , lions , if you are lucky the leopards , plus a variety of bird species . After lunch , proceed for a two - hour cruise to the bottom of the mighty Murchison falls from where appalling water escapes from the narrow gorge forming a great thunder . This is an opportunity to see the amazing hippos , crocodiles along the riverbanks . Return to the lodge for dinner and over night . Day 9 - 4 January Leave Murchison for Kampala . Reserved for departure . Tariff per person : 2 . 150 $ per person in 2 sharing 1 . 750 $ per person in 4 sharing Hotels : hotels and lodges standard category , double room accommodation . The tariff includes : - Full Board accommodation - All the transfer in private means 4x4 Land Cruiser - English speaking Driver / Guide - Supplement New Year Eve - Entrance fees , taxes and “ gorilla permit ” The tariff does not include : - Air ticket . - Tourist insurance - Entrance visas : USD 30 directly from Entebbe Int . Airport . - Extra drinks and tips . - Everything not directly mentioned in the programme itinerary . 3 . Gorilla Safari Uganda Bwindi Impenetrable National Park 3 days 2 nights 28 December Where : Bwindi Impenetrable National Park in South Western Uganda Activities & attractions : Famous for gorilla trekking in Uganda . Who can do : whoever enjoys walking for a few hours within one of the most interesting rain tropical forest . When to do : Gorilla tracking in Bwindi is organized all the year , previous booking of the gorilla permits Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is located in southwestern Uganda a magnificent verdant swathe across the steep ridges of the Albertine Rift Valley . This ancient rainforest is one of the few in Africa to have flourished and a home to half of the world s endangered population of mountain gorillas . Looking into the expressive brown eyes of these giants is surely the most exciting and poignant wildlife encounter Uganda has to offer ! Apart from gorilla trekking , the park boosts of 90 mammal species , including 11 primates and prominent bird species . It is a treasure chest of flora and fauna with four gorilla groups currently available to be visited by only six persons per group on daily basis . However , strict rules have to be followed to prevent behavioral disturbances and transmission of diseases . Day 1 - 28 December Leave Kampala in the morning and drive southwards . A first stop over at the Equator , a famous spot for photography . For the rest of the journey , view the long horned Ankole cattle , papyrus , acacia woodland and terraced landscape of Kigezi highlands on your way to Bwindi Impenetrable forest national park . Lunch enroute in Mbarara . Dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead . Day 2 - 29 December Gorilla Tracking in the rain tropical forest After an early breakfast and briefing from the guides , set off for the gorilla tracking in the forest sanctuary . The activity starts at 8 . 00am . You need to carry packed lunch , drinking water , rain jacket and jungle boots while the rangers will provide you with a walking stick . The time taken to find the gorillas varies according to the movements of these marvelous primates . An encounter with an earth shaking 350 pound silver back or a baby gorilla is very exciting and never forgotten experience ! Dinner and overnight at Buhoma Homestead . Day 3 - 30 December After breakfast , return to Kampala at leisure . Lunch enroute . Possible one day extension : spend the night on Lake Bunyonyi is a rewarding choice ; visit Lake Mburo National Park as well on the way back to Kampala . Tariff per person ( including gorilla permit ) : CLASSIC Each of 2 people sharing : USD 1000 BUDGET Each of 2 people sharing : USD 815 The safari includes : - Full board accommodation at Buhoma Homestead or Mantana Tented Camp ( classic ) or Buhoma Community ( Budget ) - Ground transportation by a 4x4 Land Cruiser . - Park entrance fees . - One Gorilla permit per person to be secured and paid for in advance . - English Speaking Driver / Guide - Government Taxes . The safari excludes any cost of personal nature e . g . drinks , tips , laundry , telephone , cigarettes etc . 4 . Jungle Uganda Safari Tour , from 3 January to 14 January , 12 days 11 nights Where to go : this safari gives you the opportunity to visit Murchison Falls , Kibale , Queen Elizabeth , Bwindi and Lake Mburo National Parks . Furthermore you can see Bigodi Sanctuary , Kasenda Crater Lakes and enjoy the scenery of Lake Bunyonyi in Kabale . What activities & attractions : during the safari expect to take the Gorilla tracking walk , the chimpanzee trekking in Kibale Forest . You will do a lot of birding like at Bigodi Sanctuary and game drives in private vehicles along the parks trials . The boat cruise is organized in Murchison Falls , Queen Elizabeth and Lake Mburo . Who can do it : anybody can join this tour itinerary , though the gorilla tracking can be generally the most demanding activity in terms of readiness to walk many hours in the rain tropical forest . When to go : generally all the year long is possible to undertake gorilla tracking and game drives in Uganda . The dry seasons are most likely to guarantee a better road conditions in the parks . Day 1 - 3 January On arrival at Entebbe International Airport , you will be met by our representative who will transfer you to Kampala , Ivys Hotel . Day 2 - 4 January The marvelous Murchison Falls After breakfast , leave Kampala with a panoramic drive Northwest through the famous Luwero Triangle . If you start early morning , it is possible to visit the Ziwa Rhino sanctuary to see rhinos in the wild . Lunch at Masindi Hotel in Masindi . Proceed to Murchison Falls National Park , the largest protected area in Uganda , with 3 . 840 Kms , whose name is derived from the falls on the Victoria Nile , which divides the park in two sectors . Relax a bit at a situated site on the top of the spectacular falls , where you can see the Nile s perfected beauty , and marvel as it compresses and squeezes itself from over 1 kilometer wide down through a 8 meter canyon . The 43 meter drop of the falls creates a thunderous roar and a beautiful rainbow in a plume of spray - the best thing to ever happen to the Nile . Dinner and overnight at Paraa Safari Lodge with unique view on the Nile . Day 3 - 5 January The boat cruise on the river Nile After a cup of tea , embark on an early morning game drive on the Northern bank where your guide will help you spot elephants , lions , cape buffalos , Rothschild s giraffes , hartebeests , waterbucks , oribis , bushbucks , spotted hyenas and , if you are lucky , leopards . Return to the lodge for breakfast . Relax at the swimming pool side . After lunch , you will safari upstream by boat to the calm Victoria Nile and the base of the falls just tens of meters from the “ Devil s Cauldron . ” There you can marvel at toothsome hippos , crocodiles and over the 17 - kilometer stretch you may also see elephants , waterbucks and Uganda kobs . This is also the habitat for many bird species including goliath herons , Egyptian geese , pelican bee - eaters , kingfishers , Hombills , cormorants and the rare shoebill stork . After taking photographs of the Murchison Falls you will return for dinner and overnight at Paraa Safari Lodge . Day 4 - 6 January Fort Portal on the shadow of the Mountains of the Moon After breakfast drive from Murchison Falls Southwest via the Albertine Escarpment of the Western Rift Valley . You drive through Hoima , the town of the Bunyoro kindgom , passing though verdant countryside , tea plantations and traditional homesteads . You reach the colorful and pretty town of Fort Portal , the capital of the Tooro kingdom , in the shadow of the fabled “ Mountains of the Moon , ” the Rwenzori . Dinner and overnight at Nyinabulitwa Country Resort . Day 5 - 7 January Chimpanzee trekking in Kibale National Park After Breakfast , you drive to Kibale Forest National Park , for primate viewing . The activity starts at 8 . 00 am in the morning . A half day search for chimpanzees and other primates including phoestes , Red - colobuses , Blues , Red - tailed and grey cheeked mangabeys swinging through the dense forest and birds , butterflies and many small insects . The guide will provide detailed explanations on not only primates , but also on all the forest s fauna and flora . After lunch a visit to Bigodi swamp eco - tourism site is amazing , as we shall encounter rare and beautiful flora and fauna . On the way back do not miss the beauty of the Kasenda Crater Lakes , which dominates all the surrounding areas with the possibility of amazing panoramic views . Dinner and overnight at Nyinabulitwa Country Resort . Day 6 - 8 January The boat cruise on Kazinga Channel After early breakfast , proceed to Queen Elizabeth National Park , following the mystical Ruwenzori Mountain Range most of the journey . A game drive enroute may be rewarded with view of waterbucks , elephants , leopards , buffaloes , spotted hyenas and a variety of antelope species . Arrive early for lunch at Mweya Safari Lodge , with its wonderful location on top of the Mweya peninsula . Enjoy the unique two hour boat cruise on the Kazinga Channel and into Lake Edward . This trip passes through possibly the highest concentration of hippos and many animals may be seen drinking at the water ' s edge . This launch cruise offers an excellent platform for photography , bird watching and game viewing . The prolific bird life is colorful and stupendous with well over 550 resident species . Dinner and overnight at Mweya Safari Lodge . Day 7 - 9 January Queen Elizabeth National Park After a cup of coffee embark on an early morning game drive along Kasenyi tracks and Queens mile in the park and expect to see lions , elephants , cape buffalos , warthogs , spotted hyenas , mangoose , waterbucks , kobs and , if lucky , the leopard , plus a lot of small animals and birds . You will reach the Lake George . Drive back to the lodge for lunch . In the afternoon drive to the splendid Crater Lakes region for sightseeing s . Dinner and overnight at Savannah Hotel . Day 8 - 10 January The tree climbing lions of Ishasha sector After breakfast proceed to the Ishasha sector of the Park via Maramagambo Forest . Have a midday game drive on a search for the rare tree climbing lions which you can see only in this area of Uganda . Here lives a population of lions which enjoy resting on the fig trees when the day is warm . The landscape is an open savannah with a variety of acacia trees . Lunch at Savannah Hotel . Proceed to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park for dinner and overnight at Lake Kitandara Tented Camp . Day 9 - 11 January The encounter with mountains gorillas Early morning entry into the gorilla sanctuary of Bwindi Forest . The rainforest is spectacular as it offers a dramatic , heavily forested and dense landscape crisscrossed by numerous animal trails , allowing access for tourists . This park is best known for the fascinating mountains gorillas , where the time taken and terrain varies according to the movements of these marvelous primates . The thrill of spending time with and observing the gorillas is a rare , moving , awesome and exciting adventure . The gorillas are shy and peaceful animals and it is an unforgettable experience to watch and photograph them as they interact with each other . Dinner and overnight at Arcadia Cottages on Lake Bunyonyi . Day 10 - 12 January The wonderful Lake Bunyonyi Take breakfast before making a scenic journey to Kabale through the beautiful terrain of the rolling hills with terraced landscape . An area referred as the " Switzerland of Africa . Stopover at the Bakiga Museum in Kabale to discover the culture of the people living in the area . Lunch at Arcadia Cottages , with unique and amazing panoramic view of the Lake Bunyonyi , the deepest in Uganda . Afternoon boat ride inside the lake to various islands for bird viewing and sight seeing . Return to Arcadia Cottages for dinner and overnight . Day 11 - 13 January Lake Mburo National Park After breakfast , you will drive to Lake Mburo National Park , the smallest in Uganda in size . Take a game drive in search for the beautiful impalas , zebras , cape buffalos , elands , oribi and topi . Along with the game drive , many visitors also enjoy a boat trip on Lake Mburo . The park is a very good opportunity for bird watchers , who will enjoy more than 250 species of birds found here , including Papyrus gonoleks , Brown - faced lapwings , Carruther s cisticolas , the extraordinary White winged Warbler and Bare - faced Go - away bird . Stop over at the Equator on the way back to Kampala for dinner and overnight at Mamba Point . Day 12 - 14 January Reserved for departure . Tariff per person ( including Gorilla Permit ) : Each of 2 people sharing : USD 2 . 500 Each of 4 people sharing : USD 2 . 100 Single supplement : 230 USD Hotels : hotels and lodges standard category and bandas , double room accommodation . The tariff includes : - Airport transfer - Full board accommodation - Ground transportation 4x4 Land Cruiser or minibus - English speaking Driver / Guide - Entrance fees , taxes and “ gorilla permit ” The tariff does not include : - Air ticket . - Tourist insurance - Entrance visas : USD 30 directly from Entebbe Int . Airport . - Extra drinks and tips .

| Research and Development | The restructuring of Makerere University ' s curriculum in the 1990s saw the introduction of Postgraduate Studies in addition to the then current emphasis on only undergraduate teaching . In conformity with the general University trend , t he Faculty of Technology put a lot of effort in postgraduate teaching and research . This resulted in the Senate establishing the Office of Deputy Dean for Research and Higher Degrees in 2001 which became functional in 2002 / 2003 Academic Year . The Deputy Dean chairs the Faculty Board Committee of Research and Higher Degrees which has its members as : The Dean ( Ex officio ) , Deputy Dean for Administration and Undergraduate Affairs , Heads of Departments , and all Academic Staff at the rank of A ssociate Professor and above . In conformity with the world trend , all researches and activities are appropriately gender sensitive , environmentally conscious and preservative , stakeholder participatory in nature , and user friendly . Functions of this Office : The creation of the Office of Deputy Dean for Research and Higher Degrees in the Faculty of Technology was a Senate and Council action having observed that the Faculty was big and had many varied activities in this respect that deserved distinct management and also to ensure that the Faculty Growth was more in line with the University Vision of promoting a centre of excellence in research and training . The other major reason for its creation was to make sure that research and higher degrees issues were dealt with promptly and independent as assistance to the busy schedules of the Dean . Thus , the purpose of this notification is to indicate its duties / functions and how they will be carried out so as to take full advantage of its existence and supply the appropriate feedback . The Office of the Deputy Dean for Research and Higher Degrees : Is responsible for all research and higher degrees matters of the faculty including interaction with outside agencies for funding of such researches and capacity building that is academic based . Harmonises and Coordinates , where and / or as necessary , all internally and externally assisted researches and capacity building initiatives . Handles all matters regarding postgraduate programmes current , new , and proposed thus being responsible for directing associated matters to the right destinations , especially to the School of Postgraduate Studies ( SPGS ) . Handles all matters regarding postgraduate students , their progress , supervision modalities , available assistance , and interaction with the School of Postgraduate Studies . Searches for possible assistance from internal and external agencies and makes that information available to the relevant members of the Faculty . Chairs the Research and Higher Degrees Committee of the Faculty Provides a first stop for all complaints and / or disharmony and other matters regarding conduction and / or supervision of research ( especially postgraduate ) and postgraduate teaching . And also provides a first stop for non - academic matters arising from and / or affecting the above . This office is there for you hence don ' t be frustrated in your research , studies , or other matters that impact on your well being without bringing it to notice . Don ' t wait until it is too late . Note that it deals with research and higher degrees matters for everyone small or big ! The above interprets the role of the Deputy Dean as follows : To assist in the improvement of research and postgraduate output by making all the relevant information available to the stakeholders you ! To encourage / facilitate harmony between the leaders and the led , the researchers and the research assistants , or the supervisors and the supervised . To encourage / facilitate openness / transparency and mutual / equitable benefit of all involved participants . And to encourage / facilitate recognition of individual contributions to the success of the output / result . The guiding morals to sustain and develop research and postgraduate studies can be presented as follows : There are a lot of resources to assist us to achieve our goals but the problem is always selfishness . When things come your way due to your position and you think that you are the only person capable of handling them thus keeping the information to yourself or that you should benefit from them or that only your friend ( s ) should benefit provided they let you share the benefit or you convince yourself that there isn ' t enough to go around or others don ' t really deserve / need them or you are the only one with such a need or everyone for herself / himself and God for us all then you are selfish . When you are responsible for something , do it for present , future , and growth but not for self preservation only especially at the expense of others in the system . Know that after you , what you are doing should keep running but not collapse . Always attempt to do unto others as you would like them to do unto you . Managing all Faculty - wide sponsored Projects that include : A Sida / SAREC funded PhD supervision capacity development project for joint PhD research in collaboration with Swedish Institutions and the School of Postgraduate Studies ( SPGS ) . A NUFU sandwich PhD programme with Norwegian Universities and SPGS . Faculty PhD programmes in collaboration with the SPGS . Research projects under the Italian Cooperation Research projects under extended Sida / SAREC support to the Faculty of Technology and SPGS . Faculty Research Fund targeting individual researchers with emphasis on young researchers . Innovative Applied Research sponsored by Directorate of Water Development ( DWD ) . The above have increased research activity in the Faculty of Technology . At present there are about 20 Ph . D candidates at various stages of progress , there are several masters students , and we hope to get facilitation for several postgraduate degrees and research for which we welcome enquiries anytime . Copyright © 2005 Faculty of Technology | Site designed and maintained by

Executive Summary of the report of the Investigation on the decision of the Electricity Regulatory Authority on the notification of award of licence for the 50MW Thermal Generation Plant Executive Summarry of the report of the investigation on the procurement of the vendor for the population Databank and identification solution During the period under review , the office investigated and completed cases including those involving ; Abuse of Office , Non - payment of Salaries and other Benefits , Embezzlement , Victimisation , Irregularities in Tender and Contract Awards , Property disputes and some other categories . Below are summaries of a few selected cases that are representative of those that were handled from January - June 2001 . Abuse of Office Allied anomalies in cost sharing payments and abuse of office by the Principal Bukalasa Agricultural College The 3rd year in - service students of Bukalasa Agricultural College in their two separate letters to the IGG , alleged that the Principal was perpetuating corruption and abuse of office . They alleged that there are anomalies in the cost sharing structure , staffing and in the running of the college farm . Consequently , investigations were carried out , and it was revealed that cost sharing exists at Bukalasa Agricultural College and was started in 1999 / 2000 academic year with instructions from the Ministry of Education and Sports . The 3rd year in - service and 3rd year continuing students were admitted differently to the college . The 3rd year in - service were admitted on the basis of cost sharing while the 3rd year continuing students were on full government sponsorship . The difference in cost sharing was found to be improper since the students used the same facilities . A total expenditure of Shs 8 , 599 , 750 = was found to have been authorised by the Principal and this expenditure was contrary to the Ministry ' s policy guidelines on cost sharing funds . This diversion of cost sharing funds resulted into students ' dissatisfaction with meals provided and the lack of practical training . Generally , the guidelines on the utilisation of capitation funds to Agricultural Colleges and other tertiary institutions and on the utilisation of cost sharing funds were found lacking . The college farm has both college owned animals and those belonging to individuals . However , the privately owned animals were allowed in the college farm before the current Principal took over office . Nevertheless , the Board of Governors in collaboration with the Principal was endeavouring to have the private animals removed from the farm at the time of investigations . The farm was independently run by the Farm Manager who incidentally lacked the basic books of accounts . The records were poorly managed to the extent that it was not possible to establish farm incomes and expenditures accurately . It was also established that there were four ghost workers on the payroll of Bukalasa Agricultural College . In view of the above findings , the Inspectorate recommended the following : - That the Principal be reprimanded for authorising payments contrary to existing instructions and failure to follow government polices . The Education Service Commission as accordingly informed . The Board of Governors and Finance Committee should monitor income and expenditure of college funds . That the Permanent Secretary , Ministry of Education should ensure that Government policies relating to utilisation of funds by Principals of Tertiary Institutions are inspected on a regular basis . They should be required to make accountability . The Principal should ensure that non college staff are removed from the college payroll . CORRUPTION AND ABUSE OF POWER BY THE FORMER HEADMASTER OF KITOOLA PRIMARY SCHOOL A complaint was received against the former Headmaster of Kitoola Primary School and the District Education Officer , Mukono , in which the following allegations were made That the former Headmaster refused to avail the accountability of Shs 3 , 275 , 948 = as UPE funds for 1997 to the PTA Executive members . That he diverted Shs 883 , 000 = which was part of Shs 3 , 472 , 163 = as UPE funds for January - September 1998 , through UCB Lugazi Branch . That when the parents lodged the same complaints to the District Education Officer , the Headmaster was simply transferred to a nearby school . Investigations revealed that the Parents Teachers Association ( PTA ) executives were justified to ask for accountabilities of the UPE funds and the Headmaster ' s failure to comply was an indication that he was misusing these funds . The same accountabilities were not availed to the investigators either . He however , acknowledged in his statement to have diverted Shs 1 , 200 , 000 = meant for UPE to his personal gain and he effected some expenditures which were not authorised by the School Management and Staff Finance Committee as prescribed in the guidelines . It was also revealed that this former Headmaster lacked the necessary qualifications and competence of a Grade I School Headmaster . He is a Grade II teacher and yet the school should be headed by a Grade V teacher . This fact coupled with mismanagement of UPE funds compelled the parents of Kitoola Primary School to initiate his transfer , which was effected . The Inspectorate therefore recommended that he be prosecuted for embezzling UPE funds and abuse of office . The management of the SCOUL ( Sugar Corporation of Uganda Limited ) Lugazi was advised to demote him to a level that suits him other than simply transferring him . ALLEGED THEFT OF CAA IRON SHEETS AND MISMANAGEMENT OF THE CRIMINAL CASE A complaint was received by this office that Civil Aviation Police at Entebbe and management of CAA were interfering in a criminal case in which two staffs of CAA were involved in theft of iron sheets . It was alleged that despite DPP ' s directive to prosecute the two officers for embezzlement and / or theft in respect of the said iron sheets , the management of CAA bribed and / or intimidated the police investigators who failed to arrest and prosecute the suspects . The Inspectorate investigated this case and established that actually 98 iron sheets worth Shs 1 , 000 , 000 = belonging to CAA were stolen by some of its staff . Police handled this case and after their inquiries , they forwarded the file to the DPP who sanctioned the charges of embezzlement and abuse of office against the officers . The DPP directed police to arrest and prosecute the suspects . However , the Managing Director wrote to the Commandant Aviation Police informing him that the CAA management had instead taken steps to investigate the case and take appropriate administrative actions . The police complied . In the meantime , one of the suspects was charged with transporting CAA property ( by CAA management ) from the stores without following the normal procedures and theft of CAA property whereof he pleaded guilty and was terminated . Management then informed Police to proceed with prosecution of the other officer till administrative action is taken against him . Police was at loss because they both appeared on the same charge sheet the DPP had sanctioned . In effect , CAA management was asking police to drop charges against one of the suspects . So it is true that police investigations and prosecution of suspects was interfered with . The IGG therefore recommended that the suspects be immediately arrested and prosecuted . The Managing Director of CAA was warned against any similar acts that interfere with the criminal process . RETENTION OF A GOVERNMENT NUMBER PLATE AFTER SALE BY PRIVATE TREATY The office received a copy of a letter from the Permanent Secretary , Ministry of Finance , Planning and Economic Development , which was written to an Assistant Commissioner in Ministry of Agriculture , Animal Industry and Fisheries , regarding the Assistant Commissioner ' s refusal to hand over the Government ' s number plates after purchasing a motor vehicle formerly owned by Government . According to the letter , the vehicle was sold to the Assistant Commissioner by Ministry of Finance , Planning and Economic Development at a cost of Ug Shs 1 , 500 , 000 = in 1995 . According to the Permanent Secretary , even when the Assistant Commissioner had paid up , he still retained and used the official number plates on a vehicle that belonged to him thus contravening the terms of the sale agreement . Investigations revealed that by July 2000 , the Assistant Commissioner was still retaining the motor vehicle number plates , although he had fully paid for the vehicle , thus contravening the terms of the sale agreement . The IGG wrote to the Assistant Commissioner urging him to give an explanation as to why he was still using Government number plates on his personal car . The Commissioner refused to handover the number plates and to respond to our letter until he was summoned to give an explanation regarding the matter . In his explanation , the Commissioner stated that he did not handover the number plate to the Ministry of Finance , Planning and Economic Development in time because he was busy with office work ! He however stated that he forwarded the number plates to the Ministry in April 2001 . He also stated that he delayed to register the vehicle and surrender the plates because of lack of money since Government had failed to pay a living wage to civil servants . It was observed that , it was an act of indiscipline on the part of the Commissioner to spend six years using the Government number plates when in actual sense he was supposed to handover the number plates on signing the sale agreement . His excuse that he did not have money because government failed to give a living wage to civil servants is flimsy . It was therefore recommended that the Commissioner be warned against indiscipline , since his behaviour is contrary to how a civil servant is expected to behave . It took him six years to release the number plate and even this was after several reminders and the office ' s intervention . RECOVERY OF UG . SHS 2 , 350 , 000 = AND DISMISSAL OF AN ACCOUNTS ASSISTANT A concerned citizen in Nakasongola District in an anonymous letter to the IGG alleged abuse of office and corruption by some district officials in the district . Investigations were carried out and an Accounts Assistant in the district was implicated in the report . It was recommended that the Accounts Assistant be dismissed for failure to give a true account of public funds advanced to him and also refund Shs 2 , 350 , 000 = in respect of a self starter that was not bought and inflated camera costs . Consequently , the office received a complaint from the Accounts Assistant alleging that the money advanced to him was forwarded to the Garage Foreman Training Production Unit , who is responsible for the purchase of the spare parts of the grader . The Accountant also claimed he did not know what spares were bought since he is not knowledgeable in the area but had received the receipts of the items that were said to have been bought . Investigations were carried out to establish whether the Accounts Assistant was not responsible for the loss of Shs 2 , 350 , 000 = paid for non - existent self - starter and an inflated price of a camera . Investigations revealed that the Accounts Assistant did not purchase a self - starter worth two million shillings ( Shs 2m ) and he inflated the cost of a camera by three hundred and fifty thousand shillings ( Shs 350 , 000 = ) . It was also revealed that the Garage Foreman collaborated with the Accountant in misappropriating public funds by endorsing false accountability and not reporting to higher authorities . In view of the above findings , the following recommendations were made : - The Garage Foreman should be charged for endorsing false accountability well knowing that the items were not bought which caused a financial loss of Shs 2 , 000 , 000 = . The Chief Administrative Officer should recover Two Million Shillings and Three Hundred and Fifty Thousand shillings ( 2 , 350 , 000 = ) from the Accounts Assistant in respect of a self - starter that was not bought and inflated camera cost . The Accounts Assistant should be dismissed from office for failure to give a true account of the above public funds which were advanced to him . ALLEGED IRREGULAR RECRUITMENT OF PARLIAMENTARY STAFF The office received a complaint against the Parliamentary Administration that their recruitment process is fraudulent and full of corrupt tendencies . Investigations revealed that recruitment for staff to Parliament is governed by the Parliamentary Administration Act 1997 , which establishes the Parliamentary Commission . This Act gives powers of appointment and recruitment to the Parliamentary Commission under Section 7 ( a ) and 15 ( 1 ) . After the Parliamentary Administration Act was enacted , there was need to fill the vacant posts in Parliament . According to the documents obtained from Parliament three lots of recruitment have been made since 1998 as follows : - The first lot was to fill 56 posts in the Department of : Finance and Administration and Sergeant at Arms Legislative Counsel , Speaker and Official Report . Library Research and Documentation In this recruitment exercise Parliamentary Commission hired Management Training and Advisory Centre ( MATC ) to shortlist , carry out the interviews and make recommendations to the Commission for approval . MTAC carried out the recruitment exercise successfully and submitted the names of successful candidates to the Commission for approval . The Commission approved all the proposed candidates except five who were replaced by other people . The Commission , however , gave reasons for the alterations . The second lot of recruitment was to fill 17 posts . For this exercise the Commission hired the services of the Public Service Commission , which shortlisted , interviewed and made recommendations to the Parliamentary Commission . During this exercise only 14 candidates were selected and three posts remained vacant because no applicant was suitable for the jobs applied for . As in the first recruitment , the Commission changed some names and cancelled some of the appointments . But unlike the changes made in the first recruitment there were no reasons advanced for the changes except that the candidates were " unsuitable " . The third lot of recruitment was for eight Post Office Attendants and four posts for Receptionists , the recruitment was done internally . It was observed that the Parliamentary Commission followed the normal procedures of recruitment by following Section 7 ( b ) and 15 ( 1 ) of the Parliamentary Act 1997 which stipulates the functions of the Parliamentary Commission and recruitment respectively . Under this Act , one of the functions of the Parliamentary Commission is " To review the terms and conditions of service , standing orders , training and qualifications of the people holding office in Parliament . " This means that the changes which the Commission made in the reports made by the two consultants ( MATC and Public Service Commission ) were within their powers but whether or not these changes were done in good faith is difficult to establish . The explanation that the candidates were " unsuitable " is rather vague to say the least . Such a situation should not be allowed to obtain . It was , therefore , recommended that for the sake of transparency and accountability to the public , adequate documentation and reasons as to why certain decisions are taken should always be made . ALLEGED MISAPPROPRIATION OF SHS 100 MILLION PRESIDENTIAL GRANT BY A TOWN CLERK This is the complaint that was lodged by the Gulu District Authorities against the Town Clerk who was accused of financial misappropriation and abuse of office . It was particularly alleged that Shs 100 million which was part of H E the President ' s pledge of Shs 649 million to Gulu Municipality was diverted by the Town Clerk without the approval of the Council . Investigations showed that Shs 38 million was diverted and it was recommended to the Council that disciplinary action be taken against the Town Clerk . The Mayor and Council are to meet and discuss the matter ; but the Mayor was optimistic that the recommendation would be implemented . Report a Case to IGG

1 . This Specific Procurement Notice follows the General Procurement Notice for this project which appeared in Development Business Issue No . 688 dated 16th October 2006 . 2 . The Governments of the United Republic of Tanzania and the Republic of Kenya have applied for a loan from the African Development Bank and an ODA loan from the Japan Bank for International Cooperation ( JBIC ) , in the aggregate amount of US $ 150 million equivalent towards the cost of the Arusha - Namanga - Athi River Road Development Project and they intend to apply part of the proceeds of the loans to cover eligible payments under the contracts for the reconstruction and rehabilitation of the Arusha - Namanga - Athi River Road . Bidding is open to all bidders from eligible member countries as defined in the ADB ' s Rules of Procedure for the Procurement of Goods and Works . 3 . The Governments of the United Republic of Tanzania and the Republic of Kenya now invites sealed bids from prospective bidders for any or all of the following lots : Lot T : Arusha - Namanga Road Section ( Tanzania ) Approximate works to be involved ( i ) Construction of two ( 02 ) new bridges . ( ii ) Construction of ten ( 10 ) new box culverts . ( iii ) Installation of over 220 lines of 900mm dia . Concrete pipe culverts . ( iv ) Approx 990 , 000 m3 of earthworks ( v ) Construction and maintenance of a 105 - km , 8 . 0m wide deviation road . ( vi ) Laying and compacting 435 , 000 m3 of cement stabilized gravel . ( vii ) Providing , laying and compacting approx . 40 , 000 m3 of Asphalt Concrete ( AC 20 ) as wearing course and surface dressing . ( viii ) Ancillary works : road furniture , street lighting and nonmotorized traffic ( NMT ) facilities . Lot K : Athi River - Namanga Road Section ( Kenya ) Approximate works to be involved ( i ) Construction of five ( 05 ) new bridges including a 90 - m , 3 - span bridge over the Athi River . ( ii ) Construction of ten ( 10 ) new box culverts . ( iii ) Installation of over 210 lines of 900mm dia . Concrete pipe culverts . ( iv ) Approx 1 , 060 , 000 m3 of earthworks ( v ) Construction and maintenance of a 135 - km , 8 . 0m wide deviation road . ( vi ) Laying and compacting 600 , 000 m3 of cement stabilized gravel . ( vii ) Laying and compacting of 70 , 000 m3 of graded crushed stone ( viii ) Providing , laying and compacting approx . 76 , 000 m3 of Dense Bitumen Macadam ( DBM ) as base . ( ix ) Providing , laying and compacting approx . 66 , 000 m3 of Asphalt Concrete Type 1 as wearing course and surface dressing . ( x ) Ancillary works : road furniture , street lighting and nonmotorized traffic ( NMT ) facilities . Each Lot shall be contracted independently . 4 . Complete sets of bidding documents ( and additional copies ) for Lot T may be purchased from the Chief Executive , Tanzania National Roads Agency ( TANROADS ) 3rd Floor , Maktaba Complex , Bibi Titi Mohamed Road , P . O . Box 11364 , Dar es Salaam , Tanzania . Tel : 007 - 22 - 2150932 ; Fax : 007 - 22 - 2150022 ) upon payment of a non - refundable fee of TSh . 250 , 000 / = ( Tanzania Shillings Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand only ) or its equivalent in a freely convertible currency for each set . 5 . For Lot K , complete sets of bidding documents ( and additional copies ) may be purchased from the Chief Engineer ( Roads ) , Ministry of Roads and Public Works Transcom House , 6th Floor Room 618 , P . O . Box 30260 - 00100 , Nairobi Kenya , Tel : 005 - 20 - 2723101 , Fax : 005 - 20 - 2720044 ) upon payment of a non - refundable fee of KSh . 15 , 000 / = ( Kenya Shillings Fifteen Thousand only ) or its equivalent in a freely convertible currency for each set . Interested eligible bidders may obtain further information and inspect the bidding documents at the same addresses . 6 . The instructions to bidders and general conditions of contract contained in the bidding documents comply with the Bank ' s Standard Bidding Documents for the Procurement of Goods / Works . 7 . Bids shall be valid for a bid period of 120 days after Bid Opening and must be accompanied by the bid security of TSh . 200 , 000 , 000 ( Tanzania Shillings Two Hundred million only ) for Lot T and KSh . 20 , 000 , 000 ( Kenya Shillings Twenty million only ) for Lot K or its equivalent in a freely convertible currency and be delivered to the respective addresses mentioned in Para 4 and 5 above on or before 31st January 2007 , at 1200 hrs East African Time . They will be opened promptly thereafter in the presence of bidders ' representatives who choose to attend at the respective addresses mentioned in Para 4 and 5 above .

On July 25 , 2006 , I addressed the NRM MPs at Hotel Africana . At that time , I pointed out that there were eight strategic bottlenecks that have stopped Africa from transitioning from Third World to First World economies and societies . That is to say , that our societies should metamorphose from comprador , bureaucratic middle class and peasant societies to middle class , skilled working class societies . The European societies , between 1400 and 1700 , metamorphosed from feudal , artisan and peasant societies to feudal , middle class , working class and peasant societies . They have since 1789 , metamorphosed into two class societies namely , the middle class and the skilled working class . I think in future , the European societies will become classless societies all of them belonging to the middle class ; possibly , the only distinction will be between the ones who own capital on the one hand and the scientists , managers and technicians that work for the former on the other hand . The eight strategic bottlenecks are : A vast continent , with a lot of natural resources , but with a small population . The above problem led to complacency and maintenance of small tribal kingdoms which resulted into colonisation of the whole of Africa , except for Ethiopia . Colonisation of Africa meant loss of sovereignty which , in turn , meant the distortion of the production patterns . Africans started producing what they did not consume and consuming what they did not produce relying on export of raw materials and importing finished goods . This meant Africa losing a lot of value to the outside , first in the form of slaves and now in the form of exporting unprocessed raw materials . Continued balkanization . Although colonisation amalgamated numerous African kingdoms into 53 states , many of these are still sub - optimal and not capable of guaranteeing the future of the black people in the modern world . Undeveloped human resource The African populations , for much of the past centuries , have not accessed education and health for all . Therefore , many of them have not been able to realise their full potential as human beings using their brain power to the full . Infrastructural underdevelopment i . e . roads , rails , telephones , electricity , harbours , etc . Suppressing the private sector African leaders , especially after Independence , stifled the private sector . Yet the public sector was not efficient in doing business . Lack of freedom in the form of democracy . Dictatorial governments suppressed human freedoms and were not accountable to the people . A voiceless people could not check the corruption and disorientation of the governments . Today , we are here to address the fourth strategic bottleneck : the continued balkanization of Africa , which creates problems of : Narrow markets ; Inability to negotiate credibly with outsiders because of small populations and small economies ; Under - development of science and technology due to inadequate resources for carrying out research ; Less attractive economies as investment destinations due to small sizes unlike India and China ; Fragmented natural resources ( rivers , lakes , mountains , etc ) that renders their rational utilisation difficult ; Imprisoning African peoples in environmentally inhospitable parts of Africa ( e . g . Niger , Turkana , etc ) ; Lack of access to the Sea ( Africa has , probably , got the highest number of landlocked countries of all the continents in the world ) ; Inability to build credible military forces that can guarantee the future of the African race ; Fragmented cultural and historical linkages ; Duplication of efforts ; Inability to extend political and military solidarity to one another in case of need ( Uganda s example under Idi Amin ) . In the case of E . Africa , fortunately , the successive generations of the leaders recognised these disadvantages . On June 5 , 1963 , for instance , the three leaders of East Africa , ( Prime Ministers Obote and Kenyatta and President Nyerere ) , declared as follows : We the leaders of the people and governments of E . Africa assembled in Nairobi on June 5 , 1963 , pledge ourselves to the political federation of East Africa . Our meeting today is motivated by the spirit of PanAfricanism and not by mere selfish regional interest . We are nationalists and reject tribalism , racialism or inward - looking policies . We believe that the day of decision has come and to all our people we say : there is no more room for slogans and words . This is our day of action in the cause of the ideals that we believe in and the unity and freedom for which we have suffered and sacrificed so much . Within the spirit of Pan - Africanism and following the declaration of African unity at the recent Addis Ababa conference , practical steps should be taken wherever possible to accelerate the achievement of our common goal . We share a common past and are convinced of our common destinies . We have a common history , culture and customs which make our unity both logical and natural . Our futures are inevitably bound together by the identical aspirations and hopes of our people and the need for similar efforts in facing the tasks that lie ahead of each of our free nations . In the past century the hand of imperialism grasped the whole continent and in this part of Africa our people found themselves included together in what the colonialists styled the British sphere of influence . Now that we are once again free , or are on the point of regaining our freedom , we believe the time has come to consolidate our unity and provide it with a constitutional basis . Unfortunately , some of the leaders developed cold feet . Even the less ambitious East African Community collapsed in 1977 . However , the spirit of East Africanism did not die . In 1996 , we revived the negotiations for the East African Treaty of Cooperation . Eventually , the treaty was signed by Presidents Moi , Mwinyi and myself in Arusha on November 30 , 1999 . Article 5 ( 2 ) of that treaty states as follows : In pursuance of the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article , the Partner States undertake to establish among themselves and in accordance with the provisions of this Treaty , a Customs Union , a Common Market , subsequently a Monetary Union and ultimately a Political Federation in order to strengthen and regulate the industrial , commercial , infrastructural , cultural , social , political and other relations of the Partner States to the end that there shall be accelerated , harmonious and balanced development and sustained expansion of economic activities , the benefit of which shall be equitably shared . This part of the treaty makes the EAC the most farsighted of all the regional groupings . There is no other regional economic grouping , in Africa that talks of ultimately working for a political Federation of any part of Africa . Most of the groupings content themselves with economic integration and never talk of political integration . We , then , need to ask the question : Is economic integration in Africa enough to guarantee the future of the African People against the rapacious external forces that enslaved us in the past ? The answer provided to this question by their Excellencies , Presidents Mkapa , Kibaki and myself after our retreat in Nairobi on August 28 , 2004 , was a categorical NO economic integration is not enough . We identified 12 reasons : Economic integration , without political integration , is slow . Co - coordinating several sovereign units , it is bound to be slower than when you are planning for one unit . It will take longer for the benefits of integration to spread around the community evenly . For example , freedom of movement of labour will take long to be realised if at all . Yet employment creation is one of the greatest gains in an Economic Community area . An Economic Community integrates the market . A bigger market supports production units ( factories , etc ) better . It is a more attractive foreign investment destination . Employment creation is one of the benefits . In one sovereign unit , even when there is unbalanced growth , there are mitigating factors because employment opportunities are equally accessible to all citizens . Revenue from production unit is also accessible to all citizens of the sovereign units irrespective of how developed , or otherwise , their home regions are . Although we are now members of EAC , most of the time we do not negotiate together for African Growth Opportunities Act ( AGOA ) , Lome or while negotiating with IMF , World Bank , Paris Club , etc . Uganda , Kenya or Tanzania , negotiating alone , is much weaker than would be the situation if we were negotiating as East Africa . There is a lot of duplication of effort with each country trying to attract investment in similar sectors : textiles , fruits and others . If it is one country ( one sovereign unit ) , it will not matter if all the textile factories are concentrated in Mombasa which is near the coast but using Uganda cotton . An economic community pulls markets together . It does not , however , solve easily the question of equitable distribution of benefits . Continuing to inconvenience communities that were split by colonialism such as the Tesos , Samia , Pokot , Bagisu ( Luhya ) , Karimojong , Turkana , Luo , Kuria , Masai , Wadigo , Banyankore - Bahaya - Banyambo , Banyarwanda etc . Families are split as well as cultural units . It also splits our consciousness . Instead of thinking of ourselves as one , we are continuing to think of ourselves as Ugandans , Tanzanians , Kenyans , Rwandese or Burundians . The pseudo - borders incapacitate us when it comes to giving each other support on account of the sovereignty ropes that tie us into different political bundles . We could not assist directly the people of Burundi because of these sovereign ropes . Instead , it is the UN that came in to help . Yet the UN does not have the requisite knowledge of the situation or the commitment . Hence , the problem takes much longer than the case would be if East Africa would be one political unit . The 800 , 000 Ugandans that were killed by Amin would never have died if it was not for the notion that Amin encapsulated the sovereignty of Uganda and he could kill us as he liked . While in an Economic Community you will integrate the market , the use of natural resources is not that easily integrated . Turkana in Kenya is very dry . Neighbouring Karamoja in Uganda , while also dry , is much more hospitable . Yet Turkana are always reminded that they are not Ugandans never mind that their dialect is 98 % similar to the Karimojong dialects . Since people are forced to be imprisoned in these sovereign units , they are forced to worsen the environment with their goats and camels destroying the sparse vegetation . If they stopped using these dry areas for cattle and crops , the terrain could be wonderful for tourism that would benefit all of us . Given the balkanization of the Continent , however , the Turkana are forced to stay in that area because that is where their home is . Yet our ecology does not respect these sovereign units . If rain is scarce on account of environmental abuse , because people are forced to stay in their homeland the adverse conditions notwithstanding , that weather change will not respect the sovereign units . The greatest danger , however , is in the fact that while Europeans and Americans are now basing themselves on Mars and outer - space , Africa has almost forgotten how to make the spear . Our individual countries have no serious capacity to develop defence industries and advanced military technology . What are the implications of this ? In all millennia two factors have been self - evident : any society that lags behind in science and technology is exterminated , enslaved or survives at the mercy of others which is the present situation of all the Black Countries other than South Africa ; and all societies , even the most primitive ones , have always made their implements ( hoes , axes , etc ) , made their own weapons ( spears , arrows , etc ) , provided their own shelter and produced their own food . It is only the Africans of the colonial and post - colonial era that are not independent in respect of the above capacities . Ancient Egypt was conquered , for the first time , in 525 - 532 BC by Darius from Asia Minor ( present - day Turkey ) because the latter had developed iron technology while the former were still using brass , a much weaker metal . The whole of Africa was conquered and the spectre of slave trade was visited on us because we lagged behind in technology . The American Red Indians , the Aztecs of Mexico , the Mayas and Incas of Peru and the Aborigines of Australia were exterminated because they lagged behind in technology and had inferior political organisation . The Africans today are surviving at the mercy of others . Rationality would have propelled us to quickly use the recovery of our independence to ensure that Africa stands up once and for all time . The Whites plundered Africa ; but we survived the slave trade , colonialism and the neo - colonial regimes . The Whites are now in decline . They will be overtaken by China in a matter of a few decades . The Chinese are so packed up that they have now resorted to a one - child policy . Since Chinese like boys , whenever they produce a girl , they kill her and wait for the boy . Consequently , the proportion of boys versus girls is getting seriously upset . Chinese boys will have no girls to marry . More seriously , however , is the problem of natural resources ( minerals , agricultural land , etc . ) . If you notice , the oil and other commodity prices such as copper have been going up . The main factor here , apparently , is China . The 1 . 3 billion people of China are , finally , getting modernised . Demand for steel , copper , cement , etc . that had collapsed in the past is now picking up . With both India and China becoming modern , the pressure on raw materials will increase . In 20 years time when China will have a GDP of US $ 45 trillion and USA with a GDP of only US $ 35 trillion , who will prevent China from any adventures that they may feel necessary for their continued prosperity ? We survived Western imperialism . Are we to wait in our present weak and dependent state to see what future the Asian imperialism will offer ? The present and past leaders of China and India are and were revolutionaries that eschewed and even fought chauvinism and imperialism . One cannot , however , assume that this will always be the case . Suppose you have chauvinistic regimes in these natural resources - deficit areas in future . What will be the fate for a still balkanized Africa in face of these giants ? We occupy one of the biggest land masses ( 11m sq miles ) with considerable natural resources . Why can we not turn , at least , parts of this land - mass into a powerful and secure base for the Black race to ensure the future of the Black Man ? Besides , the Black Man must also be able to go to the Moon and Mars . Wengine wanakwenda kutafuta nini huko ? They are looking for new natural resources as well as new bases for military supremacy . Space - based weapons are going to be the dominant forms of aggression . The Black race is just sitting in these micro - political units created by colonialism ( the 53 States of the African Union ) completely oblivious of what is going on in the World . Global Warming is caused by the profligate living of the Western Countries . About 17 years ago there was an attempt to control this in the form of the Kyoto Treaty . USA and Russia refused to sign it . Apparently , part of their argument is that Global warming is not , after all , so bad since it will mean that frozen Siberia and Alaska will be suitable for agriculture . Russia , recently , abandoned this wrong position and acceded to the Kyoto Treaty . We salute them . Where does that leave Africa , which is already warm ? It means that the marginal areas of the Sahel will become drier since . In fact , that process has already started . The snowcap on Mt . Kilimanjaro is becoming smaller and the glaciers on top of the Rwenzori Mountains are getting shorter . The present generation of African leaders must rise to the occasion or else they will be like the African chiefs of yore that were busy fighting each other for local supremacy while the Whiteman was busy taking slaves and colonising the continent . The landlocked countries are held hostage by these irrational boundaries . One may be efficient in Uganda in terms of economic recovery and transformation . If , however , the coastal states do not provide efficient infrastructure in the form of railways and harbours , our efforts would be in vain . How do we handle that possible frustration of the landlocked states ( Rwanda , Burundi , Uganda , Zambia , Malawi , Ethiopia , a possible future Southern Sudan and many others in West Africa ) ? With an EA political union , this issue would be transferred from international ( characterised by , one may even say , interminable negotiations ) relations to domestic relations whereby the hinterland populations will combine with others and vote out the regime that is indifferent to the needs of infrastructure . This issue is actually a potential source of trouble , or even , conflict . It needs a strategic answer . The answer , fortunately , is available and hugely more beneficial an E . African Federation ( merge the sovereignties ) . The misuse of the common natural resources such as Lake Victoria ( Nalubale ) , the Nile River ( Kiira ) , Kagera River , the Mountains ( Rwenzori , Kilimanjaro ) at the international borders . These are getting seriously degraded on account of absence of a common policy . Even when a policy is agreed upon , implementation enthusiasm is as varied as the sovereign units involved . The ability of Africans to hate themselves and love their enemies is amazing . Africans now worship the foreign countries that are big and strong . We are always trooping there to get handouts as well as accounting for our domestic policies to the imperialists of yesterday and quality controllers of democracy of today !! Yet , at our disposal for the last 40 years , we have got this huge landmass with populations that are linked culturally , linguistically and economically ( that is why they smuggle goods from West Africa up to here ) that we have failed to turn into strength . The USA , for instance , is made up of a hotch potch of people ( Germanic , Latinos , Red Indians , Africans , Arabs , etc ) . We are only Bantus and Nib Saharans ( Nilotics and Nilo - Hamitic ) with a lingua franca known as Swahili . We can turn this great area into a powerful base for the Black race . The 12 points above answer the first question : Why are you not satisfied with the economic integration measures ? But there is the second question : Since E . African Federation is the ultimate goal of the EAC Treaty , why are you rushing ? Our answers are two : Firstly , why delay the implementation of a good project ? Is it not more correct to expedite the implementation of a good project rather than delay it ? We should bear in mind that the gap between us and the Western and Asian countries is widening . Yet the way we are presently organised , we are not able to address some of the issues at all ( e . g . strategic issues of Defence ) . Why should somebody who is already over - marginalised , delay the major remedies ? Secondly , however , there is the sad fact that our independence leaders failed to implement this dream of the East African peoples . Apart from Mzee Kibaki , the rest of us were youth followers of the Independence leaders . We are now also on the verge of leaving leadership without resolving this issue beyond the rather unambitious goals under the East African Community . The younger generation did not taste the advantages that were available in a more integrated East Africa of the 1950s and 960s although it had not attained the federation level yet . Who is better placed to implement this vision : Us who have tasted the fruits of East African - ness or the young people that are mesmerised by the lure of USA , Europe and , recently , Dubai , Bangkok , Hong Kong and Singapore ? It is our view that we who were near the pioneers are the ones that must implement this dream and bequeath it to our children . What defence do we have for ourselves if we recollect that the British had organised a more cohesive East Africa than the one we have now ? Travel was easier and so was the transfer of money and many other aspects of managing our society . With these reasons in mind , we set up an inter - state committee of eminent persons for fast - tracking the East African Federation . They were Hon . Amos Wako ( Chairman ) , Prof . Haidari Amani ( Vice - Chairperson ) , Hon . Suruma ( Secretary ) , and Ms . Margaret Chemengich , Mohammed Fakih and Prof . Sam Turyamuhika as Members . After three months they produced a report that supported the idea of fast tracking the East African Federation and , even , set up a timetable to achieve the first merger of political sovereignty by 2010 ( where the Presidency will be on a rotational basis for three years ) . The following were the milestones of the timetable : Customs Union ( started January 2005 ) ; Draft of the Constitution of the Federation of EA ( December 2007 ) ; Common market ( envisaged to be ratified by December 2007 ) ; Monetary Union ( by December 2009 ) ; Approval of the Constitution by the Summit ( January 2009 ) ; Referendum on the Constitution ( December 2009 ) ; Political Federation with a rotational Presidency ( 2010 ) ; Election of the President ( 2013 ) . There are some concerns that need to be addressed . There is , for instance , concern about the heavily populated areas of the East Africa flooding the less heavily populated ones , with the former grabbing the agricultural land of the latter . This is easy to deal with . We have already done so in Uganda in our 1995 Constitution . Other than Kibaale where the problem was already complicated by history , we made agricultural land , not a national matter , but a district matter , controlled by the District Land Board . It is only the land for factories , hotels , office - blocks , etc . that is managed by the Uganda Investment Authority ( UIA ) . In a Federated East Africa , therefore , agricultural land should not be a federal matter . It should either be a state matter or , even , a more local matter ( regional or district ) . There is also some concern on the issue of freedom of movement of labour . Some may fear that they will be swamped by others that may have accessed education earlier . This is , again , easy to deal with . Indeed , we have already dealt with it in Uganda . We could categorise jobs into two types : the jobs that arise as a consequence of the East African integration ( especially the common market ) on the one hand and the jobs that are not dependent on the East African integration on the other hand . In the case of Uganda , for instance , under the 1995 Constitution , factory jobs , hotel jobs , etc . are clearly Ugandan . Why ? This is because what the factories produce is consumed by all Ugandans irrespective of the location of the factory . Therefore , these factory jobs are freely accessible to all Ugandans . The Lugbara in West Nile , may not have a factory in his home region on account of the present unbalanced development in the country . However , he freely competes for jobs in the factories in Kampala , Jinja , Kasese , etc . After all , he supports these factories by buying what they produce . How can you deny him benefits of an enterprise he supports with his spending power ? Actually , this is the problem implicit in the half - measures of economic integration without political integration . However , civil service jobs in the federating states , local government jobs therein , etc . , do not depend on East African integration . These should remain local . Indeed , in Uganda these jobs are managed by the District Service Committees and they recruit locally except , recently , for the CAO . There may be concerns on minerals also . A formula for sharing these could also be worked out between the Local , State and the Federation levels to avoid the problems one hears of in Nigeria some locals attacking the oil pipelines because they think that their oil is being taken by others . However , I would like the East Africans to know that the greatest resource is the East Africans the people and not the minerals , etc . Why ? The people have brain - power ( they produce wealth ) and they consume ( buy ) . These two are the greatest stimuli to modern advancement in terms of economy and social transformation . Japan is a small country with a land area slightly bigger than Uganda but with a population of 125 million . They have no minerals , no oil and no land for agriculture . Yet they are the second most prosperous economy in the world . They are more prosperous than Saudi Arabia . Why ? It is because of the human resource . China is now becoming one of the most important countries in the world ; and so is India . Why ? It is because of their respective human resources the 1 . 3 billion Chinese and 1 . 1 billion Indians . They produce big and consume big . One of my attractions towards East Africa is the 110 million people of East Africa including Rwanda and Burundi . This is the greatest resource as a market and a pool of brainpower . In conclusion , it is my proud duty to present to the people of Uganda the reasons for the need to politically merge the people of East Africa , in addition to the economic merger we have already achieved , in the form of a political Federation , fast - track this process so that we become one country by 2010 and diligently implement the intervening phases in the process prior to that date . I thank you .

The foreign policy of Uganda is guided by basic principles which are laid down in a number of sources , including : Objective No . XXVIII of the “ National Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy ” of the 1995 Constitution ; Article Six ( 6 ) of the Treaty for the Establishment of the East African Community ; Article Four ( 4 ) of the Constitutive Act of the African Union ; and Article Two ( 2 ) of the Charter of the United Nations . The principles under Objective No . XXVIII of the “ National Objectives and Directive Principles of State Policy ” of the 1995 Constitution can be summarised as follows : Promotion of the national interest of Uganda . Respect for international law and treaty obligations . Peaceful co - existence and non - alignment . Settlement of international disputes through peaceful means . Opposition to all forms of domination , racism and other forms of oppression and exploitation . Active participation in international and regional organisations that stand for peace and for the well - being and progress of humanity . Promotion of regional and pan - African cultural , economic and political cooperation and integration . The fundamental principles of the East African Community can be summarised as follows : Mutual trust , political will and sovereign equality . Peaceful co - existence and good neighbourliness . Peaceful settlement of disputes . Good governance . Equitable distribution of benefits . Cooperation for mutual benefit . The principles of the African Union can be summarised as follows : The right of the Union to intervene in a Member State pursuant to the decision of the Assembly in respect of grave circumstances , namely war crimes , genocide and other crimes against humanity . The right of a Member State to request intervention from the Union in order to restore peace and security . Establishment of a common African defence and security policy . Promotion of gender equality . Respect for the sanctity of human life , condemnation and rejection of impunity and political assassination , acts of terrorism and subversive activities . Condemnation and rejection of unconstitutional changes of governments . The principles of the United Nations can be summarised as follows : · Sovereign equality of all UN Member States . · Peaceful settlement of international disputes . Non - use or threat of use of force against another State . Support to United Nations in any action the United Nations may take in accordance with the Charter . Restraint from aiding any State against which the United Nations is taking preventive or enforcement action . Being bound by any action taken by the UN Security Council pursuant to implementation of measures under Chapter VII of the Charter . It is against this background that the core thrust of Uganda s foreign policy is to insure our national security and to promote economic welfare and the prosperity of our people and nation . National security and development are , therefore , paramount considerations in determining , shaping and guiding our relations with countries in the region as well as the rest of the world . These twin issues continue to take a centre stage in Uganda s foreign policy . Accordingly , the role of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs ( hereafter “ the Ministry ) is to promote and safeguard Uganda s security and development interests abroad . A number of critical factors influence Uganda s foreign policy on a day - to - day basis . The most constant factor among them is Uganda s geographic location . Uganda is surrounded by five countries and all , but one , are much bigger in size and population . Events or happenings in Rwanda , Kenya , Tanzania , Sudan and / or the Democratic Republic of the Congo , can impact on Uganda either positively or negatively as the case may be . Some of these neighbours have been politically unstable for decades . Bordering these unstable neighbours has had , and continues to pose , serious security - related foreign policy challenges which the Ministry continuously grapples with on a day - to - day basis . At times , these have created high risks of Uganda being dragged into otherwise internal affairs of some of these countries . This has , at times , resulted in direct conflicts , skirmishes at border areas , inflow of refugees with their negative attendant effects such as health problems and those related to environmental degradation , trafficking in arms and drugs , etc . In fact , in the context of the defence policy review , twenty four priority potential generic threats to Uganda s security for the next ten years or so , have been identified . They vary in potential intensity and likelihood of occurrence . Most of these threats have one aspect or the other which has a bearing on foreign policy . It is in this context that the defence policy review process has rightly recognised the critical lead role of the Ministry in addressing these threats through diplomatic means . It is with the above in mind that the Ministry , in the management of Uganda s foreign relations , puts high premium primarily to our relations with the East African Community Partner States , the immediate neighbouring countries , the Great Lakes Region , other African countries ( with particular attention paid to South Africa , Nigeria and Egypt because of their geo - political strategic position ) , and the rest of the world . This priority is also reflected in the manner the proposed new structure is designed . Uganda s rich geographic features ( including generally fertile soil where virtually anything can be grown ; the relatively evenly distributed and adequate rainfall ; the mild climate due to high altitude ; etc ) attract interest and envy by or from others . Uganda s strategic natural resources generate a lot of interest from the region and the rest of the outside world . For example , Uganda s hydro - electric power potential of over 2000 MW , if exploited , can meet substantial energy needs of the region . Several minerals are known to exist , including copper , cobalt , gold , tin , tungsten , beryllium , columbine , chromites , iron ore , phosphates , limestone , salt , clay , kaolin , feldspar , marble , glass sand , etc , and possibly oil . Uganda is also the water head of the White Nile , which gives her a natural strategic resource base as well as geo - political diplomatic clout in the harnessing of the Nile Basin . However , this in itself has been , and remains , a significant factor in the looming struggle for the water resources within the Nile Basin and beyond . In a continent prone to poor rainfall and large desert mass , Uganda s other water resources generate enormous geo - political interest . About half of Lake Victoria , the second largest fresh water lake in the world , is within Uganda s territorial boundaries . There are also other significant lakes , rivers , and tributaries within and astride our boundaries which put Uganda at the centre of the Great Lakes in Africa . While Uganda has great endowment of fresh water resources which , among others , are critical for implementation of the Programme for Modernisation of Agriculture ( PMA ) , currently these resources , for one reason or the other , are not yet harnessed in any significant manner . Even if the capacity were in place to so - harness these vital resources , Uganda is still unfairly constrained by the agreements entered into between British colonial authorities and Egypt in 1929 and 1949 ; which agreements continue to bind Uganda to - date . The unfairness in these agreements lies in the unfortunate requirement that for Uganda to use her water resources for survival , prior concurrence of Egypt must be secured . However , there is no reverse requirement upon Egypt in her use of the same water resources . The issue of the Nile River resources , therefore , has geo - political dimensions spreading beyond our neighbourhood in particular and the continent in general . Possession of the aforementioned resources alone , without capacity to exploit them for the benefit of our people , cannot advance Uganda s interests . Therefore , the challenge for the Ministry is to marshal regional and international support , in addition to our own home - based capacity , to enable the country to derive real gain and benefit from this enormous resource base . Besides , being land - locked also bestows on Uganda serious challenges . Uganda is heavily dependent on neighbours for transit access and corridors to , and from , markets in neighbouring countries and beyond . It is important for Uganda to protect and secure all air , rail and road routes and links , as well as international water courses necessary for her international trade transactions and other activities . It is needless to underscore that possession of , and capacity to exploit , material wealth generates a degree of capacity to influence other countries . A primary objective of our foreign policy is , therefore , to achieve economic strength which can enhance our international influence and security - military capability . While many of the policy options for achieving economic development are domestic , there are several critical external factors that require foreign policy realignment from time to time . These include pursuits for : international markets , development finances , foreign direct investment , tourism , science and technology , capacity building , debt relief , etc . Uganda s vantage geographical location within the region , economic potentials and geo - political military capability , demand that our foreign policy focuses on peace , prosperity and economic development as the absolute national purpose and within the region . Peace , prosperity and economic development constitute the heart , indeed the central focus and guiding principal , of Uganda s foreign economic policy and security - diplomatic strategy .

Mutundwe Nalumunye Estate Residential plots on a hill Nalumunye Estate is a rare piece of land located on a hill providing you with a diversity of views , in touch with nature and very nice for family and friends . Click Here to see plots Features Mailo land Terrace style housing 8 KMs from the city centre Recreational Park Planned sewage system Titles ready at hand Direction Pass via Rubaga road . 8 km from the city Centre . Plot sizes and Prices 51ft x102ft = 6 . 5 million Ugandan Shillings Drop us an e - mail More Information Cross Section of Nalumunye Mutundwe Estate Higher elevation of Nalumunye - Mutundwe Estates plots already graded for a serious developer . From this point you can view the whole of Kampala City .

The Kampala Water Supply Service Area ( KWSSA ) forms about 70 % of the NWSC operations and accounts for the same proportion of the corporation ' s revenue base . Its water and sewage services cover the whole Kampala city and up to Namanve on the Jinja road axis , Kyengera on the Masaka road axis , Kagoma on the Bombo road axis , Katalemwa on the Gayaza road axis , Lubowa on the Entebbe road axis and Namugoona on the Hoima road axis . Kampala has a piped network coverage of 1 , 138 . 9 km with over 74 , 777 customers Population targeted ---------------------------------------- 1 , 302 , 138 Population Served ------------------------------------------ 872 , 433 Percentage of population served with water ------------- 67 % Percentage of population served with sewerage --------- 7 % Water Water supplied to Kampala City is treated at two water treatment plants , namely Gaba I and Gaba II , located about 11 Km SE of Kampala , at the shores of the Inner Murchison Bay ( IMB ) of Lake Victoria from which the raw water is abstracted . On average , Gaba I treats 35 , 000 m3 per day while Gaba II treats 62 , 000 m3 per day . Sewerage Sewage treatment in Kampala is done at Bugolobi Sewage treatment Works , located at Pot 17 Spring Road . However , only about 9 % of the customers supplied with water are connected to the sewerage system , the rest use on - site sanitation systems .

Edgars holiday clinic opens KILL : Participants of the Edgars youth holiday programme go through practice on day 1 . Over 40 kids are at the clinic a brain child of former Cranes skipper Edgar Watson SKILL : Participants of the Edgars youth holiday programme go through practice on day 1 . Over 40 kids are at the clinic a brain child of former Cranes skipper Edgar Watson Source : www . newvision . co . ug Story by Samson opus under 14 Big prizes await U - 14 stars IMPRESSIVE players at the City Tyres U - 14 tournament will smile away with big prizes when the event climaxes at Nakivubo Stadium this weekend . The junior Championships that started at regional level around the whole country will see the best player of the tournament winning a whole years ' school fees scholarship courtesy of the sponsors City Tyres . The best strikers , goal keeper , midfielders among others will also get prizes . The semi finals set for Saturday will have the Nile region take on East Buganda , while Kampala will tussle it out with West Nile - Arua . On Sunday the organisers of the tournament , Friends of football ( FOF ) will play two curtain raiser matches with Uganda Sports Press Association ( USPA ) , and City Tyres , then the losers ' match will follow before final game . Two select teams comprising of the top players , together with the victorious KKL team will represent Uganda during the City Tyres U - 14 International Tournament to take place October 9 - 10 at Nakivubo Stadium . Teams from , Kenya , Sudan , Kenya and Rwanda have been invited to take part in the tourney to be fully sponsored by City Tyres . Source : www . newvision . co . ug Story By Justine Nekesa KKL to play as Kampala hosts City Tyres climax KAMPALA Kids League ( KKL ) U - 13 team , the Gothia Cup champions , will be the centre of attraction when they showcase their talent against foreign U - 14 regional teams at Nakivubo stadium October 8 - 9 . Friends of Football ( FOF ) announced the schedule of the City Tyres regional contest at a press conference at Nakivubo yesterday . The regional tournament will follow the City Tyres U - 14 semi - final and final at Nakivubo stadium this weekend . source : www . newvision . co . ug Story by Swalley Kenyi Big prizes await U - 14 stars IMPRESSIVE players at the City Tyres U - 14 tournament will smile away with big prizes when the event climaxes at Nakivubo Stadium this weekend . KKL to play as Kampala hosts City Tyres climax KAMPALA Kids League ( KKL ) U - 13 team , the Gothia Cup champions , will be the centre of attraction when they showcase their talent against foreign U - 14 regional teams at Nakivubo stadium October 8 - 9 . West Nile storm semis EST NILE , Kampala , Nile Region and South Buganda have qualified for the semi finals of the City Tyres U - 14 Junior League . The four sides qualified after registering wins during the champion stage matches played last weekend . W . Angels the team to beat WHITE Angels will be the team to beat when the third round of Edgars children s soccer league opens this Sunday at Agakhan Primary School . KKL football season due KAMPALA Kids League will have the 12th football season starting this weekend with 22 teams taking part in the league . U - 14s regroup for In tl meet FRIENDS of Football ( FOF ) and City Tyres teams of 46 star players regroup today to train for the City Tryes U - 14 international meet October 8 - 9 at Nakivubo . Angels win in north HOSTS Paidha Black Angels beat Boroboro FC 3 - 0 to lift the Northern region mini league soccer trophy in Paidha yesterday .

THE PARLIAMENT HAS ADOPTED AND WE SANCTION , PROMULGATE THE FOLLOWING ORGANIC LAW AND ORDER IT TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE OF THE REPUBLIC OF RWANDA . THE PARLIAMENT : The Chamber of Deputies . in its session of March 4 , 2004 ; The Senate . in its session of March 4 . 2004 ; Given the Constitution of the Republic of Rwanda of June 4 , 2003 as amended to date , especially in its Articles 62 , 88 . 90 , 93 . 108 , 1l8 , l60 , 161 , 162 , 163 , 164 , 165 , 166 and 201 ADOPTS : TITLE ONE : ORGANIZATION AND COMPOSITION CHAPTER ONE ORGANIZATION Article 1 This organic law determines the organization , powers and functioning for both the Prosecution Service and the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . The Prosecution Service shall comprise the Parquet General of the Republic and the Military Prosecution Department . The Prosecution Service shall be responsible inter alia for the investigation and prosecution of offences on the National territory . Article 2 The Parquet General of the Republic shall enjoy administrative and financial autonomy . The headquarters of the Parquet General of the Republic shall be located in the City of Kigali but it shall have an office at the level of the Province and the City of Kigali . Article 3 The Parquet General of the Republic shall be under the authorit9 of the Minister having Justice in his or her attributions . The Parquet General of the Republic shall be a unified body headed by the Prosecutor General of the Republic . Article 4 Prosecutors shall consist of two categories namely : Career Prosecutors and Auxiliary Prosecutors . Article 5 The Career Prosecutors shall be the following : 1 . the Prosecutor General of the Republic ; 2 . the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic ; 3 . Prosecutors with jurisdiction over the whole country ; 4 . Prosecutors of Province and of the City of Kigali 5 . Prosecutors at the level of Provinces and the City of Kigali Auxiliary prosecutors shall consist of the following : 1 . the Military Prosecutor General ; 2 . the Deputy Military Prosecutor General ; 3 . Military Prosecutors ; 4 . the Criminal Investigating Officers appointed as such , who assist the Prosecutor of a Province or that of the City of Kigali who are based at the District and town levels . Article 6 : The Parquet General of the Republic shall be composed of two organs namely : The Prosecution organs and the administrative and support organs . Prosecution organs shall be the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic , Prosecution Offices at the level of Provinces and the City of Kigali . Administrative and support organs shall be the Office of the Secretary General , the inspectorate Department and the Supreme Council of Prosecution CHAPTER II : COMPOSITION Section one : Prosecution organs Sub - Section one : Prosecution organs before ordinary Courts Article 7 : In ordinary Courts , the function of public prosecution shall be performed by the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic , Prosecution offices in provinces and the City of Kigali and by the prosecutors who are based at the District or Town levels . Article 8 The Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic shall comprise of the Prosecutor General of the Republic , the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic and at least five ( 5 ) Prosecutors with jurisdiction over the whole country . Article 9 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic and the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic shall be elected by the absolute majority votes of the members of the Senate . They ale elected from among two ( 2 ) candidates for each post submitted by the President of the Republic after consultation with Cabinet . Their term of office shall be of ( 5 ) years renewable only once . They shall be appointed by a Presidential Decree within a per nod of eight ( 8 ) days of their election . They shall be suspended or removed from their offices by the President of the Republic . Article 10 : The Prosecutors with jurisdiction over the whole country shall he appointed by a decree of the Prime Minister from a list of candidates submitted by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution Their functions can be terminated by a decree of the Prime Minister upon request of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Article 11 : In order to be to be appointed the Prosecutor General of the Republic , the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic or a Prosecutor with jurisdiction over the whole country , a person must 1 . hold at least a bachelor s degree in Law ; 2 . have a certificate indicating that he or she passed exams relating to the judicial career from a national school of law ; 3 . have a working experience of at least eight ( 8 ) years in a legal field if he or she holds a bachelor s degree in Law and at least five ( 5 ) years if he or she holds a doctorate degree in Law ; 4 . be of irreproachable morals and conduct ; 5 . not be characterized by any sectarianism and discrimination tendencies ; 6 . be impartial and independent minded . Article 12 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic and the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic shall take the oath of office before the President of the Republic in the presence of members of Parliament . Prosecutors with jurisdiction over the whole country shall take the oath of office before the Prime Minister . Article 13 : The Prosecution office at the level of each Province or the City of Kigali shall comprise of the Provincial Prosecutor or Prosecutor for the City of Kigali , at least five ( 5 ) prosecutors of that level and other necessary qualified staff for the smooth running of the activities of the Prosecution Service . Article 14 : Provincial Prosecutors the Prosecutor for the City of Kigali and other Prosecutors of that level are appointed by a Prime Minister s decree upon request of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Their functions may be terminated by a decree of the Prime Minister upon request of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Article 15 : In order to be appointed a Provincial Prosecutor , a City of Kigali Prosecutor or a Prosecutor of that level , a candidate must : 1 . hold at least a bachelor s degree in Law ; 2 . have a certificate indicating that he or she passed exams relating - to - the judicial career from a national school of law ; 3 . be of irreproachable morals and conduct ; 4 . not be characterized by any sectarianism and discrimination tendencies ; 5 . be impartial and independent minded . Without prejudice to the provisions of the first paragraph of this article , a candidate for Provincial Prosecutor or Prosecutor for the City of Kigali must have a working experience of at least five ( 5 ) years in the legal field . Article 16 : Provincial Prosecutors , the Prosecutor for the City of Kigali and Prosecutors at that level shall take the oath of office before the Primer Minister . Article 17 : At the level of the District and Town , there shall be at least one prosecutor to represent the Prosecution Service . Sub - section 2 : Prosecution organs before military Courts Article 18 : Before the Military Court and the Military High Court , the public prosecutions function shall be exercised by the Office of the Military Prosecutor General composed of the Military Prosecutor General , the Deputy Military Prosecutor General and Military Prosecutors appointed for undetermined period . The Military Prosecutor General , the Deputy Military Prosecutor General and other Military Prosecutors shall be appointed by a decree of the Prime Minister upon request of the Minister haying defense in his or her attributions . Before assuming prosecution activities , the Military Prosecutor General , the Deputy Military Prosecutor General and other Military Prosecutors shall take the oath of office before the Prime Minister . Article 19 : Public prosecution before Military Courts shall be supervised by the Military Prosecutor General . He or she shall be assisted in his or her activities by the Deputy Military Prosecutor and other military prosecutors . The Military Prosecutor General shall be charged with the following duties : 1 . investigation and prosecution over the whole country , of all crimes of military nature or ordinary crimes committed by military personnel or their accomplices ; 2 . follow up and coordination of the activities of the Military Prosecutors ; 3 . to prepare and submit to the Minister having defense in his or her attributions the budget proposal for the functioning of the Military Prosecution Department ; 4 . to establish the internal rules and regulations governing the Prosecution before Military Courts , after consulting the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Article 20 : The Military Prosecutor General shall exercise his or her functions under the supervision of the Minister having defense in his or her attributions . The Military Prosecutor General shall inform the Prosecutor General of the Republic on the general functioning of the Military Prosecution activities . However , the Prosecutor General of the , Republic shall have no right to give orders to the Military Prosecutor General . Article 21 : The Military Prosecution Department shall also include military judicial police officers whose duty is to investigate offences triable by the military courts , to gather evidence and apprehend offenders . Military judicial officers shall be chosen from among Rwanda Defence Forces and appointed by the Minister having defence in his or her attributions . Section 2 : Administrative and support organs Sub - section one : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution Article 22 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall be composed of the following members 1 . the Minister of Justice who shall be its chairperson ; 2 . the Prosecutor General of the Republic ; 3 . the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic ; 4 . one prosecutor with the jurisdiction over the whole country elected by his or her peers ; 5 . the Commissioner General of Police ; 6 . the Chairperson of the National Commission of Human Rights ; 7 . the Military Prosecutor General and the Deputy Military Prosecutor General ; 8 . a prosecutor from each province and the City of Kigali elected by his or her peers ; 9 . two Deans of the authorized Faculties of Law elected by their peers ; 10 the President of the Bar Association ; 11 . the Ombudsman . Those mentioned in points 4 , 8 and 9 of this article shall be appointed for a term of office of three ( 3 ) years renewable only once . Article 23 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall be responsible for the follow up of the activities of the Prosecution . Its office shall be located in Kigali City at the headquarters of the Parquet Général of the Republic but it may conduct its activities in any other place in the country as the President of the Council may decide . Article 24 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall have the duty either on its own motion or at the request of any other authorized party to provide opinion on the general performance of the Prosecution including any disciplinary measures that may be taken against career prosecutors with the exception of the Prosecutor General of the Republic and the deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic . Notwithstanding the provisions of articles 18 , 19 , 20 , and 21 of this organic law , the Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall particularly be responsible for the following 1 . to decide on the recruitment , resignation and dismissal of Public Prosecution Officers other than the Prosecutor General of the Republic and his or her Deputy ; 2 . to take disciplinary measures on staff who have committed acts of professional misconduct ; 3 . to examine work progress reports and make recommendations geared towards performance improvement ; 4 . to make any recommendations that may improve the overall performance and organisation of the Prosecution Service ; 5 . to appoint transfer and evaluate professional merit of the Prosecutors ; 6 . to advise the Prosecutor General on different matters ; 7 . to advise the Government on matters concerning justice ; 8 . to approve the budget proposals of the Parquet General of the Republic . Article 25 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic shall be the Vice Chairperson of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . He or she shall replace the Chairperson of the Council in case of absence . The Council shall elect its Rapporteur and his or her deputy from the members who are prosecutors . Article 26 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution sits in its plenary meeting . It may also hold committee meetings . The General Assembly meeting shall be made up of all the members of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Article 27 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution Committees shall consist of at least a disciplinary committee and another committee charged with the administration of the career of prosecutors . Article 28 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall hold its ordinary meeting once every 3 months . It may , however , be convened for an extraordinary meeting by its President On his or her initiative or upon request by at least a third ( 1 / 3 ) of the members of the Council . Article 29 : Any case falling in its jurisdiction may be - referred to the Supreme Council of the Prosecution together with the whole file of the case it has to rule on . It shall be convened by its President with a notification of the agenda of the meeting , at least five ( 5 ) days before the meeting . Article 30 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall meet and lawfully deliberate if at least two thirds ( 2 / 3 ) of its members are present . The decisions shall be taken by consensus or otherwise by the absolute majority of the members present . However , when the decisions to be taken relate to individuals , they shall be taken through secret ballot . Article 31 : The decision Of the Supreme Council concerning what is provided for in 1 , 2 and 5 of article 24 shall be notified to the concerned person in writing by the Rapporteur of the Council . It shall take effect on the day following that of its notification to the concerned party . If the concerned person can not be found , it shall take effect after one month after notification to person with no known residence . Article 32 : The running costs of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall be included in the ordinary budget of the Prosecution Service while different allowances to be granted to Council members shall be determined by a Prime Minister s decree . Article 33 : Any matters concerning the functioning of the Supreme Council not provided for by this organic law shall be settled by particular instructions approved by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Subsection 2 : Inspectorate Department Article 34 The Inspectorate of the Parquet General of the Republic is composed of Inspectors who shall be necessarily Prosecutors . They are based in the office of the Prosecutor General bf the Republic . They are appointed and removed from office by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . The Inspectorate of the Parquet General of the Republic shall be responsible for supervision and the control of the functioning of the Prosecution Service . The Inspectorate of the Parquet General of the Republic shall also be responsible for : 1 . to investigate complaints against prosecutors or other staff of the Prosecution Service ; 2 . to control property , funds and equipment of the organs of the Prosecution Service ; 3 . to submit report on matters on which it has conducted investigation to the Prosecutor General of the Republic who , in turn , submits the same to the Supreme Council of the Prosecution ; 4 . to advise the Prosecutor General of the Republic and the Supreme Council of the Prosecution Service on matters concerning the administration and functioning of the organs of the Prosecution Service ; 5 . to prepare proposals of regulations concerning prosecutors ; 6 . to do other activities as may be assigned by the Prosecutor General of the Republic or the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . Sub - section 3 : Office of the Secretary General of the Parquet General of the Republic Article 35 The Office of the Secretary General of the Parquet General of the Republic shall be responsible for the administration of support staff , execution and allocation of budget throughout the country and shall undertake research in the use of modern technology in information and communication . The Office shall be headed by a Secretary General appointed by a Prime Minister s decree , upon proposal by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution . It is composed of organs proposed by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution and determined by a decree of the Prime Minister . Article 36 : The Secretary General of the Parquet General of the Republic is responsible for coordinating all the administrative and technical activities of the organs of the Prosecution Service and taking strategies and programmes concerning administrative and technical organs . The Prosecutor General of the Republic may delegate to the Secretary General of the Parquet General of the Republic the authority to sign some documents and regulations concerning the smooth functioning of the duties of the Prosecution Service . The Secretary General is responsible for the follow - up of revenues and expenditure of the Prosecution Service . TITLE II : DUTIES AND FUNCTIONING OF THE PROSECUTION ORGANS Article 37 : The Prosecution has the responsibility of Prosecution of offenders . To that effect , the Prosecution shall have the powers to : 1 . to investigate offences they prosecute and to direct prosecutions conducted by Prosecutors or criminal investigators who assist the Prosecutor ; 2 . to prosecute criminal offences before all ordinary Courts and military Courts ; 3 . to contribute to the formulation of criminal investigation policies ; 4 . to cooperate with other countries in crime prevention and the fight against criminality ; 5 . to do any other activities as may be provided for by the law . Article 38 : Before the Supreme Court and the High Court of the Republic , prosecution activities shall be carried out by the Prosecutor General of the Republic assisted by the other prosecutors based in his or her office . In Provincial and City of Kigali Courts , prosecution activities shall be carried out by Provincial Prosecutors or that of the City of Kigali , assisted by prosecution officers at that level . In District and Town Courts , prosecution shall be represented by at least one Prosecutor . It may also be represented by criminal investigators who assist the Prosecutor . Article 39 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic shall direct and be answerable for all prosecution related matters over the whole country . To that effect : 1 . he or she shall direct , coordinate and supervise all the activities of the prosecution Service ; 2 . he or she shall submit to the Supreme Council of the Prosecution the annual budget proposal for the Parquet General of the Republic before its submission to the Minister having finance in his or her attributions for incorporation into the State overall budget ; 3 . he or she shall give advice on extradition proceedings , presidential pardon , release on parole and rehabilitation of offenders ; 4 . In case of urgency , and upon complaint he or she may order temporary suspension of any Prosecutor except members of the Office of the Prosecutor General , if there are sufficient grounds to suspect that such a prosecutor may have committed some offence ( s ) and inform the next Supreme Council for decision ; 5 . Where necessary , he or she may authorize a Prosecutor in charge of a Province or City of Kigali or other prosecutors at that level to prosecute any case outside their usual area of jurisdiction and inform the next Supreme Council of the Prosecution for decision ; 6 . Where necessary , he or she sends a prosecutor with jurisdiction over the whole country to go and carry out prosecution activities in a place other than the office of the Parquet General of the Republic for a given period upon notification to the Supreme Council of the Prosecution in its next meeting for decision . 7 . he or she signs internal rules and regulations for the career Prosecutors after approval by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution ; 8 . he or she shall personally prosecute all persons enjoying the special privilege to be prosecuted before the Supreme Court on first and last degree and shall represent the court in such prosecution ; 9 . he or she shall determine , upon advice by the Supreme Council of the Prosecution the dress code of Prosecutors in Courts and in official ceremonies ; 10 . he or she shall publish an annual general report detailing the amount of work done , the problems encountered , and any amendment proposals and recommendations necessary to ensure the smooth operation of the prosecution activities and programmes . The report shall be submitted to the Minister responsible for justice and copies sent to the high organs of the State . This report shall be submitted during the first quarter following the reporting year . 11 . He or she shall be the paymaster of the Parquet General of the Republic . Article 40 In the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic there shall be the spokesperson for the Prosecution Service nationally and internationally . Article 41 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic may delegate some of his powers to the Deputy Prosecutor General of the Republic or any other Prosecutor . Article 42 : At the level of each Province and of the City of Kigali , the Prosecutor General of the Republic shall be represented by Provincial Prosecutor and City of Kigali Prosecutor , assisted by other prosecutors . The Prosecutor General of the Republic can issue written instructions to them on the prosecution of offenders , at their level . However , he or she shall not be entitled to stop prosecutions at the level of Province and Kigali City in order to carry out the prosecution personally . Article 43 The Provincial prosecutors or the Prosecutor for the City of Kigali shall be responsible and answerable for the functioning of their respective offices . For that matter , he or she shall 1 . in the name of the Prosecutor General of the Republic , follow up , direct and coordinate prosecution and investigation activities , allocate duties to all staff and issue instructions for prosecutors to follow at level of the Province and of the City of Kigali ; 2 . direct and coordinate prosecution activities at the District levels and particularly inspect the activities of Auxiliary Prosecutors based in districts and provinces ; 3 . may personally represent the Prosecution before Courts of law in his or her respective area of jurisdiction 4 . submit , at least on quarterly basis , and at any time where deemed necessary , a report of the investigation and prosecution activities , achievements and difficulties met ; 5 . in collaboration with the police conduct research on the cause and nature of the offences and submits to the prosecutor general of the republic , a report in every six ( 6 ) months 6 . liaise with the Prefect of Province or Mayor of Kigali City on matters concerning prosecution and public order ; 7 . attend security meeting of Provinces or of City of Kigali . Article 44 The Prosecution shall act under the principle of discretion in the exercise of its function . Whenever decides to prosecute , it prepares the case file and assumes responsibility for prosecution before competent Courts of law . In the exercise of their functions , Prosecutors may replace each other in the same action . Whenever the Prosecution decides not to prosecute , it closes and puts away the case file but must inform the complainant or victim of the decision taken so that , if necessary , such party can institute civil proceedings in a civil court . The power to definitely withdraw changes shall lie within the jurisdiction of the Prosecutor General of the Republic . Article 45 : The powers to institute criminal prosecutions and file appeals rest with the Prosecutor General of the Republic and Prosecutors in - charge of Province or of the City of Kigali . TITLE III RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PROSECUTION AND OTHER STATE ORGANS CHAPTER ONE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PROSECUTION AND THE MINISTRY RESPONSIBLE FOR JUSTICE Article 46 In prosecution matters , the Minister having justice in his or her attributions may , in public interest , issue written instructions to the Prosecutor General of the Republic ordering him or her to undertake or refrain from investigations and prosecution of an offence . He or she may also , in case of urgency and in public interest , give written instructions to any prosecutor ordering him or her to investigate and prosecute or refrain from investigating and prosecuting an offence and inform the Prosecutor General of the Republic of such instructions . Article 47 : The Minister having justice in his or her attributions , in consultation with the Prosecutor General of the Republic , shall formulate general guidelines of the policy governing public prosecutions at the end of each calendar year . Such guidelines shall be communicated to all prosecutors in writing . Article 48 : The Prosecutor General of the Republic shall submit to the Minister having Justice in his or her attributions quarterly reports regarding to the performance of the Prosecution Service . CHAPTER II : RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PROSECUTION AND THE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT Article 49 : The Provincial Prosecutors and Prosecutors of the City of Kigali shall direct criminal investigators in criminal investigation activities . In that regard they shall award marks to their performance on first degree . They may take provisional disciplinary measures against criminal investigation officers and immediately inform the Prosecutor General of the Republic who shall , in turn , inform the Commissioner General of National Police of the matter . Article 50 : The Criminal Investigation Department shall , as soon as possible , inform the Prosecution of any felonies and misdemeanors , which have been committed . Article 51 : It shall be the duty of the Prosecution to inspect all detention facilities in their jurisdiction , at least once a week , so as to ensure strict observance of the Law . Article 52 In District and Town Courts , the Prosecution Service may be represented by Criminal Investigation officers who have been empowered to carry out such duties . The files prepared by the Criminal Investigation Officers shall be submitted to the Prosecutors of the Province or of the City of Kigali who shall make decision on whether to proceed with the case or not . When Criminal Investigation officers deem it necessary to appeal against a case they have presented , they shall immediately inform the Provincial or City of Kigali Prosecutor . CHAPTER III : RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PROSECUTION SERVICE AND COURTS Article 53 The Prosecution shall appear as a party before Courts of Law only in criminal matters . Article 54 : Prosecutors shall be independent from judges and parties . They shall not receive from them , neither instructions nor injunctions in the exercise of their duties . TITLE IV : TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Article 55 : All the existing structures that differ from the Prosecution shall remain in place until they are replaced by the new ones provided for by this organic law . The existing employees of the Prosecution Service organs who will not be retained in the prosecution department organs provided for by this organic law shall be laid off in accordance with the law . Article 56 : The Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall be able to hold its first meeting validly without the presence of the prosecutors who are supposed to be elected by and from among their peers . Without prejudice to the provisions of article 25 of this organic law , the Rapporteur of the first meeting of the Supreme Council of the Prosecution shall be appointed by the person chairing the meeting from among its members . Article 57 : All case files pending in Prosecution offices attached to Courts of Appeal shall be handed over to the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic in order to designate those who shall handle them . Article 58 : Within a period of three ( 3 ) years following the publication of this organic law , the Prosecution officers will be appointed regardless of the experience usually required for prosecutors as well as the certificate mentioned in article 11 , 20 and 15 , 20 of this organic law except for the Prosecutor General of the Republic and his or her deputy . Article 59 : Within a period of three ( 3 ) years following the publication of this organic law , the Prosecution may be represented , at district and town levels , by secondary school certificate holders who got trained in law and with a working experience of at least three ( 3 ) years in public prosecution service or on the bench . The Prosecution may however also be represented by prosecution officers appointed by the Prosecutor General of the Republic from a list of candidates submitted by the Commissioner General of the National Police from Criminal Investigation Officers who are secondary School certificate holders with training in law and a working experience of at least three ( 3 ) years in the Criminal Investigation Service . Article 60 Without prejudice to the provisions of article 55 of this organic law , all previous legal provisions contrary to this organic law are hereby abrogated . Article 61 : This organic law shall come into force on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette of the Republic of

Sebitoli Tourist Centre ¦ Kihingami Wetland ¦ ¦ Classic Camping Safari ¦ Uganda Safari ¦ Gorilla Safari ¦ Ruwenzori Treks ¦ Rwanda Safaris ¦ Short Tours & Safari Options ¦ " AFRICAN HOLIDAY SAFARI EXPERIENCES IN UGANDA THE PEARL Of AFRICA " HERITAGE BIRD SAFARI IN THE PEARL From the source of the White Nile on Lake Victoria to the snow caped mountains of the moon , the montane forests of the Virunga volcanoes to the desert plains of the far north , no other country in Africa can match Uganda ' s amazing diversity of habitat ' s and this richness is reflected in the ever - burgeoning bird list of over 1100 species . Uganda is the richest African birding destination that covers over 225 , 000 square kilometers . Our prices are very competitive . Similar trips are available for swamps , forests , lakes shore and the Golf course ( city center ) , please let us know your interest we will do our best to make your safari a memorable one . BIRDING PROGRAMMES 2002 - 2003 . CENTRAL CIRCUIT ( Kampala and the surroundings ) WESTERN CIRCUIT I SOUTH WESTERN CIRCUIT WESTERN CIRCUIT II ALBERTINE RIFT CIRCUIT I ALBERTINE RIFT CIRCUIT II FOREST BIRDING ( The best of Uganda ) SAVANNA BIRDING Kabarole tours offers you the best birding tours in Uganda with Alfred T , probably the best bird guide in Uganda . WHO IS ALFRED Been birding since 1997 . Gorilla tracker / guide in Bwindi for 4years . Has 810 species on his lifelist . A good personality and humour Birds and twitches all over Uganda . BOOK NOW FOR A MEMORABLE BIRDING EXPERIENCE OUR SPECIALS AT DIFFERENT BIRDING SITES Kampala , Entebbe and the surroundings . White winged warbler , black bishop , bat hawk , grey crowned crane , compact weaver , grey kestrel , speckled pigeon , shoesbill , papyrus gonolek , African hobby , African goshawk , Marabou stork , spotted eagle owl , golden backed weaver , northern masked weaver , red headed lovebird , African fish eagle , Ross ' s turacco , blue headed coucal , marsh tchagra , black heron , black tailed godwit , slender billed gull , Heuglin ' s gull , common tern . Mabamba Wetland This is the nearest site for the shoebill , lesser jacana , blue swallow , black shouldered night jar , afep pigeon , blue breasted bee - eater , papyrus gonolek , white winged warbler . Mabira Forest Purlpe throated cuckoo shrike , Nahan ' s francolin , Forest wood hoopoe , Green tailed bristlebill , Joyful greenbul , Tit hylia , Grey longbill , sooty boubou . Lake Mburo National Park Lakes and swamps , Moist acacia , taller mixed woodland grassland and rocky ridges . Brown chested plover , Red faced barbet , southern ground hornbill , Papyrus yellow warbler , Yellow billed oxpecker , African finfoot , black collard barbet . Budongo Forest . 350 total species Ituri Batis , Puvel ' s illadopsis , Dwarf kingfisher , Nahan ' s francolin , Black collard lovebird , Brown twinspot , Fire crested alethe , Piping hornbill , Cassin ' s hawk eagle , Black eared ground thrush , lemon bellied crombec , yellow footed flycatcher , Grey headed oliveback , chocolate backed and shinning blue kingfishers . Queen Elizabeth National Park . 604 total species Lakes and rivers , moist thicket , open grassland , seasonal and permanent swamps , riverline bushland and forest . White winged warbler , Martial eagle , African skimmer , Verreaux ' s eagle owl , Papyrus gonolek , Papyrus canary , Amur Falcon , Ovampo sparrowhawk , lowland akalat , greater and lesser flamingo , shoebill , Black bee eater , Curruther ' s cisticola , Terek sandpiper . Semliki National Park . 400 total species . Oxbow lakes , forest swamps , Moist semi deciduous forests , and aquatic habitats . Congo serpent eagle , Black throated coucal , Grey throated rail , Nkulengu rail , Long tailed hawk , Spot breasted ibis , Capuchin babbler , Yellow throated Nicator , Northern bearded scrub robin , red chested owlet , Western bronze napped pigeon , Black collard lovebird , White bellied kingfisher , Red rumped tinkerbird , Lyre tailed honeyguide , Zenker ' s honeyguide , White throated blue swallow , Bate ' s nightjar , Yellow throated cuckoo , Orange tufted sunbird , Black winged oriole , Red billed heimet shrike , lemon bellied crombec , fiery breasted bush shrike pale fronted negrofinch . hornbillare piping , red billed dwarf black dwarf , white crested black casqued wattled and white thighed . Kibale National Park . 335 total species . Tall evergreen forest , grassland , swamps and exotic conifers . Green breasted pitta , African pitta , Grey winged robin , Red winged francolin , Joyful greenbul , White bellied crested flycatcher , Uganda woodland warbler , White collard oliveback , leaf love , African broadbill , Willcock ' s honeyguide . Chestnut winged starling , White winged warbler , white spotted fluftail , scarly throated honeyguide , Also chimp tracking . Murchison Falls National Park . 450 total species . Riverline forest , papyrus swamps , dry and wet woodlands , lakes and rivers , Iron wood forest and brassus palm savana . Secretary bird , Bat hawk , Shoebill , Pennant - winged and standard winged nigtjars , Red throated swallow , Black billed barbet , Rock prantincole , Denham ' s bustard , Red - necked falcon , Heuglin ' s francolin , Senegal thichnee , Pel ' s fishing owl , caramine bee - eater , spotted morning thrush , white creted turacco , Four banded sandgrouse , Bruce ' s green pigeon , Black scimitarbill , Vinaceous dove , Chestnut crowned crowned weaver , Bar breasted firefinch , Northern red bishop , white rumped seed eater and cabanis ' s bunting . Also chimp tracking is possible . Bwindi Impenetrable National Park . 359 total species Montane forest with patches of bamboo , montane marshes , and medium altitude forests . About 23 of the Albertine Rift Endemics are seen here , with the most exciting being the African green broadbill , Grauer ' s rush warbler , short tailed warbler , Rwenzori turacco , Purple breasted sunbird , Regal sunbird , Kivu ground thrush , Montane masked apalis , Red faced woodland warbler , Olive green camaroptera , Handsome francolin , Blue headed sunbird , Rwenzori nightjar , Lagden ' s bush shrike , and brown capped weaver . Others are Waller ' s starling , oriole finch , streaky seed eater , Chubb ' s cisticola , Barred long tailed cuckoo . HOTELS , LUXERY CAMPS AND LODGES CLASS A : Sheraton , Windsor L . Victoria Hotel , Imperial Botanical Beach Hotel , Grand Imperial Hotel , Speke Hotel , Hotel Africana , Crested Crane Hotel , Para Safari lodge , Mweya Safari Lodge , Jacana Safari Lodge , Bwindi Gorilla Forest Camp , Mantana safari camp , Semuliki lodge , Masindi Hotel , White Horse Inn , Regency Lake View Hotel , Ndali lodge Nile Resort . CLASS B : COMMUNITY BANDAS , CAMPSITES , HOTELS , AND LODGES Red chilli , Kampala backpackers camp site , Bwindi community bandas , CVK , Rwenzori View Guest House , Sebitoli Tourist Centre . Rwenzori Travellers Inn . Mtns of the Moon Hotel , Mweya Institute of Ecology Hostel , Mweya Students Hostel , Murchison Falls Bandas , Kibale Forest Bandas , Ruhiija Students ' Domitory , L . Mburo Tents and Traditional Bandas . Nyabyeya students hostel . Semuliki Campsite . BIRDING PROGRAMMES 2002 - 2003 . 1 . CENTRAL CIRCUIT ( Kampala and the surroundings ) Day 1 . Arrival . Early arrivals , will do birding around Entebbe and Kampala . Day 2 . Birding Mabamba and the surroundings . Day 3 . Birding at Lutembe , Botanical gardens , Day 4 . Birding at Garuga golf country , Heritage trail and Entebbe sewage ponds . Day 5 . Birding Mabira source of the Nile and Bujagali falls . Day 6 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 1890 $ 1430 $ 1275 $ 1200 $ 1150 $ 1120 Bandas $ 1340 $ 880 $ 725 $ 650 $ 600 $ 570 2 . WESTERN CIRCUIT I Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Birding Mabamba and the surroundings Day 3 . Transfer to L . Mburo National Park birding enroute . Day 4 . Whole day birding L . Mburo National Park . Day 5 . Morning Birding and Afternoon transfer to QE2 National Park . Day 6 . Whole Day Birding Day 7 . Birding whole day at Imaramagambo forest . Day 8 . Birding en - route to Semuliki National Park Day 9 . Whole day forest birding Day 10 . Whole day forest birding Day 11 . Transfer to Kibale forest N . P . birding enroute Day 12 . Whole day forest birding Day 13 . Transfer to Kampala Day 14 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 5022 $ 3520 $ 3020 $ 2770 $ 2620 $ 2519 Bandas $ 4020 $ 2520 $ 2020 $ 1770 $ 1620 $ 1520 3 . SOUTH WESTERN CIRCUIT Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Mabamba and the surroundings Day 3 . Birding to L . Mburo Day 4 . Whole day birding in the Park Day 5 . Bird and transfer to Q . E . N . P Day 6 . Whole day birding Day 7 . Birding to Bwindi ( Buhoma ) Day 8 . Whole day birding in the forest Day 9 . Whole day birding / gorilla tracking Day 10 . Birding to Ruhiija Day 11 . Whole day birding Ruhiija Day 12 . Whole day birding Ruhiija Day 13 . Transfer to Kampala Day 14 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 5485 $ 3900 $ 3375 $ 3110 $ 2955 $ 2850 Bandas $ 4450 $ 2880 $ 2355 $ 2090 $ 1930 $ 1825 4 . WESTERN CIRCUIT II Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Mabamba and the surroundings Day 3 . Birding to L . Mburo Day 4 . Whole day Birding the Park Day 5 . Morning birding and afternoon transfer to Queen E . N . Park Day 6 . Whole day birding Day 7 . Whole day birding Day 8 . Morning birding and afternoon transfer to Kibale National Park Day 9 . Whole day birding Kibale forest Day 10 . Birding to Budongo Day 11 . Birding at the Royal Mile Day 12 . Birding Kanio Pabidi and transfer to Para Day 13 . Whole day birding ( game drive ) Day 14 . Birding on the boat ( Delta and Bottom of the falls ) Day 15 . Bird to Kampala Day 16 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 6140 $ 4250 $ 3625 $ 3310 $ 3120 $ 2995 Bandas $ 4965 $ 3075 $ 2445 $ 2130 $ 1945 $ 1815 5 . ALBERTINE RIFT CIRCUIT I Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Transfer to Bwindi ( Ruhiija ) Day 3 . Whole day birding to the Mubwindi swamp Day 4 . Whole day birding in the forest Day 5 . Birding to Buhoma through the Neck Day 6 . Whole day birding Day 7 . Whole day gorilla tracking / birding Day 8 . Birding to L . Mburo Day 9 . Morning birding and afternoon transfer to Kampala Day 10 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 3820 $ 2765 $ 2410 $ 2235 $ 2135 $ 2060 Bandas $ 3185 $ 2175 $ 1775 $ 1600 $ 1495 $ 1425 6 . ALBERTINE RIFT CIRCUIT II Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Birding to FortPortal Day 3 . Birding to Semuliki Forest Day 4 . Whole day birding Day 5 . Whole day birding Day 6 . Birding to Queen Elizabeth National Park Day 7 . Birding to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Day 8 . Whole day birding in forest ( Buhoma ) Day 9 . Whole day birding in the forest / gorilla tracking Day 10 . Birding to Ruhiija through the Neck Day 11 . Whole day birding to the Mubwindi swamp Day 12 . Whole day birding in the forest Day 13 . Birding the main road through the bamboo to L . Mburo Day 14 . Morning birding and afternoon transfer to Kampala Day 15 . Departure . No . of Pax 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hotels $ 5785 $ 4065 $ 3490 $ 3205 $ 3030 $ 2915 Bandas $ 4965 $ 3245 $ 2670 $ 2385 $ 2215 $ 2100 6 . FOREST BIRDING ( The best of Uganda ) Day 1 . Arrival Day 2 . Birding at Mabira Forest Day 3 . Birding to Budongo Day 4 . Whole day birding the Royal Mile Day 5 . Whole day birding the Royal Mile Day 6 . Whole day birding Kanio Pabidi Day 7 . Birding to Kibale Forest Day 8 . Whole day birding Day 9 . Birding to Semuliki Day 10 . Whole day birding in forest Day 11 . Whole day birding in the forest Day 12 . Bird to Queen Elizabeth Day 13 . Birding to Bwindi Day 14 . Whole day birding Bwindi Day 15 . Whole day gorilla tracking / birding Day 16 . Birding to Ruhiiha through the Neck Day 17 . Whole day birding Ruhiija to the Mubwindi swamp Day 18 . Whole day birding Ruhiija Day 19 Birding to L . Mburo Day 20 . Morning Birding and afternoon transfer to Kampala or Entebbe Day 21 . Birding and Departure .

Kiwatule housing is mainly tile - roofed with well - thought out architectural design RESIDENTIAL developers desire quietness , lots of green space and appreciate high housing and security . For these traits , the city centre is out of question . Little wonder that many people are looking to the formerly less - attractive sections of the city and turning them into plush suburbs . More ... Array will bring that extra charm in a room IN the same way as those huge dangling earrings and large coloured beads complete an outfit , so do decorative accessories complete the look of a room . They are the one thing that personalises space , identifying it as yours . More ... Clear - view glass shelves will enhance your living room Treat whole village in sandfly epidemics THERE are several species of sand flies , but the most com - mon ones are phlebotomus and sergentomyia . Sandflies are small , dark coloured , blood sucking diptera . More ... Areas with social amenities are the best buys Steps for choosing land and location First , broadly identify localities in the city or town where you want to build . Look at real estate classifieds in newspapers or the Internet . More ... Make home whole with a study room IMPORTANT : A reading room is a vital place in a home A study room in your house ? Why not ? Yes , friends and workmates may have cautioned you against taking back work from office to your home , not knowing that if well - handled it can be an exciting venture .

You are here : Home >> Programs >> Skills and Capacity Building Training The East African Human rights Foundation About the programme Capacity building is a continuous process that creates an enabling environment with pertinent skills , knowledge and experience over a particular concern . To bring about human rights observance , enforcement and well - coordinated advocacy , NGOs have the need to know the current human rights issues at the national , regional and international level such that they are able to build advocacy based on an informed point of view . Knowledge , skills and methodologies also lead to wide information spread out among the communities . This in turn addresses the problem of lack of awareness on human rights issues by the grass root communities , which has for centuries been a challenge in achieving respect for individual or group rights . Our overall objective The overall objective of the programme is to build strong structural / technical capacity of network member organizations in order to enhance its effectiveness in championing human rights observance in Uganda and East African Sub - region . Our Specific objectives To build the capacity of member and non - member selected organizations in human rights skills and human rights programming and management . To increase opportunity for future training of member organization and their affiliate groups and CBOs . To improve on the quality of service delivery on the activities targeting member organizations and collaborative agencies To provide environment for practical knowledge , skills , information acquisition and research in order improve on member organization s commitment to adapting new and innovative skills . A democracy cannot exist as a permanent form of government . It can only exist until a majority of voters discover that they can vote themselves largess out of the public treasury . Alexander Tyler Our activities The Capacity Building Programme comes in to strengthen the capacity of HURINET ( U ) member organizations through trainings in : Human rights and democracy concepts . Understanding and developing advocacy strategies Human rights enforcement and implementation skills Management of human rights , NGOs , Board and programmes Leadership skills . Human rights programming Fund raising , Resource mobilization and , negotiation skills . Participatory planning , implementation and monitoring of human rights projects Gender main streaming in human rights advocacy Training in human rights reporting , monitoring and documentation . Note : Whereas effective training can impart skills , The programme upholds that exposure and practical learning from other organizations can also increase activists experience and offer them a comparative analysis of the human rights intervention that may boost their capacity . Capacity building is not just about class room training , but rather a combination of initiatives focused to improve organizations performance . HURINET - U has a more practical way of increasing its member s knowledge , skills and methodologies . This is through : Peer training and Exchange programmes ( for Eastern Africa and In - country organizations ) Training symposia for Eastern Africa ( this is held under the East African Human Rights Foundation a programme hosted by HURINET ( U ) TRAINING Courses conducted in 2003 High Performing NGO Management Training Content Strategic management process Policy formulation and implementation ; the new thinking . Democracy in management . Effective delegation . Time management . How to build teams for better performance and managing the ultimate change . Negotiation skills , getting the best out of the deal , communication skills , interpersonal relations and leadership skills for improved perfomances Motivating , empowering employees for improved performance and desired results , and promoting employee participation . Lobbying and Advocacy For Human Rights Work : Content Defining advocacy , introduction to the frame of advocacy , problem analysis and issue identification Strategy in advocacy , factors shaping advocacy , different strategies matching strategies for different moments Forces , friends and foes : audience in advocacy Messages and media : educating and persuading Maneuvering on the inside lobbying and negotiation Networking as an advocacy tool , evaluating advocacy ( all by Jackie Asiimwe ) Human Rights And Democracy : Content Introduction to human rights : Concept of human rights ; ( i ) nature , characteristics , origins and categories ( ii ) universality vs . cultural relativism and domestic application of human rights by Dr . Michael Onoriah The international system of Human Rights Protection , International protection of human rights by Martin O . Masiga The African system of human rights protection by Apollo Makubuya The National framework for human rights protection by Solomon Weebalearaali Panel discussion on CNHRC , IGG , EC , Judiciary , Rep and Police by Martin Okumu , Evelyne Edroma , Asumani Mugenyi and Sam Rwakoojo Rights and democracy : Fundamental principles of democracy ; defining democracy , civil liberties , types of representative democracy etc by Prof . Frederick Juuko Social , economic and cultural rights : The nature of ESC rights , state parties obligation under international covenant on ESC rights , problem of implementation and enforcement of the covenant by Arthur Baingana Right based approach to development by Aliro Omara The role of civil society in the protection and promotion of human rights by Jackie Asiimwe Protection of minorities : the international protection of marginalized Groups by Dr . Becker Wirama Back to top THE EAST AFRICAN HUMAN RIGHTS FOUNDATION After six years of deliberating and planning for the establishment of a Regional Human Rights Training Institute , the idea was finally realized on the 27th of February , 2004 . Dr Cheluget Kipyego officially launched the East African Human Rights Fund at the Windsor Hotel . The East African Human rights Foundation is a human rights training institute for human rights organisations in East African sub region that is committed towards building the capacity of human rights organisation through a number of activities so as to enhance knowledge and deepen understanding of international and regional human rights instruments , enforcement and practices in the region . Inaugral Training By The Foundation . This was carried out under the theme A Regional Approach To Integrating International Labour Standards The following were the topics : Introduction to International Labour Standards ( The origin of the international labour movement , aims and objectives of international labour standards , minimum standards and supervisory mechanisms under ILO ) . Objective : Understanding the international framework for the protection of labour rights . Participants should be able to identify what labour instruments exist and their contents . Panel : Dr . Onoria Henry and Mattias Landren Relating National Laws , Policies and Practices to International Standards ( Participant s Open Session ) Use of the problem tree to find out the challenges in labour laws and find remedies Objective : Participants exchange commentaries on country perspectives from their experiences and identify challenges and strengths of relating to the international perspective . Developing Indicators for Compliance with International Standards Objective : To conduct an independent review of labour regulatory regimes in East Africa . Participants should be able to pinpoint specific legal indicators for testing compliance with the international labour code Documentary output : Per country compendiumPanel Alfred Ndambiri ( Kenya ) , Martin O . Masiga ( Uganda ) , Harold Sungusia ( Tanzania ) Monitoring in Country Compliance Objective : Understanding monitoring in country Compliance : Participants are able to address the critical monitoring issues from per country test cases Mainstreaming compliance monitoring into organizational work Objective : Participants are able to mainstream compliance monitoring into organizational activity Panel Independent NGOs - Lillian Keene - Mugerwa ( PLA ) , Mati Nyamu and Steeve Ouma reporting on their work on the ground with victims . Mainstreaming compliance monitoring into organizational work continued ( Is the right to strike a fundamental human right ? ) Objective : Participants should be familiar with limitations around specific labour rights , in particular , legal limitations around association and bargaining rights . Presenter Dr . Onoria Henry Protecting Vulnerable Workers Strategies for the Protection of workers living with Hiv / AIDS in East Africa Objective : To introduce participants to HIV / AIDS policy challenges in relation to international labour standards . Participants should be able to identify policy gaps and develop appropriate enforcement strategies . Panelists : Ruben . F del Prado , - UNAIDS Country Coordinator ( The Response of UNAIDS to HIV / AIDS in the work place - 15 mins . ) ; Ellen Bajenja - Program Officer - Accord ( HIV / AIDS and the work policy , What should be its essential elements ? - 15mins . ) ; Maj . Rubaramira Ruranga - National Coordinator , NGEN ( Advocacy for PLWHAS , Gains and Challenges in Uganda - 15 mins . ) and Amolo Otiende - Chairperson , ICJ - Kenya ( The legal Protection of PLWHAS in the work environment - 15 mins . ) Labour Rights Training Manual Objective : The Labour Rights Manual as a Training , Networking and Information Exchange Tool : 2 Group sessions to discuss aspects of the manual Key documentary output : Introduction to manual and guidelines for regional mainstreaming of Labour Rights Standards . Preparing a Test Case Litigation Group : facilitator Winluck Wahiu Preparing a Complaint to ILO Supervisory body : Advocacy Group : facilitator - Tor / Mattias RegionalLabour Rights Advocacy Objective : Participants understand regional approaches to labour rights advocacy : Panelists : Tom Nyadunga , ( African Commission ) Irene Odida Ovonji ( EALA ) Support to litigation - Winluck Wahiu ( ICJ ) NOTE : Capacity Building is not an end in its self . Its effectiveness lies in its relationship with the Advocacy and Networking and Human Rights fund programmes ( See pages on Advocacy and Networking and Human Rights Fund on our website ) because a clear integration of both is a fundamental contribution to a successful human rights advocacy in Uganda and East African Region . What is in the pipeline for you ? Watch out for a report on the training on Labour rights ( posted on our website ) 2004 Another round of the Peer Training and Regional exchange programme 2004 A training on Fundraising and resource mobilization skills 2004 . And many more ! Back to top

Clinical Psychologist & Ph . D . Researcher ( E . S . R . C . funded ) Centre for the Study of Women and Gender The University of Warwick , United Kingdom & Member of African Psycare Research Organisation , APRO , Uganda " Samanya Agnes - I did not know Agnes " - Ugandan Women ' s Experiences of Violence , Rape and Torture During War in Luwero District : Implications for Health Policy , Welfare and Human Rights Uganda has experienced civil wars since the gaining of independence in 1962 . War still continues in the North with the Lord ' s Resistance Army , and in the West with fighting between the Uganda People ' s Democratic Front and the Allied Democratic Forces . War is also being fought in the Congo . Between 1981 and 1986 , Uganda in general experienced gross violations of human rights during the protracted bush war against Obote ' s regime . This involved Museveni ' s army and had its starting base in Luwero District . Hence , this area was particularly affected . Although Luwero is now experiencing a period of relative peace , the population still suffers physical and psychological effects following this conflict ( see Musisi et al , 1998 ) . Additionally there is an absence of literature addressing the issue of effective treatment strategies for women war - survivors in this developing country with limited resources . Click here for details Rogia Abushar Tufts University , USA Email : arogaia @ hotmail . com Female Circumcision : Between Accommodation and Resistance Based on two periods of ethnographic fieldwork , 1996 and 1998 , this paper will address the views of Sudanese men and women regarding female genital excision ( known as female circumcision ) . The paper will provide ethnographic narratives of those who resist the practice as well as those who are opposed to it . The paper will conclude by describing the most current campaigns aiming to end the practice among those who also paradoxically adhere to it . Click here for details Susanna Yene Awasom Ngemba Women ' s Born - House Forum , Cameroon Email : awasomnf @ yahoo . com Female Adjustments to Culturally Sanctioned Violence in a Changing Socio - Political Landscape in Africa : The Case of Women of the Northwestern Highlands of Cameroon Culturally sanctioned violence against women takes severally forms including forceful marriage , dowry murder where women are killed for their dowry portions , genital mutilation and outright battering . But culture is not static . This paper will investigate cases and instances of societal forms of violence against women of Northwestern Cameroon in the colonial and post - colonial period . Cases of women who revolted against arranged or imposed marriages and the consequences of such attitudes will be considered . This study also focuses on traditional female societies that attempt to cushion the excesses of reactionary and chauvinistic males . To be discussed are whether : o culturally sanctioned violence against women takes several forms ; o there has been an increasing tendency for women to concert and mobilize each time their interests are threatened ; o women intervene in violent situations engendered by male dominated domains like politics . The various concepts dealing with gendered social relations and violence will be of focus . Specific case studies of women who resisted culturally sanctioned violence will also be considered , particularly those who resisted forced marriages because of their education . Lastly the mobilization of women to defend their vital interests will be examined . Click here for details Sharone Backers OIM , UK Email : sbackers @ hotmail . com Going it Alone : The Trafficking of Refugee Women This paper will deal with the ever - growing concern of the trafficking of women -- particularly refugee women . Focus will be on the dilemma of remaining and living in fear , or fleeing by putting your life and money in the hands of strangers who are always men . Trafficking of women poses great risks , threats , vulnerabilities , insecurities and danger . Refugee women suffer gender persecution at practically every stage of their journey . All too often , refugee women are ignored and given low priority in the refugee world . This paper will examine the plight of refugee women , especially those attempting to flee war torn communities via the unpredictable and illegal services of traffickers . Stories will be told from women who have fled to the U . K . through traffickers . Awareness is important and yet this is such a sensitive topic that is still considered taboo in many countries . Even fifty years after the adoption of the Refugee Convention , there are still no clear - cut ways to offer protection to refugee women . More protection , understanding and solidarity are essential when it comes to the harrowing nature of women trafficking . The problem will not resolve itself , which is why it must be addressed as a matter of both a gender and a human rights concern . Key words ; women , smuggling , trafficking , human rights , bordercrossing , new identities . Click here for details Oluyemisi Bamgbose University of Ibadan , Nigeria Email : ybamgbose @ kannet . com Customary Law Practices and Violence Against Women : The Position Under the Nigerian Legal System Customary laws are sets of rules accepted by persons within a particular culture . They are laid down rules by which persons within the culture ought to behave in relation to each other and things . They are part of the whole complex of culture and can be a powerful instrument of social and cultural transformation . However , customary law must avoid such traits as could make it babaric and primitive . It must not be repugnant to natural justice , equity and good conscience . It has , however , been observed that certain customary law practices directly or indirectly inflict violence on women in Nigeria . This is true in the sense that there is the use of actual force or threat or both , compelling or constraining women to behave or not in given ways . This paper considers three customary law practices that inflict violence on women in Nigeria . These are practices relating to widowhood , inheritance and marriage . The position under customary law will be compared with the position under statute , and efforts geared at improving the status of women in Nigeria will be discussed . Key Words ; Law , practices , violence and women . Click here for details Elsje Bonthuys & Natasha Erlank University of the Witwatersrand & Rand Afrikaans University , South Africa The Best Interests of African Children in the Allocation of Custody : Gendering the Current Models The allocation of custody of children on divorce in South African civil law is governed by the principle of the best interests of the child . Although rules for custody allocation in customary legal systems differ significantly from those in civil law , the best interests principle now also holds for customary law . There are notable differences between these systems , African customary law favoring the awarding of custody to the male parent . Currently , however , the practical interpretation and implementation of principle of the best interests of the child in cases involving African parents and children is not consistent . In some cases the best interests are perceived as being served by traditional customary custody arrangements ( where those arrangements reflect customary law rather than practice ) . Where , however , one or both of the parents are regarded as having adopted a " western " lifestyle , custody arrangements will often follow the civil law model . The purpose of this paper is to analyze this phenomenon and to evaluate its effect , particularly on women and children . The historical information on customary child custody practices will be used to show that custody arrangements need to be more flexible than either of the above models currently seems to allow . Key words ; Customary law , children , custody . Click here for details Barbara Caine Monash University , nation Email : Barbara . Caine @ arts . monash . edu . au Global Perspectives on Sexual Violence Against Women Historically direct and / or indirect institutionalized sexual violence against women has functioned to demoralize and terrorize women . Today , sexual violence against women remains one of the most intractable violations of women ' s human rights . In civil conflicts and guerrilla insurgencies , women are considered spoils of war and are targeted for sexual violence in attacks that include rape , murder and sexual slavery . In conflict situations , women who become internal or international refugees are still liable to be victimized in the refugee camps and in areas around the camps . In classical custodial situations , whether in " developed " or " developing " countries , women suffer sexual and other physical abuse while in custody at the hands of government agents . The vulnerability of women prisoners to sexual abuse and the failure of prison officials and governments to intervene in these human rights violations parallel the vulnerability of women victimized by deliberate terrorist actions of warring factions . In this paper , wartime sexual violence and post - conflict abuse in Algeria , Bosnia and Sierra Leone , and custodial violence in the United States of America and India will be examined . By adopting a comparative perspective , the paper will provide a sharper insight into patterns and degrees of acceptance of sexual violence against women . Click here for details Barbara Caine Monash University , nation Email : Barbara . Caine @ arts . monash . edu . au Gender , Family and The Law in Islamic Land : A Comparative Perspective Islamic Family Law ( IFL ) is an important part of the complex system of Islamic jurisprudence commonly known as Sharia . Today , whether formally or informally , IFL governs all matters related to family relations for more than a billion Muslims throughout the world . IFL has become the contested ground between " fundamentalist " and " modern and liberal " Islamic groups . No dialog seems to be possible between those who consider it to be the embodiment of Islamic identity and integrity , and those who consider it to be the embodiment of the reactionary validation of patriarchy . Yet an increasing number of activists and scholars have begun a dialog about the revision and preservation of IFL . The objective of this paper is to verify that Sharia is indeed a historically constructed complex and pluralistic set of norms . As such , IFL is " reformable " from within . A demonstration of the complexities of IFL within and across cultures undermines the myth of an infallible and static IFL as universally binding on all Muslims . It also verifies the emancipatory potential inherent in a reformed IFL . A comparative perspective of IFL in five Islamic countries will show that different situational contexts have led to a diversity of theory and practice . It will thus controvert the perspectives of both fundamentalists and internationalists . Click here for details Maeve Casey University College Dublin , Ireland Email : maeve . casey @ dublin . com Defining Rights This paper proposes that western feminism define " rights " as rooted in the subjective experience of women being the " under " group and define as " primary " the right to survival for every woman on this planet . It proposes that what is core to this , fresh air , clean drinking water , nourishing food , clothing , shelter , health care and education , be included in western human rights law on the principle of justice rather than charity . It also proposes that male - defined " secondary " rights of American constitutional law , the principles underpinning French citizen rights , and rights as defined in the European Treaty of Rome which include the right to free trade , to free movement of peoples , and to a free press , yield to the primary and inalienable right to survival of all women and all persons . Key Words ; Defining , rights , primary survival needs . Click here for details Alejandro R . Cervants - Carson Mary Washington College , USA Email : acervant @ mwc . edu The International Discourse of Reproductive Rights : A Normative and Sociological Interpretation This paper will study the international definition of reproductive rights and its concurrent discourse . Throughout the paper a normative reading and a sociological interpretation of the process of making reproductive decisions will be developed . The general goal is to offer an analytical and interpretive framework for study of reproductive rights in specific national contexts . A series of assumptions is embedded in the current international definition . These can be derived and made explicit from the definition and its historical development . I contend that these sets of assumptions are fundamental for the exercise of reproductive rights , both in the private and public realms . What would be the ideal situation and process for making a reproductive decision ? Standards of justice and equality suggested by contemporary human rights and feminist theory will be used to thematize the required elements , the key social relations , and the necessary conditions for an " ideal process . " Once the ideal normative is established , attention will be turned to the sociological dimension . Social structures and social relations represent a permanent jeopardy for the actualization of the ideal normative . They create distortions to the ideal process , imposing constraints over individuals and couples , as well as affecting the process of formulating and carrying out reproductive decisions . Click here for details Deborah Daniels Rape Recovery Center , U . S . A . Email : d . daniels @ raperecoverycenter . com Domestic Violence in Historical and Cross - Cultural Perspective Most societies have struggled with the issue of family violence , leading many scholars , activists , and policy makers to assume that such violence is a universal in human societies , and that it follows similar patterns across time and culture . Stereotypes popular in the United States associate domestic violence with low social class , or racial or cultural minorities . According to this model , only working - class men or men with ÒtraditionalÓ values , beat their wives or hit their children . While poverty certainly adds to the stress put on families , contemporary statistics contradict this vision , finding domestic violence at all social levels and among a wide variety of cultural groups . Similarly , many feminists have viewed family violence as a direct result of patriarchy , without analyzing or acknowledging that different cultures have different forms of patriarchy , as well as different attitudes about violence , both of which result in vastly different rates of and expressions of violence within families . Keeping the specifics of local contexts clearly in mind , this panel explores both the ways in which cultural values and ideologies shape domestic violence , and the ways in which women have responded to that violence . Deborah Daniels , a counselor and activist in Salt Lake City who has worked with domestic violence victims , will focus on international feminist and state policy responses to domestic violence . She argues that while feminists have been able to create grass - roots institutions for providing shelter for women and children fleeing violence , these institutions have not always paid sufficient attention to issues of cultural diversity , nor have they been adequately supported by state resources . Bringing together academics and activists working on the issue of violence in families , this panel examines the issue of domestic violence within a variety of cultural and historical contexts . By doing so we hope to shed light on the ways in which different cultural and social patterns affect its shape , meaning , and resistance to family violence . Click here for details Adyasha Das Institute of Management , India Email : adyasha_das @ yahoo . com Gender - based violence and human rights : A case study of the Indian marriage system Women in modern India are , on their own , imperfect creatures . It is only through their relationships with men that their womanhood , can be proved . The attributed nature of women is to be heterosexual , monogamous and complementary to the role and character of men . So much so , that there are women who burn themselves alive on their husband is funeral pyres , and are thus exalted by the Indian tradition . Women are encouraged to believe that they will find lifelong happiness in monogamous unions with men , but in most cases they find it is precisely marriage that oppresses , suppresses and depresses them . Societies organized around gendered , hierarchical power relations give legitimacy to violence against women . Not only is there the problem of physical abuse but also emotional abuse . Beneath the veneer of a successful marriage lies the agony of domestic violence . Many theories have been put forward to account for wife beating : the machismo validation of violence in men , individual male psychopathology and stress , and all carry some weight . In India , despite job opportunities and avenues of higher education for women , they continue to be constant victims of domestic violence , violence in the community and in the workplace . Click here for details Carmen Diana Deere & Magdalena León University of Massachusetts & National University , U . S . A . & Colombia Email : deere @ econs . umass . edu & leon @ flacso . org . ec Women ' s Ownership of Land in Latin America : Inheritance , the State and the Market In Latin America , the disjuncture between real and formal equality between men and women is most evident in terms of property rights and the distribution of assets by gender , particularly land . There are significant gender differences in how ownership of land is acquired , and inheritance is by far the most important means by which women acquire land . For men , the land market and state distribution / titling is relatively more important , notwithstanding a strong male bias in land inheritance practices . This 12 - country study suggests that there is a tendency toward growing gender equality in land inheritance , associated with a decline in the relative importance of farming activities . As peasant households become increasingly dependent on multiple income earning activities , there is less of a tendency to concentrate land inheritance on only sons . Also , increased migration by both sons and daughters lessens the gender bias . Other factors , such as who is willing to take care of the parents in old age and / or continue farming , become increasingly important factors in inheritance decisions . This paper will argue that the land market is not gender neutral and that state efforts to promote land banks must include mechanisms to incorporate women as beneficiaries . Overall , recent agrarian legislation is much more gender - progressive than reforms of the past , a factor contributing towards an increasing visibility of women as beneficiaries of land titling efforts . Click here for details Patience Elabor - Idemudia University of Saskatchewan , Canada Email : patience . elabor - idemudia @ usask . ca The African Dimension of International Sex Trafficking : the Narratives of Nigerian women and girls engaged in the Industry Although women have been bought and sold into prostitution for thousands of years , the trafficking and sale of women into prostitution today has become more organized , more systematized , and more international in scope . Most of the affected women and girls become vulnerable to prostitution out of sheer want , while others become so due to a cruel and poor life at home . It is estimated that one to two million women and children are trafficked worldwide each year . Despite these facts , existing studies have focused mostly on Europe , North America and Asia . The scope of African women ' s involvement in the trafficking industry has received very little attention , despite its long history . This paper is aimed at filling this gap by highlighting trafficked Nigerian women and girls ' experiences in the sex trade industry in a globalized world . It will explore the relationship between gender , sexuality , and violence against women , human rights , the state and nationalism . Specifically , through re - telling the stories of trafficked African women and girls , it is hoped that this new dimension of knowledge on human trafficking will provide new impetus for developing collaborative strategies for addressing the practice . Recommendations coming out of the strategies will be made available to policy - makers for consideration in the development of programs for curbing the trade in humans as commodities . Key Words ; Sex trafficking , prostitution , migration , women ' s sexuality , violence against women , globalization and work . Click here for details Victoria Gaidenko Ukraine Email : ostap @ mailhub . tup . km . ua Trafficking in Women from Ukraine as a Problem on the Way to the Gender Equality Formation The economic crisis in Ukraine has influenced the social and economic situation of the Ukrainian people . One way to solve vital problems is traveling abroad to get money in retail trade and temporary employment . European countries are places for workers from Ukraine to integrate into the economic life . In addition to legal " female " jobs ( babysitter , housekeeper , etc . ) , the modern labor market proposes new types of " work " for women , including porno - business , strip - clubs , modeling , and applying to marriage agencies . Gender roles and duties in Ukraine are traditional ; the important thing for man is work , and for woman it is family and house . However , real socio - economic situations require Ukrainians to reconcile with full - time women ' s employment outside of the house ( and country ) due to financial needs in the family . Women ' s post - soviet body , reduced to a set of biological and anatomical differences , has become an object of exchange and purchase . This is reflected in increasing prostitution and the phenomena of trafficking in women from ex - USSR . Ukraine is known as a country - supplier of women to the sex markets of Turkey , Italy , Spain , ex - Yugoslavia , Hungary , Czech Republic , Greece , Russia , Israel , United Arab Emirates and the USA . Trafficking in women from Ukraine means the violation of human rights , impingement on person freedom , and discrimination of women , and is a main obstacle on the way to the gender equality formation . Click here for details Gloria - Yvonne University of Illinois , USA Email : magajiya @ yahoo . com Abortion Rights -- A Womyn ' s Rights Issue : ( Re ) claiming & ( Re ) establishing our Human Rights Amid The United States Backlash Against Abortion From the quest to eliminate Medicaid ( government ) funding that is used to provide abortions for low - income womyn to the lack of prosecuting those involved in the bombing of abortion clinics , so - called pro - life , right - wing advocates in the United States have consistently worked towards making abortion illegal or unavailable to women . According to the Bush Administration ' s recent Global Gag Rule " foreign NGOs are prohibited from using their own , non - U . S . funds for providing legal abortion … lobbying to legalized abortion or to liberalize abortion law … and conducting public information campaigns regarding abortion . " The U . S . House of Representatives passed a bill in April 2001 that defined fetuses as people . " The Unborn Victims of Violence Act would make it a federal crime to harm a fetus -- defined as " a member of the species Homo sapiens , at any stage of development , who is carried in the womb . " Although the bill , supported mostly by Republicans , supposedly is designed not to prevent abortions as it " exempts abortions performed with the woman ' s consent , " this measure is an open attack to Roe v Wade , the Supreme Court ruling that grants a womyn ' s right to an abortion . Roe v Wade does not accept the definition of a fetus as a human being . In 1998 , Amnesty International published a report on human rights violations in the U . S . According to the writers " This report reveals a persistent and widespread pattern of human rights violations in the USA . … Racism and discrimination contribute to the denial of the fundamental rights of countless men , women and children . " The United Nations document , the Convention for the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women ( CEDAW ) , whose sole function is to establish equal rights for womyn in all societies , has been ratified by 166 nations but not by the U . S . Click here for details Bonnie Gordon State University of New York at Stony Brook , U . S . A . Email : bonnie . gordon @ sunysb . edu Domestic Violence in Historical and Cross - Cultural Perspective Most societies have struggled with the issue of family violence , leading many scholars , activists and policy makers to assume that such violence is a universal in human societies . Stereotypes popular in the United States associate domestic violence with low social class , or racial or cultural minorities . According to this model only working - class men , or men with " traditional " values , beat their wives or hit their children . This paper will analyze the ways in which contemporary popular women singers from Britain and the U . S . address domestic violence in their music . It will be argued that particular musical forms , especially folk , have proved extremely effective in communicating women ' s concerns and anger over their experiences with domestic violence . Bringing together academics and activists working on the issue of violence in families , this paper contributes to a panel that is examining the issue of domestic violence within a variety of cultural and historical contexts . By doing so , it is hoped that light will be shed on the ways in which different cultural and social patterns give shape , meaning , and resistance to family violence . Click here for details Gubrium C . Aline Domestic Violence in Java : Institutional and Narrative Dimensions This paper contributes to the growing body of anthropological and women ' s studies literature centering on domestic violence . It provides another comparative perspective , in Indonesia , in the ethnology of women ' s social status and well - being . Domestic violence has been studied in Java , but from a top - down , policy perspective ; or cursorily , in ethnographies on Javanese gender roles and labor practices . This paper looks at the social construction of domestic violence in Yogyakarta , Java , Indonesia by focusing on two institutional settings that directly address women ' s issues in Yogyakarta : a women ' s empowerment group and a women ' s crisis center . The social construction of domestic violence is analyzed from institutional and local participant perspectives . The central research issue -- how Javanese women ' s experiences of domestic violence are mediated by the variety of institutional and cultural ideologies and narrative frameworks brought to bear on them -- is explored by looking at how these two service institutions represent domestic violence , how the participants the institutions serve represent domestic violence , the central narrative themes of participants ' and institutional representations of domestic violence , and how state and culturally - constructed gender ideologies influence local representations of domestic violence within the study institutions and by the participants the institutions serve . Open - ended , semi - structured interviews were completed with both institutional staff and the participants served by these institutions . Respondents were encouraged to convey in their own words the varied details of their domestic violence experiences . In analyzing domestic violence from an institutional perspective , the author examined how institutions and staff members inscribed domestic violence " formula stories " ( institutional ideologies / philosophies ) onto participants ' narratives and how the participants , in turn , constructed their experiences of domestic violence in relation to these " formula stories " ( see Loseke 2001 ) . State and traditional Javanese gender ideologies are incorporated into the analysis , as both of these have heavily influenced domestic relations and participant and institutional constructions of domestic violence . Click here for details Sara E . Gutierres & Christina Van Puymbroeck Arizona State University , U . S . A . Email : SARA . GUTIERRES @ asu . edu Childhood and Adult Violence in the Lives of Women Who Misuse Drugs A number of studies have shown a link between childhood abuse and adolescent and adult substance use . Individuals who have experienced childhood abuse may misuse substances in order to reduce the negative physiological , behavioral , affective and cognitive outcomes associated with the trauma . Further , experiences in dysfunctional and violent homes may lead to the dependence exhibited by women substance misusers . As a result , women may be particularly susceptible to attention from men who promise them relief from their psychological distress through the use of alcohol and drugs . Once women are initiated into drug use , they generally support their addiction either by prostitution or reliance on a drug - dealing male . In these circumstances they are likely to continue to be victimized through violence from prostitution customers and drug using partners . An important part of training for drug treatment personnel must be in understanding physical and psychological consequences for childhood and adult victims of abuse . In turn , it is also important for those who work with victims of violence to recognize symptoms of substance misuse . This type of cross - training will sensitize substance abuse counselors of the issues that put their clients at risk for unsuccessful program completion , and therapists treating abuse victims to look for symptoms of alcohol or drug misuse to cope with the trauma of violence . Key words ; Drug misuse , physical & sexual abuse , domestic violence , prostitution . Click here for details Dianne Hubbard Legal Assistance Centre , Namibia Email : dhubb @ mweb . com . na Synopsis of Paper on Violence Against Women in Namibia There is a growing body of research on violence against Namibian women by academics , NGOs and government bodies , but some logical and methodological weaknesses of existing work need to be explored . It is particularly important to examine conclusions about the underlying causes of violence against women to see if they are supported by empirical evidence , because of the danger that misguided assumptions might lead to misdirected strategies to combat violence . Similarly , statistics on the incidence of violence will be examined very rigorously , to see what conclusions can accurately be drawn from the police statistics and studies of various sample groups . There is strong stated commitment on the part of the government to address the problem of violence against women and children , backed up by significant action . For example , Namibia has a new law on rape that is one of the most progressive in the world , and a nationwide network of specialized police stations known as Woman and Child Protection Units . However , there is a need for a closer examination of the politics of government action . Finally , community attitudes and community mobilization will be explored , particularly the range of attitudes about women and violence against women across different sectors of society . The levels of mobilization of grassroots women and men around this issue will also be examined . Click here for details Amy C . Hudnall Appalachian State University , U . S . A . Email : amyclar @ attglobal . net The Necessity of Cultural Relativism and Universalism for the Effective Implementation of the United Nation ' s CEDAW and the Establishment of International Equality for Women Over the past ten years , conservative voices in academia and policy - making arenas have questioned the validity of Western societies ' cultural relativist stance . Critics claim that cultural relativism has contributed to the moral decay of cultures and removed a government ' s ability to denounce certain behaviors . They proffer that adherence to cultural relativism eliminates the international community ' s ability to sanction a nation ' s actions against their citizens . Is it possible to honor difference while demanding universal equality for women ? If we are to strive for women ' s rights , that difference must be acknowledged and respected . Patriarchal constructions of gendered identities vary from culture to culture . If feminist , human rights activists intend to advocate for internationally applied laws , they must first recognize that women have very different needs . ( This is particularly true when one compares the needs and rights of women from first world nations to women in third world nations . ) In response , critics of cultural relativism disallow activists ' ability to establish a universal convention . For any set of universal rights to be successful , policy should incorporate cultural relativism as a means of tempering universalism . These two theories should be used hand - in - hand to form a foundational bridge for a practical set of universal human rights that protect all individuals . Click here for details Agnes Kabajuni Kabarole Research Centre , Uganda Email : krc @ informcom . co . ug Facing the Challenge : An Experience in Human Rights from Rural Western Uganda A project that addresses concerns of women and children started in 1999 . The project addresses defilement , early marriage , domestic violence and child neglect , concerns that were found to be the major cause of the backwardness in this county .. To date the following achievements have been realized : o 400 leaders , comprising teachers , religious , local council , youth and women representatives , have been sensitized . o 48 volunteer counselors in sixteen parishes were trained in basic skills of counseling in sixteen parishes were trained in basic skills of counseling and handling clients . o 32 puppet shows were conducted o six community support groups were formed who are now continuing with information giving . Through the program a network of NGOs in the western Uganda that aims at strengthening the capacity of NGOs has been initiated . There has been an increase in cases reported to the counselors and police . A radio program now has a wider coverage considering the number of people reporting for consultation and letters written to contribute to the issues raised . Key words ; Defilement , Culture , Child neglect , Law . Click here for details Kaarino Kailo Oulu University , Finland Email : kkailo @ ktk . oulu . fi Ecofeminism and the Patriarchal Culture of Violence : Gains and Challenges The purpose of this workshop is to assess the impact , directions and achievements of the so - called ecofeminist movement within women ' s studies and in broader political contexts from the point of view of violence vs . women , nature and minorities . Is the combined critique of prevailing policies and attitudes towards women and nature useful for transforming the culture of violence ? What have been the gains of such an approach and what remains to be researched and acted upon ? What is the impact of the goddess studies , religions and movements on the culture of violence ? Do the ecospiritual trends represent a backlash and a naive regression to " nature myths " within the women ' s movement or is the division spirituality vs . politics already part of the epistemic , dualistic violence of Western hegemonic thought ? Do women and the world need a new imaginary , new discourses of being - knowing and how might they impact on dismantling the culture of violence ? What in the vast studies on violence vs . women and nature has not been focused ? Keywords ; sustainable " development " , ecofeminism , nature / culture , violence . Click here for details Eunice Kamaara Moi University , Kenya Email : eunkamaara @ yahoo . com From Gender Competition to Gender Complementarity : Controlling Marital Violence in Kenya A major public concern all over the world today is violence and aggression within the family . It is expected that individuals enjoy love , care and security within the family . But the gap between the expected and the actual situation is enormous . The family is one of the brutal institutions in terms of infringement on human rights . The intent of this paper is to examine the causes of and the nature of marital violence in Kenya with specific reference to physical and sexual abuse of an individual by his or her spouse . This has otherwise been referred to as intimate partner abuse . It is envisaged that marital violence and aggression is positively related to socio - cultural definitions of masculinity and femininity . Thus , marital violence is best understood within a gender framework . While violence against wives is more common in Kenya than that against husbands , husband abuse is no less a problem . The problem of marital violence must be faced and dealt with not in terms of sex but in terms of humanity . When both men and women trangress the limits set by their cultures in gender , gender complementarity will be promoted rather than the gender competition which current gender approaches enhance . Click here for details Njoki M . Kamau University of Minnesota Duluth Campus , USA Violence Against Women in Kenya This paper will problematize the term violence against women as understood and conceptualized by the Kenyan women . The paper will specifically focus on professional women in Kenya who are economically self sufficient yet experience violence from their male partners , fathers , brothers and male members of the larger society . Women ' s interpretation of male violence will be examined , as will their responses to violence and the government ' s responses to violence against women . I will situate this discussion within the wide framework of Human Rights . Click here for details Johanna Kehler Nadel Human Rights Research & Advocacy Project , South Africa Email : jkehler @ icon . co . za Women ' s Rights and Women ' s Realities : The South African Experience South Africa ' s transformation process seeks to overcome its history of racial and gender - based inequality . This process is aimed at the empowerment and uplifting of the historically disadvantaged , especially women and the poor . Its goals are socio - economic development and growth , as well as building an environment that facilitates equal access to resources and opportunities . Women ' s right to equality and non - discrimination are constitutionally guaranteed but their realities remain characterized by the lack of access to resources and opportunities , as well as the lack of access to basic services . Current trends of privatization of public services and cuts in social spending increase women ' s reproductive and care - taking tasks , and will lead to women ' s further disempowerment and inequality if it is not balanced by the progressive realization of these rights , including socio - economic development . The aim of this paper is firstly to explore women ' s rights versus women ' s realities in contemporary South Africa . Secondly , problems and challenges surrounding the realisation of women ' s rights and women ' s empowerment through socio - economic development are analysed . Finally , this paper will argue that only the effective translation from the theory of equality and non - discrimination , as constitutionally guaranteed , into the practice of women ' s empowerment and socio - economic upliftment will determine South Africa ' s success in its transformation to a society characterised by equality and non - discrimination . Click here for details Lynn Khadiagala College of William and Mary , USA Email : Iskhad @ wm . edu Judicial Doctrine and Women ' s Property Rights in Uganda This paper , drawing on fieldwork carried out in Southern Uganda , examines the sources and evolution of judicial doctrine toward women ' s property rights . As late as the 1960s , the courts were willing to protect women ' s access to land by limiting men ' s ability to act unilaterally . By the late 1970s , however , judicial doctrine strongly privileged male authority over property and persons . Two hypotheses are advanced on the source of judicial belief and the forces of change . First , given the orientation of the judiciary toward the maintenance of social order as their highest priority , the legal fate of women depends on whether the courts perceive female authority to be a guarantor of social order or a source of chaos . Second , the precipitous decline in women ' s property rights occurred because of the fluidity of customary law , which permits activist judges wide discretion to reshape doctrine . As Uganda descended into political and economic chaos in the 1970s , the courts adopted a more authoritarian and patriarchal model , perceiving male authority to be a bulwark against the chaos that enveloped Uganda for decades . Unfortunately , these ideas found their way into case law and continue to influence the outcomes of women ' s property disputes today . Keywords ; women ' s property rights , law . Click here for details Shahnaz Khan St . Francis Xavier University , Canada Email : skhan @ stfx . ca Violence of Zina laws in Pakistan Fifty percent of female prisoners in Pakistan are incarcerated under the zina laws that seek to regulate women ' s morality / sexuality . In the prisons they suffer physical , emotional and sexual violence . The practices surrounding zina label that the women as participators in illicit sex . Arguably , regulation of their sexuality helps situate morality within the individual , thus de - emphasizing the injustice , corruption and poverty in the Pakistani social order . The state considers these women expendable and their liberty is sacrificed for the moral health of the nation . Their incarceration helps build a case for national morality on a base of societal corruption and injustice . Increasing structural inequality and growing violence in Pakistan can then be explained away as lack of individual morality , rendering the cost of globalization and military spending invisible . It will be argued that culturalist explanations of the woman incarcerated under zina will not suffice . Instead feminist solidarity struggles must demystify the spectacle of the woman violated through zina laws and identify these factors which link the woman here to the woman there . In so doing , challenges will be posed to the larger context that positions third world countries such as Pakistan in a web of imperialist relations . Click here for details Mee - Hae Kong Silla University , Korea Material Girls ? : Sexual Perceptions and Conflicts among Korean Teenage Girls Who have Experienced a Compensated Date The main work of the teenage stage is to construct a sense of personal identity . Sexual subjectivity is a crucial factor of sense of self among teenage girls . However , girls in Korean society seem to have conflict between their embodied sexual feelings and actual sexual behaviors within the social and relational contexts of their everyday lives . In this study , sexual perceptions and conflicts among teenage girls who have been involved in a compensated date will be considered . Present social systems treat teenage girls as " asexual students " and try to control their sexual behaviors . By tempting girls to buy and own more goods , on the other hand , capitalism encourages them to sexually liberate for money . Thus , girls in Korean society today are taking on polar positions : the sexless innocent or the sexually active for money . Although there are girls who want to have sexual relations with their lovers , their sexual behaviors seem to be a mechanism to maintain psychological closeness with their boyfriends , rather than to express their own sexual desire . Korean girls ' sexual conflict and ambivalence result in the absence of sexual subjectivity . They know their bodies are resources for exchangeable money , but they don ' t realize the internalized oppression of their bodies . Pleasure and desire of their bodies are accomplished through men ' s money and desire . Keywords ; Sexual perception , Compensated date , Sexual conflict , Sexual subjectivity . Click here for details Anna Kwiatkowska The Warsaw School of Advanced Social Psychology , Poland email : akwiatk @ bialystok . home . pl Domestic Violence in Perception of People with Alcohol Problems In Poland , domestic violence is viewed largely as connected with high alcohol consumption . For many Poles alcohol abuse by men serves as an explanation of violent behaviors against women . Although , women are victims in the first place , it must be admitted that both men and women might be involved in heavy drinking . The main purpose of the study was to examine beliefs about domestic violence from perspective of men and women with alcohol problems . Women and men , members of Anonymous Alcoholics , were presented with a questionnaire which contained popular beliefs about domestic violence . Results revealed many differences between AA women and AA men as to how they perceived and explained various types of domestic violence . For example , AA women accepted violence against women as legitimate means of dealing with undutiful wives , and they tended to blame women for provoking violent acts by men . In addition to that , AA women demonstrated more negative views on women in general than AA men did . It seemed that alcohol abuse had more devastating impact on women ' s well - being , self - worth , and on their acceptance of violence as an inevitable part of life . Click here for details Katharina Larondelle & Dagmar Riedel - Breidenstein Private Practice , Germany Email : sturm . larondelle @ snafu . de Socially Relevant Campaigns against Men ' s Violence This will be a workshop to consider socially relevant campaigns against men ' s violence as one part of prevention . How does it work in different countries ? What kind of visible or invisible women ' s culture could be used to raise the public consciousness ? Click here for details Susana Lastarria - Cornhiel University of Wisconsin , USA Email : slastrria @ facstaff . wisc . edu Land Rights , Gender and Access to Factor Markets One of the major globalization trends with regard to land is the privatization of property rights . The privatization trend is reflected in the numerous projects and programs to title and register land rights and to create or activate land markets . Titling and registration programs are often accompanied by legislation that regularizes private land rights and / or extends individual private property rights for previously public , state , or customary land . This paper will focus on the impact privatization has had on women ' s land rights and tenure security , and their ability to produce . Has privatization , through either agrarian reform or titling , protected or enhanced women ' s rights to land ? If privatized land rights increase access to factor markets , such as credit for smallholders , have women also been able to access these markets ? An examination of the privatization process in a number of regions reveals that where previously different rights to land were distributed among different groups and individuals , privatization tends to concentrate most of these land rights into the hands of a minority . Because of economic and cultural factors and the influence of powerholders , this minority tends to exclude women . The question that still needs to be examined is whether giving women legal and equal rights to land will facilitate their access to factor markets and improve their ability to produce . Click here for details Miriam Ibanda Magumba Makerere University , Uganda Email : mimagumba @ yahoo . com A Gendered Perspective as to why Prostitution should or should not be Legalized in Uganda Many times women and men are found in the obvious act of using their bodies for financial gain . The media also has debated for and against the act of prostitution . A lot of moral issues arise , depending on one ' s spiritual background . But the question of what a possible stand for a gender student ' s contribution to such a hot debate is not sufficient . This conference therefore is an opportunity to benefit from the varied viewpoint of participants on the tabled questions . In Uganda , according to various sources , prostitution is increasing . At the same time , there is lobbying by some groups to legalize prostitution and have prostitutes represented in parliament . Ignoring the issue will not help , but debating the subject will sharpen our views on what it is , why people practice it , how they perceive themselves and the actual benefits they derive from it . This paper will examine the gender perspective which describes the socially constructed roles , activities and responsibilities assigned to women and men in a given culture , location or time . It will also attempt to give perspectives on the practice , and a brief overview of gender identities in prostitution , for example how some women and men perceive , themselves , think and behave as far as prostitution is concerned . Click here for details Mayanja Kizito Makerere University , Uganda Email : mayanjabk @ math . mu . ac . ug Female Genital Mutilation : Conspiracy of Silence in Diplomatic Circles This paper starts with a broad definition of violence against women and the different forms it takes , and then focuses on Female Genital Mutilation ( FGM ) in particular . It provides an overview of the magnitude of FGM and sexual violence against women and of its various consequences . These including those involving the health of women , their social status , and the implications on the on the economies of their countries . It looks at the factors that influence FGM , highlighting the links between violence against women and the cultural and social norms around gender , and other inequities , which perpetuate or exacerbate this violence . The paper suggests how a gender analysis may be useful to the violence field more broadly , and not just to violence against women . It discusses some of the limitations of current responses and makes recommendations for policy and programs . Finally it looks at some dilemmas or areas of controversy and identifies areas for further work . Key words ; Tradition or Torture . Click here for details Abby Taka Mgugu Women and Land Lobby Group , Zimbabwe Email : abby @ wllg . co . zw Women Claiming Their Land Rights in Zimbabwe This paper assesses how the Government of Zimbabwe has been implementing land reform , with special reference to the plight of women . Land is considered the most fundamental resource to women ' s living conditions , economic empowerment and , to some extent , their struggle for equity and equality within a patriarchal society . Without rights to land , women ' s economic and physical security is compromised . Despite the importance of land to Zimbabwean women , they do not own land . This occurs because traditionally women are considered to be minors and land is a male domain that is allocated to heads of households -- presumably male . This paper concludes that not only are women ' s equality and land rights violated by common practices of the courts but the social and economic ramifications of decisions have an important effect on women ' s lives . With 86 percent of women in Zimbabwe dependent on the land for their livelihoods , not only do they rely on land for their own survival but also to provide for their families and communities . Ensuring women ' s land rights is essential to their realizing an adequate standard of living . If women ' s rights to land and property are not protected , their economic livelihood is severely threatened . Key Words ; Importance of land to women constraints in issues of ownership and control , legal frame work to claim their rights . Click here for details Carole Moschetti University of Melbourne , Australia Critiquing Child Marriage : A Controversial Practice Between the wars , British feminist and member of parliament Eleanor Rathbone , championed causes relating to the sexual exploitation of children in such areas as trafficking for prostitution , female genital mutilation and child marriage . Her campaigns within and without Britain promoted independent citizenship for women , which usually meant challenging institutional laws that rendered women as property of men . In a particular campaign waged against child marriage in India , the physical damage suffered by girl children as a result of " early consummation " came to world attention , exposed by the Joshi Report in India in 1928 . As a result of her criticisms against such cultural practices , an ensuing debate as to whether Rathbone was a friend to women or a cultural imperialist , remains a current controversy . In the milieu of multiculturalism , cultural relativism and in human rights discourse , questions of western bias existing in the works of Rathbone remain . This paper offers a feminist discussion of whether Eleanor Rathbone should be likened to a " cultural missionary , or maternal imperialist preaching a gospel of women ' s uplift " , or whether feminist activism like Rathbone ' s proposals for extensions of legal and political rights for women have current relevance in deterring the institutional ratification of women as sexual property . Click here for details Stella Mukasa Makerere University , Uganda Email : nordic @ africaonline . co . ug Gender and Access to Justice in Uganda The women ' s movement in Uganda has undertaken laudable initiatives towards improving women ' s use of the law . These initiatives have generated considerable information on how women relate with the law and the legal system . There has , however , been a gap regarding a critical review and analysis of the interface between gender and the law and how this affects access to justice as the ultimate goal of the legal system . The reality is that many people in Uganda , particularly poor and marginalized groups , have very little access to justice and little insurance of safety and security . It is a mere fact that women have more difficulties with the justice system , as they constitute the majority of the poor , have a lower status in society and are subject to classified gender roles . This paper seeks to enhance the understanding of gender and its implications for access to justice , and provide an assessment of specific gender constraints in gaining safety , security and access to justice in Uganda . Existing problems include the excessive size of the remand population , severe overcrowding and poor health conditions in prisons , and the vulnerability of female inmates . Gender concerns are vital to ensure that equal and fair rights and treatment are upheld towards both women and men . Key Words ; Access , justice , Uganda . Click here for details Dinah Changwony Mwinzi Moi University , Kenya Email : dmwinzi @ irmmoi . com Gendered Covert Violence on Campus : The Perceptions and Participation of Students in Kenyan Public Universities Public universities in Kenya have had student violence ever since the establishment of Nairobi University as the first public university . This violence ranges from riots to students fighting each other individually or in groups . Such violence is considered serious by university authorities because it devalues the quality of academic programs and the reputation of the institution . The media often gives extensive coverage to such violence . However , campus violence is not confined to the physical form . Covert violence , a form of psychological violence , goes on unnoticed in public universities . The public and even university administration rarely know its existence . This paper discusses covert violence under the following sub - headings : o Men ' s violence to men or women ' s violence to women ( within gender ) . o Men ' s violence to women or women ' s violence to men ( between gender ) . o A group of men and women ' s violence to another similar group ( across gender ) . The term covert violence is conceptualized to mean any form of non - physical violence carried out by an individual or a group with an intention of causing psychological torture to an individual or a group . It concludes that this type of violence , though covert , may equally be affecting the quality of life and academic excellence in public universities . Click here for details C . L . Nash Hampton House , U . S . A . email : clnash @ yahoo . com Kenyan Women ' s Domestic Empowerment Conflict Resolution Unlike Western concepts of education that emphasize written expressions of literature and epistemologies , oral tradition has been the primary transmitter of cultural knowledge in the African context . This occurs through myths , proverbs , songs , riddles and sayings . Tenants of community are derived through words , ideals and concepts verbally articulated for African indigenous cultures . This study raises the question : Have most of the oral traditions in Kenya negated women and violated her by ideologies that render her subordinate to the man ? As oral literature is analyzed as a primary determinant to derive cultural understandings of women , the Kikuyu women are explored as a primary example of what may occur in the wider community . The first section of this paper is a critical appraisal of the folktalk and culture of Kenyan women . Various proverbs and sayings will be addressed while accenting the uses of oral traditions for women . The second section will analyze folktalk and quiet whispers of domination through cultural attitudes that demean women , and transmission of African indigenous theologies to the eventual violence committed against women . The third section will critically assess womantalk and revisioning for Kenyan women as the role of religion in liberating women is considered , while also reviewing the woman ' s role in her own liberation . We will also look at men ' s roles in this struggle and the need for full partnership . Key Words ; Oral violence , Kikuyu , tradition . Click here for details Zuleikha Abdulrahman Nworgu & Ifeyinwa Flossy Obuekwe University of Benin , Nigeria Email : zanworgu @ uniben . edu & fobuekwe @ uniben . edu Domestic Violence Against Women : A Neglected Major Social and Public Health Problem There have been many reports on domestic violence involving women all over the world . Abuse apparently begins early in marriage when women are most vulnerable . In many societies , wife beating appears to be justified by societal norms . Women who have suffered domestic violence are also observed to experience health problems other than physical injury , such as chronic headache and sleeping and eating disorders . Moreover , victims of violence are more likely than non - victims to be heavy users of alcohol or psychotropic substances . This study examines the domestic violence in an urban community in Nigeria . The results of the study showed that over 80 percent of the respondents had experienced battering at least once in their lifetime . Out of these , 26 percent have been hospitalized as a result of injuries sustained . This study concludes that there is a need to highlight the likely consequences of domestic violence on women ' s lives and on the lives of the infants they bear . Greater insight is also needed into the perception , attitudes and experiences of men and other powerful family members . Women should be economically empowered for independence thereby reducing cases of domestic violence . Key words : Domestic violence , battering , public health problem , women , pregnancy , and injury . Click here for details Olivia M ' chaju - Liwewe and Isabel Matenje CIDA - Malawi Program Support Unit and Ministry of Gender Youth and Community Services , Malawi Email : olivia @ cida . malawi . net Engendering the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper ( PRSP ) . The Malawi Case Study The Government of Malawi , like other African countries within the region , has recently developed a Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper ( PRSP ) . Recognizing that poverty has a gender dimension , the Malawi PRSP technical working group enlisted gender experts to draw up a Gender and Empowerment Strategy ( GES ) . The GES aims at creating a conducive and enabling policy and legal environment for women , girls , and boys as well as the disadvantaged groups in Malawi to benefit from the country ' s development programs as well as to enjoy their human , social , political , legal and economic rights . Emphasis is placed on empowering women and men so that they are able to make informed decisions about matters affecting their day to day lives . This paper analyze the effectiveness of the process of integrating gender in the PRSP as well as the roles of the different thematic working groups including donors . It identifies barriers to an effective engendering process and gives recommendations as to how future processes can be improved . Click here for details Leena Parmar University of Rajasthan , India Email : leenaind @ datainfosys . net Indian War Widows and Government Compensation In India , widowhood means not only a loss of status but also a loss of pride , privileges , prestige and independence . In every fourth household in India there is a widow . If not forced to will away her financial independence , a widow may be subjected to emotional blackmail by her own children or forced into levirate marriage with her brother - in - law so that she has no decisive power over her body , property or finances . After a brief introduction of widows in general in India , this paper highlights war widows , specifically Kargil war widows , whom the Indian Government has directly compensated . What is the impact of this compensation money ? Who are the beneficiaries ? Who is actually spending the money and on what ? Has this compensation money changed the status of these widows in the family ? Do they have any role in the process of decision making ? What is their reaction to the custom of getting married to their married brother - in - laws ? The Kargil war widows are a category apart ; they can not be compared to other war widows or widows in general . This study indicates a dominant reality in form of " economic forces " that determine the prestige of women in a hierarchical society like India . Click here for details Peresuh Munhuweyi University of Zimbabwe , Zimbabwe Email : peresuh @ comocentre . uz . ac . zw The Violation of Women ' s Rights : An African Perspective with Reference to Zimbabwe Every woman is entitled to the realisation of civil , political , economic and cultural rights on equal terms with men , free from any form of discrimination . In addition , women are entitled to certain fundamental rights that are specifically linked to their status in society . According to the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action , the world has recognised that human rights for women are part and parcel of universal human rights . In accordance with the Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women , women are guaranteed equal treatment and freedom from discrimination . Governments and international women ' s conferences have committed themselves to ensuring that women ' s rights are upheld . However , despite these conventions , commitments , obligations and declarations , women , particularly those in Africa and other developing nations , continue to face overt and convert discrimination and marginalization in many ways . This paper raises issues pertaining to women ' s rights by identifying critical areas of concern . The paper also argues that governments and non - governmental organisations must create the political , administrative , legislative and judicial environments that can enable women to exercise and defend their economic , civil , political and cultural rights on an equal basis with men . Keywords ; Women , Human Rights , Conventions , Legislative , Declaration . Click here for details Nicole Göler von Ravensburg Phillipps University , Germany Email : raven @ wiwi . uni - marburg . de Gender , Land Tenure , Law and Rural Development in South Africa The officially declared development objectives in South Africa include poverty alleviation , greater efficiency of and employment creation in agricultural production . Analysing the actual land tenure rights of rural women in South Africa using criteria deduced from the economic theory of law , this paper will show that at least the 60 to 70 percent women - headed rural households in the ex - Homeland regions are still severely disadvantaged . Both legal uncertainty as well as the political economy are major reasons for this . Modern law is attempting to improve the situation , yet mechanisms for local conflict resolution still need to be created and a new balance found between the inefficiencies of modern law ( " phantom law " ) and the gender inequality in autochthonous land tenure . Considered will be : o Land tenure , poverty and agricultural production o Changes in labour and family constitutions o Control of power and participation in political processes o Women in family law and the law of persons , including access to autochthonous courts , legal status , and divorce ; material security for women in autochthonous law ; intergenerational consequences of divorce ; inheritance rights of secondary wives and their children ; and modern matrimonial law . Click here for details Abby Sebina - Zziwa , Kamusiime & R . Nassali Makerere University , Uganda Email : abby @ wllg . co . zw Dilemmas in Legislating for Women ' s Land Rights : The Case of Uganda Following heated debate , Uganda enacted a new land law in that excluded spousal co - ownership of land . Throughout the contention , this concept was dismissed as elitist and a crusade of urban working women . This was despite research indicating otherwise . Research has identified three underlying phenomena as impediments to acceptance of women ' s land ownership rights in Uganda today . These include the clan ideology , societal idiosyncrasies embedded in everyday practice , and the desire for control engendered by religious doctrines . Governance both at the national and local levels engenders their persistence . The inconsistent law and double standards in its application is affecting major policies aimed at poverty alleviation . Although rural women and men know the cause of their predicament , genuine insecurity of tenure for the producers , the majority of whom are women , is an obstacle to concerted efforts in rural families . The paper shows that chronic poverty is a phenomenon that can only be curbed through appropriate national legislation that induces joint decision - making , cooperation and equal distribution of household benefits . The paper illustrates that excluding women from enjoying equal family property rights with their spouses is a recipe for stunted household development , low agricultural productivity and non - cooperation of conjugal partners in the Ugandan setting . It concludes that changing national poverty profiles entail legislating for spousal co - ownership of major household productive resources . Key Words : Women , Land Rights , Legislation , Law and Co - ownership . Click here for details Sunita Sen Jadavpur University , India Email : senmita @ yahoo . com Society , Law and Sex Workers in India : Options and Impediments to Gender Equity Sex workers are marginalized in any society in the world . They are victims of exploitation , humiliation and stigmatization . The movement for the promotion and protection of human rights for all is yet to reach this sector of society . In addition , the changing social - economic and political climate is not free from the dehumanizing exploitation of women as sex workers . The process of modernization of traditional societies in the Asian region presents a more glaring feature of sex work . Women from the poorest section of the society are becoming more vulnerable to sexual abuse by different stakeholders of society . Some laws are adopted by the respective governments to deal with this issue , but without any tangible success . In contemporary India , traditional and religious forms of prostitution coexist with present day prostitution . Post - colonial India finds itself faced with multiple problems . While India made commendable advances in several sectors of the economy , science , and technology , sex workers remained victims of discrimination , hatred and humiliation , therefore facing both social and legal isolation . The paper will cover traditional forms of prostitution and their status , economic causes of prostitution , existing laws and regulations on sex workers , roles of government and non - governmental organizations , and options and impediments to social transformation of sex workers . Click here for details Shilan Shah University of Warwick , UK Email : shilan . shah @ warwick . ac . uk The Rights of the Girl - Child , Law , tradition and Culture in Tanzania This paper focuses on the impact of the concept of children ' s rights in a non - western and non - industrialized country , namely Tanzania . I study the interplay between international human rights norms / children ' s rights , law , culture and tradition in Tanzania , with particular reference to the issue of the sexual abuse and exploitation of the girl - child . Attention is also drawn to the ability of the current legal and social systems in Tanzania , to respond positively and efficiently to the adoption of such rights - based laws and policies , for the protection of abuse and the prevention of abuse . Click here for details Stanlie James University of Wisconsin - Madison , U . S . A . Email : sjames @ facstaff . wisc . edu The debate on Female Genital Cutting Female Genital Cutting ( FGC ) - in the past referred to as Female Circumcision , Infibulation , Female Genital Mutilation , among others - is a hotly contested and controversial issue that has attracted a wide range of contributions from scholars and activists , women and men from the continent of Africa and globally . Notable figures engaged in this debate have included Nahid Toubia , Seble Dawit and Salem Mekuria , as well as Alice Walker and a host of other women and men from outside the African continent . FGC is not widespread in Uganda , but it is practiced by a significant number of East African communities , and was recently ' banned ' by President Moi of Kenya . The presenter anticipates lively and possibly contentious debate on this issue , and chances to hear the expression of African women ' s voices that do not get wide exposure in the western media . Click here for details Julie Stewart Women ' s Law Centre , Zimbabwe Email : stewart @ law . uz . ac . zw Women ' s Rights as Human Rights There is an essential , inalienable core of rights to which every human being is entitled . That core is constructed from notions of equality . However , at times it is really nothing more than a paper semblance of rights . Realistically , to enable universal access to that core of inalienable rights , recognition has to be given to difference . Yet difference is a concept that creates embarrassment and concern , because difference has been and can be used to negatively discriminate . Difference has also been used in a negative context against women , as a ground for discriminating . Unless difference is confronted and seen as a concept that can have positive enabling connotations when employed as a means of compensating for essential functional differences between the sexes , equality cannot be effectively delivered . This paper will attempt to : o isolate the essential differences between the sexes and explore the sex - based compensatory measures that need to be put in place to " equalize " as far as possible male and female participation in society , governance , employment and the family . o distinguish between the effects of a " gendered " approach and a " sexed " approach to law and law reform and to show that both are necessary if law is to be a part of the process to achieve substantial equality between the sexes . Click here for details Janet Theiss University of Utah , U . S . A . Email : janet . theiss @ utah . edu Domestic Violence in Historical and Cross - Cultural Perspective Most societies have struggled with the issue of family violence , leading many scholars , activists , and policy makers to assume that such violence is universal in human societies , and that it follows similar patterns across time and culture . Keeping the specifics of local contexts clearly in mind , this panel explores both the ways in which cultural values and ideologies shape domestic violence , and the ways in which women have responded to that violence . This paper will explore the changes and continuities in patterns of domestic violence in pre - modern and contemporary China , focussing especially on the shifting roles of Confucian patriarchy , family structure and political context as factors contributing to such violence . Contemporary explanations of wife beating often label it as a vestige of " traditional " or " feudal " patriarchal values , perpetuating the myth that such violence was condoned in pre - modern society . It will be argued that a corrected historical record offers new cultural resources for combating domestic violence and helps us to focus more usefully on the complex social , economic and emotional factors behind it . Keywords ; law , domestic violence , history . Click here for details Lillian Tibatemwa - Ekirikubinza Makerere University , Uganda Email : ltibatemwa @ muklaw . ac . ug Domestic Violence in Historical and Cross - Cultural Perspective Most societies have struggled with the issue of family violence , leading many scholars , activists , and policy makers to assume that such violence is a universal in human societies , and that it follows similar patterns across time and culture . Many feminists have viewed family violence as a direct result of patriarchy , without analyzing or acknowledging that different cultures have different forms of patriarchy , as well as different attitudes about violence , both of which result in vastly different rates of and expressions of violence within families . Keeping the specifics of local contexts clearly in mind , this paper explores both the ways in which cultural values and ideologies shape domestic violence , and the ways in which women have responded to that violence . Of particular focus will be how the law and the courts in various African countries deal with domestic violence and also with women ' s violent responses to abuse . By doing so , it is hoped that light will be shed on the ways in which different cultural and social patterns affect shape , meaning , and resistance to family violence . Click here for details Mary P . Wahome Moi University , Kenya Email : maryngare @ yahoo . com Gender - Based Violence : A Threat to Poverty Eradication and Development Poverty has existed as long as human existence in the world . The problem has adversely affected the Third World , most especially Africa ' s sub - Saharan region . Attempts by the World Bank , International Monetary Fund , national and local organizations to eradicate poverty have not yet yielded positive results . This raises suspicion that perhaps the approach to eradicate poverty has been inadequate . This paper will argue that the stability of the family plays a significant role in development . Domestic violence is a threat to the institution of the family as well as to the national and international development . There is need to explore the effect of gender - based violence and to consider its relationship with poverty and slow development . The social , psychological and economic costs of domestic violence will be examined . Economic costs will include healthcare , absenteeism , reduced family income and outlays of law enforcement and the courts . Gender - based violence is not simply a private issue but a societal one and efforts to curb it must include redressing the social , economic and other imbalances that threaten male - female relationships . Key Words ; Gender , violence , poverty and development . Click here for details Elaine J . Walters McKenzie - Willamette Hospital , U . S . A . email : jelane @ efn . org Supporting Women ' s Leadership in Movements to End Violence Against Women Sexism is one of multiple and overlapping oppressions that support the continuation of violence against women . Functioning to perpetuate divisions and distress between men and women , the messages of sexism get internalized and also divide women from each other . Of the leaders and workers in the movement to end violence against women , 95 percent are women and a large percent are survivors of the same violence they are attempting to stop . The work of ending violence against women challenges powerful social and family norms which leaves both male and female workers vulnerable to direct attack , discouragement and burnout . These realities have significant consequences for the workers and for progress . In this environment , taking leadership and maintaining personal and organizational relationships can be frightening and difficult . In order to sustain the work , the needs of the leaders and workers directly engaged in the movement must be addressed . In this paper , the nature and impact of sexism on women ' s leadership , organizational health , and alliance building with men , will be examined through the sharing of participants ' own experiences . At the conclusion , a list of strategies for overcoming personal and organizational barriers and for supporting one another ' s leadership will be developed . Click here for details Kirsten E . Wood Florida International University , U . S . A . Email : woodk @ fiu . edu Domestic Violence in Historical and Cross - Cultural Perspective Most societies have struggled with the issue of family violence , leading many scholars , activists , and policy makers to assume that such violence is a universal in human societies , and that it follows similar patterns across time and culture . Stereotypes popular in the United States associate domestic violence with low social class , or racial or cultural minorities . According to this model only working - class men , or men with " traditional " values , beat their wives or hit their children . Similarly , many feminists have viewed family violence as a direct result of patriarchy , without analyzing or acknowledging that different cultures have different forms of patriarchy , as well as different attitudes about violence , both of which result in vastly different rates of and expressions of violence within families . This paper will examine white women ' s participation in the violence that upheld slavery in the antebellum United States . Despite a prevailing attitude that white ladies found violence repugnant , there is evidence that white women had no problem using violence within their homes against both their children and their slaves . Clearly , white women of the slave South participated far more than has been previously acknowledged in the violent maintenance of the slave system . Click here for details Mary Sullivan University of Melbourne , Australia Can a Harmful Cultural Practice Be Made Safe : Occupational Health and Safety Strategy for Victoria ' s Legalized Brothel Prostitution Australia claims to be in the forefront for implementing workplace occupational health and safety ( OHS ) systems for the sex industry . In the state of Victoria , which began legalizing prostitution in the early 1980s , safe sex practices and the prevention of sexually transmitted infections have dominated OHS programs . Currently there is a shift towards establishing good management practices , which would afford prostituted women working in the legal brothels the same rights as those afforded to other workers , thus treating the sex industry like any other industry . The normalization of prostitution as an industry masks the reality that prostituted women ' s working environment is inherently a place of constant and extreme sexual harassment and violence . Within Victoria , sexually exploitative and abusive practices are not only conceivable but are an expected part of sex work . Male consumers , for example , increasingly demand anal sex and sexual intercourse without condoms . At tabletop dancing venues male customers penetrate the vaginas of women who are performing with mobile phones and other objects . Moreover , the boundaries of sex work are constantly being expanded , as is suggested by the rapid expansion of bondage and discipline centers . Victoria ' s approach to OHS assists in maintaining male dominance , the sexual objectification of women and the cultural approval of violence against women . Click here for details Mei - Kuei Yu University of Kent at Canterbury , U . K Email : my1 @ ukc . ac . uk A Comparative Study between Taiwan and England on Women ' s Experiences of Domestic Violence and of Service Delivery Systems The aim of this study is to understand battered women ' s experiences of domestic violence and of service delivery systems both in Taiwan and England . Of particular interest are women ' s experiences with professional organizations , such as social services , medical and health services , the police and the legal system . As a result , an appropriate strategy will be proposed for the future . The major questions in each section are as follows : 1 ) What were battered women ' s experience of violence before coming for refuge ? 2 ) What are the reasons why women seek help from women ' s refuges in Taiwan and England ? 3 ) What are the differences and similarities bettered women ' s needs in Taiwan and England ? 4 ) What are battered women ' s experiences of the police , court , medical , health , and social services in Taiwan and England ? 5 ) What are the experiences of battered women who ask for help from women ' s refuges in Taiwan and England ? 6 ) What are the differences and similarities between women ' s experiences of the police , court , medical , health , and social services in Taiwan and England ? 7 ) What should service delivery systems in Taiwan do to respond more appropriately to the needs of battered women ? Key Words ; Domestic violence , service delivery system , comparative sandy . Click here for details Rachel Waterhouse Forum Muhler , Mozambique Email : hlonipa @ zebra . dem Rural Poverty and the Devaluing of Women ' s Role in Agriculture , in Southern Mozambique Informed by a neo - liberal theoretical framework , the currently dominant analysis of rural poverty in Mozambique has focused on questions of land tenure security and market access for rural producers , including rural women . The proposed solutions to rural poverty in general , and that of women heads of households in particular , are linked to the concept of securing statutory rights to the land and improving market access for the rural poor . This policy focus on securing land rights and market access for different groups of people deflects attention away from historical processes of exclusion . It obscures historical processes through which women and men have had differential access to land and resources with which to work the land . In the context of increasing commoditization of and competition over land , ignoring these issues is likely to result in increasingly polarized opportunities through which land markets emerge as a major threat to women ' s land tenure security . Furthermore , the current agricultural policy seems likely to reinforce exclusionary patterns of accumulation that disadvantage women in particular . If rural poverty and the obstacles faced by women in securing rural livelihoods are to be seriously addressed , a review of agrarian policy is essential . This should be based on adequate analysis of the gender relations of reproduction and production anchored on the land . Click here for details DR . ERNEST BEYARAZA Makerere University , Kampala EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL CONCEPTS OF MARRIAGE AND FAMILY ON WOMEN ' S LAND OWNERSHIP IN UGANDA TODAY . Land ownership is one of the thorny issues in Uganda . This issue has been developing slowly but steadily ever since the introduction of individual property ownership through colonialism . Traditionally , land was communally owned . As colonialism undermined the traditional belief systems and norms , the communal ownership of land in Uganda was declared repugnant in the case of Timoni Mwenge v . Serwano Migade , way back in the early 1950s . While the colonial impact was admittedly effective , the traditional belief systems and norms have remained resilient in many ways . Consequently , a clash between traditional and modern culture has emerged . This paper takes special interest in this clash in terms of the concepts of marriage and family and their effect on land ownership . The traditional concept and practice of marriage , whereby a girl leaves her family and joins that of her husband appears to be one of the key problems behind land ownership by girls and women . For an unmarried girl , the idea of land ownership does not arise as she is expected to go away , anyway . In many societies even boys are traditionally given land when they marry . This land is for building their separate homesteads and food production for their new families . Click here for details MRS . AGNES NYOKA SUDANESE WOMEN REFUGEES LIVING ILLEGALY IN NAIROBI , KENYA SUDANESE WOMEN REFUGEES LIVING ILLEGARLY IN NAIROBI , KENYA : THEIR EXPERIENCE . It is worthwhile to contexualise intervention with a brief introduction . There are over 2000 Sudanese s refugees women currently living illegally in Nairobi , Kenya . But , the above quoted number frequently fluctuate as some leave Kenya and others do arrive in Kenya from time to time . There are some characteristics which they all share in common : they are , to a large extent , traumatized , weary , impoverished and destitute , depressed and helpless . Click here for details N . Ngwira , A . Chiweza , N . Kanyongolo and E . Kayambazinthu Gender Studies and Outreach Unit , Chancellor College , University of Malawi Email : naomingwira @ yahoo . com economics @ chirunga . sdnp . org . mw . Upholding Women s Property and Inheritance Rights in Malawi : Changes required to meet the challenges Women s property and inheritance rights have attracted a lot of attention in the 1990s in Malawi , especially after the Beijing women s UN conference . There is now more discussion of and advocacy for these rights , as well as a new awareness on part of women themselves . The Convention Against the Discrimination of Women ( CEDAW ) in Article 16 calls on State parties to ‘ take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in all matters relating to marriage and family relations , and that on basis of equality between men and women , the latter will be accorded the ‘ same rights and responsibilities during marriage and its dissolution ; and also provide the same rights for both men and women in respect of the ownership , acquisition , management , administration , enjoyment and disposition of property , whether free of charge or for a valuable consideration . ’ Malawi has ratified the CEDAW and has also developed a national platform for action in responding to the Beijing conference and has recently come up with a gender policy . The Wills and Inheritance Act ( WIA ) has been revised to criminalize property grabbing . However evidence from media and court sources indicate that women s property and inheritance rights are far from secure . Click here for details Shilu Shah and Helen Liebling Investigations of the Sexual Exploitation of the Girl Child in Tanzania and Women during Civil War Years in Uganda After several discussions over endless cups of coffee , about our Ph . D . research , Helen and I decided to present a joint paper . We both agreed that the sexual exploitation of girls and women are areas that have been historically silenced , until the feminist movement attempted to overcome this . However , we also felt that gendered accounts of the commercial sexual exploitation of girls and sexual exploitation of women during war are issues that are still very much under - represented in the general literature , and remain taboo subjects in may societies . Accordingly , we thought it was important to try and give some voice to the experiences of these girls and women , as well as highlight some important emerging themes . Click here for details

Many African countries are experiencing a problem of congestion in prisons . This situation makes it difficult to implement relevant United Nations Instruments , inter alia , United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for treatment of offenders , Riyadh Guide Lines , Tokyo Rules , Beijing Rules and local instruments . One way to combat this problem is the strict implementation of national and international legal instruments . At the national level , we have : Habeas Corpus Act ( Police ) , Nolle Prosequi ( Prosecution ) , alternatives to imprisonment , indictment act , suspended sentence ( Judiciary ) ; review of sentence , release on parole ; remission system ( Prisons ) . The implementation of all those instruments will keep many people out of prison . 1 Unfortunately , at all levels , these instruments have not been wholly implemented though they could be useful in reducing the number of offenders in prisons , hence congestion . Another way which is our approach is a successful resettlement of ex - offenders into their local communities which will prevent them from relapsing back into crime ( recidivism ) . At the same time this social intervention is a way to educate , involve the members of the local communities as local social actors in prevention of crime , taking into consideration possible socio - economic consequences of further crimes on their lives . We are convinced that strict implementation of both local and international instruments and successful integration of offenders through our approach in their local communities or places of their choice will go along way to substantially reduce the number of persons in prison . Some readers may think that our intervention is belated because it seems to be at the end of a process as prisons appear to be the last stage of the criminal justice system . A careful examination of the situation reveals that the justice system is seen and understood as linear process . The case of recidivism shows that it is a circular one : ( police , prosecution , judiciary , prison to police ; see figure ( 1 ) below ) . ( a ) Circular Process in the case of a recidivist . ( b ) Disruption of the process Our efforts are geared towards disruption of that circle . The prison is our starting point . As the reader will learn through this study , the approach described disrupts the process . Many cases analyzed during this study show clearly that disruption ; ( see inter alia quoted cases in this document ) . It is a successful resettlement when the inmate is accepted in his or her local community . This study also shows that when there is a failure of resettlement because of non - involvement of local social actors in local communities , the ex - inmates will soon relapse into crime as indicated in the cases of TL and FM who were killed by mobs . The two approaches can simultaneously be carried out when sufficient funds are available . The effectiveness of the criminal justice system will be enhanced . As can be deduced from the above illustrations , imprisonment is not an end in itself , but a means to an end . The punitive logic ( see sub - section , 4 . 1 : Knife Logic ) which is characteristic of imprisonment is not enough to break the circle . Other logics such as the needle logic ( see sub - section 4 . 2 ) are needed . Our approach is qualitative . Referring to B . Glaser and Strauses we are using the grounded theory approach whose objectives are to generate adequate concepts from the data and the theoretical links found out amongst them . We have then a theoretical core explaining the problematic situation under study . The problem in our case is the social rehabilitation of the inmate or exprisoners in general . The reader may observe frequent repetitions in this presentation . This is one of the constraints of the approach . Those repetitions are different links between sections , sub - sections and paragraphs showing in the final analysis , the internal cohesion . He may observe also that the formulation of some of the quotations is not good . In order to avoid any alternations of those quotations , they are kept in their original form . To ensure the inmates ' anonymity , only the initials of their names are used . This study reveals that social rehabilitation is a process . Referring to Glaser , this is our core category . Unfortunately , the common understanding of social rehabilitation in many projects seem not to take into consideration the processual aspect of social rehabilitation . This aspect has the advantage of emphasizing to us different elements below : There are steps to be fulfilled ; Every process requires reparation ; There are legal instruments to law support from ; The involvement of different social actors ; The necessary recourse to needle logic ; Social workers as a link These elements are essential prerequisites for successful social rehabilitation of offenders . Referring to Glaser , those elements are categories generated during the study and are explanations of the main category . At least they are conditions to be fulfilled in order that social rehabilitation succeeds . This study is an action research on social rehabilitation of offenders , initiated and launched by the Commissioner General of Prisons Uganda , and UNAFRI on the 19th April 1994 . From a total of 50 cases , only received 4 or more visits while in and after release were analyzed . A number of these cases have been quoted to illustrate statements in the study . The results are considered to be very satisfactory and the exercise deserves to be continued and extended to other prisons in Uganda and other countries in the Africa Region . At the same time this study demonstrates the kind of technical cooperation that should exist between UNAFRI and other African countries . The scarce financial , human and material resources available in our countries can be optimally used to achieve successful resettlement of offenders back home as social development actors . We are convinced that the study could be undertaken in other countries of the region , in order to improve our understanding of correctional instruments , in pursuit of local and international instruments , which are dealing with the rights of prisoners in particular and human rights in general . Finally , in our view , this study is a way to implement local provisions , which have been allowed for time immemorial , to sink into oblivion and international instruments often considered irrelevant . SECTION 1 : EVERY PROCESS REQUIRES PREPARATION : THE FULFILLMENT OF STEPS As in every other process , social rehabilitation requires preparation so that we can move from one step to another , each step being the preparation of the other to follow . Unfortunately the penal practice on social rehabilitation in most African countries reveals that this is not the case . Hence the failure of rehabilitation initiatives . As a rule the preparation has to begin as soon as the inmate is admitted into the prison in order to maintain ties with relatives because the contribution of relatives , friends etc . is needed at this stage . The social rehabilitation programme in many countries , as indicated by delegates during UNAFRI seminars , and in some documents , are failing in this objective because of lack of link with the outside and the involved social actors operating outside the needle logic . 1 . 1 IN PRISON : 1 . 1 . 1 Activities in General Many activities are organized in prison for inmates , i . e . vocational training , sports , recreation etc . These activities are very important to inmates . Sports activities for example develop the inmates ' sense of responsibility , fair play , initiative , self - confidence , rule respect , etc . The full impact of training activities in prison will not be meaningful without linking them with outside . During the course of training , the educators , the social workers , etc . should , through inmates ' relatives and other visitors , explore and seek outside the prison , opportunity to practice the skills acquired during imprisonment . III ( a ) Summary if DM ' s case DM ( No . U 34 / 89 ) , a 26 year old ordinary prisoner , not married and with no child , came from Luwero district and his earliest possible date of release was 21 May 1994 . He was born from a polygamous family and his standard of education was P . VI . He was imprisoned for seven years and ten months , for burglary ( c / s 281 of PCA ) and theft ; stealing a bicycle c / s 255 ( A ) and escaping from lawful custody ( c / s 103 of PCA ) . Before arrest and conviction , he was a soldier in the National Resistance Army . While in prison , he was taught carpentry and gained little experience in the trade . He was baptized , confirmed and became a committed Christian in prison . He was visited by relatives in prison a number of times . At home in Luwero , he was visited six times by the Prisons Social worker . ( b ) Comments While in prison he gained skills in carpentry . The social worker reports : " In prison he was placed on carpentry , where he gained little experience and skills . He intends to work in any carpentry workshops where he would stay in Luwero . " Fortunately for DM , later on his brother succeeded in getting for him employment in a carpentry workshop in Kampala . What we mean by creating possibilities for the inmate to practice the activity learned in the prison can consist of preparing the involved local social actors as the brothers in this case of DM . After release , DM was not in position to implement directly the skills learned in prison . So he had to dig for more than one year , by that time he seems to be a hard working man . The relatives and neighbors were satisfied with his attitude . One of the brothers preferred to direct DM to the activity he learned in prison . " Then after which he was found a small carpentry workshop . Later , someone employed him to work for him . " What we need to indicate here is that we failed , while we were preparing DM to go to his local community ; to link him to the owner of carpentry workshop , as a way of assisting DM to implement the skills he learned in prison . Fortunately , the brother filled that gap . This is to say that this possibility was available . By the time of his release , contacts should have been established with potential employers , but this was not done . Although it was done at a later stage in his resettlement process . In the case of FM the social worker and the father fortunately had the opportunity to talk about this aspect . When the social worker visited the home of FA , she had this conversation with the father : " SW : Why do you plan to settle him on your land ? Why not find a school for FA ? Father : It is because when I used to visit my son at the reformatory school could find him very busy with agricultural activities . I was happy and I felt he should come home and continue with agriculture . " 1 . 1 . 2 Vocational Training : The activities such as blacksmith , carpentry , masonary , etc . should be organized taking into consideration the outside life , because life in prison should not be in isolation . Every time that link will be made , it will be efficient preparation for the inmate to leave the prison . This link is also a way to reduce the permanent prisonization effects . During this preparation social actors such as educators ( see section 3 . 7 ) , prisons management and custodial staff ( section 3 . 8 ) and the inmate himself ( section 3 . 9 ) should be considered as social actors ( see section 3 . 8 ) because their contribution is needed . When an inmate is totally involved in that preparation we can succeed in changing his / her attitude . For example to make him accept the responsibility of the offence he / she committed while outside . One of the indicators to evaluate that change can be got from the inmate himself / herself ; then instead of saying : " They say I .... " Will become : " I did ... " A change of attitude on the part of the prisoner as mentioned above is needed so that he / she can be involved in his / her rehabilitation process . The walls around the prisons which are symbolic of unnatural social environment for the prisoner , should not be considered as a barrier between the life in prison and outside . The concept of social rehabilitation involves that link between life in prison and the outside . 1 . 1 . 2 The Exposition The exposition of inmates to various skills alone is not enough . The inmate should be linked with the outside in order to improve the relationship with the members of his local community and the opportunity to implement the skills learnt while in prison . It is worth to indicate here that the Penal Justice System professionals should always have in mind the fact that imprisonment does not often solve the problem existing between the inmate and the victim . That is why during the first contacts with the inmates many of them prefer to go elsewhere after release than going home because of fear of the victims at home . The social worker seems to be the key person to solve this remaining social problem . The successful initiatives on his / her behalf are the explanations of the reconciliatory attitude of the inmates . As in the case of ES , he wrote a letter to his father assuring him : " I will never repeat my mistake to attack my stepmother ... " 1 . 2 OUTSIDE PRISON : 1 . 2 . 1 . The Bad Picture of the Penal System The data examined shows that there is always a link between the inmate and the relatives . But because of the bad picture the relatives , friends , neighbors , etc . have about the penal system , a big number of inmates are not visited . Even the first contact with the social workers is difficult and misunderstood . As below this bad picture explains the impression the social worker got while visiting the mother of PS : " I was introduced to her , but the first impression I got was that she had doubt about me . May be she mistook me to be one of the bad people who might have coned her . Sometime later I was told that many people coned her , especially during the hearing of Peter ' s investigation . She lost a lot of money . I understand some people continued going to her ; that is why the mother is still sensitive about visitors , especially those visitors who mention PS . " This is really a bad picture of the penal system on the part of the local communities . This bad picture is also shown by the inmate especially on prisons . The following paragraph of the social worker ' s report on PS is sufficient illustration : " When PS was asked about imprisonment , he replied that it is very bad to be a prisoner . Prisons staff hardly recognize you as a person . You lose your dignity and nobody can listen to you , even if you are completely worn out . A prisoner cannot suggest ... Imprisonment is not a joke . Most people refer to prisoners as things , but not as people " . When the confidence was established between those local community members with the social worker , we learned more about this bad picture of the penal system . II ( a ) Summary of SM ' s case SM ( No . U666 / 93 ) , a star inmate , educated up to P . VII only , claims to be a Mutoro by tribe ( with a Kiganda name ) , but on the prison record , he is a Muganda by tribe . Before his arrest and conviction SM was a soldier in the National Resistance Army . When interviewed by the social worker , SM stated that his relatives were in Kasese District , while on prison record his father was in Bugerere , in Mukono District . SM is from a monogamous family and has three sisters and three brothers . His father died in 1982 and the mother is still alive . Convicted and sentenced to 30 months ' imprisonment for robbery , ( c / s 272 of PCA ) SM ' s earliest possible date of release from prison was 14 September 1994 . While in prison , he was trained in the carpentry , was not visited and the social worker visited him four times after release . b ) Comment In this case , SM ' s brother revealed the bad picture he had on the penal system . For him , inmates are beaten every day . That is why , without hesitation , he asked the following to the social worker to confirm his opinion on the penal system : " I think you beat them every day and take them to shamba , is it so ? " SM ' s case is also sufficient illustration of the Penal System . Some relatives have a very bad picture of the penal system in general and of the prison in particular , so that they cannot believe in the capacity of this system to reform the inmate . When the social worker informed SM ' s father that his son became a good carpenter during his imprisonment , the latter could not believe : " Tobiya " , he exclaimed . This bad picture is the cause of the fear the relatives , friends and neighbors have to visit inmates . III ( a ) Summary of MM ' s case MM ( No . KGO 89 / 92 ) , a 21 year old ordinary inmate , a Munyarwanda by tribe , comes from Mityana in Mubende District . He was born out of a monogamous family and both parents are alive . He is not married and has no child . He stopped at Primary III and before his arrest and subsequent conviction , he looked after his father ' s cattle . MM was sentenced to 30 months ' imprisonment for stealing cattle ( c / s 255 of the PCA ) and escaping from lawful custody ( c / s 103 of the PCA ) . While in prison he worked in the vegetable shamba . His earliest possible date ( EPD ) of release was 13th July 1994 . ( b ) Comment The bad picture those local social actors have and even the inmates is not on the mistreatment of inmates , but also imaginary on the side of visitors . Here is some conversation between MM ' s father and the social worker : " MM ' s father : Will they not mistreat me ? SW : ... They will welcome you , they will ask you kindly whom you want and they will give you a seat . MM ' s father : Can I bring him something to eat ? SW : You can bring , but the food has to be tested first . MM ' s father : Thank you very much . I was worried at first , when I saw you . I thought you were CID . SW : We all laughed . " This bad picture is also described by some inmates . Some of them got different view after release . This is what MM revealed to the social worker during the third visit the social worker paid to his home : " I will come there to see you . You have been a friend to us all . I remember when we were at Kigo together I used to fear everybody , but now you have come here thrice , I am now used to you . We look like brothers who share problems I personally have . I will come there to see you all . " This revelation by the ex - inmate shows that there is really a change on the picture he had . He is ready to pay a visit to all of them ( the social worker , the custodial staff , etc ) . This bad picture is the explanation in some cases of the surprise observed by the social worker . Let us examine the case of JS . IV ( a ) Summary of JS ' s case JS ( No . MBP 617 / 94 ) is a star inmate , a Muganda from Mubende District and aged 23 years . He was educated up to Senior Secondary III , when he dropped out due to lack of school fees . He was born in a polygamous family . His father was still alive , but the mother died . JS is married with a child and by the time he was sentenced to imprisonment , he was not doing any serious work . He was sentenced to a fine of shs . 100 . 000 or six months ' imprisonment , for obtaining goods under false pretence ( c / s 289 of the PCA ) . His earliest possible date of release was 30th September 1994 . While in prison , he was visited by a friend and after release from prison , the social worker visited the ex - inmate four times at his home in Mityana , Mubende District . ( b ) Comment We observed that this exercise has made some persons change the bad picture they had on the penal system in general and on prisons in particular . JS ' s father considered that there is a change . The social worker reports : " He was so happy again , the worker visiting him and he greeted him . MM could not believe that the worker could visit him again and said ; it is wonderful to see a government following somebody from prison to his home ; this is a new nation ; he nodded his head . " This statement is not only from JS ' s father , KN ' s father is of the same opinion as is reported by the social worker : He was impressed that prisons / government is changing these days ... " This case and others are indicative of a growing change of positive attitude towards the penal system in general and prisons in particular . It is also encouraging to note that both cases quoted are successful because the ex - inmates are now settled and leading a law - abiding and useful life . We can say that we failed to change some other ex - inmates , who still have a very bad picture of the penal system in general and of the prisons in particular . PS , for example , in his reply to the social worker confirms this failure . For this ex - inmate , this bad picture is extended to the society in general : This study shows a possibility of changing the attitudes inter alia of : ( 1 ) The inmates that the social worker is there to prepare them for their return from prison back home . ( 2 ) The custodial staff to consider themselves that their contribution in the social rehabilitation of inmates . ( 3 ) The members of the local community that their contribution is needed without which our quest for a successful social rehabilitation is doomed to failure . 1 . 2 . 2 The Happiness of the Relatives The relatives , friends , neighbors , etc . who do not visit either because of the bad picture of the penal system and consequently by the fear generated by this bad picture , or because of long distances , are nevertheless often happy when they learn that the relatives are about to be released . This is demonstrated in several cases below : V ( a ) Summary of TL ' s case TL ( No . U10 / 93 ) a star prisoner , was 37 year old man from Mityana , sentenced to two and a half years ' imprisonment for illegal possession of firearms ( c / s 285 of the PCA ) . Before his arrest and conviction , he was working as a driver . TL was married with children . His father and mother were still alive . While in prison , he worked as a cleaner . TL was visited only once while he was still on remand in prison , but when he was finally convicted , he was not visited . After release , his home was visited twice by the social worker . ( b ) Comment In the case of TL the social worker reports extreme happiness of the father to learn that his son was still alive and about to be released : " The father could not believe his ears . He did not recall whether he heard properly , then he exclaimed : Where is TL ? ... The father sighed and came forward to embrace me . He was extremely grateful to hear about his son . He recalled with much regret that he has lost four of his children ( three sons and one daughter ) and he had assumed that TL was dead . As we see below , because of lack of circulation of information , TL was presumed dead by the relatives . This explains the happiness and at the same time the suffering by the father . III ( a ) Summary of KM ' s case KM ( No . MBP451 / 93 ) , an illiterate star prisoner , whose earliest possible date of release was 25th July 1994 , is a Moslem by faith , married with seven children and comes from a monogamous family in Mityana . He was sentenced to two years ' imprisonment for malicious damage of property ( c / s 215 of the PCA ) . Before arrest and conviction , KM was a driver in the National Resistance Army . In Prison , he was trained as a blacksmith and was visited several times by the wife . After release , he was visited four times by the social worker . ( b ) Comment Even in this case there is happiness and some suffering . The social worker reports : " When I told the sister that KM was due for release on 25th July 1994 , she was so happy . Then all of a sudden she cried a bit , saying that all those two years my brother has been in prison , I haven ' t been able to go and visit him . I comforted her , saying that it was not your fault , but now you have to prepare for his release , so that when he arrives he does not feel out of place as an outcast . " The bad picture described earlier is also the explanation of the surprise observed on the part of some relatives . VII VII . ( a ) Summary of KN ' s case KN ( No . LWP10 / 94 ) , a star inmate , aged 25 years , came from a monogamous family in Masaka District . She was not married , but had two children . Her earliest possible date of release was 10th November 1994 , from Luzira Women Prison , Kampala . She was imprisoned for one year for the offence of stealing from a dwelling house ( c / s 282 of the PCA ) . Before her conviction , she was a Grade III teacher in Masaka . While in prison , she was not visited , but her father wrote a letter to her through the social worker . The social worker visited her parents twice , and after release she is in constant touch with the social worker . ( b ) Comment KN ' s father was really surprised when the social worker presented him with a letter from his daughter . The social worker reports : " After introducing myself , I gave him the letter written by KN . It was a surprise visit because he never expected anybody to travel from Luzira to Masaka on behalf of a prisoner . The surprise of the father seems also due to the bad picture he has on the prison . It was also a shock to him to hear that his daughter KN was well and healthy and had taken the trouble to write to him . " Even in the case of DM the bad picture seems to be one of the explanations of the happiness as expressed by the mother . " Oh my God , my son is still alive ! Praise the Lord . Will he really come back here ? " Here the feeling of strong happiness is mixed with a very strong surprise . VIII ( a ) Summary of AS ' s case As ( No . U66 / 84 ) is a star inmate , a Moslem by faith , and a Muru by tribe , from the Sudan , whose parents migrated to Uganda when he was still a child . By the time of his arrest and conviction , he was 38 years old and married with children . He was sentenced to fifteen years ' imprisonment for kidnapping with intent to murder , ( c . s 235 of the PCA ) and his earliest possible date of release was 7th October , 1994 . Prior to his arrest , he was a police officer ( Assistant Commissioner of Police ) , and before he joined police , he was a professional mechanic . While in prison , he was trained in tailoring and was visited several times by his wife , relatives and friends . After release he was visited five times by the social worker before the ex - inmate left for Nairobi . ( b ) Comment In this case it is a friend who took the initiative to direct AS to the skills he learned in prison : " Truly I convinced AS to come to stay with me . He brought all his family this way . We are going to start a project with him . I have a school down here , it is a Muslim school . AS is expert in tailoring , so I would like him to teach the children tailoring ... " Even for this case and others , the necessary actions were not taken , failing then to lead the ex - inmates directly to the skills they learned in prison . There is a clear need to prepare , using the different contacts ( relatives , friends , neighbors , etc ) with outside , so that on release the inmate is able to implement the skills learned during his / her imprisonment . The two cases above show well that the preparation of the inmate to resettle will be almost completed when this aspect of implementing the skills learned in prison is taken into consideration . Another case indicated by the UDPAS , where this aspect of early preparation was done ; from release the inmate was successfully resettled as a carpenter for more than ten years . 1 . 2 . 3 Rapture For the success of the social rehabilitation of the inmate , the social link with the outside ( relatives , friends , neighbors , etc ) should be instituted as soon as the inmate is admitted into the prison . The new case of ET shows that for some inmates there is no link at all with the outside . IX ( a ) Summary of ET ' s case ET ( No . LWP 11 / 95 ) is a star inmate , a Samia by tribe , who comes from Mukono District ( East of Kampala ) . She was 40 years old at the time of her arrest , married to a man who had other women . The husband died , leaving her with three children . All her parents too had died . She was sentenced to eighteen months ' imprisonment for the offence of child stealing ( c / s 239 of the PCA ) . While in prison , she was looking after zero grazing dairy cows and she did not receive any visitors . ( b ) Comment We learn through subsequent visits that the inmate lost her land while in prison . The land was re - allocated to someone else by the LCI Chairman . Upon her release , the inmate mounted fruitless efforts to repossess her land . She reported that she was disadvantaged because she was illiterate and unable to read a letter in her possession from the Resident district Commissioner ( RDC ) to the LCI chairman in respect of her land problems . As expressed by her lament : " The time I stayed in prison is too long . I do not know , since I did not hand over my property to anybody , I presume to be in bush . " This case is an illustration of the need to start contact between the inmate and the outside as soon as possible . It will be noted from the above that if earlier contact between the inmate and outside relatives had been made , the chances of losing her land could have been minimized . This omission reinforces our opinion of the necessity to establish earlier links between the inmate and his or her relatives as soon as he / she is admitted into prison . At this point , we disagree with the recommendation on preparation for release as contained in An Alternative White Paper on Correctional Services , a South African document that : " ... efforts to reintegrate prisoners into society should be concentrated in the last part of every prisoner ' s sentence ... " Because of lack of earlier contact with the outside , ET '' land was unfairly taken away from her and she is now renting a small house in the suburb of her local town . We would like to observe further , that apart from an inmate being facilitated to continue protecting his or her interest while in custody , and also continue his / her business activity through relatives , earlier contact with the outside also places the inmate into a better position , to benefit from the already existing legal provisions which entitle certain offenders to earn early release . This would not be possible for the inmate to benefit if the linkage is established at the last month towards the inmate ' s release . Delayed linkage of the inmate and the outside renders nugatory legal ( local and international ) provisions , which empowers prison authorities to grant certain categories of deserving prisoners an earlier release through : parole , review of sentence , release on license , etc . The case of ZM shows a total physical and social rupture where the offender is kept incomunicado leading to relatives presuming the offender dead . The social worker reports : " It had been rumored that he was dead , and she said that arrangements were being made for the last funeral rites for him . " This can be the main explanation of the relatives ' happiness indicated above . Here also is a useless suffering due to the lack of circulation of information between the inmate and his / her relatives . Inspite of the different UN and local Instruments , some inmates and their relatives are still suffering from this situation . Our opinion is that Uganda and other countries in Africa have the minimum resources to change this situation . The data under examination , as the reader will observe , after reading the complete study , reveals that in some of our African countries the minimum resources are available , but not used . As a response to the above observation , it is often said that the implementation of the UN Instruments and even the local ( national ) ones is difficult . We are convinced that the meagre resources ( human , material , financial , etc ) available in our countries can allow us , if well used , to implement those instruments . The present project is a way of implementing all those instruments . In light of the above cases , we recommend that contact between the inmate and the outside should be initiated as soon as possible following the inmate ' s admission into the prison . Contrary to the views held by the authors of An Alternative to the South African White Paper on Correctional Services , recommending that contact with the outside in favour of an inmate should be initiated three months to the end of the sentence . The success of SB ' s case demonstrates immense advantages that can be reaped from institution of earlier contact between the prisoner and the outside . SB , while in prison was regularly visited by his wives whom he directed to continue with the business and raise money to pay off the debts that led to his imprisonment . Consequently , because of the good and earlier contact with the outside , the business continued and flourished after release from prison . ET ' s case demonstrates that earlier contact with outside can assist in providing earlier solutions to a problem which had been complicated by lack of contact with the outside . ET lost her land because it was reallocated while she was in prison , serving a sentence of one and a half years , without any contact with the outside . This was a cause of useless suffering to ET . The cases of TL and ZM highlight further useless suffering inmates and their relatives are subjected to , if no earlier contact with the outside means we are doomed to failure in our quest to reintegrate the offender back to the local community , because the members of the local community are not involved in the social rehabilitation of ex - inmates ; the cases of TL and ZM are a clear testimony to this lack of contact with the outside . The involvement of those local social actors are needed . This involvement brings a difference between TL and ZM cases . The late , but total involvement of the local community members in the case of ZM makes the results of this case very satisfactory . Although in the case of TL lack of involvement by local community members makes the case unsatisfactory . 1 . 2 . 4 Useless Suffering PS ' s case and others draw our attention to the suffering that can be experienced by the inmates , relatives , etc . because of lack of circulation of information between them . The social worker reports : " At this time , the mother seems to yield . She changed her face and put on a smiling face . I noted so because she even extended her hand to shake with me . She told me that at first she had doubt about me and she apologized . She said she was happy to hear about her son . She told me she could have visited him today but she ran short of money . She therefore sent the sister of PS . She sent him some few gifts . " Below is a case demonstrating the useless suffering of the inmate and the relatives , the case of ES . X ( a ) Summary of ES ' s Case ES ( No . U69 / 87 ) is a star inmate aged 32 years , who comes from Masaka District and is married with three children . Educated up to Senior Secondary III , ES was born out of a monogamous family . His father died , leaving his mother with seven children . He was sentenced to death for murder , ( c / s 183 of the PCA ) but the death sentence was commuted to life imprisonment , whereby his earliest possible date of release was 9th September , 1994 . He spent most of his time of imprisonment , in the condemned section of the prison . He did not , therefore , train in any vocational trade . Before his arrest and sentence to imprisonment , he worked as a pump attendant at a Petrol Station in Kampala ; worked as a fishmonger ; a trader in second - hand clothes ; and finally joined the army in 1979 . ( b ) Comment ES and his relatives experienced the same suffering . The report from the social worker describes the suffering of ES . " ES became so desperate that he stopped counting himself among human beings . The mother also became so scarce that she could even take months without visiting him . He could only count on his fellow condemned prisoners as his close friends and relatives ... " Cases of TL , DM and ZM also demonstrate the useless suffering inflicted on inmates , relatives , neighbors , friends , etc . through non - contact with the outside . Imprisonment itself is punishment . Holding a prisoner contrary to Section 37 of the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners or local legislations results into useless suffering of the offender and relatives . Kept in that situation , the imprisonment of social rehabilitation programmes is comprised and the picture of the penal system will continue to be bad before prisoners and the relatives . XI ( a ) Summary of SN ' s case SN ( No . LWP43 / 94 ) is a star inmate , a Muganda from Mawokota in Mpigi District and she was 19 years old at the time of her arrest and conviction . Both the father and mother died . SN was married with 3 children , but her husband also died . She never went to school , although her parents could afford to pay for her school fees . She simply did not want to go to school . She was imprisoned for two months for the offence of administering grievous harm to a person ( c / s 212 of the PCA ) . While in prison , she was visited by her inlaws many times , and after her release from prison , the social worker visited the ex - inmate ' s home four times . ( b ) Comment The case of SN shows how a mother can suffer in prison . When the social worker visited her in prison , she revealed : " ... I am worried about my children . I don ' t know how they are now , because my in - laws they don ' t tell me their condition . " She later asked the social worker to visit her home . 1 . 2 . 5 Reconciliation By reconciliation we mean a progressive approach through which an inmate and his / her local community members are prepared to enter into needle logic in order to ensure efficient and effective social rehabilitation of the inmate . As indicated below , reconciliation is really needed because as some cases indicate , when there is a failure or when this aspect of social rehabilitation is neglected , the results are unsatisfactory . As an illustration of successful reconciliation , let us refer to the case of JS . What we are trying to illustrate here is the fact that if the inmates themselves have this positive attitude , the social worker should take this opportunity to encourage the inmates / relatives or even the victims to be open to this reconciliatory initiative . But in case this positive attitude is not initiated by the involved persons , the social worker is the one to initiate the process . During the preparation period before JS was released , the social worker paid a visit to the parents . He informed them that their son had changed ; the father showed a positive ( reconciliatory ) attitude : " ... but as you have come , it seems he has changed . He is free to come back . " This reconciliatory attitude will help the social worker to achieve this objective . The above quotation shows that the parents were ready to contribute and to be involved in the process of reconciliation . It is essential to indicate here also the positive attitude of the son asking through his letter to the parents , to be pardoned because his contribution to the process is also needed . This positive attitude on the part of the parents and the inmate ( the son ) will facilitate the reconciliation . The reconciliation process had been set in motion because when the father received the letter from the son requesting to be pardoned by them , action was taken . During another visit to this family , as a response to the social worker ' s efforts to reconcile JS and the parents , the father replied : " Oh ! It was a very difficult task but I managed it ... I also got that chance . I told her that there was a crucial issue which need her attention before she goes back , that a prison officer visited us and was to come back ... I gave her a letter from the boy . She read it twice and laughed , when she laughed , . I knew that I had won the case and she asked me what she should do with the letter . I did not hesitate to answer her . I said to her that I hope you have read the content and it is a self - explanatory letter and the officer wanted to see both of us to discuss about the matter . The woman jumped and said she was going , that for her she had forgiven the boy as the matter had reached the authority . She had no problem , she said . She did not give any condition , ( the father explained the worker ) . " Here also , the reader will observe the reconciliatory attitude of the stepmother . Indeed this had facilitated the reconciliation of the son with his parents . The social worker succeeded in getting the contribution of both parents . JS ' s case and others also show how the social worker succeeded in getting the involved social actors enter into needle logic . 1 . 2 . 6 The Link with Outside This is a pre - requisite for a social rehabilitation of inmates . It appears that often in many of our countries this basic social work is half way done . The data under study shows that the main work is not accomplished . We wish to re - emphasize that this is the main explanation of the failure of the inmate ' s social rehabilitation projects in many of our countries . We cannot prepare an inmate to go back home ( Local community ) without preparing the local social actors to receive him / her ; better with the involvement in the exercise of those local social actors . The cases where up to this data we consider as successes , are due to the fact that the inmate and the local social actors were prepared . Contributions came from the inmates themselves and the relatives , friends , neighbors , etc . in other words , we succeeded because they were reconciled . Indeed the inmate should be reconciled with his / her victim , relatives , etc . : In short , with all the members of the local community so as to be accepted by them . This should be done under the ' needle logic " so as to shift from sector 1 to 4 , where the relationship among the antagonists is more complex and are taken into consideration , not the private interest , but the collective one . To succeed in the reconciliation of the antagonists the " useful " information should be circulated between them . This circulation of information should also be amongst the relatives of the inmate so that they can contribute efficiently to his / her resettlement XII ( a ) Summary of SB " s case SB ( No . MBP . 429 / 94 ) , a star inmate , is a Munyoro by tribe , aged 34 years , a Moslem by faith and comes from Masaka District . He is a businessman and married to two wives . SB was convicted and sentenced to eight months imprisonment for issuing a false cheque ( c / s 364 of the PCA ) . While in prison , he was not trained in any trade and was regularly visited by his wives . ( b ) Comment This case shows what kind of link can be established among an inmate and his / her relatives outside prison . In the case of SB the following quotation reveals what the two wives were able to do while their husband was in prison . The social worker reports : " . . . through putting funds together , we have been able to raise some good money . During one of our visits to the prison , he told us that he wanted us to raise for him some money so that he can get back to business . " The wives succeeded to raise the money needed . The amount that led SB to imprisonment was paid and today SB ' s business prospers because he resumed his business without any problem . The success of this case is due to permanent contact of SB with his wives . We consider that his return home was well prepared . DM and JS cases throw more light on this statement . Before release , DM ' s fear was the victim . He almost refused to go back home . This refusal demonstrated by the fact that he initially gave a wrong address of the relatives : " Sir , I would like to apologize to you for not being straight forward . I realized later when I went back to my word , when I consulted my friends , I was told you were the right person to help me . Now I am requesting you to go to my sister . She will be the one to tell you all the things connected to the man . I have written this letter to introduce you to her and to tell you everything . " We learn from the social worker ' s visit to DM , that DM ' s fears unfounded because the victim , after reading the letter of apology from DM , revealed his mind : " I cannot reply this letter because I had forgiven DM long time ago , he is free to come back . He grew up in my home he is my son too . " When DM got this useful information through the social worker , his fear to return home vanished . This shows the necessity of circulation of information between the involved social actors . One of the roles of the social worker is to establish the social link and circulation of information . As the reader may observe , when the information is in circulation between the involved social actors , ( victim , relatives , neighbors , etc . ) , this can facilitate the reconciliation between , inter alia , the victim and the offender . DM ' s case is not an isolated one . This necessity is also demonstrated in JS , whose fear of his stepmother whom he beat , leading to his father chasing him away from home . During the time the social worker was preparing JS for release , JS revealed : " . . . I intend to change the place and I would like to go back home , but even my father does not know that I am in prison . The stepmother misled him , so he does not care abut me . " As indicated above , when the basic social work is done , the possibility of reconciliation is great . We are of the opinion that the social worker has well prepared JS and his relatives . Otherwise the future of this case should be different . PS ' s case draws our attention to the suffering that can be experienced by the inmates because of lack of circulation of information between the inmates and the relatives , as the social worker reports : " At this time , the mother seems to yield . She changed her face and put on a smiling face . I noted so because she even extended her hand to shake with me . She told me that at first she had doubt abut me and she apologized . She said she was happy to hear about her son . She told me she could have visited him today but she ran short of money . She therefore sent the sister of PS . She sent him some few gifts . " ES and his relatives experienced the same suffering . The report from the social worker described the suffering of ES : " ES became so desperate that even stopped counting himself among human beings . . . ( ES paragraph 6 ) . . . as his relatives . " SB ' s case shows that relatives should not be inactive in the preparation of the inmate ' s release . When they are totally involved in the release of the inmate , some action facilitating the rehabilitation process is taken by them . About the debt incurred by the husband which led to his imprisonment , the wives had this to report : " . . . it hasn ' t yet been paid , but also the man , the owner of the money of late has left for Saudi Arabia , because we wanted to pay him but we have failed , because we can ' t get into contact with him . We are now waiting for him to come out of prison to handle it . " Some misleading officials reports and observations often made during conferences seem to be at variance with the above statements , alleging that local communities reject totally an ex - prisoner identified as an incorrigible criminal . These observations are not based on facts . This is because there are no preparations on behalf of the inmate and the local social actors . This kind of observation shows that something was not done and we have to identify that obstacle so that the process continues . One of the cases we consider to be a successfully reconciled is the case of JS . SECTION 2 LEGAL INSTRUMENTS SUPPORT Correctional workers should be aware of the existence of national and international instruments at their disposal which are meant to promote the social rehabilitation of inmates . Unfortunately , their implementation has been allowed to pass into oblivion for many reasons . One of the reasons , referring to our data , that those who had to implement those instruments are deeply emersed in punitive logic with the result that the referred instruments above are thought to be irrelevant . It is not therefore uncommon to hear from correctional officers that international instruments advocating social rehabilitation of inmates are regarded as too advanced to be implemented in our local environments . However , taking into consideration the African social realities , ( the extended families , neighborhood , the logic of conflict resolution ) , our data has revealed that those national and international instruments can be implemented . We hasten to point out at this stage that our contribution to show how both local and international Instrument can be implemented , after evaluating the human , material and financial resources available in the under developed countries . In making our contribution , we were influenced by the foresight of both national and international legislators , who had laid useful structures for achieving an effective social rehabilitation of inmates . We wish to use the following instruments below to show the foresight of the legislature and why some of the provisions they put in place were partially or never implemented at all . As local legal instruments , we consider the Prisons Act , the Prisons Rules , the Children Statute , Minimum Standard Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners , the Tokyo Rules , the Beijing Rules , the Riyadh Guidelines , the United Nations Rules for the Protection of Juveniles Deprived of their Liberty as these are found to be related to the social rehabilitation process . We are mainly dealing with these instruments although there are some other laws and acts linked with them , such as Labour Rules of the International Labour Organization ( ILO ) on prisoners etc . 2 . 1 PRISONS ACT AND PRISONS RULES As national instruments we can refer to sections 49 of the Prisons Act and remission of part of sentence of certain prisoners ; Section 50 of Prisons Act on criminals to be released on license only ; Section 51 on review of sentences ; Section 51 ( Release on Parole ) . 2 . 1 . 1 Remission of Part of Sentence of Certain prisoners ( Section 49 ) Sub - section 4 of that Section is more relevant : " The Commissioner may recommend to the Minister designated . . . that should advise the President to grant a further remission on special grounds . " The concept of special grounds covers the following conditions : a ) The terminally sick b ) The aged who are not on capital charges c ) Breast feeding mothers held on petty offences , etc . 2 . 1 . 2 Release of Habitual Criminals on Licence only ( Section 50 ) When a prisoner is due for release on licence , Section 50 , Sub - section 2 below specifies the power of the Commissioner General of Prisons , inter alia , to release and revoke such a licence . After reading the above document , the reader will observe that the provisions are silent on who has to implement the decision made by the Commissioner General of Prisons . However , in the licence book , it is specified that the police are the ones to supervise : " ( a ) The Licence shall contain the photograph and the finger prints of the holder , who shall retain it and produce it to a Magistrate , Police Officer , Prison Officer or his Gombolola Chief , on demand . " ( b ) The Licence shall not break the law , nor shall he associate with persons of bad character ; he shall not lead any idle life . " ( c ) He shall proceed to his intended place of residence without delay , and report to the nearest Police Station within 48 hours . If he lives further than ten miles from a Police Station , he may report to his Gombolola Chief instead . " ( d ) He shall report once a month in the manner described at ( c ) , and also whenever he changes his address . " The field observation , however , has revealed that there has been total failure by police to implement the provisions quoted above . In our view , the police failure in the supervisory role can be explained as indicated below , by the fact that the inmates had no initial confidence in the whole penal system . We are also of the opinion that a special section be created in the police and trained on the supervision of licences . On this task they should be assisted by well trained social workers who should be capable of winning the confidence of the inmates . 2 . 1 . 3 Review of Sentences ( Section 51 ) This section deals with long sentence prisoners , i . e . lifers and persons imprisoned for 7 or more years . For those cases the Commissioner shall : " . . . submit to the Minister for the time being designated . . . a report on the general condition and conduct of every prisoner undergoing imprisonment for life or for a term exceeding seven years , at the end of every four years of such imprisonment or at such lesser period as that Minister or the Commissioner considers desirable . " The review of sentences of this class of offenders is one sided and does not seek coordination with other social actors involved in effective rehabilitation of the offender as observed in this study . 2 . 1 . 4 Release on Parole ( Section 52 ) This section provides for release on parole , persons sentenced to four years or more . The legislator foresees that there is a necessity to prepare the prisoner to join the normal life outside . For that reason Section 52 provides : " ( 1 ) A prisoner serving a sentence of imprisonment for a period of four years or more may be allowed by the Commissioner within three months of the date he is due for release on conditions and for reasons approved by the Commissioner to be temporarily absent from prison on parole or a stated length of time which shall not be greater than fourteen days . ( 2 ) The commissioner or an officer in charge may at any time recall a prisoner released on parole . ( 3 ) Any prisoner who fails to return to prison on the completion of the period of his parole or when informed that he has been recalled under the provisions of subsection ( 2 ) of this section shall be guilty of an offence and may be arrested without warrant and shall be liable on conviction to the same punishment as if he had escaped from prison . ( 4 ) A prisoner when released on parole who contravenes the conditions imposed upon him shall be guilty of an offence and shall , on conviction , be liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months . " This section has never been implemented at all and there is no documentation to prove the contrary of what is said about this statement . Why are the sections not implemented ? The reply to this question , taking into consideration the data examined and the needle logic involved , seems to be due to the non - involvement of other social actors identified in the study , in particular the social workers who are the link between the inmate and the intended place of resettlement . It should also be added that up until now the penal system and society at large have not embraced the fact that social rehabilitation of offenders is a process . Even though those legal instruments on parole , release on licence , review of sentence , etc . were meant to facilitate the social rehabilitation of ex - offenders , experience has shown that this has not been the case . In case of release on licence , there is a total failure . We refer to a well known case of a notorious robber here in Uganda in 1960s , ( KT ) , who was released on licence in 1974 , failed to report to police and went to a neighboring country from where he committed another offence and was imprisoned . From then he has never been heard of . This seems to have been the last case of release on licence , because until now there are no more licence books with Prisons . In our view , there is need to extend the training of police and prison officers in particular to embrace new penology . This is important for the implementation of legal instruments on parole , release on Licence , review of sentence , etc . all of which are meant to facilitate the social rehabilitation of offenders . If we continue to quote the punitive logic , we shall continue violating prisoners ' rights through non - implementation of the said legal instruments , for it is evident that the application of those instruments has sunk into oblivion for many years . 2 . 2 THE CHILDREN STATUTE 1996 This new Children Statute repealed the Reformatory Schools Act and Approved Schools Act . The Uganda legislator has put in place mechanisms through this Statute to withdraw , the child from the penal system as soon as possible . This is in line with the new penology some of whose elements are given below : " ( 1 ) Where a child is arrested , the police shall under justifiable circumstances caution and release the child . ( 2 ) The police shall be empowered to dispose of cases at their discretion without recourse to formal court hearings in accordance with criteria to be laid down by the Inspector General of Police . " The legislator gives the local council members an important role to play : " ( 3 ) As soon as possible after arrest , the child ' s parents or guardians and the Secretary for Children ' s Affairs of the Local Government Council for the area in which the child resides , shall be informed of the arrest by the police . " This is really a new penology involving all the social actors other than the penal system professionals as was the cases in the past . The legislator also foresaw the contribution of the parents or guardians : " ( 4 ) The police shall ensure that the Parent or guardian of the child is present at the time of the police interview with the child except where it is not in the best interest of the child . " Other sub - sections bring out the legislator ' s foresight in involving important social actors in the decriminalization and protection of the right of the child . However , we would not hasten to add that the data examined refers to prison case only and it is our sincere hope that funds permitting , the study should be extended to cover remand homes as well . At the level of the judiciary the legislator has provided the family and children court . Even sections 14 - 19 have the objective to take the child out of the formal adult court . By the 14th section , the legislator had installed the family and children court in every district , and any other lower government unit designated by the Chief Justice in the Gazette . In order to avoid the negative impact of the penal system on the child , the legislator foresees the need for continued parental care for the child , by cautioning ( Section 18 ) : " A Family and Children Court shall not make a supervision order or a care order unless it considers that doing so would be beneficial to the child . " This legislator ' s desire to keep the child out of the penal system appears in section 91 ( 1 ) : " ( 1 ) Where a child appears before a court charged with any offence , the magistrate or person presiding over the court shall inquire into the case and unless there is serious danger to the child , release the child on bail - ( a ) On court bond on the child ' s on recognisance ; ( b ) With surerities , preferably the child ' s parents of guardians who shall be bound on a court bond , not cash . " In our opinion , in light of the new penology the Ugandan legislator did a better job by affirming the local council courts , which is a direct implementation of the international instruments , such as Beijing Rules and Riyadh Guidelines . We wish to give the reader direct access to the relevant section ( 93 ) of the role of the local committee courts as follows : ( 2 ) A Village Resistance Committee Court shall have the criminal jurisdiction set out in the Third Schedule to this Statute in a case involving a child . ( 3 ) A Village Resistance Committee Court shall be the court of first instance in respect of the criminal offences referred to in sub - section ( 2 ) of this section involving children . ( 4 ) A . ( 3 ) A Village Resistance Committee shall have jurisdiction to try a child for any of the following offences - ( a ) affray , under section 74 of the Penal Code ; ( b ) any offence against section 162 with the exception of paragraph ( b ) of sub - section ( 1 ) of the Penal Code ; ( c ) common assault , under section 227 of the Penal Code ; ( d ) actual bodily harm , under section 228 of the Penal Code ; ( e ) theft , under section 245 of the Penal Code ; ( f ) criminal trespass , under section 286 of the Penal Code ; ( g ) malicious damage , under section 315 of the Penal Code . ( 5 ) A Village Resistance Committee Court may , not withstanding any penalty prescribed by the Penal Code , in respect of the offences specified in sub - section ( 3 ) , make an order for any of the following relief - ( a ) reconciliation ( b ) compensation ( c ) restitution ; ( d ) apology ; and ( e ) caution . ( 6 ) In addition to the relief under sub - section ( 4 ) , the court may make a guidance order under which the child shall be required to submit himself to the guidance , supervision , advice and assistance of a person designated by the court . We would like to emphasize here that this jurisdiction ( local committee courts ) is or should be mainly under the needle logic , given the orders the local committee can make Rules for the Treatment of prisoners . A . Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners . 2 . 3 . 1 . Contact with Outside This Provision ( 37 ) of the Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners states : " Prisoners shall be allowed under necessary supervision to communicate with their family and reputable friends at regular intervals , both by correspondence and by receiving visits . " Once again we express the opinion that links by correspondence and visits can be more effectively carried out by the social workers and religious leaders . This was not effectively done in the past . That is why , for example , KN ' s father was really surprised : " . . . It was a surprise visit because he never expected anybody to travel from Luzira to Masaka on behalf of a prisoner . It was also a shock to him to hear that his daughter KN was well and healthy and had taken the trouble to write to him . " This quotation illustrates the lack of circulation of information between the inmate and his / her relatives in general . The following case of TL is an additional information to the above : " . . . and I mentioned about TL . The father could not believe his ears . He did not recall whether he heard properly , then he exclaimed , where is TL ? I responded that TL is still in prison in Upper Prison Luzira and is due for release on 7th October 1994 . I informed the father that his son TL sent warm greetings to him . At this juncture the father sighed and came forward to embrace me . He was extremely grateful to hear about his son . . . The father informed me that he was planning to hold the last funeral rites for TL . . . " This last quotation clearly shows that there was no communication at all between the father ( relatives ) and his son in prison , whom he had considered dead as he had already lost three sons and one daughter . This is a source of useless suffering . This is not an isolated case . ZM ' s case is similar to TL ' s case : " . . . She was extremely happy to learn that ZM was still alive and she wished her husband was around to hear by himself . She clapped , made noise and uttered some words in Gisu . " It is worth noting here that the happiness and suffering is not shared by the relatives , but also by the neighbors , in short , by the local community . This shows that some local community members , if not all of them , are involved some how in every social aspect of life in their community . The local community is not considered as available human , material and financial resources to be used in the process of social rehabilitation . Even then , inmates have the desire to communicate with the outside . But there is no structure enabling them to do so . This seems to be the feeling of ES . The social worker revealed the following : " None of ES ' s close relatives nor his beloved mother knew the latest development of his retrial . There was no way he could send the message to his mother . This could mean to sponsor someone to reach there . He only waited for his day to come and leave the great gates , as he called them . " We learn from the above quotation that ES had a complete rupture or communication with his relatives . His wife stopped visiting him when the death sentenced was passed . The relatives stopped visiting him thinking he had already been hanged , not knowing that they are supposed to be informed when such a person is to finally be executed . After the first visit , the social worker reports : " The mother , after hearing that ES ' s death sentence was commuted to ten years ' imprisonment , and consequently that ES was to be released soon , the mother was shocked and could not believe that her son was still alive . " For almost seven years , ES was not visited and was considered dead by his relatives . In this case it is obvious that the inmates ' human rights which are also the relatives ' human rights , often not taken into consideration , are violated yet Provision No . 37 of the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Offenders stipulates that : " Prisoners shall be allowed under necessary supervision to communicate with their family and repeatable friends at regular intervals , both by correspondence and by receiving visits . " This case also shows the useless suffering the inmates and relatives have to suffer sometimes . ET ' s case is also another illustration . She revealed to social worker of her suffering because of lack of information from the LCs about her land . She had to say the following : " I intend to go back to dig , but my fear is about my land . The RCs might have re - allocated it to some one else . They have a habit of selling people ' s land who are not there . Since this year began I have not received any visitor . I am still doubtful , I am likely to have no where to stay , I do not like to come back to prison because of my land . " This case shows that when the problem the inmate is facing while in prison is solved , his or her social rehabilitation is likely to be successful . The contact with the outside is a way to solve this kind of problem ; in this particular case , contact with the LC members of his / her local community requesting them to take care of his / her land while he / she is in prison . Unfortunately , when we got in touch with the members of LCI , it was too late because ET was due for release and the Land was already sold to a man . This case shows the necessity to link , the inmate to his / her local community , as soon as possible in order to avoid this kind of situation . As illustrated by the above different cases , there is really a need to link the inmate with the outside as soon as possible . Social Rehabilitation can succeed if the conditions indicated earlier are put in place , and especially if the links with the outside are carried out . 2 . 3 . 2 . Religion Provision 42 of the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners states : " If the Institution contains a sufficient number of prisoners of the same religion , a qualified representative of that religion shall be appointed or approved . If the number of prisoners justifies it and conditions permit , the arrangement should be on a full - time basis . " Access to a qualified representative of any religion shall not be refused to any prisoner . On the other hand , if any prisoner should object to a visit of any religious representative , his attitude shall be fully respected : " So far as practicable , every prisoner shall be allowed to satisfy the needs of his religious life by attending the services provided in the institution and having in his possession the books of religious observance and instruction of his denomination . " This practice has very positive impact on the inmate as DM confirms in these words : " I am completely changed . I shall not repeat this behavior . I used to go to church from time to time , but not on regular basis . Religion was not an important part of my life as I was growing up , but now , I am a true Christian . I got baptized and confirmed in prison . I am sorry for what I did . " This change will continue and become more lasting on the life of DM as it is reported by the mother to the social worker in these words : " DM is changed , he is a true saved person . He even gave a testimony in the Church about two weeks ago and he asked those he offended to forgive him . " 2 . 3 . 3 . Notification of Death , Illness , Transfer Provision 44 of the above Instrument is a way of informing the inmate about his / her life in prison . This provision stipulates : " Upon the death or serious illness of , or serious injury to a prisoner , or his removal to an institution for the treatment of mental affections , the director shall at once inform the spouse , if the prisoner is married , or the nearest relative and shall in any event inform any other person previously designated by the prisoner . A prisoner shall be informed at once of the death or serious illness of any near relative . In case of the critical illness of a near relative , the prisoner should be authorized , whenever circumstances allow , t go to his bedside wither under escort or alone . Every prisoner shall have the right to inform at one his family of his imprisonment or his transfer to another institution . " Economic constraints in our countries e . g . lack of transport etc . will not in most cases permit prison administration to implement this provision , but the available human resources if tapped and fully utilized will change the current situation for the better . 2 . 3 . 4 . Guiding Principles The following provisions of the same Instrument tally with the understanding of social rehabilitation as a process . As provision 60 ( 2 ) puts it in these words : " Before the completion of the sentence it is desirable that the necessary steps be taken to ensure for the prisoner a gradual return to life in society . This aim may be achieved , depending on the case , by a pre - release regime organized in the same institution or in another appropriate institution , or by release on trial under some kind of supervision which must not be entrusted to the police but should be combined with effective social aid . To complete the proceeding quotation , Provision 61 adds : " The treatment of prisoners should emphasize not their exclusions from the community , but their continuing part in it . Community agencies should , therefore , be enlisted wherever possible to assist the staff of the institution in the task of social rehabilitation of the prisoners . There should be in connection with every institution social workers charged with the duty of maintaining and improving all desirable relations of a prisoner with his family and with valuable social agencies . Steps should be taken to safeguard , the maximum extent compatible with the law and the sentence , the rights relating to civil interests , social security rights and other social benefits of prisoners . " 2 . 3 . 5 . Social Relations and Aftercare The preceding provisions provide directives while the offender is still in prison . This international instrument foresees the necessity for social relations and after care of an ex - prisoner . The following provision ( 80 ) states : " From beginning of a prisoner ' s sentence consideration shall be given to his future after release and he shall be encouraged and assisted to maintain r agencies outside the institution as may promote the best interests of his family and his own social rehabilitation . " Contrary to South African Alternative Paper on Correctional Services , consideration shall be given to the inmate ' s future after release from the beginning of his / her sentence . A careful reader will observe that this instrument spells out different steps of the process under study : social rehabilitation process . In our view the implementation of that instrument is not really a problem . Many of our countries can marshall the available human and the scarce financial resources to achieve invaluable results . B . The Tokyo Rules 2 . 3 . 6 . Non - Custodial Measures This Instrument for non - custodial measures provides a set of basic principles to promote the use of non - custodial measures as well as minimum safeguards for persons subject to alternative to imprisonment . It provides guidelines from pre - trial stage to post - sentencing stage . We are mainly interested in the last stage , our sample being constituted by the inmates . At this level , the main objective is the social rehabilitation of the inmate . Provision 9 . 1 of this Instrument states : " The competent authority shall have at its disposal a wide range of post - sentencing alternatives in order to avoid institutionalization and to assist offenders in their early re - integration into society . " This is why we consider that the preparation of the inmate should start as soon as possible in order to avoid long institutionalization of inmates . The competent authority is provided , with the following post - sentencing dispositions by provision 9 . 2 : " a ) Furlough and half way houses b ) Work or education release c ) Various forms of parole . d ) Remission e ) Pardon . " This exercise prepares the inmate so that the competent authority can implement section IV ( post - sentencing stage ) of the Instrument . Then the release on parole , section 52 of the Prisons Act , is implemented . Taking into account the above stated considerations , the objective of staff training is the social rehabilitation of inmates . The provision 16 . 1 of this instrument stipulates : " The objective of training shall be made clear to staff , their responsibilities with regard to rehabilitating the offender , ensuring the offender ' s rights and protective society . Training should also give staff an understanding of the need to cooperate in and coordinate activities with the agencies concerned . " In many of our countries in Africa , the training of staff overlooks the social rehabilitation of inmates , more emphasis is put on security . In this context , the social worker in the Prison Department is referred to as the " Poor Cousin " of the Department . This is due to the fact that this kind of system is operating under punitive logic . This Instrument emphasizes : research , planning , policy formulation of that evaluation . This study is an implementation of that section . Research is the only way to improve on our knowledge and know - how so that we are able to put in place new policies . C . The Beijing Rules 2 . 3 . 7 . The Administration of Juvenile Justice In this sub - section we are concerned with the remand homes . Section 18 . 1 ( various disposition measures ) states : " A large variety of disposition measures shall be made available to the competent authority , allowing for flexibility so as to avoid institutionalization to the greatest extent possible . Such measures , some of which may be combined , include : a ) care , guidance and supervision orders ; b ) probation ; c ) community service orders ; d ) financial penalties and restitution ; e ) intermediate treatment and other treatment orders ; f ) orders to participate in group counseling and similar activities ; g ) orders concerning foster care , leaving communities or other educational settings ; h ) other relevant orders . " Section 18 . 2 of the Beijing Rules states : " No juvenile shall be removed from parental supervision , whether partly , entirely unless the circumstances of his / her case make this necessary . " With respect to section 95 ( Family and Children Court of the Children Statute 1996 ) quoted above , the Uganda legislator is implementing this Instrument and did better by discharging absolutely the child : ( a ) cautioning , binding the child to be of good behaviour ; ( b ) compensation , restitution or fine , when the situation allows . Let us repeat that this project ( the social rehabilitation of inmates ) is an implementation of national and international instruments ; for example Section 25 ( mobilization of volunteers and community services ) of the Beijing Rules , and Sub - section 25 . 1 specifies that : " Volunteers , voluntary organizations , local institutions and other community resources shall be called upon to contribute effectively to the rehabilitation of the juvenile in a community setting , and as far as possible , within the family unit . " The commentary on the above sub - section reflects : " ... the need for rehabilitative orientation of all work with juvenile offenders . Cooperation with the community is indispensable if the directives of the competent authority are to be carried out effectively . Volunteers and voluntary services in particular have proved to be viable resources but are at present underutilized . In some instances the cooperation of ex - offenders ( including ex - addicts ) can be of considerable assistance . " The findings of the study make us emphasize that all locally available human resources should be collective social actor plays or should play an important role in their local community on the implementation of the measures made at the level of police and the judiciary , this being part of their work . The Ugandan legislator has foreseen provisions strengthening this role of local communities . Who should be the link between the young offender in the remand home and the local community , where he / she comes from ? The social worker is the one to link the up . XII ( a ) Summary of FA ' s case FA ( YOB ) is a star juvenile aged 19 years , by the time the social worker had interview with him . He is a Nubian by tribe and a Moslem by faith . FA comes from Busia in Tororo District , and was educated up to Primary IV level . Both parents are still alive although they are separated and the father has married another woman . He has two brothers and two sisters . FA was detained for three years , for the offence of stealing from a vehicle , ( c / s 255 ( A ) of the PCA ) whose owner ( victim ) he did not know . While in the reformatory school , he was trained in agriculture and was visited by both the father and the mother a number of times . FA was well behaved in prison . ( b ) Comment This case shows fruitful involvement of FA ' s parents and relatives . After the first visit by the social worker to FA ' s parents , the social worker reports : " The mother and father of FA visited him several times at the reformatory school . The father had also sent him letters and messages , through other relatives who visited FA . Both parents of FA have been very active in visiting their son in the reformatory school . This shows that the relationship between them is still good . " Each of these opportunities should be exploited for the better preparation of the child and parents ( relatives ) to be reunited . As a reply to the social worker , the father disclosed : " I am extremely happy . The mother and relatives are waiting to welcome him back home and the young sisters and brothers have missed him very much . They all could not go to visit him in Bugungu due to financial constraints . " About the future of FA , after the following question of the social worker : " ... why do you plan to resettle him in your land ; why not find a school for FA ? " The father had this to say : " ... it is because when I sued to visit my son at the reformatory school , I could find him very busy with agricultural activities . I was very happy and felt he should come home and continue with agriculture . " Even the neighbors were very ready to receive FA . Replying to the social worker about the relatives and neighbors ' attitude , the mother said : " ... they are all going to be very happy to receive him home . We have been anxiously waiting to hear when he would be released . " The second case is difficult ; the case of IS here under shows a different situation where the social worker will pay a key role in linking the juvenile with outside : XII ( a ) Summary of IS ' s case IS ( YOB ) is a star juvenile , a Musoga by tribe from Kamuli District and aged 19 years , at the time of interview with the social worker . He is a Protestant by faith and was educated up to Primary VII level . IS was born in a monogamous family and both parents were alive but divorced . He was not visited at all in the reformatory school , neither by relatives nor friends . IS was sentenced to three years ' detention for house breaking and theft ( c / s 283 of the PCA ) . He stole household property , i . e . TV , TV deck and clothes from WB , for whom he worked and whom he claimed was his father . The social worker visited the so called father ( the victim ) once . His earliest possible date of release from detention was 27th July 1994 . He was disobedient and smoker of cigarettes . ( b ) Comment This case is a difficult one . The first difficulty is that the man indicated as his father , was not the father . The so called father was surprised by the claim that he was IS ' s father . As a response to the social worker ' s information , he said : " Madam ! I am surprised to hear that IS was claiming me to be his father . I admit that I helped IS because he was desperately looking for employment in town here ; I sympathized with him and employed him in my farm at Namayira . Unfortunately , instead of IS to appreciate my assistance to him , he broke into my house and stole TV , TV deck , radio cassette , suits , shirts , money and other clothes of my wife and my children . This resulted me to take IS to police ... " Because of what IS did , the so called father refused to have him back , but gave him the following proposals : " ... we should try to find from RCs and probation officer of Kamuli here . May be they can be of some help . I am sure when the inmate comes back to me here , I will give him transport to go to his parents . " We consider that there is at least a reconciliatory attitude from the so called father , in that he was prepared to give him ( IS ) transport to go to his parents . As they continued discussing , the social worker convinced him to allow IS back in his home : " ... after talking and convincing WB for a long time , he accepted to help the inmate on condition he promises never to steal again . " On release IS was accepted by this man as he promised . He resumed his work at the farm . The social worker succeeded in reconciling them . D . THE RIYADH GUIDELINES 2 . 3 . 8 The Socialization Process Our attention is drawn mainly to socialization process . Section 4 , paragraph 12 puts strong emphasis on the family : " Since the family is the central unit responsible for the primary socialization of children , governmental and social efforts to preserve the integrity of the family , including the extended family should be pursued . The society has a responsibility to assist the family in providing care and protection in ensuring physical and mental wellbeing of the children . Adequate arrangements , including day care should be provided . " The involvement of the family , as a collective social actor , is really needed for a successful rehabilitation of young offenders and even adults . We would like to comment briefly on the issue of community involvement ( section C of part IV ) of this Instrument . The perception of the community in general seems , in our opinion , to be the reason why related provisions are difficult to implement . To avoid this difficulty , this study is dealing with the microsociological which puts emphasis on the concrete social entities as local communities . The advantage at this level is that social initiative can be more efficient if carefully conducted . We hope our readers will understand our emphasis on the concept of local communities . As it appears in this study ; this concept is very operational in the field . Referring to section 5 of Riyadh Guidelines ( social policies ) , government agencies should give high priorities to plan and program for young persons and should provide sufficient funds and other resources for effective delivery of services , facilities and staff for adequate services . Our view is that if those plans and programs take the level of local communities , ( we mean the involvement , of the social actors ) for their implementation , then those plans and programs will be more effective . SECTION 3 : SOCIAL ACTORS As indicated above the Social Rehabilitation is a process . For a successful social rehabilitation the following conditions should be met ; the use of needle logic ; the accomplishment of each step ; the involvement of local social actors ; the confidence of the inmate on the social worker , etc . ) . As social actors we have inter alia : i . Social Workers ii . L . C . Members iii . Family Members iv . Neighbors v . The victim and his / her family vi . Religious Leaders vii . The Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society ( U . D . P . A . S . ) viii . The Inmate . Below here we now highlight the role played by some social actors . 3 . 1 SOCIAL WORKER AS A LINK The social worker is one of the important social actors whose contribution is needed . As already indicated in the previous sections , the important role of the social worker is to link the inmate with the outside has been demonstrated . One cannot talk of social rehabilitation process without social workers . That is why a two - day seminar was organized by UNAFRI and Uganda Prisons Service for them , in order to update their training . They were exposed to the needle logic and other new strategies meant to facilitate the involvement of local social actors in the resettlement of the ex - inmates . In Uganda there has been a talk of rehabilitation in the absence of social rehabilitation . This condition is not being accomplished . It is true that in the past voluntary organizations such as the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society ( UDPAS ) , an after care organization , were and even now are available . Although in most districts this organization is not functioning , therefore ineffective . This is very important in so far as they assist the ex - prisoners to get jobs in the local communities where they come from or the one receiving them , but this is not enough . It is imperative that there should be good relationships between the ex - prisoner and members of the local community . The acceptance of ex - prisoners will be concrete if the local community members are ready to use these services so that he / she will be contributing to the socio - economic development of the community . This is one of the most important aspects of the work of the social worker . Some members of the local community are conscious of this aspect of socio - economic development . This observation is from , inter alia , GM ' s case . XIV ( a ) Summary of GM ' s case GM ( LWP . 22 / 92 ) , a star inmate aged , 22 years , from Mbarara , was married with two children but later divorced . She was from a monogamous family and educated up to S . III . Both parents are alive , though separated . GM was sentenced to three and half years imprisonment for conspiracy with her brother , with intent to murder ( c / s 197 of the PCA ) . Her earliest possible date of release was 29th September , 1994 . While in prison , she worked in the shamba first and later transferred to the handicraft workshop . She was not visited in prison , but received anonymous threatening letters from outside . The social worker visited her five times after her release . ( b ) Comment The first reference to socio - economic development of the local community is from LC1 Chairman who describes GM to the social worker as follows : " ... she was very hardworking and had helped the man get to his present status ... " We have also to add the observations of LCIII Chairman to the social worker . " She was very good , well behaved and hardworking girl . We expect a lot from her in terms of development . " These quotations are self - explanatory . It is , therefore , worth to prepare the ex - inmate and the local community members completely so as to ensure a successful social rehabilitation of the ex - inmate . He will then positively contribute to the socio - economic development of the particular area . This preparation is one of the main roles of the social worker . In order to improve relationship between the inmate and the local community members , the social worker should make the inmate have confidence in him / herself , then the inmate . Will develop a reconciliatory attitude . Let us refer again to ET ' s case . When the social worker asked her if she felt that she was charged wrongly , she answered : " No , I was in the mistake ... I apologized to them . " This positive attitude of accepting the mistakes done by the inmates is sometimes initiated by the inmates themselves . This is what we learn from SN ' s case who said : " After I had fought , I tried to beg her leniency but she refused to forgive me . When I was taken to court , I accepted the charge . If the victim was a neighbor , this positive attitude from that time should bring reconciliation between them . This is the reason why it was possible for the social worker to establish the link with the outside . In the following cases , DM and TL , the social workers were also misdirected . Concerning TL , the social worker reports : " ... we traced the father of TL almost from house to house , but in vain . We also tried neibouring villages , but no where to be seen . There was JS , but when I enquired whether he has a son by the name of TL , he denied . I was really in dilemma ; the time was running out and the bill of the transport hired services . I realized that it was a total failure . The LCs confirmed to me that there was no such a person in their village . They advised me to go back . I regretted my failure and came back to Kampala . " Fortunately , the social worker was not discouraged . He was really determined : " ... this was a lesson to me , but I was not prepared to give up . " He will succeed to get the correct address from the inmate : " After emphasizing that , I forgave him and told him that I am still willing to go and visit the place where he intends to settle after release . He directed me a new . " 3 . 1 . 1 . In Prison The social worker has to make the inmate reconcile with himself i . e . to get the inmate have internal reconciliation in order to assume responsibility for what he did . To be concrete , this inmate has to move from the usual prisoners ' phenomenal position of " They say I . . . " to " I did . . . " as the social worker succeeded in the case of DM : " Sir , my problem is like this . . . I committed the offence at our village to one of our neighbor ' s house . This man was LC II Chairman Mr LB . I don ' t know whether he is still LC Chairman . " The social worker succeeded to get the information from DM and LO because they took the social worker into confidence . In the case of DM , he had this to say : " . . . I would like to apologize to you for not being straight forward to you . I realized this later when I went back to my ward . When I consulted my fellow inmates I was told you were the right person to help me . I am requesting you to go back to my sister . She will be the one to tell you all things to connect you to the man I have written this letter to introduce you to her . " As said above this is a firm foundation of the social intervention . This is why DM ' s case and others are some of the successful ones . Once the inmate does not have confidence in the social worker , he / she will not give proper information . The patience and determination of the social worker are creating an atmosphere of confidence between the social worker and the inmate . This is demonstrated in the cases already quoted above : i . e . the cases of DM and TL . It is worth noting that in order to pursue this demonstration , we refer to LO ' s case . XV ( a ) Summary of LO ' s Case LO ( No . U66 / 93 ) is an ordinary prisoner , a Japadhola by tribe , aged 45 years and educated up to Primary IV level . He was sentenced to 30 months ' imprisonment for the offence of escaping from lawful custody ( c / s 103 of the PCA ) and at the same time on remand for another offence of murder ( c / s 183 of the PCA ) . He comes from Mukono District and before his arrest and imprisonment he served in the army . Married with children , LO was born out of a monogamous family . While in prison , he was not trained in any vocational trade while in prison and was visited once by his uncle . ( b ) Comment What we would like to point out from this case is a strategy to be developed by the social worker , in order to ensure an atmosphere of confidence , is that the social worker may postpone the interview / visit until when the inmate will be ready to cooperate . After the first visit the worker reports : " LO was very difficult to deal with . So , I asked him to come back the following morning and he agreed . " The following day , LO was really cooperative : " LO came changed . He answered some of the questions . . . " He furnished the social worker with the needed information . This case was suspended because LO is still on remand in prison pending another charge of escape from lawful custody . This is one of the steps of preparation we are talking about . Doing that we are building a strong foundation for the social intervention because we cannot go ahead without the inmate ' s involvement in the process . At this level , useful information shall be collected by the social worker . He / she will discover influential persons in the life of the inmate . That can be the beginning of the concrete link with the outside world . 3 . 1 . 2 . Outside Prison The contribution of local social actors outside is very useful and indicates what they can do for the inmate . The case of DM brings this out clearly by linking the inmate with the victim . DM ' s problem was his fear of the victim . There was really a need for him to know what the victim was thinking about him and the disappearance of his sister , who should have given him the information , was another problem for him : " The disappearance of my sister has caused problems to my life . I will not be safe at home . I wanted the sister to let me know about the man ( the victim ) . I don ' t know what he thinks about me . " The social worker will be the link between the inmate and this sister . We observe that the absence of that link is a cause of anxiety on the part of the inmate . After visiting the home of the inmate ' s sister , the social worker had this conversation with him on his request : DM " ... Did you succeed Sir ? " SW " ... Yes , but fruitless . " DM " Why fruitless , Sir ? " SW " I did not get her there but your in - laws were present and cooperated with me . Your sister N . had gone to her husband ' s village and she was expected back after one week . " It is apparent that when a social link is established , the inmate seems to be relieved of the queations , the inmate had longed for news from outside ( from his sister ) . That is why the inmate seemed to be happy following the social worker ' s observation who had this to say : " The prisoner was stimulated after he received the news from the sister ' s home . He became . . . friendly . . . revealed his secret . He expressed willingness to reconcile with the man . . . " The nature of information given to the social worker shows a high level of confidence required , the case is also an illustration . In order to indicate how far this confidence can reach , we refer to the following case of CA . XVI ( a ) Summary of CA ' s case CA ( LWP . 12 / 93 ) , a star inmate , 23 years old from Apac District , single and no child . She is from a monogamous family , with both parents still alive and educated up to SIV . CA was sentenced to a period of two years ' imprisonment or a fine of U . Shs . 150 . 000 / - for the offence of threatening violence . She could not pay the fine ; therefore she had to serve the sentence of imprisonment . Before conviction , she worked as a clerk . While in prison , she was visited a number of times by her brothers , but the father refused to visit her . She was eventually released on 26th August 1994 ( EPD ) and the social worker continued to visit her . ( b ) Comment This lady found in the social worker a person to confide in . At this time she was the only person with whom she could share her problems : CA " Aunt , I do not know whether I told you . When I was in prison , I was tested for HIV ; the results were positive . SW " . . . would you like us to discuss it ? . . . " CA " Yes , I want you to know that I am thin because of thoughts / worries and sickness itself . " They then decided to sit under a tree and the social worker counseled her , after which she asked her if she could include this part of their talk in her report . She agreed and the social worker suggested to her to be going for treatment in the staff clinic , and she promised to register there for further HIV management . It is important to stress here that even after release all contacts or links which can be beneficial to the ex - inmate should be exploited . The social worker took a very good initiative to the ex - inmate by linking CA with Port Bell Women ' s Resettlement Project . The social worker reports : " CA is now one of the women profiting from this project . The project is only for discharged women from prison . She is in the first batch , undergoing training for four months , after which they will go back to society , equipped with various skills of their choice of specialization . " The inmate ' s confidence in the social worker should continue after release . This will keep the ex - inmate in good contact with the social worker and will become the one the ex - prisoner will confide information . That is also the case between D . M . and the social worker : DM " Affende I am trying to put up a grass thatched hut and get married . Do you support me ? " SW " It is a good idea to have a house and marry . When you have a woman you are respected , at least you develop your kibanja " This is a very vital role to be played by the social worker . Doing so we are totally in the social rehabilitation process . When the social worker succeeds in creating that good atmosphere a for successful social rehabilitation of the inmate , those pieces of advice are likely to be implemented by the ex - inmate : " Affende I took your advice and it helped me , since I came I have not associated with bad groups . If I do not have something to do at home , I go to the garden , spend time there and come to sleep . " Let us refer again to KM ' s case . We consider this case was a successful one , because the social worker succeeded linking this man with his local community . Due to successful preparation , a member of his local community ( a LC official ) linked him his employer who gave KM the job of a driver . The social worker reports : " I asked him whether he was the one who had secured a job for KM . He said that since he knew that KM was a driver , he had a friend who was looking for one . So , it was easy to connect KM to him . Luckily enough he started working straight away , and informed me that everything has been a success for him , and his family ever since he started working . " When KM got a job , he was able then to meet all his family obligations . On this , we learn from the social worker : " The wife was so happy to meet me once again . She told me how resettlement was , the problems they experienced , but these were minor ones and could easily be handled . In the other hand , she was happy because they had achieved a lot while in the village . Even school fees and food were no longer a problem to them . " 3 . 2 THE UGANDA DISCHARGED PRISONERS ' AID SOCIETY ( U . D . P . A . S . ) The Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society is one of the important social organs for the resettlement of ex - prisoners . It is a voluntary charitable organization run under the auspice of the Prisons Department . The society is open to people from all walks of life i . e , : people from various religious organizations , businessmen and women , civil servants , professionals such as criminologists , sociologists , social workers , etc . 3 . 2 . 1 . Brief History of U . D . P . A . S . The history of the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society is linked with history and development of similar societies in Britain as Uganda was a British Colony . From 1948 ( after the 2nd world War ) up to 1957 some form of aftercare services to some discharged prisoners were undertaken by the Province Commissioners , Public Relations and Social Welfare and the Probation Departments . This after care work handled through the official government machinery was mainly confined to contacting local authorities and relatives of the prisoners with the aim of resettling them . Some attempts were also made to obtain employment for a few ex - prisoners . Towards the end of 1957 the Luzira Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Committee was formed . The Prisons Department and the Department of Probation and Social Welfare continued to provide some assistance to some prisoners who were about to be released and ex - prisoners in conjunction with the Luzira Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Committee . It is of interest to note that the Luzira Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Association ( the origin of the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society ) was formed in 1957 at the same time when the United Nations Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Offenders ( UNMR ) were adoptedby the United Nations . The formation of the society and was prompted by a circular letter , No . 688 / 7 , dated 20th June , 1957 from the Home Secretary for colonies . This circular followed the approval of the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Offenders . At the instigation of the Commissioner of Prisons in 1974 , a national organization of the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society was formed with branches in the city and most of the major towns of Uganda . The political instability in the 1970s and 1980s made most of the branches of the society in upcountry towns to become dormant . 3 . 2 . 2 . Organization The Executive of the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society is made up of : i . Chairman ii . Vice Chairman iii . Secretary iv . Assistant Secretary v . Treasurer vi . Executive Committee Members - 4 of whom are elected by the Annual General Meeting . 3 . 2 . 3 . Aims and Objectives As stipulated in Article III of the Constitution of the Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society , among others , the aims and objectives of the society are : To educate the public to realize the need and importance of accepting and resettling ex - prisoners back into the society . To inculcate into the minds of ex - prisoners a desire to work with the rest of the citizens for the betterment of the nation . To co - operate with Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Societies and similar organizations in Africa and elsewhere . To work in co - operation with other Voluntary Organizations in the country . To work in liaison with the appropriate Government Organs for furthering the aims and objectives of the society . As the reader will observe , Uganda Discharged Prisoners Aid Prisoners ' Society is heavily involved in this project ( study ) . This study shows a systematic way of handling ex - inmates ' social rehabilitation . Let us take this opportunity to call upon other institutions with similar objectives / aims to join in this exercise by way of putting together our human , material and financial resources in order to achieve this noble cause . The contribution of U . D . P . A . S . as an illustration to fill the gap which government cannot fill , for example , transport from the place where the ex - prisoner was arrested to his home village , the offer of some items , such as hoes and pangas , carpentry tools , for those who are going to do carpentry ; seeds , clothing , blankets , etc . There are also counseling services offered by UDPAS . 3 . 3 . LOCAL COUNCIL ( LC ) When the National Resistance Movement ( NRM ) came to power in 1986 it established a Resistance Council System of administration . This form of administration was meant to transfer power to the ordinary people at the grassroot level . 3 . 3 . 1 . Structure : These councils are organized such that all persons aged 18 years and above in every village in the country form the Local Councils ( LC I ) . These councils elect committees of 9 members who form LCI Executive Committee . All the LC I Executive Committees in the Parish form the LC II who in turn elect from amongst themselves an Executive of members , LC III , etc . , etc . We are only concerned with LC I Executives and perhaps LC II and III as they directly affect the social rehabilitation and resettlement of ex - offenders . This is why the complete structure of the LC system up to District Level is not given herein . At village level the major functions of LC I - III can be summarized as follows : i ) Administrative Communication Channels ii ) Overseeing project implementation iii ) Settlement of local disputes iv ) Security v ) Mass mobilization , etc . Some cases such as GM , DM and KM used above , show the way the LCs can be involved in the social rehabilitation process of ex - inmates and the results achieved there after . The various ways of involvement in this exercise can be used as a course content for training or sensitizing the local council members . Here , the U . D . P . A . S . , for example , can contribute by organizing this kind of activity as one of its aims and objectives especially for the transient offenders with strong contribution from the local community . 3 . 4 THE LOCAL COMMUNITY 3 . 4 . 1 . LC Members As seen above ( see LC Organization ) there are five levels . LC I is the nearest to the people . When we are in the field they appear to be involved in this social intervention . This level is convenient and necessary one in which different social actors as LC I members , religious leaders ( see sub - section 3 . 6 ) , neighbors , etc . , have to be involved . We have to note that LS I members have to handle petty offences in the community . The role to be played by the LC I members can be to monitor and assist the ex - prisoners on their settlement . Since we are in the field , LCI , LC II and LC III members should be totally involved in the rehabilitation and resettlement of ex - inmates . As in DM ' s case , they can act in their capacities as LC Members : " In my capacity as LCIII Chairman I have nothing bad to comment on DM . Since he came back he is a quiet good person . " This can do more than only acting in their official capacities as LC members . They are also duty bound as members of respective local communities to contribute to the social rehabilitation of ex - inmates . In his capacity as uncle of DM , he supported DM ' s building his own house and getting married and had this to say : " . . . we have been telling our son to build his own house he fears to stay alone . " 3 . 4 . 2 . Neighbors Neighbors also have an important role to play . They should be gravely involved in the exercise . Their opinion on social rehabilitation of the inmate is a way to evaluate the success of social rehabilitation resettlement of ex - inmates . ZM ' s case is self explanatory . The social worker reports : " . . . SM assured me that my friend ZM is a good man , that he changed completely and that the village as whole feels proud of him . SM emphasized that ZM is trusted and a reliable member of the family . ZM told me that ZM stays with his wife ... and that they are happy . This was a good report to me as a worker , first to learn that ZN is at home and secondly that ZM is a good member of the village and that he was coping up with the community . " The preparation of neighbors can be very difficult but the social worker should not be discouraged by the negative attitude of some members of the local community . The training received and experience gained normally cover this kind of situation . So , it is possible to change this negative attitude . The same case of ZM is an illustration . The involved social worker reports the following of ZM ' s case : " . . . YW , who on my first visit was not willing to welcome him ... , had developed positive attitude towards ZM . YM was happy to meet me and appreciated our kind services . YW stated that so far no complaint about ZM . May be some time later . We hope that he will peacefully settle . I thank him for good welcome accorded to ZM , when released from prison . I encouraged him to assist him as much as possible . " This case and others show that a well trained and experienced social worker has the skill to involve all the local community members in this kind of social intervention exercise . As indicated above , in the preceding paragraph , we failed in TL and FM cases mainly because , of the involvement of all the local community members as local social actors . In the following two cases of FM and TL , we manage to link these two inmates with the outside . The aunt , in the case of FM and the father in the case of TL . XVII a ) Summary of FM ' s Case FM ( No . KGO . 34 / 92 ) is a star inmate aged 22 years and sentenced to three years ' imprisonment for stealing a vehicle ( c / s 255 ( A ) of the PCA ) . His earliest possible date of release was 26th June , 1994 . While in prison he was deployed to work in the kitchen . Before arrest and conviction he worked as an office messenger at Entebbe . His mother died when he was still young . He had a young woman with whom they stayed and had one child . The young woman was the only person who visited him in the police cell . His real father was not known but the so called father with whom he grew up had 18 children from different women . Apparently he was not visited while in prison . b ) Comment The social worker will note that the person indicated as FM ' s father was not the real father . The so - called father informed the social worker thus : " You know the problem of us men ! FM is not my son . FM is born from the house - girl who was working for me . He was produced from the house - boy , who was working for a certain European ... The house - girl brought the boy ( FM ) and purported that he was my son ; okay I looked after the boy for a time being and the mother departed for some other unknown place , by now FM was around six years . " As a result of this situation , the so called father will not be involved in the social rehabilitation . The contact with FM ' s sister failed . It was very difficult for the social worker to trace her by the address given to her by FM . She even changed her name as the social worker reports : " I understand she was staying with an auntie called Mama N ? I asked . She said yes , but she has changed her name . She is now called Jaja . " So , only FM ' s aunt was contacted and will be the only link FM will have with the outside . She promised to link FM to his uncle and mother : " I am going tomorrow to meet with his uncle ( her real brother ) . I want to come to a compromise where FM will stay . With me or with him . I want to talk with my mother too . I feel FM should learn building houses ( mason ) ; he can even do welding . He can take one from the two . " The aunt acted as the only link . Unfortunately FM was killed by a mob because of robbery , four weeks after his release from prison . This is what the social worker learnt the second visit to the so - called father and also from the aunt . The case of EN did not even go far , this must be taken into consideration . The local social actors were not involved at all : XVIII ( a ) Summary of EN ' s case EN ( LWP . 25 / 93 ) , is a 19 year old woman from a monogamous family in Seeta , Mukono District , a star offender , married with one child . Both parents died and she grew up with a step - mother , who later chased her away . She was later brought up by her grand mother . BN was educated up to P . VI level , imprisoned for 18 months for theft , loss of her friend ' s husband ' s property , kept in her home ( c / s 302 of the PCA ) . Before her imprisonment , she was a petty business woman , and while in prison she was not visited . The social worker tried to visit her sister twice but without success . b ) Comment This case is a total failure because her relatives were not linked to her . The social worker did not succeed in getting the required information : for example , where he came from , the names and addresses of contact persons ( relatives , friends , neighbors , victims , etc ) , to be contacted so as to receive back the ex - inmate . The first time the social worker had been directed to a sister : " The inmate had directed me to ask from the market in Gaba but nobody knew the sister . So I decided to come back and talk to the prisoner , whereby she directed me anew . " The second time he went back to trace the sister , it seems the inmate again gave a wrong address : " I went as directed by the inmate , looked for the home but in vain . The home , however , I was directed to one of the relatives . I came back and went another time but also in vain . The prisoner was , however , released and she has gone to a place I cannot know . " Let us refer again to TL ' s case where the father was the only link with the outside . This led to a failure in the social rehabilitation of TL , who after seven months resumed bad company . One of his brothers revealed : " Late TL found his old friends in Kampala and planned quick means of getting money . I was informed that it appears , on the fateful day , after robbing or house breaking , or robbery from passengers , they were raided and killed . " The death of TL is an opportunity for us to take stock of three important aspects , among others ; i ) the purpose of imprisonment , mainly is to socially rehabilitate the offender ; ii ) the span of vocational training , which should encompass contact with potential employers when a prisoner is in prison ; iii ) effectively involve the local community in social rehabilitation and resettlement of the offender into his new or old habitat , which is difficult for him to abandon . This failure appears to reveal non - involvement of relatives in the process of social rehabilitation and resettlement of the ex - inmate . What can be the reason for the failure here ? We do recognize that the supervision on the part of the social worker was inadequate . Visits should be more frequent , at least every month . This weakness of inadequate supervision by the social worker was also identified by the brother , who lamented : " . . . My dear , TL would take heed , and I wish you regularly visited late TL ; he would have listened and abided by your words . " Later on , the father also expressed the same opinion : " . . . I wish TL remained in prison at least , I would be with hope . I wish you closely supervised him , other than taking long to check on him . " 3 . 5 THE POLICE In the areas where the Police are directly in touch with the population , as social actors they should make a contribution to the exercise . At the level of our intervention , at the villages , the police have no representation . For that reason their contribution should be low at that level . In some case , e . g . Prison Rules , Section 101 , sub - section ( a ) , ( e ) , ( f ) , ( g ) ( ii ) , and sub - section 5 ; Police are mandated to supervise ex - inmates released on license and ex - inmates who are mandatorily released under police supervision . Due to lack of conditions / requirements developed in this study : i ) Preparation ii ) Good implementation of legal support iii ) Co - odination with other social actors iv ) Needle logic , The police efforts to successfully supervise and ensure ex - inmates do not relapse into crime often fail . This is demonstrated by the high failure rate of releases on license . The failures are attributed to lack of co - ordination between Police and Prisons management and the persistent use of punitive logic . An example of lack of co - ordination between Police and Prisons Management is that there are no books indicating completion of supervision of license releasees sent back by Police . This can be explained by the fact that there is breakdown in the supervision exercise . As a remedy more social workers ( welfare officers ) should be recruited , associated and included in the work , as the legislator puts it in the Children Statute . Inspite of lack of Police in the village , their contribution is indicated in GM ' s case when there was a need to protect her from those who had threatened her life on release . She was asked to report to Police station before going home after her release from prison . This request by the police officer was expressed as follows : " . . . she should try to pass here in Mbarara in order to assist us in our further investigations and more instruction as to how she should conduct herself in the village concerning her security . " All social actors dealing with the penal system cannot continue working in isolation . The police are no exception . The mission of police is not limited to arrest only , but also they have a very important duty of educating the population . It is observed that in their everyday work police officers use the Needle Logic Approach . This has no link whatsoever with mismanagement of cases brought to police . To focus our attention on the subject under study we would like to stress that the attitude of police towards ex - inmates should be under the Needle Logic . In this way they will be very important social actors in the exercise of resettlement of ex - prisoners . They have to reconcile the ex - inmates with the local community . This means police should avoid pointing a finger at ex - inmates whenever a criminal act is committed as this will have bad impact on the ex - offenders . This bad impact can be that the ex - inmate will have a feeling that the community has no trust in him . He feels he is being identified as an incorrigible criminal , hence stigmatized . Data examined in this study shows that the police are involved in the exercise : the social rehabilitation and resettlement of the ex - inmate . This GM ' s case where due to the good initiative of the social worker , the police advised her : " . . . to be more careful at the time of release , ... try to pass here in Mbarara ... " We are of the opinion that the contribution of the police officer will be enhanced if the needle logic approach is used in assisting GM in her social rehabilitation and resettlement . The same is true in the mandatory mission of the police on supervision of ex - inmates . 3 . 6 RELIGIOUS LEADERS The contribution of these social actors is very important . They have to operate at two levels : in and out of prison . 3 . 6 . 1 . In Prison The work done by them helps the social worker . DM ' s case demonstrates what the work of the religious leaders can be affective in bringing about positive change of the behavior of the inmates . Religious leaders play a very important role in bringing about moral regeneration . DM came into prison as a pagan . Due to the good contact with the religious leaders he became a devoted Christian . We can find the legal support of this work to be done by the religious leaders in provisions 41 and 42 of the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners . 3 . 6 . 2 . Outside Prison The work of the religious leaders should not stop with the release of the inmates . It should continue outside . The religious leaders in prison should establish as soon as possible the link between the inmates and the religious leaders of their local community so that once on release there is no disruption and the inmates can continue to practice their religions . DM ' s case is a clear testimony . The link proposed here , unfortunately , was not done when he was in prison . This link will be established by himself ( as devoted protestant born - again ) . The social worker learns from DM ' s mother the following : " . . . DM was changed . He is a true saved person . He even gave testimony in the church about two weeks ago and he asked those he offended to forgive him . " Reference can be made also to the case of ZM . The social worker reports : " I was happy to learn that he regularly attends Sunday services from the catholic mission nearby and that he mixes freely with people . " We acknowledge this positive religious change experienced by the prisoner was not only the contribution of the local religious ministers , but also the immense contribution by voluntary religious organizations , like Prison Fellowship Uganda , Christian Light Foundation , etc . 3 . 7 . EDUCATORS AND INSTRUCTORS These social actors also play a significant role . It is important to observe that traditionally these actors were exclusively dealing with imparting know how to the inmates in their respective trades . Such an approach has a weakness in the social rehabilitation process , as it lacks link with socio - economic aspect of the life outside . In fact after release , the ex - inmate will not be practicing his trade in isolation . He will be dealing with customers , relatives , etc . who need advance information and preparation about the ex - offender so that they can accept him / her as a carpenter , tailor , mason , etc . We learn from Welfare and Rehabilitation Section of Prisons Department some successful cases where a team of educators , social workers and Uganda Discharged Prisoners ' Aid Society members have made very successful contacts which allowed a young man to continue with his education from O ' Level ( Senior IV ) to Makerere University , where he graduated with a BA in Education . This is not an isolated case . Therefore , what we are asking to be done is possible . Unfortunately , this is one of the isolated many ex - inmates and lads as possible . We would like to re - emphasize that the earlier preparation through linking the inmate with relevant social actors has a pay off in as far as it enables the offender to appreciate the change she / he has undergone while in prison . Local actors ' appreciation will give the ex - offender the chance to take up his / her rightful place in the socio - economic development of the area . This gives the ex - offender a feeling of acceptance by the local community and get integrated into it . This is demonstrated by DM , who until now , has happily not relapsed into crime unlike TL and FM , who were not trained in any trade while in prison . DM continues to avoid bad groups . We have to emphasize in this sub - section 3 . 7 that the training offered to an inmate in prison should take into consideration the economic climate of the local community from which he comes . Relevant training be given to the offender in order to facilitate his linkage with potential employers and local community , as pointed out in the preceding paragraph . Referring to section 6 of the Prison Rules which states : " At every prison there shall be a reception board consisting of the officer in charge and such other persons as the Commissioner may determine , who shall interview every prisoner as soon as possible aft his reception in prison and consider what arrangements are to be made for his / her training . " The legislator understood that to ensure the successful social rehabilitation and reintegration of offender , well rounded training in different skills is a very important component . Unfortunately , this is not implemented in the majority of cases . TL and FM never received any training at all in any skill and , therefore , given no opportunity at all to create a linkage between the inmate and the would - be potential employers , and at the same time the involvement of the local community in the social reintegration of offenders . This could be the possible explanation of the failures of these two cases . It is imperative therefore , and where possible , the reception / classification Board considers the economic climate of the area the inmate emanates from , when choosing the training to offer , while at the same time taking into account the security arrangements of the institution . Furthermore , during this period the interests of the inmate as a social actor should be taken into consideration in conformity with United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for Treatment of Prisoners . Section 72 ( 2 ) stipulates : " The interest of the prisoners and their vocational training , however , must not be subordinated to the purpose of making a financial profit from an industry in the institution . " 3 . 8 PRISON MANAGEMENT AND CUSTODIAL STAFF What we endeavor to show in this study are the necessary linkages among the social actors identified in the course of this study and others who are apparent , but are part and percel of the criminal justice system e . g . the police , Prosecutors , Judges , Magistrates , Probation Officers , Ministers and even behind the scenes : the legislators ( law makers ) . Prison Officers in their day to day work need the contribution of other social actors , inter alia , social workers ( see sub - section 3 . 1 ) , religious leaders ( see sub - section 3 . 6 ) , and others . Prison Act and Prison Rules for example provide the legal support of the religious contribution in these terms : " The officer in charge shall make such arrangements as he shall consider practicable for the holding of religious services in the prison and for the religious instruction of prisoners . " 3 . 8 . 1 . With Religious Ministers Section 63 of Prison Rules stipulates : " Every prisoner on admission shall be required to state his religion and denomination and he shall be treated as a member of such religion and denomination until such time as a minister of religion at the request of the prisoner certifies in writing that he belongs to another religion or denomination . Ministers of religion shall be permitted to visit prisoners at such times as the officer in charge shall consider desirable . The officer in charge shall make such arrangements as he shall consider practicable for the holding of religious services in the prison and for religious instruction of prisoners . " 3 . 8 . 2 . With Visiting Justices On Appointment and Powers of Visiting Justices , Section 74 of Prisons Act ( 1964 ) states : " The Minister shall , from time to time , appoint by statutory instrument fit and proper persons to be visiting justices for each prison . The District Commissioner , the Chief Magistrates and resident magistrates and all administrative officers in any area in which a prison is situated shall be ex - officio visiting justices of that prison . A visiting justice may at any time visit a prison in respect of which he is a visiting justice : Provided that a female visiting justice shall not visit that part of a prison set aside for the detention of male prisoners . A visiting justice may inspect the several wards , cells , yards , punishment cells and other apartments and divisions of the prison , inspect and test the quality and quantity of the prisoners ' food , and question any prisoner or prison officer , and shall ascertain so far as possible whether this Act and rules made thereunder and the prison standing orders are adhered to , and shall call the attention of the officer in charge to any irregularity that may be observed in the working of the prison or in the treatment of any prisoner confined therein , and shall exercise and perform such other duties as may be prescribed . The visiting justices for any prison may appoint a chairman and may act as a Board of visiting justices and may at the end of each year or at any other convenient time render a report to the Commissioner on the state of the prison for which they are visiting justices . " Unfortunately , nowadays the above social actors ( the visiting justices ) are no longer in the field , although they used to play a very important role in the past . Those linkages are also a way to improve the living conditions in prisons and a way to facilitate the social rehabilitation of the inmate as the identified social actors should be involved in the process . The linkages we are talking about should be at different levels in the day - today operations of prisons . The custodial staff should , for example , taking into consideration security aspects , have to be assisted by the social worker so that there is easy circulation of information between them . Therefore , there should be no apathy as it is sometimes observed : " The prisoners are there with their man . " All officers involved in the day - to - day running of prisons should work as a team . All members of that team should avoid negative attitudes and initiatives towards social rehabilitation of offenders , taken by among others ( social workers , the religious leaders , educators , etc . ) . 3 . 9 THE INMATE It will be very difficult to succeed in the social rehabilitation process without active involvement of the inmate and the future ex - inmate . At both stages we have to consider him as a social actor whose contribution is very necessary . At this level the social worker has a very crucial role to play . The social worker will have to reconcile the inmate with him / herself . This means accepting the offence he / she committed and being sorry for what he did . She / he should be ready to go back to his / her local community . When the social worker succeeds in achieving this , then reconciliation with the local social actors will be possible . This was to be the case with DM : . . . I request you highly never to still imagine my past after this . I am really changed and swear never to follow that trap . I believe in coming out a new man in body and mind . . . The case of JS is another illustration . He took the initiative to write a letter to his mother whom he had beaten , leading to his father expelling him from home . He informed her : " He will never repeat this grievance towards his stepmother , and that he will remain obedient to both parents . " This positive attitude of JS facilitated reconciliation . The reconciliation between JS and the stepmother , was organized by the father . The following third case is yet another testimony of reconciliation reached by the offender towards the father . KN had once been requested by the father to assist in the running of his home , following KN ' s mother ' s death . To this , KN objected . However , the father did not take it bad . He played a significant role in finding KN and her new found husband a decent place to live in , while in Masaka . It was in that place where KN stole someone ' s dress , leading to her imprisonment and to the father ' s disappointment . Well prepared by the social worker for release , KN realized the deep disappointment of her father ; so she developed a new positive attitude towards the father . In this case the social worker succeeded in getting KN from prison , back home , as evidenced by the following : " Madam , this world is funny . When I was released , I did not want to disappoint my father any more . I came here straight , and tried to settle down . . . " The non - involvement of the inmate can spell failure ; the case of BN is the consequence of non - involvement . The first contact between the social worker and the inmate is a determinant of subsequent useful contacts with outside social actors , i . e . the family , relatives , neighbors , the victim , religious leaders , etc . The social worker in pursuing his / her mission will have to improve the relationship between the inmate and the local social actors . The needle logic shall prevail over the punitive logic , due to the former ' s ability to reconcile these different and annoying entities . In a given case if the social worker fails in the reconciliation process with the local community , then with assistance of other actors like the UDPAS he should create other social relations in order to resettle the ex - inmate , in places such as : ( h ) the Kiswa Hostel ( Property of UDPAS ) ; ( i ) Home for the Provident , Nkokonjeru ( Property of the Little Sisters of St . Francis ) . The data of the 26 analyzed cases show that the more the local social actors , identified and involved , the more the chances of success . We can classify this into levels of involvement below : SOCIAL ACTORS ' CONTRIBUTION LEVELS Contribution Level and Results Obtained Level of Contribution Resultants Name Sex Age No . Of Social Actors No . Of Cases I ( High ) VS D . M . Z . M . J . S . M M M 26 54 23 16 6 4 3 21 II ( average ) S K . N . K . S . N . N . S . M . C . A . S . N . P . S . F . A . G . M . B . B . S . B . E . S . S . D . A . S . E . T . E . N . K . M . M . M . I . S . F M M M F F M M F M M M M M F M M M M 25 23 30 25 23 26 35 19 32 28 34 39 38 48 40 30 42 21 21 6 7 2 5 5 6 6 4 7 8 8 11 5 6 3 5 6 4 2 19 67 III ( low ) NS B . N . T . L . F . M . F M M 19 21 22 0 1 1 3 21 TOTAL 25 00 VS : Very Satisfactory S : Satisfactory NS : Not Satisfactory Source : UNAFRI This table highlights the positive contribution of social actors towards reintegration of ex - inmates into his / her local community . This means the greater the number of local social actors identified , the higher the possibility that the ex - offender being reintegrated into his / her former community will succeed . The converse is true , i . e . the lower the number of local social actors involved , the higher the chances of failure to reintegrate the ex - offender into his / her local community . We hasten to observe that in some cases , as it is in that of IS , if there is an involvement of the local social actor who is at the same time the victim of IS , the chances of reintegration are high . As indicated in table 1 above , levels 1 and 2 are taken as successes . For instance , in level 1 ( high ) , concerning DM , JS , and ZM , the number of social actors involved in the local community was very high and the results ( 12 % ) , hence a resounding successful reintegration into the local community on their part . Next on the scale is level 2 ( average ) . There is relatively a good chance of success by 76 % of the cases improved the relationship between the ex - offender and other members of the local community . This need is often expressed by the relatives of the inmates or even by the ex - offenders themselves . The third level ( low ) is an indication of less involvement of local social actors in social reintegration of ex - inmates , leading to expected poor adjustment into the community . This level constitutes 12 % of failure . The table above builds the statement that the less the social actors involved , in the social rehabilitation of the offenders , the less chances the ex - offender has in keeping a law - abiding life outside . On the contrary , the more social actors are involved in the social rehabilitation of the ex - inmates , the more chances the ex - inmates have in settling into their local communities and live law - abiding lives . The involvement of as many social actors as possible should be done when ex - inmate decides to resettle in his / her place , where he / she is from , in another place other than his / her original local community , because , as said above , the interest of the inmate or ex - inmate is paramount In so doing the inmate or ex - inmate will have a feeling of being respected and will have self satisfaction . This type of inmate is likely to cooperate at all stages of social rehabilitation process . He will feel more committed and responsible during the process . Those qualities are prerequisites for the success during the social rehabilitation process . SECTION 4 : RECONCILIATION : AS A LOGIC OF SOCIAL EHABILITATION PROCESS When there is a problematic situation , the social reaction of the members of the local community can be based on different logics : i ) Punitive ( knife ) , ii ) Therapeutic , iii ) Conciliatory , iv ) Compensatory . In this study we are only dealing with two of those logics : The punitive logic which seems to be the main logic used in penal justice system and the reconciliatory or needle logic which we are trying to demonstrate that the more the penal system uses the reconciliatory or needle logic , the more successful the social rehabilitation and reintegration process will be . 4 . 1 KNIFE LOGIC This logic ( the punitive logic ) has the objective to punish the offender . This is also the objective of imprisonment because for a long time this punishment was believed to correct the offender . Many studies show that this objective , correction through punishment , has never been achieved . That is why some of them consider that the penal justice system is in crisis or wanting . However , we can say that the contemporary justice system in many countries is beginning to be opened to other logics inter alia , the needle logic . This is not to suggest that the punitive logic should not be abolished in favour of the needle logic . But the needle logic should prevail over the punitive logic . In practice in many countries there is a trend towards the use of needle logic , because it is observed that the punitive logic continues to fail the social rehabilitation of the prisoner . Data under study shows that the process of social rehabilitation cannot be achieved if the punitive logic continues to operate at the expense of the needle logic . As the Manyanga proverb quoted above , the knife logic ( punitive logic ) cannot repair the torn social fabric . The if we need to succeed in the social rehabilitation of the future ex - inmate we need to resort to the use of the needle logic . 4 . 2 NEEDLE LOGIC One of the main objectives of needle logic is to bring about reconciliation . The social worker by means of mediation or negotiation should reconcile the inmate with his / her local community . The main tool for him / her to use is the needle logic in order to win the participation of all the social actors involved . For us this approach is the only logical one , which seems to be best suited for repairing the torn social fabrics . Each of the social actors involved should be guided by this logic . Let us refer to DM and ZM cases in sub - section in the following sub - section , for illustration . 4 . 2 . 1 . The Victim There is a close relationship between the victim and the offender . That is why the victim reported that : " ..... I had forgiven DM a long time . He is free to come back . He grew up in my home and he is my son to ... " Given the relationship between DM and the victim , the victim did not want to take the case to the penal justice system . This attitude facilities reconciliation , especially after seeing that the penal system is unable to repair the torn social fabric . The study shows that the powerful penal justice system confiscated from the local social actors the case and ignored totally the interests and wishes of the victim . The work of the social worker should then be to take into account the wishes of the victim and other social actors involved . The social worker should be oriented to the needle logic . The victim shows that there is no longer problem between him and the offender . The victim of ZM has also forgiven ZM who had stolen his chicken . This is to show DM ' s case is not in isolation and that a victim can be approached and prepared to forgive the offender . The social worker reports : " ... YW indicated he had forgiven ZM . I thought this was a very useful and promising comment . " From the above account it can be seen that the needle logic is still preferred by the local social actors . In spite of the rude interference by the punitive logic , the local social actors are still able to exercise reconciliation . This proves the effectiveness of the needle logic in the social rehabilitation process . That is why in table I , DM ' s case shows the highest number of local social actors . 4 . 2 . 2 . The Offender The offender should also be involved in the needle logic . The access to that logic on the part of the offender is sometimes difficult because knowing very well that the penal justice system logic is a punitive one , the offender will censor all information to give to the penal system personnel . This can explain why BN refused to give the correct address to the social worker . DM ' s initial distrust in the social worker is another explanation : This attitude of DM will be an important element for the successful social rehabilitation . We can consider the victim ' s and the offender ' s attitudes , and the skill of the social worker involving many social actors has contributed to the higher success ranking of DM and other cases used in Table I above . The different elements that the Social worker gathered together constitute the social fabric to be mended . They were able to succeed in this exercise because they were all involved in the social rehabilitation process . Even DM who had intended to go and live elsewhere after release : " ... I will look for a carpenter ' s job around Luwero Town . " Will be able to join his local community where relatives , neighbors and all local community members including the LCII and III Chairmen are all very happy with him . SECTION 5 : SOCIAL REHABILITATION AS A PROCESS The study shows the different conditions to be satisfied when need to succeed in the social rehabilitation process . As the reader will observe the first four sections describe those different conditions explaining what is or should be the social rehabilitation . In other words , referring to Glaser ' s terminology , this is the core category . The four other categories are showing the conditions without which the social rehabilitation as a process cannot be achieved . Let us now refer to each of them in order to stress the theoretical links between each of them and the core categories and amongst themselves . 5 . 1 PREPARATION The social rehabilitation , like all other processes , requires preparations . That means , to go step by step . Each step being a preparation for the one to follow . Another condition is that this process should begin as early as possible . This is in order to minimize the bad prisonization effect . This will facilitate also the contact with the outside . As we know , long absence weakens the relationship . Hence the necessity to make adequate preparations for the offender ' s resettlement in the local community . Let us refer again to KN to illustrate the necessity for early preparation of ex - inmates for release . KN '' case shows the social rupture between KN and the father . But the initiative taken by the social worker will re - establish a social link between KN and the father , and this as shown above will lead to reconciliation between them . The father was completely surprised by that initiative . The social worker reports : " ... It was also a shock to him to hear that his daughter KN was well and healthy , and had taken the trouble to write ... " This contact will allow KN and other inmates of our sample to go back to their homes . 5 . 2 LEGAL INSTRUMENTS SUPPORT There are legal provisions put in place supporting the implementation of successful social rehabilitation . These provisions , as foreseen by the legislator , are meant for social rehabilitation of inmates . Some of these provisions are examined in this study their and weaknesses have been identified . The major weakness is that these sections of the law do not cover sufficiently the different steps of the social rehabilitation process . We are of the opinion that those sections are silent on the role to be played by different social actors identified in the study . This means that there is no legal support for all social interventions to be carried out by those actors . By the same token the preparation is compromised . This second condition : the need to improve the legal support available in our countries so that this legal support can enable the social actors to better organize and implement the preparation of social rehabilitation , needs to be specific on the role to be played by those social actors . 5 . 3 SOCIAL ACTORS The reader will observe that we are referring to national and international instruments . At the national level the study shows that many provisions foreseen by the legislator , are not implemented . This compromises a lot of social rehabilitation initiatives taken by different social actors . This section considers the foresight of both national and international instruments , which support the social rehabilitation of offenders . Some sections of these instruments have been examined during the study . Weaknesses have been noted especially where they do not cover sufficiently the different steps to be followed in the social rehabilitation process . As a result of these weaknesses , sections of the local Instruments are observed to be silent on the roles to be played by the social actors . This means that there is no legal support spelt out for social intervention to be carried out by the identified social actors . To repeat , by the same token , the preparation is so compromising . As demonstrated in Section 3 ( Social Actors ) there is no social rehabilitation without the involvement of social actors identified in this study . Those social actors : ( social workers , religious leaders , administrators , traditional leaders , opinion leaders , neighbors , offender and victim families , educators and instructors , Prisons management and custodial staff , the Police , etc ) are the ones to prepare , to implement legal instruments and to initiate the use of the needle logic . This third condition : the involvement and contribution of social actors , should not be underrated if we need to rehabilitate the inmate or ex - inmate . But it has to be noted that the absence of those actors means that we are perhaps doing something , but surely not social rehabilitation . 5 . 4 THE NEEDLE LOGIC The three first conditions are not sufficient without the fourth : the needle logic . In effect the social rehabilitation means the improvement of relationship between the inmate or the ex - inmate with all other members of his / her local community . This improvement can be achieved under the guidance of the needle logic . Fig 1 : The Interest and Relationship Model Let us refer to the above Figure 1 for illustration . In general when the situation is problematic the involved local social actors can be placed in quadrant I ; because the relationship between the inmate and some of those actors , as shown in our data should be poor , as each of the involved actors trend to emphasize private interests . To succeed in the social rehabilitation of the inmate , or the ex - inmate , the social worker as a link has to reconcile all of them . The needle logic should be understood as a mechanism by which the torn social fabrics can be sewn back . The objective of the needle logic is to emphasize shift of the interests of local social actors from often private to collective and the relationship from poor to complex ; then they can be located in quadrant IV . 5 . 5 INDICATORS When those four conditions are met or are being met , the following indicators will confirm the success of social rehabilitation and reintegration process : ( a ) the confidence of the inmate in before the social workers ; ( b ) becoming a strong believer while in prison and outside ; ( c ) the need for reconciliation with the victim : " I am guilty and I would like to reconcile to the man . " ( d ) relatives ' appreciation : " I thank you Sir , you really changed my son ... " ( e ) the contribution of the local actors as the LCI Chairman reporting : " ..... when KM came back to settle on our village we had no quarrel with that and we welcomed him back . " 6 . 0 SUMMARY CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS To summarize our study , we would like to emphasize that the social rehabilitation and reintegration of inmates or future ex - inmates is a process Then at each stage local social actors involved should be identified and their positive contribution should be encouraged . In order to achieve a lasting social rehabilitation and reintegration of offenders , there should be coordinated efforts between social actors within the prison , during the period of the inmate ' s incarceration and social actors outside the prison . This study shows clearly that there is no meaningful social rehabilitation and reintegration of inmates without adequate involvement of social actors identified during this study . It seems to us that the more social actors are identified and involved by the social worker in a particular case , the more successful the social rehabilitation and reintegration of that case is . We are convinced , through this study , that successful social rehabilitation can be achieved if and only if the needle logic approach prevails over the punitive approach . We recommend that this study should be extended , funds permitting , to cover more prisons and more inmates countrywide . At the same time this approach deserves to be implemented in other countries of Africa so that efficient policies can be formulated for improvement of rehabilitation of prisoners in Africa . In comparison with the quantitative approach and others , this approach of the grounded theory , shows many advantages , inter alia , collection of empirical data , involvement of many local social actors , resulting in their discovering and learning about day - today new practices involved in the social rehabilitation and reintegration process . The possibility of progressive evaluation in the course of the study and comparison of data during the study . Human resources available and which can be offered by the United Nations African Institute for the Prevention of Crime and the Treatment of Offenders ( UNAFRI ) should be tapped and utilized by all African countries to carry a similar study . We are glad to report that we have already tapped these invaluable human resources at UNAFRI . We , therefore , feel we shall be amply rewarded if African countries enter into future collaboration with us in research of this nature so as to improve the design and develop realistic policies for the prevention of crime and treatment of offenders , and improve on the made of information flow amongst the social actors . BIBLIOGRAPHY Becker Howard S . , " Outsiders : Studies in the Sociology of Deviance : ; Free Press , New York , 1963 Black D . ; The Behaviour of Law - New York , Academic Press , 1976 Comaroff and S . Roberts , Rules and Processes ; The Cultural Logic of Dispute in an African Context ; The University of Chicago Press , Chicago , 1981 . Debuyst Christian ; Dangerosité et justice pénale ; Collection Deviance et Sociéte ; Médecine et Hygiene ; Masson , 1981 . Debuyst Christian ( Hommage ' a ) ; Acteur Social et Deliquance ; Pierre Mardaga ( éditeur ) , 1990 . Foucault Michael ; Discipline and Punish , New York , 1978 . Glaser B . G . , and Strauss AL ; The Discovery of Grounded Theory Strategies for Qualitative Research ; Chicago : Aldine , 1967 . Glaser B . G . ; Theoretical Sensitivity : Advances in the Methodology of Grounded Theory ; Sociology Press , 1978 . Goffman E . , " Stigmate , les usagers Sociaux des handicaps " , Minnit , Paris , 1968 . Gulliver P . H . , Disputes and Negotiations ; A Cross - culture Perspective ; Academic Press ; Orlando , Florida ; 1979 . Howard S . Becker , " Outsiders : Studies in the Sociology of Deviance " , Free Press , New York , 1993 . Keturah Kamugasha Akiiki ( by ) ; Equality Behind the Bars : in the New Vision , vol . 2 , No . 43 , Tuesday , February 20 , 1996 . N . Masamba Sita ; le " ntumbu " ou le " kibuku " , vers une théorie formelle du controle sociale ; theése de doctorat , U . C . L . , 1989 . Mckillop Sandra ( ed . by ) : Keeping people out of Prison , in Conference Preceding No . 11 , AIC 1990 . Norwitz Allan V . - The Logic of Social Control ; Plenum Press . New York and London , 1990 . Ortman Rudiger ; Deviant Behavior , Personality and Prisonization ; in Gunther Kaiser and al . ( ed . by ) ; Crime and Criminal Justice ; Max Plank Institute , Freiburg 1988 . Penal Reform Lobby Group ; An Alternative White On Correctional Services ; February 1995 . Penal Reform International , Briefing No . 3 . Philippe Reform and al . ; Les forces cahées de la justice : la crise de la justice penale ; Editions du centurion , Paris , 1980 . Share Bryons , The Changing Role of The Prisons Officers in England and Wales ; in the Keeper ' s Voice , Vol . 16 , No . 2 , Spring 1995 . South Africa White Paper . Strauss A . L . ; Qualitative Analysis for Social Scientists ; Cambridge University Press , 3rd ed . , 1989 . The Uganda Government ; The License Book ; printed by the Government Printer , Entebbe , Uganda , 1964 . Van Outrive L . ; " Stigmatization , un prolongement de l ' analyse criminologique , " R . D . P . & C , 1973 . Vedder C . B . and al . ; Penology , a Realist Approach Charles C . Thomas , Publisher 1964 . From Prison Back Home Report of 7th Governing Board From Prison Back Home 2nd Edition Crime and Development in Africa List of Publications ( 1996 - 2005 ) Employment No vacancy announcemnts at present . Please keep checking this area for further information .

By Felix Osike and John Odyek A Bill to give the public the right to access information held by the State has finally been submitted to Parliament . Information minister Dr . Nsaba Buturo tabled the Bill yesterday amid protest from some MPs who accused him of plagiarism . Bugweri MP Abdu Katuntu was set to present a private members Bill on the same subject . I am extremely delighted that the bill has been tabled for first reading . I , however , register my protest about the manner in which the minister has handled this matter . What the Government did was to plagiarise my work . To me , this is theft , said Katuntu amid shouts of , shame ! shame ! from colleagues . The Bill , which will operationalise Article 41 of the Constitution , says , Every citizen has a right of access to information and records in the possession of the State or any public body , except where the release of the information is likely to prejudice the security or sovereignty of the State or interfere with the right to the privacy of any other person . Buturo said the Attorney General had found nothing new in Katuntu s draft bill . The Bill provides for the designation of an information officer by every state agency , who will be responsible for the discharge of information to the public . It seeks to identify classes of information , which the public can access .

From the Editor For a while , there has been some silence , but cannot not hold any longer . Joy that overflows within communities we work with cannot be left un - shared . In this newsletter , read about communities , staff and supporters that not only make - work possible but equally exciting . In this newsletter , we bring you a feature on Apac District one of the AFC operating areas . Thank you so much for supporting us in many ways and we hope to maintain our relationship while strengthening our support to children and communities . Head office A few changes were made especially at office . The building that started getting a facelift earlier at the beginning of the year was finally finished in September . The office was painted , and a new shade named Action Ark was erected with support from generous supporters . Staff recruitment 13 new staff have been hired ; 1 Program Coordinator Bernadette Babishangire , 1 Human Resource / Administration Manager Julius Nabaasa , I Microfinance Coordinator Shirley Misango , 2 helpline counselors Aaron Tumusiime and Jean Kyomugisha , 2 Accounts assistants Sara Komuhangi ( Kampala ) and Joyce Akera ( Apac ) , 5 Social workers Moses Mukuru ( Masindi ) , Christine Aguti and Stephen Opio ( Apac ) , Peter Kamese and Valeria Nasaka ( Kampala ) , and a Security Guard Joe Ngoi . The number of staff and volunteers has now grown to 39 . Change of Departments Eric moved to Database and sponsorship management from C5 , Rose is now Head of social work team in Kampala . Titus takes up Monitoring and Evaluation from C5 . Holt Representative Arrives On 12th September , Crystal Ashton from USA arrived in Uganda . She will be in Uganda for 12 months while working in Ethiopia at the same time . On 18th of the same month , HOLT Programs Vice President Carole Stiles paid a working visit to AFC programs . She visited project sites and held a training of social workers . Strategic plan AFC finally has a new Strategic Plan 2007 - 2011 . The new strategic plan puts emphasis on streamlining HIV / AIDS , integrating all AFC activities into Family Preservation Program . The key program areas include ; Child Health and Survival component , Household income poverty reduction component , Household Food security component , Education and Early Childhood Development , Child rights and social protection and Capacity Building and Organizational Development . The plan requires more resources to meet its outlined objectives . AFC chairperson Away ! On August 16th Chairperson Jolly Nyeko ( Mummie ) left for Canada for PhD studies . At a ceremony filled with emotion and mixed feelings about her departure , staff members together with Board members on August 12th , who had met that evening , partied till late at the new Action Ark . Lots of eats and drinks made the would be usual evening a memorable one . Most staff members could not imagine a year without mummie and yet all of them agreed that it was timely for her to attain such training . On her part , she said , PhD is not mine as a person , but it s for God s work . I will miss my family and especially staff , but before any one knows , I will be back . Urging staff to remain committed to God and work , she finally said goodbye . At the end of it , staff said bye for now , see you later . Northern Uganda in Focus Northern Uganda has suffered from civil unrest since 1986 . Hundreds of thousands of people have been killed in the rebellion against the Ugandan government , and an estimated four hundred thousand people have been left homeless . The insurgency by the cult - like group and its elusive leader Joseph Kony has forced more than 1 . 6 million people into camps , where up to 21 percent of children are malnourished and as many as 15 , 000 people share a single water source . Many children have been abducted and forced into rebellion . While most of male children are led to battlefronts , many young girls have been turned into sex slaves escalating STIs / HIV / AIDS , rates in the region . The LRA has kidnapped as many as 25 , 000 children to serve as fighters , porters and sex slaves who make up more than three - quarters of its ranks . Beyond peace A drive through the sparsely populated dry plateaus of Apac district reveals with little investigations reveals the suffering of people especially children hungry and angry , malnourished desperate youngsters many of them roaming on the roadsides . A similarly simple look at gardens shows evidence of hunger that roams across villages , visible effects of war seen by the destroyed burnt houses ( huts ) . Any new person , is like a God sent savior to the area ; in just a minute , many children will have run and a drama team thereon formed ready to sing and dance expressing their despair of war disease and poverty , yet with smiling faces and vigor . Apac District Apac District lies in the northern part of Uganda , sharing borders with Pader to the immediate north , Gulu district to the north west , Kitgum in the north east , Masindi to the West , Lira to the East and Nakasongola in the South . It covers an area of 6684 sq km and in terms of altitude it lies between 1 , 350 and 1 , 500 meters above sea level . The district has five counties , which are further sub - divided into 23 sub - counties , a total of 1970 Local Council I divisions and 122 Local Council II divisions . The relative peace and security in northern Uganda - stemming from ongoing peace talks between the LRA and Ugandan government in southern Sudan has created hope in a region described as a worst place where a child can grow . Many civil organizations and government have now started offering some kind of help mainly emergence relief . However , most of the attention is geared towards Gulu yet level of damage in Apac is unimaginable . Apac Underserved : AFC response AFC with financial assistance from HOLT International has been working thick and thin in the district since 2000 . AFC committed staff some of which survived rebel abductions in many instances have continuously served the children and families in very difficult circumstances . In a district full of suspicions , at one instance , Milton ( AFC staff in the area ) was attacked while riding a bicycle during his regular home visits . A group of villagers all armed with machetes only wanted him dead . It was only a bible and AFC ID he carried in his bag that saved his life and he lives to tell the story . In January 2006 , a HOLT donor team visited the area and was touched by the deplorable living conditions of the people in the area . At the end of it all , it was agreed that special attention be paid to the area by scaling up services to reach as many as possible . On August 17 2006 , Apac Initiative was launched at a colorful ceremony held at Alito sub county headquarters officiated by the District HIV / AIDS focal person Dr . Marion Oyar . Using Family Preservation model , AFC is expected , in unprecedented way , to serve a community that is largely neglected , and bring out the children s silent voices . The challenges remain many ; HIV / AIDS , unemployment , low literacy levels , powerlessness and the biting poverty . Don t be discouraged though by such statistics Apac has much potential especially in agriculture with one of the biggest numbers of cotton ginneries in the country , having been built in almost every sub county , and strong determined people ready to rebuild their lives . Eric Kakoole . Household income poverty reduction Over 300 families receive income - generating support through loans and small grants . Working with the very poor families , AFC has proved that people are not poor because they are poor but because of the situations they find themselves in . AFC started by providing small grants of less than 30 dollars to families starting income generating activities . Its amazing how fast and steadily these families have set up business most of them standing the test of time . Currently AFC through its economic arm provides micro finance loans to the very poor households , some of which are child - headed , affected / infected by HIV / AIDS many Micro Finance companies conveniently choose to ignore . An amazing number of over 20 household graduate each quarter from receiving small grants to borrowing amounts bigger than 200 dollars so as to strengthen their business . Education During the mini - survey on child rights , Jessica 6 years made a very important statement . When she was asked if she knew any child right , in her broken English , she said the right is Educason ( read education ) . Probed further as to why she thought so , she continued , going to school and friends and play and shoes . This just reaffirmed the need for AFC to scale up education support in the communities . As such , the Education Support budget has continuously grown bigger with more commitment to provision of scholastic materials that make many of children in UPE areas miss schools . School fees payment though still on a limited scale has enabled over 50 children ; 10 in vocational schools , 11 in secondary schools and the rest being in primary schools . With numbers growing to over 500 children in Early Childhood Development Centers , AFC is becoming one of the fastest growing ECD providers . At the same time AFC is moving in to support teacher capacity development and school construction in Masuliita and Kulambiro . A new primary school was set up in Masuliita and there have been training of teachers and ECD caregivers top She could not hold back her joy , as she hugged everyone around , besides her , a group of excited children , were jumping all over , as people from the neighborhood gathered . In the presence of Holt Vice President and local leaders , a new house , first ever built completely with AFC support in Kampala was handed over to Abiba Sebi on 19th Sept 2006 In my entire life of 80 years , I have never even stepped in the house like this Abiba . With financial support from HOLT , the grandmother looking after over 20 orphans now has a permanent house of 4 bedrooms , sitting room , a store and a big veranda where children will play . More 81 households were given housing support in form of construction and renovation materials such as cement , iron sheets , timber and labor . Child / Community Health Children are cruelly hit by HIV / AIDS , a pandemic that continues to be a big threat to communities with huge burdens felt by individual families . AFC s continual commitment to mitigating its impact and social support to the affected families has had a tremendous impact in communities . With our established referral system of HIV / AIDS cases , over 10 household heads are now receiving ARVs . Over 1005 children are receiving nutritive supplements and over 4000 youths in Kampala , Apac , Masindi , Gulu and Lira are receiving trainings in HIV / AIDS prevention through behavioral change trainings . AFC has also stepped up support for community health by establishing and equipping Community outreach clinics in Kampala , Masindi and Apac . This could have come as a miracle to over 250 children that report each month for treatment of malaria , cough , fever , intestinal worms , anemia , malnutrition , and typhoid in the communities . Provision of mosquito nets for prevention of malaria and immunization of children in communities continue to be AFC major illness prevention strategies in the communities . Food Security To fight hunger and malnutrition , AFC has supported over 206 families with drought resistant seeds , hoes , oxen ploughs , and direct food emergencies . At the same time , most of the household heads have been trained in food security . Unmet need though , still remains especially in difficult circumstance areas like Apac and in land limited areas like Kampala . Masuliita School Project At this time AFC is looking forward to education institutional development . On May 19th 2006 , a new school was born at Biika , Masuliita in Wakiso district . The school that is visioned to host a number of children from all over Uganda and abroad started with 29 children from the neighborhood . In this area , children walk as far as 5 kilometers to the nearby schools . As a result many of the children either never go to school or if at all go , they regularly miss classes . This may be one of the reasons why the area is poorer than the neighboring villages . The parents have come together to start making bricks , cleaning the compound and paying some little fees for the children . Financial support from Jolly Nyeko Foundation has helped the school start , but much more is needed . How you can support Support the construction of a 7 class room block plus administration Support the teacher development initiative Support by sponsoring a child at this school Volunteer to teach at the school Volunteers AFC has for a long time worked with volunteers . To date , there are 6 volunteers working with AFC . However we still encourage more volunteers especially from outside Uganda . This time around , you can volunteer at the school in Masuliita . There is accommodation for 5 volunteers at a time . Visitors The first - ever ministerial visit to AFC happened on September 20 , 2006 . The Uganda Minister of State for Youth and Children , Hon . Rtd . James Kinobe became the first minister ever to visit AFC offices . In the presence of Holt Vice President for Programs and the new Holt Representative , he called for a stronger partnership and pledged assistance especially in children rights issues . Other visitors included ; Madeleine Cillier , Christopher Clough from UK , Harriet Brawl , Diana Dokor , Joseph Prisk , Conrad Mandsager and a team from Child Voice International , Chris Fearson , Stanford Maher , from USA , Hege E . Nome from Norway , Harima Hamza from Niger , Evans Maphenduka , from South Africa . 26 visitors from CCF Kenya led by Tobias Aulo plus a host of 35 visitors within Uganda from different organizations and government ministries . AFC also hosted the Board meeting that was attended by all members plus new members : Mrs Betty Onen , Mrs Elinah Chemonges , and Pastor Peter Mugabi . More about AFC programs

GOVERNANCE , DEMOCRATIZATION AND HUMAN RIGHTS Project period : 2006 - 2009 Project objectives : Carry out teaching , research , learning , training and publications in Human Rights Governance and Gender Issues Stimulate debate among staff , students , and policy makers on issues of Human Rights Governance and Gender Advocate for a Gender sensitive environment Improve internal governance at the University Capacity Building of Makerere University staff and students for engagement with external governance institutions Increased participation of women and gender - sensitive men in decision making Research Areas Arms of Government and the Rule of Law Assessing Uganda s Governance Institutions The Situation of Minorities and Indigenous Peoples Criminal Justice Military Justice Multipartism in Practice Media Rights and Freedom of Expression Access to Justice Target groups University staff and students Policy makers Human rights organizations Institutions of governance Expected outputs Changed perceptions among stakeholders on issues of human rights governance and gender Practices and visible support to gender initiatives Increased influence on policy inputs by units Increased influence by university on government policies Several published and online working papers ECONOMIC SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS ( ESCRs ) Project Period 2006 - 2007 Project Objectives The general objective of the project is to carry out basic and policy - oriented research on the situation of Economic , Social and Cultural Rights ( ESCRs ) in Uganda , relating in particular to the general lack of enduring developments in the area , their legal content and effect and the necessary mechanisms for their enforcement and protection . How , for example , do current governmental policies on the eradication of poverty exemplified in the PEAP relate to and enhance the right to work , access to medical care and the achievement of education for all ? What would be an acceptable and realisable level from which the government cannot detract without being in violation of its international obligations ? Which domestic normative and institutional mechanisms can be erected to assist in ensuring that the base - line for enforcement of these rights is not transcended ? Such questions need to be asked with the primary intention of recasting the issue of the interrelatedness of all “ categories ” of rights , against the background of the process of political transition that is currently underway in the country . The specific objectives of the project are : - To clarify the key issues in the debate on ESCRs , especially as they resonate in the case of Uganda ; To provide a preliminary framework and context for further debate and consideration by the various actors ( local , national and international ) , and in particular , for activist Human Rights NGOs to begin to consider the struggle for ESCRs as a critical and integral aspect of their operations ; T o foster greater consideration and action among international agencies ( UNDP , IBRD , IMF , etc . ) in the integration of human rights perspectives into their policies and operations , and with particular respect to macro - economic policy , as presently applied ; To critically analyze the PEAP and subject it to a rights - based framework , especially with respect to the key areas of health , education , shelter / housing , food and adequate living standards ; To establish a foundation for future cooperation and collaboration among human rights groups , individuals and policy institutions for the elaboration of concrete strategies of action , through the mechanism of workshops , seminars and conferences ; To publish and disseminate the results of the research to a broader audience including the various actors identified To provide a foundation for the establishment of teaching and training programmes in ESCRs for university students , activists and policy makers . Research Areas Globalization and ESCRs in Uganda : A Background Study ESCRs in Northern Uganda HIV / AIDS and the right to healthcare The Right to Shelter / Housing Education : Primary , Secondary and Tertiary Poverty and Adequate Living Standards The Question of Water Food and sustenance rights Promotion and Protection of Cultural Rights Expected Output Publication of nine research reports / working papers on the topics including Globalization and ESCRs in Uganda ESCRs in Northern Uganda HIV / AIDS and the Rights to Healthcare The question of water Food , Nutrition and sustenance rights The right to shelter / Housing in Uganda Education right in the primary , secondary and tertiary arena Poverty , labour rights and adequate living standards The promotion and protection of cultural rights Six workshop reports Publication of a book on New Governance Models in Africa Engagement with critical actors in the policy , activist , developmental and humanitarian arena Significant input to policy debate and discussion Critical response to the research publications , workshops reports and book Foundation for the development of improved Law School curricula DEBATING FORM AND SUBSTANCE IN AFRICA S NEW GOVERNANCE MODELS : AN INTERNATIONAL WORKSHOP Project Period 2006 Project Objectives The broad objective of the project is to bring together scholars , researchers and activists from different parts of the continent engaged in work on constitutionalism and governance and to interrogate the key challenges facing countries that have introduced new models of democratic governance , particularly via the Constitution . The main project activity is a two - day workshop that will assess both the success factors of political transition processes in different national contexts , and more critically consider the practical obstacles that stand in the way of realization of the often - lofty ideals embodied in those constitutional instruments . The workshop will critically engage with and contribute to current constitutionalism and governance debates , and offer in - depth reflections on alternative models of governance practices drawn from around the continent . Finally ; the project will critically interrogate the conceptual and practical expression of constitutional change in Africa with a view to contributing to ongoing debates and policy interventions designed to strengthen constitutional rule on the continent . Output The shared experiences of constitutionalism and governance , especially the trends , structures , processes and good practices in Africa will be summarized in the report of the workshop proceedings and a published book of the workshop papers . DECENTRALIZED GOVERNANCE AND HUMAN RIGHTS IN UGANDA Project period 2005 - 2006 Project Objectives The overall objective of this project is to enhance access to justice through promotion of a human rights based approach to governance , service delivery and gender relations at the local level . This will be achieved through a number of specific objectives including : research on governance , human rights and access to justice , and enhanced awareness of local government officials regarding human rights . Specific objectives : To conduct research on the a linkage between decentralization , democratization , human rights and access to justice at the local level ; To raise awareness among stakeholders in local government to appreciate and understand fundamental human rights principles including the right to a fair trial , equality of all persons , non - discrimination , due process , the rights of vulnerable groups and full participation in so far as they relate to the justice sector ; To influence policy - makers on the need to integrate human rights principles in local government administration ; Key activities : Conducting research ; Holding workshops ; Publishing working papers , and Developing a Training Manual on Human Rights for Local Government officials . Target groups Civil Society Organisations engaged in human rights training for local governments . Policy - makers especially in the area of local government . Senior local government officials ( district chairpersons , chief administrative officers and others in the local government structures ) ; Local Council Courts in the selected districts ( with a focus on LCC III ) , and Human rights institutions such as the UHRC , and human rights CSOs ; Expected Outcomes : Increased human rights awareness for local governments and LCCs resulting in reduced violations of human rights related to access to justice The compilation and publication of at least four ( 4 ) well - researched and analyzed working papers on Local Governance , Human Rights and Access to Justice , Publication of a training manual to enhance local government awareness on human rights and access to justice ; A better understanding and integration of human rights issues into local government administration ; Enhanced service delivery by local governments and JLOS institutions at the local level ; An understanding of human rights principles in so far as they relate to local governments ; Established linkages with policy - makers to develop guidelines for integrating human rights in local government administration . Improving the relevance of human rights principles to ordinary people .

Women Watering the " Literary Desert " In 1969 , Prof . Taban Lo Liyong wrote a very provocative essay published by the East African Publishing House under the title The Last Word . In that essay , he claimed that Uganda was a literary desert because there were no creative writers in action . This statement drew the wrath of scholars like Okot P ' Bitek who argued that literature does not exist only in the written form . Okot further argued that Uganda had very many creative oral artists and that these were literary persons though their work was not in the written form . Taban ' s essay was written against the background that there were few male owned publishing houses in Uganda except the traditional religious and government owned publishing houses . This paper presents women ' s participation as actors in Uganda ' s Her / History . In the 1960 ' s , many women wrote their stories even as Taban was claiming Uganda was a literary desert . In the 1990 ' s , FEMRITE , a woman ' s owned publishing house was born amidst the male dominated media publishing Houses . Women Writing Africa is yet another project that is collecting women ' s lost voices for publication in an African volume that will come out in two years time . Women have been and are continuing to tell their stories in their own words and in their own style . Click here for details Aili Mari Tripp University of Wisconsin - Madison Email : tripp @ polisci . wisc . edu Women ' s Studies and the Women ' s Movement in Uganda The presentation reflects on the relationship between women ' s studies scholarship and the women ' s movement in Africa . The presentation reflects on the book entitled " The Women ' s Movement in Uganda : Achievements and Challenges Ahead . " The authors of the chapters of the book will present their chapters at the Congress in three panels . The presenter would like to reflect on the book as well as the panels regarding the Ugandan women ' s movement ; to talk about the impact women ' s studies at Makerere has had on the women ' s movement and vice versa . 2002 is also the tenth anniversary of the formation of the Department of Women and Gender Studies at Makerere , one of the first of its kind in Africa . It has played an important role in developing women ' s studies as a field of study in Uganda . The Department and other women ' s studies scholars at Makerere have also provided a critical intellectual base for government policies affecting women and girls and for the women ' s movement itself . It has been a force for mainstreaming in the University . The Department has played a key role in training gender - sensitive policy makers , civil servants , academics , and civil society leaders . The presentation will use the Ugandan case to also talk more generally on the role of women ' s studies and activism in Africa . Click here for details Alejandra Vassallo National University of Lujan , Argentina Email : Alejandrav @ ciudad . com . ar A Feminist Movement in the 70s ? Issues of Periodization and Politics in Argentina from a Comparative Perspective This paper focuses on two kinds of tensions that arise when trying to analyze a particular feminist movement in the broader context of a feminist historiography and a feminist politics . One is related to the problem posed by periodizations of world feminism as a movement during the late sixties and early seventies . Closely related to this , the second tension is revealed in the conflict between a " narrative of origins " that in effect hearkens back to 2nd Wave Feminism on a global level , and the actual politics of early feminist groups in Argentina , that has left a long - standing imprint on current feminist politics . The widely accepted periodization that has established the resurgence of feminism in the decade between the mid - 60s and mid - 70s is actually intimately related to a history of U . S . and Western European feminism , and may not necessarily reflect " other " feminist experiences . Nonetheless , many of the 2nd Wave political practices and theory , were readily incorporated and discussed by early Argentine feminist groups since 1970 . Click here for details Alice Ndidde and Ann Katahoire Makerere University , Uganda Email : andidde @ avumuk . ac . ug Adult Literacy in Uganda This paper will look at the impact women have had on adult literacy programs , both in providing courses as well as in advocacy . The presentation will discuss the impact ; increased literacy has had on women ' s economic , political and social empowerment . Click here for details Amy Lind Arizona State University , U . S . A . Email : lind @ asu . edu Rethinking Gender and ( Heterosexual - ) Sexuality in Development Theory , Practice , and Politics : Lessons from Latin America With a few exceptions , scholars of Latin American and Third World Studies have rarely analyzed the relationship among lesbian , gay , bisexual and transgender ( lgbt ) movements and the politics of the international development field . The paper addresses the ways in which institutionalized heterosexuality is an integral part of most development frameworks . The author argues how this affects lesbians as well as heterosexual women deemed " unacceptable " by societal or community standards . Thus the analysis consists of examining ideologies both of women who perform traditional gender roles , like mothers ' movements , married women with children , as well as of women who do not fit within the heterosexist norms of society , for instance , lesbians , bisexuals , transgendered people - and also heterosexual women who are employed as sex workers , unmarried women who have sexual relationships with men , and the like . The paper also discusses positive examples of how lgbt people have negotiated the politics of sexual identity through their participation in development projects and in their jobs , political struggles and daily lives . Click here for details Ann Denis University of Ottawa , Ottawa , Canada Email : adenis @ uottawa . ca The Impact of Changing State Policies on Women ' s Work in Barbados This paper proposes a gendered analysis of the impact of changing state policies on work done by women in Barbados since the 1970s . In terms of its theoretical perspectives , the analysis considers the material and ideological components of gender systems and their sometimes contradictory interactions , together with feminist theories of citizenship and of appropriation . " Work " is conceptualised broadly , including work for pay or profit , unpaid reproductive work and such activities as volunteer work and study . State policies include those relating to personal autonomy , to employment , to the provision of social programmes and to structural adjustment . Drawing on feminist intersectional analysis , the paper also introduces a discussion of the effects of the intersection of gender , ethnic / racial origin , and social class on the impact that state policies have on women ' s work . It is concluded that changes have been more significant in the material dimensions of the gender system than in the ideological dimensions , and that state policy does not guarantee women full citizenship rights , despite the improvements in the political and civil components of their citizenship . Key Words : paid and unpaid work ; Barbados ; state policies ; feminist intersectional analysis ; gender systems analysis . Click here for details Anne Hoiberg and Dianne L . Aker United Nations Association of San Diego , U . S . A . , University of San Diego , USA Email : daker @ acusd . edu Is the Road to Gender Equity Going in a Circle ? Advances and Detours for Women and Girls in a Multi - Ethnic , U . S . Border Community Key areas of gender equity concerns that link professionals and academics in finding solutions are examined through the successes and roadblocks encountered in the U . S . A . multi - ethnic border city of San Diego , California , which has a significant number of immigrants and refugees from Africa , Asia , and Latin America . Domestic violence community response , encouragement of political and civic participation in decision - making , efforts to overcome de - socializing poverty , and programs to prepare the girl child for full social development have been developed over the last twenty years . At the same time , new challenges have arisen as cultural confrontations and traditional detours have come up as barriers in the road to gender equality and respect . The paper examines what is working and what impedes progress in very specific terms from practical and professional , as well as theoretical , perspectives . The programs that have been especially effective will be emphasized so that communities and universities can undertake to support gains in women ' s advancement and efforts to address the challenges of ensuring women ' s and girls ' empowerment . Click here for details Avital H . Bloch University of Colima , Mexico Email : abloch @ cgic . ucol . mx The Challenges to Contemporary Liberalism and the Women ' s Movement : Feminist Legal Theorist Drucilla Cornell This paper will focus on the work of American legal theorist and feminist thinker Drucilla Cornell . During the last decade , Cornell , a professor of law , political science and women ' s studies at Rutgers University , in the US , has published a series of pioneering and influential works on feminist jurisprudence . Addressing the realities of law , culture , social culture , and politics and tying them to philosophy , legal studies , and gender analysis have characterized her studies . The paper will analyze the ways in which she has approached the relationships between feminism and law , as well as how she has connected gender culture , postmodernism , political thought , and ethics in order to create a feminist theory of justice . The paper demonstrates Cornell ' s important contributions through her challenges of both contemporary directions of gender theory as well as the women ' s movement politics . Not only does she not fall into the trap of retreat into anti - feminism , but she also offers pragmatic legal and political radical reforms applicable in the west as well as the post - colonial world . Click here for details Aida Bagic Email : aidab @ zamir . net Gender Issues in Southeast Europe : the Impact of the International Funding Policies The objectives of the research are to analyze the impact of the international funding policy on the capacity of women ' s organizations to influence national mechanisms for gender equality in the countries of Southeast Europe ; compare the development of the women ' s movement in the respective countries , especially regarding the role of international funding in that development ; compare national mechanisms for promotion of gender equality in the respective countries ; conduct a case study of the Gender Task Force within the Stability Pact for Southeast Europe ( or another appropriate international funding mechanism in the region ) ; and develop a policy paper on program strategies in the area of gender policy in coordination with network mentors . Click here for details Jennifer Beeman and Nancy Guberman Universite of Quebec , Montreal Email : beeman . jennifer @ uqam . ca The Day - to - day Practice of Democracy in Women ' s Groups in Quebec : Theorizing Democracy from the Bottom Up When studying the practice of democracy in civil society organizations , organizers and researchers are confronted with several important problems . On the one hand , general democratic theory is highly developed , complex , heterogenous and very abstract ( Collin , 1984 , 1992 ; Mansbridge , 1990 . 1991 , 1995 ; Pateman , 1970 , 1989 ; Rowbotham , 1986 ; Touraine , 1992 , 1994 ) . On the other hand , research on actual democratic experiences are very circumscribed and context - specific ( Baxter , 1996 ; Bystydzienski and Sekhon , 1999 ; Couillard , 1994 , 1995 , 1996 ; Ferree and Martin , 1995 ; Leidner , 1991 , 1993 ; Pennell , 1989 ; Rothschild - Whitt , 1979 , 1986 ) . In both veins of theory , one encounters important limits to what has been theorized about democracy from the experiences of women ' s groups . Our research team carried out a multi - case , qualitative study of the organizational culture of women ' s groups in Québec ( 1995 - 98 ) , followed by a three year study of democratic practices in women ' s groups ( 1998 - 2001 ) . The results of this long , rich research process allow us to outline the fundamental components of democratic processes , be they for a small , unstructured group or a large governmental or nongovernmental body . In our paper , we will first outline the basic components of the democratic process . For each of these components , we will examine the problems frequently encountered in women ' s groups , and civil society organizations generally , as well as looking at innovative practices groups have developed to overcome these obstacles . Our particular interest is on how groups facilitate the participation of disadvantaged members of society in the complex democratic processes of their groups . Our research has led us to understand democracy not as a linear process with discrete components , but as a culture in itself . If a group is to be democratic , the commitment to equality and participation in decision - making structures by members must infuse the work of the group at all levels . However , in order to discuss the action of democracy it is useful to break it down into its component parts ; this also facilitates discussion of obstacles and practices that favor democratic participation by members in groups . Any democratic process in principle should contain four key components . First are the pre - requisites which include members ' access to and understanding of any information pertinent to the decisions that are to be made , their ability to formulate opinions and present those opinions to a group , their capacity to negotiate and consider the ideas of others , among other elements . The second component of the democratic process is deliberation . This means the process by which members of the group discuss , analyse debate , look for alternatives and negotiate . This process leads to the next component , which is the actual decision - making process itself where the group will settle on its decision either through consensual or vote - taking means . It is important to note that the decision - making process does not inherently involve deliberation . This is the case where a body essentially rubber - stamps propositions submitted by others . Finally , there is the carrying out of the decision . For the process to be completed the decision must be acted upon . A classic way of undermining democratic processes is by inaction or deliberate blocking of the means to act on the decision . Many participants in our research identified another aspect of the democratic process which we have come to call " pre - democracy " which is the presence of basic conditions of equality , respect , openness , listening attentively to others and a climate of trust , without which it is impossible for grassroots members , often from very disadvantaged backgrounds and with low levels of education , to attempts to participate in the process . The question of the common interests of the group that should guide the deliberation and decision - making processes is often a source of tension and misapprehension in civil society organizations and our paper will examine the issue of how groups , using their mission as their guide , can negotiate more openly the diverse interests of the individual members without delegitimizing them in the name of a supposedly objective common interest of the group . Finally , we will examine the confusion and problems around the concept of consultation and how consultation of members or citizens is coming to replace democratic processes in many civil society organizations and government bodies . Click here for details Carol Mueller Email : Carol . Mueller @ asu . edu Global Events and Women ' s Mobilization The presentation will focus on the role of the United Nations conferences and allied forums in expanding women ' s global networking . The paper will be from a networking perspective in terms of the organizations represented at the fora . Click here for details Deborah Mulumba Makerere University , Uganda Email : ugarose @ infocom . co . ug The Role of the Women ' s Movement in Conflict Resolution The paper will consider the gender dimensions of conflict in Uganda from 1964 to date . It will also examine the role of women ' s organizations as well as individual women activists in ameliorating conflict in Uganda . The obstacles and constraints that hinder women ' s effective participation in conflict resolution will also be discussed . Further , it will contrast women ' s efforts with those of other organizations like World Vision and Human Rights Watch in addressing the plight of abducted girls and women in the Northern Uganda , and in particular , their psychological and physical trauma in the ongoing conflict . Click here for details Elaine J . Walters McKenzie - Willamette Hospital , U . S . A . Email : jelane @ efn . ng Supporting Women ' s Leadership in Movements to End Violence against Women Sexism is one of multiple and overlapping oppressions that support the continuation of violence against women . Functioning to perpetuate not only divisions and distress between men and women , the messages of sexism get internalized and also divide women from each other . 95 percent of the leaders and workers in the movement to end violence against women are women , and a large percent identify as survivors of the same violence they are attempting to stop . The work of ending violence against women challenges powerful social and family norms , which leaves both male and female workers vulnerable to direct attack and to discouragement and burnout . These realities have significant consequences for the workers and for our progress . In this environment , taking leadership and maintaining personal and organizational relationships can be frightening and difficult . In order to sustain the work , we must attend to the needs of the leaders and workers directly engaged in the movement . In this workshop , the nature and impact of sexism on women ' s leadership , organizational health , and alliance building with men , will be examined through the sharing of participants ' own experiences . At the conclusion , participants will develop a list of strategies for overcoming personal and organizational barriers , for supporting one another ' s leadership and for getting what they need to be effective leaders themselves . Click here for details Elisabeth Lorenzen NIKK , Oslo , Norway Email : elisabeth . lorenzen @ nikk . uio . no Challenging Gender Issues in the Sexual Safety Debate The paper presents the research and action project Living for Tomorrow . The project was based at NIKK in Oslo and ran for three years from 1998 - 2000 with central collaboration with participants in Estonia . At the heart of this project were critical explorations of how the gender system works and needs to be questioned and changed in order to enable safer sexual behaviors . Processes that deepen understanding of social forms of gender inequality and cultural beliefs about gender differences , in contrast to common notions of fixed , natural truths , were taken as the key focus around which sexual health and safety issues could be made more relevant and engaging for the young people . Participatory learning processes created a climate of engagement and openness that enabled the participants to think more critically about gender while learning about sexual health concerns and risk behaviors in sexual relationships . With a challenging focus on gender Living for Tomorrow aimed to combine gender theory and research with action implementation to approach youth , sexual safety and HIV prevention . All to enable young people to become more actively and effectively involved in sexual safety work and stemming the HIV / AIDS epidemic . Click here for details Elizabeth Blaney University of New Brunswick , Canada Email : blaney @ unb . ca Northern Reflections : " Moving the Hearts and Minds of Women " in the Northwest Territories This paper explores women ' s issues and education in the Northwest Territories . It examines gender equity and education within the Northern historical , social , political , and economic contexts and discourses in which they are embedded . It provides evidence that understanding issues related to gender and education in the Northwest Territories requires an analysis that begins from the experiences of women in the North . It reveals how assumptions about knowledge and what constitutes women ' s issues and education can support or undermine gender and education change work . It speaks to the tensions , challenges , and possibilities of coalition and community work between women , women ' s groups , and critical educators . Click here for details Ellen Carol Dubois University of California at Los Angeles , U . S . A Email : Edubois @ Ucla . Ledu Agitation for Political Rights for Women in Africa In North and South America , in Europe , in Asia , in the Antipodes , in the Middle East , the earliest phases of feminist agitation focused on gaining the right to vote , on " woman suffrage . " Recent research on woman suffrage movements around the world has tremendously increased scholarly Knowledge of this agitation , especially in connection with nationalist , anti - colonial movements . What about Africa ? Where does Africa fit into this international history ? This paper will consider the problems faced in researching the way that women gained political rights in Africa , especially the chronology of national liberation movements and the impact of imperialism and racism . The paper will also consider what scholars have uncovered about particular women ' s campaigns for political equality : in Nigeria , in South Africa , and in Kenya . Click here for details Elsie M . Alexander University of Botswana , Botswana Email : alexande @ mopipi . ub . bw Civil Society and State Relations - Experiences of the Women ' s Movement in Botswana This paper will assess the strategies of the women ' s movement in Botswana over the last three decades and evaluate the achievements and major constraints since the 1985 UN World Conference on Women , held in Nairobi , Kenya . An assessment in terms of a shift in ideology and strategy within the women ' s movement that has resulted in a more proactive , radical and challenging approach will be explored . Lessons learnt will be highlighted . The paper will further explore the differences between the older liberal organizations and those established in the early 1990s . The paper argues that the older organizations ' activities were informed by liberal development ideologies consistent with liberal feminist thinking . The younger ones were conceptualized within the radical feminist perspective that challenges the status quo , the patriarchal ideology , as well as male dominance in society . The paper analyses the impact of this shift on the gender agenda and on the overall state policies and responses . The paper concludes that a democratic , political and positive , economic environment contributes to the nature of civil society state relations . Click here for details Eunice A . Nyamasyo Kenyatta University , Kenya Email : auma_1999 @ yahoo . com The Women ' s Movement and Gender - Related Institutions in Kenya : Gains and Challenges in Socio - economic Development This paper discusses the women ' s movement in Kenya and is based on field research data drawn from over 200 gender - based development organizations . The author argues that women and these organizations have contributed significantly to the socio - economic development of Kenya . Gains include working with rural communities as well as creating gender awareness . The major challenge continues to be the patriarchal nature of the Kenyan society . The author strongly recommends the need for recognition and support of the activities of the women ' s movement plus the sustenance of the cross - cultural discourse between academics and professionals . Click here for details Fenella Porter Open University , United Kingdom Email : F . K . Porter @ open . ac . uk Institutionalizing Gender Equality in the Context of Voluntary Action This paper is based on a Ph . D . research looking at organizational learning and change on gender , in a context where volunteerism is the basis for action . The lack of contractual relationships in volunteerism and voluntary action might compromise organizational systems of accountability , but on the other hand there may exist specific ideas of personal responsibility inherent in the motivations associated with volunteerism and voluntary action . The paper will critically examine the ideas of responsibility and the motivations found in volunteerism and voluntary action . The paper will look at volunteerism as a part of human life , and the way in which a voluntary organization has institutionalized altruism . What impact does this have on power relations ? This is a particularly key question in the context of northern volunteer - sending agencies working in the South . The research process itself will also be examined - a feminist process investigating gender in the context of volunteering . Click here for details Aili Tripp and Sarah Ntiro University of Wisconsin - Madison , U . S . A . , Uganda Email : ailitripp @ charter . net , ugsociety @ bushnet . net Women ' s Movement History : Colonial and Post - Independence This paper will discuss the roots of the current women ' s movement in earlier periods of Uganda ' s colonial and post - independence history . It will discuss the role of education , the influence of organizations like the Mothers Union in providing fora to develop organizational and leadership skills , and the role of the Uganda Council of Women , YWCA , Family Planning Association , Forward Society , and other such organizations in paving the way for the emergence of contemporary women ' s organizations . Click here for details Hilda Roslashmer Christensen University of Copenhagen , Denmark Email : Hilda . roemer . christensen @ sociology . ku . dk Global Identities , Global Projects . The Remapping of Women ' s Movements in Late Modernity The workshop focuses on the re - narration and re - location of women ' s movements as one / some of the major social movements of the 20th century in the light of globalization and cross - national exchanges . It will deal with women ' s movements and women on the move in a cross - national and global perspective . The overall aim of the workshop is to contest the traditional concepts and approaches to the study of women ' s movements . How does the mapping of the women ' s movements look when it goes beyond the traditional framework of women ' s rights associations and the nation states ? And how have the challenge of multiculturalism changed the movements among women ? What are the historical roots of international co - operation among women and women ' s associations in relation to central issues such as peace , sports and religion and the like ? How did / have the tradition of early international networking been transferred into the current intensified networking an associating ? What kind of role do new and old women ' s organizations play for the re / foundation of women ' s movements throughout the world : both in Western and in post - communist and post - colonial countries ? Click here for details Jackie Asiimwe Uganda Email : jamug @ yahoo . com Making Women ' s Land Rights a Reality : The Women ' s Movement and Land Rights Advocacy in Uganda This paper will look at the ways in which women ' s organizations and networks in Uganda attempted to influence the 1998 Land Act , what gains for women were made with the Act , and the ways in which women are using this new legislation . It will also discuss the struggle over the co - ownership amendment to the Land Act and the new political challenges posed by the outcome of these efforts . The paper will highlight the positive developments that came out of the struggle , which included networking between women ' s and other organizations as well as the rethinking of strategies . Click here for details Jacqueline Asiimwe Uganda Email : jamug @ yahoo . com Feminist Leadership in Uganda : One Step Forward or Two Steps Back ? This paper posits the notion that while it is well and good that the women ' s movement has made progress in women ' s political / public rights , the present discrimination of women in the home undermines the very rights they have gained outside the home . In order to make the gains of the women ' s movement in the public sphere meaningful ; women ' s rights in the private have to be recognized as well . The two spheres of rights are mutually reinforcing and interdependent . To ensure that women ' s private rights are recognized , the women ' s movement needs to seek ways to make advocacy for women ' s domestic rights political , so that politicians listen , and make the necessary changes to the laws that presently discriminate against women . Click here for details Jane Gaskell University of British Columbia , Canada Email : Jane . gaskell @ ubc . ca Discourses of Feminism : The Women ' s Movement in British Columbia and Ontario Education This paper will examine how different discourses of feminism have obtained institutional support from educational institutions in the struggle for equality for women in education in British Columbia and Ontario . Both equal rights feminism and more radical analysis of women ' s difference received support from teachers ' unions and governments in the early 1970s , while more recently only equal rights feminism has any support . The reasons and implications for the women ' s movement and for education are discussed . Click here for details Janet Nambi Makerere University , Uganda Women and Girls With Special Needs in Uganda This paper will examine the role of women in advocacy around disability and in forming organizations to address the particular needs of women who are disabled . The discussion will cover both women with physical and mental disabilities . The paper will highlight the role of organizations like the West Nile Association of the Handicapped ( WENA ) as well as the National Union of Disabled Persons of Uganda ( NUDIPU ) that have lobbied actively in support of the rights of disabled women . Click here for details Janet Townsend , Emma Mawdsley , Gina Porter University of Durham , UK Email : janet . townsend @ durham . ac . uk Women ' s Worlds and the Transnational Community of Non Government Organisations NonGovernment organizations ( NGOs ) engaged in development work worldwide belong to a transnational community . Many of their professionals synchronize behavior and outlook along common lines until they become interchangeable . These NGOs are a North - South transmission channel for two meta - languages : donor fashions and new managerialism . Studies undertaken in Ghana , India and Mexico show that despite the fact that many NGOs are donor - created as well as led , many of them still seek to represent local voices and needs . This applies particularly to feminist and other women - controlled organizations . Whose ideas count ? How do women clients as well as staff get included or excluded ? What works and what does not ? How are the processes engendered ? This paper seeks to answer these questions . Despite what may be called a new imperialism , NGOs rather than academicians will play a central role in changing the world . Click here for details Joy Kwesiga and Aili Tripp Makerere University , Uganda and University of Wisconsin - Madison , USA Email : Tripp @ polisci . w . sc . edu The Women ' s Movement in Uganda : An Overview This paper provides an analysis of why the Ugandan women ' s movement has become such a force since 1986 ; how it is distinguished from women ' s movements in other parts of Africa ; how the current organizations differ from earlier ones ; what its overall impact has been ; what are its limitations ; and what are the key debates in the women ' s movement . The paper also describes the major actors in the women ' s movement , including national and local women ' s organizations and networks , academics , the ministry in charge of gender , women politicians , and media workers who focus on gender issues . In addition , the paper discusses the role of the legislature , the courts , and the president in influencing policy . It also covers the impact donors , the international women ' s movement , as well as international NGOs based in Uganda have played in this area . Click here for details Joy Kwesiga and Margaret Kikampikaho Makerere University , Uganda Email : deanfss @ mak . ac . ug , alliance @ infocom . co . ug Women ' s Movement Contributions to the Improvement of Female Education in Uganda This paper will consider ways in which women ' s organizations have influenced female education in Uganda . It will look at efforts to remove obstacles and constraints to girls ' education at different levels . In particular , it will examine efforts to : provide bursaries for girls , give opportunities to girls who were forced out of school due to early and unplanned pregnancy , improved school facilities to ensure that girls participate in education and advocate for more girls friendly policies . It will also discuss efforts to enhance female education by government and other partners specifically the special programs by the Ministry of Education and Sports , the 1 . 5 points policy at Makerere University , Kampala , as well as the 1995 Universal Primary Education ( UPE ) policy . Factors that have contributed to gains made and obstacles still existing will be highlighted . Click here for details Kaarina Kailo University of Oulu , Finland Email : kkailo @ ktk . oulu . fi Feminists for a Gift Economy From the dawn of time , women ' s gifts have been creating and sustaining communities as well as making the world a better place . In recent years , women have been articulating new forms of protest , refusing war and all forms of violence , protecting the environment and all life , creating new multi - centered and diverse political spaces and defining new politics of care , community , compassion , and connectedness . Women are creating alternative visions , paradigms and imaginaries , even reconceptualizing the foundations of political society . This workshop describes and explores the logic of mothering and gift giving as an alternative to the patriarchal capitalist exchange economy , which has degraded gift giving while co - opting it . Although the workshop is based on For - Giving , the Gift Economy by Genevieve Vaughan who will present her work , other participants will interact with the book ' s vision and discuss how it can or cannot be applied pragmatically and philosophically in different cultural contexts . Click here for details Karen Monkman and Peter Easton Florida State University , USA Email : kmonkman @ mailer . fsu . edu , monkman @ coe . fsu . edu Social Policy from the Bottom Up This presentation focuses on the empowerment approaches to building new social practice and policy at the grass roots embodied in the " Tostan " experience . Tostan is a Senegalese NGO that uses non - formal , participatory methodologies to support village - based social change , especially in areas related to women ' s health and human rights . Villages in several Sub - Saharan African countries are , subsequent to Tostan ' s educational program , beginning to identify and act on concerns that affect women ' s health and human rights , as well as the well being of their families . Some communities have gone so far as to declare a moratorium on the practice of female genital circumcision and have mobilized their families and villages to discontinue the practice . This paper uses data from a recently - concluded evaluation of the Tostan experience to explore the dimensions of the participatory process used , local community response to it , and popular reaction to the changing social situation in rural Africa that lead to new social practices and grass roots policy initiatives . Click here for details Kate Adoo - Adeku Ghana Email : hamimaal @ hotmail . com Women ' s Movements and Activism in Ghana 1980 - 2000 Women ' s movements evolved during the nationalist struggle to give support towards the attainment of independence . Subsequently , the movements became more focused on nation building with the emphasis on obtaining basic legal rights . The United Nations Decade for Women saw the emergence of women ' s movements as a catalyst for the promotion of women ' s rights and the achievement of gender equality in the country . Historically , socio - cultural practices have impeded women ' s progress rendering them invisible in the country ' s socio - economic , political and decision - making structures . There has , therefore , been a need for strong activist movements in the country to address the challenges facing the general subordination of Ghanaian women in society . The question arises whether the movements that emerged within the period under review ( 1980 - 2000 ) , had the required dynamism plus the theoretical basis , to confront the patently patriarchal dominance of Ghana ' s social system or whether they were simply ' social welfare ' movements more in line with helping women get involved in the status quo . The paper discusses the role , challenges , progress , achievements and limitations of these movements towards the enhancement of the status of Ghanaian women . Click here for details Krassimira Daskalova St . Kliment Ohridski University of Sofia , Bulgaria Email : daskalov @ ceu . hu Women , Gender and Transition in Eastern Europe : The Case of Bulgaria In Bulgaria , discussions about women and their role in society have pervaded public debates in the post - 1989 era . At the same time , women ' s organizations of varying size and influence have proliferated . The paper maps out the different images of women and assumptions about gender differences that are now important features of public life . It describes how , in the midst of all these images , women ' s organizations formulate and pursue their goals . What obstacles do they encounter ? How does the institutional structure of women ' s organizations shape or constrain the discourse of these groups ? How are their ways of imagining women ' s problems related to earlier discourses of communism and to the current political ideas and institutions with which they must compete and interact ? The discourse is important because public debate defines what can be imagined , what can be publicly claimed , and thus , what can actually be done in the areas of social policy , legal reform , as well as d other political actions concerning women in Bulgaria . Besides , in order to understand the significance of any one discourse , it is necessary to examine the social and cultural context in and against which it is formulated , as well as the historical precedents on which it is built . Key words : Women , transition , Eastern Europe , women ' s movement , feminism . Click here for details Kristen Timothy National Council for Research on Women , USA Email : ktim @ att . net Developing an International Agenda for Women ' s Equity , 1945 - 2000 The paper examines the forces that have interacted to set in an international agenda for women ' s equity from 1945 when the United Nations was founded to the present . The paper will examine the role of the UN Commission on the status of women in generating a global agenda on women ' s issues that encompasses women in - development and women ' s human rights . The paper will analyze how the commission sought to provide political space for women advocates from different regions of the world to lobby Governments for policies and laws that would promote equity between men and women . It will also discuss the gains made by women activities from different cultures and political persuasions in using that UN forum for sharing experiences as well as forming new feminist networks . It will examine the context that generated new issues or revisited and intensified old ones , for example , women in development , gender mainstreaming and specific issues like trafficking in women , an issue that was on the ' international ' agenda of women activists at the time the UN was founded and has recently reappeared as a target for international action . The paper will also briefly analyze the results of the Beijing Conference in 1995 in relation to evolving international women ' s issues and its implications for the UN and the women ' s movement in the future . Key Words : Human security , safety , women ' s empowerment , International women ' s movement , women and the UN . Click here for details Lin Chun London School of Economics and Political Science United Kingdom Email : C . Lin @ lse . ac . uk The Rights and Wrongs of State Feminism The concept of ' state feminism ' , originally applied to women - friendly public policies in the Nordic social democracies , can be used for post - revolutionary socialist countries with similar as well as different connotations . The case of the People ' s Republic of China illustrates contradictions in the state project of women ' s liberation , involving ideology and institutions , laws and regulations , policy debates and ( re ) formulation . Tensions between protection and autonomy , national - developmentalism and feminism , equal citizenship and gender consciousness are discussed in the comparative context of state socialism on the one hand and market liberalization on the other . Overall , as the PRC is recognized as having significantly improved the conditions of female existence with a vast rural population and a low per capita GDP but recently retreated from many earlier achievements , it is argued that government commitment to gender equality remains indispensable . Yet much more is also needed from societal participation and local and individual initiatives from below . The social dimension of feminism in China ' s transformation towards global integration is defined . The lessons of the Chinese experiences , diverse and puzzling as they are , are relevant to the women ' s movements on a global stage today . Keywords ; state , market , public , social , citizenship . Click here for details Linda Eyre University of New Brunswick Email : leyre @ unb . ca Place Matters : Gender Equity Policy and Education in the Maritimes Understanding the activity of the women ' s movement and education in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia , Canada , must involve an understanding of the personal , social , economic and political histories of the peoples of this place . While running the risk of reifying boundaries , unless we begin here , we are always looking elsewhere for models or answers which absent the contexts in which this region is located . This paper considers how gender equity policy in education has been framed in this colonized , marginalized , and increasingly corporatized place , and , hopefully , opens up space for considering an alternate vision for girls and women ' s education in this region . Click here for details Mangala Subramaniam University of Connecticut , U . S . A . Email : mas95007 @ uconnvm . uconn . edu Networks and Collective Processes in Women ' s Empowerment The paper examine a quasi - collective intervention , a partnership between the state and the local community to highlight the ' processes ' involved in the empowerment of poor women . Two theoretical expositions : explanations of networks in shaping social change and ' collective ' processes as conceptualized in social movements and activism scholarship are used to examine a specific intervention , the Mahila Samakhya Karnataka ( MSK ) Program in India that aims at raising female literacy rates by addressing issues of empowerment . Evidence from the author ' s research clearly points to how ' collective processes ' and connections built through networks have created potential for human agency , for women to act and seek change . Over time , the collective serves as an organizational basis of strength to begin questioning the structure of power relations in society . For poor women who have neither the courage to articulate their experiences , nor the space to do so , the concept of collective is meaningful . Click here for details Margaret McFadden Appalachian State University , U . S . A . Email : mcfaddenmh @ appstate . edu A Radical Exchange : International Women ' s Activists between the Wars , 1918 - 1939 Virginia Woolf ' s Three Guineas ( 1938 ) defines a model for women ' s response to militarism , nationalism , anti - Semitism , and fascism . Woolf proposed that women belong to a secret Society of Outsiders , since , " As a woman , I have no country . As a woman 1 want no country . As a woman my country is the whole world . " Woolf ' s Outsiders Society makes several demands of its female members , all of whom must agree to poverty ( only enough money to live and develop ) , chastity ( refusal to sell one ' s brain - power ) , derision ( refusing honors and fame ) , and " freedom from unreal loyalties " of national , religious , family , or sex pride . The work analyzes the difference between women and men , differentially constructed by their education and social upbringing . This difference allows them to know and learn and act in different ways . By examining the life and work of women activists around the world , one can see how women work differently , as insiders and as outsiders simultaneously . The paper will explore and analyze activists in the areas of peace , national independence , and anarchism / socialism -- women who were conscious international networkers in the period before World War II . Click here for details Margaret Snyder U . S . A . Email : Pegsnyder @ aol . com Economic Activities This paper will start by situating women within a broader historical and economic context , with a brief review of the impact of economic downturn and civil violence on women ' s activities , fostering intense economic activity . The paper will then look at how women in Uganda have organized themselves as farmers , merchants and entrepreneurs for economic strength and the role of women ' s organizations in providing services and strengthening the capacities of women as economic actors through cooperatives , rotating credit and savings societies and many other associations . It will look at the role of organizations like the Council for the Economic Empowerment for Women in Africa and the Uganda Women ' s Finance and Credit Trust in providing micro - credit and business management skills to small scale entrepreneurs . The paper will describe literacy training ; agricultural extension services , legal aid services , and child care arrangements for market women . It will discuss advocacy , political action and the mobilization of particular sectors , including entrepreneurs , domestic workers , trade union women , multipurpose women ' s groups , women ' s cooperatives , sex workers , and others . The paper will also examine the role of women in shaping the national budget as well as economic policy more generally and will look at how structural adjustment initiatives and globalization generally affect women . Click here for details Marilyn Fowler Women ' s Intercultural Network ( WIN ) , U . S . A Email : win @ win - cawa . org Calling the Circle : Building a Global Women ' s Action Network The Women ' s Intercultural Network ( WIN ) is an NGO based in San Francisco , CA that creates opportunities for women to come together across great divides for common cause , to collaborate globally on critical concerns . WIN launched CALLING THE CIRCLE in January 2001 with women NGO leaders from Uganda visiting the US . In July 2001 , women leaders from the US visited Uganda . The exchanges were focused on learning about each other ' s organizations and strategies for empowering women . A panel of six US , Ugandan and Japanese women involved in developing these CIRCLES will talk about how women are connecting across real and virtual barriers to structure a global communications model for NGO , academic , business and other partnerships to empower women and girls . Click here for details Mary Bernstein University of Connecticut , U . S . A . Email : Mary . Bernstein @ asu . edu Repression and the Mobilization of Lesbian , Gay , Bisexual , and Transgender Movements The paper compares cross - nationally the forms of repression faced by lesbian , gay , bisexual , and transgender ( lgbt ) people , their relationship to traditional gender roles and the enforcement of particular family forms . Today , " [ h ] omosexuality is illegal in 85 countries ; it is punished with death in eight of them , and draws a prison term of 10 years to life in seven , 3 - 10 years in 11 , and up to three years in ten others " . Hostility toward lgbt people has been the purview of religion , government , law , and science . Anti - lgbt repression " tends to break out with special venom when people imagine a threat to the security of gender roles , of religious doctrine , or of the state and society , or to the sexual safety and health of the individual " . The paper examines the ways in which the construction of lgbt identities varies cross - nationally and the implications of those constructions for both mobilization and repression . The author argues that the opening of democratic processes as well as the increased equality for women provides both opportunities for the mobilization of lgbt activists , while also creating the political conditions for conservative backlash . Click here for details Stephanie Brzuzy Arizona State University , U . S . A Social Conflicts Over the Meaning of Gender Identity : Identity , Power and Politics Queer activists , along with some feminist theorists and practitioners , have begun to challenge the dichotomous meaning of gender identity in societal institutions and traditional western social thought , including feminist thought . Transgender and intersex activists point out that gender dualisms ( male / female ; masculine / feminine ; man / woman ; boy / girl ) are destructive and tend to render invisible ( and sometimes illegal ) anyone ' s identity that does not fit within traditional gender norms . Social inequalities are perpetuated by these narrow definitions - in the United States as well as globally - through , for example , " gender identity disorder " as well as genital surgeries on babies born intersexed in psychological and medical practices , respectively . The paper will address some examples of how gender identity serves to define , regulate and oppress identities from birth through adulthood . It will focus on transgender and intersexual identities , drawing in part from the transgender and intersex movement strategies to challenge and rethink oppressive gender identities , laws and policies . Click here for details Maureen Fielding Penn State University Delaware County , U . S . A . Email : MDF6 @ SU . EDU Truth and Healing in South Africa : Khulumani - A Support Group for Victims of Apartheid South African women suffered greatly under apartheid . They experienced economic oppression , forced removals , personal violence , and the loss of husbands and children . When apartheid ended in 1995 , many still did not know the fate of their husbands and children . Many older women , whose children had died or disappeared , were destitute as children typically care for aging parents in South Africa . The Truth and Reconciliation Commission ( TRC ) provided these women a chance to tell their stories and perhaps to learn the truth about their husbands and children . For many women , however , the reality of testifying before a formal court with media coverage proved to be a daunting prospect . The paper focuses on Khulumani , a national network of support groups formed to encourage the traumatized victims of apartheid to speak out as well as provide support to those who testified before the TRC . Khulumani aims to help a trauma victim - testify , find a survival mission , reestablish meaningful relationships , reconnect , recover faith , and do political work . Click here for details Miriam David Keele University England , United Kingdom Reflections from a British Feminist : An Auto / biographical Approach This paper will reflect on self , place and learning as feminist projects . Click here for details Mirjam Southwell University of London , UK Email : robbinsi @ netcomuk . co . uk Gender Policy in Development Organizations : Symbolism versus Realism The paper is based on qualitative research carried out in United Nations Organizations ( UNIDO , UNCTAD , ITC / WTO ) , governmental organizations ( DFID and GTZ - UK , Germany and Zimbabwe ) and an NGO ( UK and Zimbabwe ) . The research looked at links in the international policy process for technology , development and gender . Focusing on technology policy , both an explicitly and implicitly masculine area of expertise , revealed a struggle regarding gender . In international policy , gender is located in a complex , conflicting and " open " nesting of implementation structures from local to global levels in which the commitment of key individuals ( for and against ) has a crucial impact . The increasing emphasis in development organizations of mainstreaming gender brings with it particular issues of " hearing " women and the continued need for women specific programs . Mainstreaming may be presented as the organizations ' symbolic policy but women specific projects are still seen as necessary by policy implementers - the paradox of mainstreaming . The concept of " getting round " gender issues , illustrating the degrees of discretion in the policy process is introduced in the paper . Click here for details Monica Dennison Australia Email : Monica @ optusnet . com . au Thirty Years on , an Australian Woman ' s Trajectory This paper will set an Australian woman ' s journey , which started in Kampala Uganda ( 1969 - 72 ) , in the context of the major shifts for women in Australia in the last thirty years . It will ask what gains Australian women have made , sustained or lost in those years . Based on both statistical analyses of the changes in women ' s participation in major aspects of Australian society in that period , as a series of in - depth interviews with women representing a range of perspectives and backgrounds , it will highlight both what has been achieved and what needs to be done . The author was plunged from the status of lecturer in Psychiatric Social Work at Makerere University ( 1970 - 72 ) , into that of a midwife and second class citizen in the milieu of fundamentalist Sydney Anglicanism . The personal struggle to shake off the constraints has been paralleled by many shifts and struggles for women in Australian society . There are now more women students at the University than men . Yet there is only one woman CEO amongst the top hundred companies in Australia . There are now women priests in almost all Australian Anglican dioceses , the major exception being Sydney diocese , the largest and wealthiest . Issues to be discussed will include language , the relevancy of feminism , social justice as well as opportunities for women ' s advancement plus gender equity . Click here for details Myra Marx Ferree University of Wisconsin - madison Email : mferree @ ssc . wisc . edu Thinking globally , acting locally : feminism activism in the world system Although it was the environmental movement that popularized the slogan , " think globally , act locally , " this is also a good description of feminist activism in the world today . On the one hand , there are more global networks and international interests among feminists today than in the 1970s and 1980s , which contributes to an understanding of women ' s issues in world - system terms . On the other hand , much actual feminist mobilization is local and particular , tied to the specific realities and political and constraints of the national systems in which they act . In the talk , I connect the historical variation in globalized feminist activism ( which reached an a typical low point during the cold war ) with patterns in national and local women ' s movements at the grassroots . Despite variations in focus and types of activism between and within countries . I argue , there are also three important common features . First , I discuss the emergence of shared and influential international feminist discourse grounded in liberalism that emphasizes that " women ' s rights are human rights , " frames gender and economic development to emphasize that women are human resources , emphasizes women ' s education and social empowerment as a brake on fertility . Second , I look at the ways that social movement work gets done , typically in the form of community organizing , the " housework of politics . " I contrast the transitional advocacy network with the more classic form of grassroots social movement and argue that there are distinctive advantages for women being able to mobilize both ways . Third , I suggest that the breakdown of the East - West axis of the Cold War offers both opportunities and risks for transnational activists , opportunities in transcending the stereotypes of homogeneity implicit in categories such as " western " and " third World " feminism , and risks in reduplicating the class and race inequalities of the last great wave of transnationalism , the colonial empires of the 20th century . Click here for details Nancy Naples and Manisha Desai University of California , U . S . A , Hobart and William Smith Colleges , U . S . A Email : desai @ hws . edu , nnaples @ uci . edu Transnational Solidarities and Globalization Much of the analyses of globalization concentrate on the broader economic , social , and political dimensions of contemporary global changes and neglect the ways in which low income women and other marginalized actors are responding to these changes in different parts of the world . In particular , frequently missing from accounts of globalization , are the effects on the social , political , and economic changes on women ' s community - based activism . This paper will present different cases studies of women ' s local responses to global economic , political , and social changes and will demonstrate how women are responding to these powerful forces through local organizing strategies that are linked to international and transnational women ' s movements . Presenters will build a bridge between macro - level analyses of globalization to the micro - level by highlighting disparate economic and political strategies developed by women in urban , rural , as well as suburban communities in diverse parts of the world . Click here for details Nancy Naples University of Connecticut , U . S . A Email : NNaples @ uci . edu Sexual Citizenship , Heteronormativity and Immigration Policy This paper explores the relationship between sexual citizenship and heteronormativity in contemporary immigration law and localized implementation practices with particular focus on US immigration policies . The processes of racialization and heteronormativity are woven in and through local policy regimes and less visible community practices . However , social regulation is a fluid process that is influenced by a number of factors including the interventions of processes of racialization , gender , and class . Drawing on policy analysis , ethnographic investigation and secondary data , the presenter examines the processes of immigrant identity construction , racial formation , and social regulation . Click here for details Nancy Wyatt Penn State University Delaware County , U . S . A . Email : njw @ psu . edu Community - Based Grassroots Organizing People working for structural social or political change often must work from outside established political and social structures . In the United States , three examples of such movements relevant to this presentation are the women ' s rights / suffrage , the union movement , and civil rights for African American citizens . In the nineteenth century , women were officially citizens of the United States , but they did not have suffrage and so could only petition the government for redress of grievances , including suffrage and property rights . In the nineteenth and early twentieth century , workers who wanted to organize for collective bargaining were subject to violent harassment by employers who were supported by state and federal officials . Also in the nineteenth and for much of the twentieth century , a wide variety of state laws and unofficial social violence prevented African Americans from participating in the political process . Disempowered groups such as the three described above turned to grassroots organizing to work for social change . The process by which groups such as those mentioned above muster courage and plan strategies to achieve social and political change is the topic of this presentation . Click here for details Naomi L Shitemi Moi University , Kenya Email : nlshitemi @ hotmail . com Women ' s Grassroots Welfare Organizations : Towards Empowerment and Gender Equity In response to the emergent socio - economic pressures , demands and challenges of women , a number of welfare organizations have mushroomed in Kenya . Using the collective strategy while building solidarity , these organizations contribute enormously to socio - economic development at individual , family , group and ultimately society levels . They work through lobbying and advocacy to empower people . This presentation is based on a study of women ' s welfare groups drawn from two districts of Kenya , some of which are registered with the Social Welfare government department . The paper reflects on the experiences and challenges of these welfare groups including the reasons for their formation . Click here for details Patricia Daniel University of Wolverhampton , Wales Email : pat . daniel @ virgin . net Mainstreaming Gender into NG0 Work : A Case Study from Nigeria The paper will describe and analyze the process undertaken by the Christian Rural and Urban Development Association of Nigeria ( CRUDAN ) to integrate a gender perspective into its work . This has entailed the development of a gender strategy that has involved organizational change in CRUDAN at several levels : the constitution ; staffing ; approaches to training ; use of language ; as well as monitoring criteria . This process has taken place within the framework of a UK Department for International Development ( DFID ) - funded program , which aims to strengthen Nigerian NGOs who support and train Civil Society Organizations in aspects of community development . Within this program , CIDT University of Wolverhampton and CRUDAN have worked in partnership . The paper will examine the impact of the strategy on CRUDAN as an institution , on individual staff members plus member organizations . It will highlight the key problems in this on - going process , how they have been addressed so far and what still has to be overcome . Finally , it will touch on the CIDT - CRUDAN ( North - South ) partnership and how an approach to gender strategy from the North has been adapted to meet the needs of Nigerian institutions . Click here for details Margaret Snyder U . S . A . Email : Pegsnyder @ aol . com Research on Women in Uganda This paper will review the recent literature on women in Uganda and will look at such books as Margaret Snyder ' s Women in African Economies : From Burning Sun to Boardroom ( 2000 ) , Aili Mari Tripp ' s Women & Politics in Uganda ( 2000 ) , Sylvia Tamale ' s When Hens Begin to Crow : Gender and Parliamentary Politics in Uganda ( 1999 ) , Lillian Tibatemwa - Ekirikubinza ' s Women ' s Violent Crime in Uganda : More Sinned against than Sinning ( 1999 ) ; Els de Temmerman ' s Aboke Girls : Children Abducted in Northern Uganda ( 2001 ) , and Sandra Wallman et al . ' s Kampala Women Getting By , Jennifer Okumu Wengi ' s Weeding the Millet Field : Women ' s Law and Grassroots Justice in Uganda ( 1997 ) , Abby Justine Nalwanga Sebina - Zziwa ' s The Paradox of Tradition : Gender , Land and Inheritance Rights Among the Baganda ( 1999 ) , Noerine Kaleeba ' s We Miss You All : AIDS in the Family ( 1991 ) , and a new book soon coming out by Joy Kwesiga on Women and Education . Key articles and chapters in the international press on Ugandan women will also be reviewed , including those by authors like Nakanyike Musisi , Carol Summers , Sylvia Tamale , Aili Tripp , Rosalind Boyd , Anne Marie Goetz , Hilda Tadria , Dan Ottemoeller and others . The paper will show how the research in this area has evolved and situate it in a wider African and international context to show the ways in which it contributes to and compares with the broader literature in women ' s studies . Click here for details Peiying Chen , Jennifer Chan - Tiberghien and Christina Vogt University of Southern California , U . S . A , University of British Columbia , Canada , University of Southern California , U . S . A . Email : peiying @ scf - fs . usc . edu , jentiber @ stanford . edu Engendering Global Governance : The Role of the Internet in Fostering a Global Feminist Epistemic Network The panel uses a transnational advocacy network approach to look at the " broadening " and " strengthening " of a feminist - led global civil society , referred to in this presentation as the global feminist epistemic network . " Broadening , " related to the extent of cross - issue mobilization and networking on the Internet . As regards " strengthening " , the presentation looks at the impact of a global feminist epistemic network on international organizational structures , processes , and policy outcomes . The presentation is based on website analysis of eight transnational feminist networks in the areas of human rights , environment , population , children ' s rights , minority rights , trafficking , peace , and trade ; follow - up interviews ; and a focus study on the World Conference Against Racism in Durban , South Africa , in 2001 . While there is evidence that there has been increasing cross - issue networking and mobilization on the internet among transnational feminist networks , suggesting an embryonic global feminist epistemic by the late 1990s , its impact on international organizational structures , processes , and outcomes is much harder to ascertain . Click here for details Roselyne Hellen Lung ' aho Moi University , Kenya Email : rongaho @ primus . africaonline . com Research in Search of Ideology for the Women ' s Movements in Kenya : Linking Theory and Practice Little progress has been made towards the realization of gender equity in Kenya . Compared to neighboring Uganda , and even Tanzania , there is little to show for all the Kenyan women ' s activism since independence in 1963 . The paper argues that the major challenge to the realization of gender equity in Kenya is ideological . The struggle for gender equity is generally viewed , by the dominant ( male ) powers , as an enactment of anti - African Western feminism . And all Western feminism is erroneously combined and defined from a lopsided radical - separatist / male - exclusion perspective . This view forces the national women ' s movement to be on the defensive . Yet the movement ' s leadership has been unable to mount effective defense because it lacks a cohesive theoretical construct defining its aims , vision , principles , and practices . In other words , it lacks the vital linkages between theory and practice as well as scholarship and activism . In the absence of these linkages it is difficult to lobby for emancipatory policies from threatened male political leaders who conceptualize equity as reversal domination . The paper discusses the necessity of conceptualizing feminism rather than pressure a " cross - culturalness " / universality of Euro American feminism . Click here for details Ruth Mukama Makerere University , Uganda Ugandan Media This paper will discuss the impact of women ' s organizations like the Uganda Media Women ' s Association in assisting women media workers in their profession . It will explore efforts to change the ways in which women are portrayed in the commercial media through advocacy and education . It also will discuss the various efforts in print as well as electronic media to improve gender portrayal . The paper will also assess the extent to which the media has been influenced by such pressures . Click here for details Shoma Choudhury Email : schoudhury2000 @ yahoo . com Women in the Kerala Sastra Sahitya Parishad : Experiences in an Indian Social Movement This paper draws from the author ' s doctoral fieldwork and experiences of women in the Peoples ' Science Movement in the state of Kerala , India . Kerala presents a paradoxical ' model ' of development , having achieved a relatively high level of social development and a ' better ' quality of life at a low level of economic development . But despite its high developmental indices , the sustainability of the Kerala model is increasingly called into question . Despite a high rate of female literacy and high work participation rate and a history of matriliny among two of its numerically dominant caste groups , experiences of working with Kerala have shown that a ' culture of silence ' characterizes the large majority of women who belong to the middle classes . The paper examines the ways in which the women in the movement perceive their role in the public sphere and how they negotiate between their traditional roles and modern expectations , their individual aspirations and a changing self - perception and their collective identities , as well as between the private and the public sphere . Click here for details Sister Therese Tinkasimire Makerere University , Uganda Religion This paper will contrast the current status of women in religious institutions ( Catholic , Protestant , Muslim , Balokole ) with earlier periods . It will discuss the role of women in the leadership of religious institutions and at their particular role in lay organizations within the church . It will also look at women in contemporary revivalist movements . It will explore the role of religion as a constraint on women ' s advancement as well as the opportunities it provides for women ' s leadership , the solace it brings women enduring difficulties , and other such benefits . Click here for details Skalska Olga University of Lodz , Poland Email : scala1 @ poczta . wp . pl Changing Role of Women in Transition : From Socialism to Capitalism in Poland The paper presents the current situation of women in Poland , a post - socialistic country . The role of women has changed dramatically from the hard working activists , driving field agri - motors , hardly recognizable from men in their style - less uniforms , and lacking a feminine side , to the modern Polish woman . The Polish woman of today , just like her American counterpart , is a devoted feminist fighting for women ' s rights as well as gender equality . She strives hard to prove that she is as brave , capable , intelligent and independent as a man . But is this the right direction for women ? Do we not forget that our real strength lies in femininity , natural wisdom and intuition ? The real role of women in Poland still needs to be redefined . Click here for details Stella Neema Makerere Institute of Social Research , Uganda Health This paper will focus on the work of women ' s organizations in improving health provisioning for women and in assisting women who are health providers and care givers in Uganda . It will look at the role of women ' s organizations in working with traditional birth attendants and midwives , in providing support groups for women and raising public awareness around issues of HIV / AIDS and STDs ; offering counseling services and other assistance to pregnant young women ; advocating for improved sex education in schools ; in raising debates around abortion and reproductive rights more generally ; and other such issues . The paper also deals with the role of women ' s organizations in addressing the needs of women as the main health care providers in the household and the main participants in community healthcare programs . It examines the contributions of organizations like the National Community of Women Living with HIV / AIDS in Uganda ( NACWOLA ) , which have been pioneers in AIDS advocacy , and in working on such initiatives as the " Memory Project " for children whose parents are dying of AIDS . It will look at the role of Safe Motherhood , Family Planning Association and other such organizations . Click here for details Mary Ssonko Nabacwa Action Aid , Uganda Email : marys @ actionaiduganda . org Policies and Practices Towards Women ' s Empowerment : Policy Advocacy by Gender Focused NGO ' s and the Realties of Grassroots Women in Uganda This paper is based on an exploratory study that sought to analyze the gaps between the policy advocacy work of gender focused NGOs at the national level and the realties of grassroots women in Uganda . Data was elicited from six NGOs : the National Association of Women Organizations in Uganda ( NAWOU ) , Uganda Women ' s Network ( UWONET ) , OXFAM , Forum for Women in Democracy FOWODE ) , Federation of Uganda Women Lawyers ( FIDA ) as well as Action Aid Uganda ( AAU ) . This was supplemented by the experiences of the author based on an active participation in gender focused NGOs at the national level . The paper discusses the major findings of the study that show that while Uganda presents a very good opportunity to ensure that grassroots women actively participate and benefit from advocacy processes , this opportunity has not been fully exploited . Click here for details Winifred Poster and Zakia Salime University of Illinois , USA Email : poster @ uiuc . edu Micro - Credit and the limits of Transnational Feminism : USAID Activities in the United States and Morocco . As one of the most and dominant non - governmental organisations ( NGOs ) for women ' s causes , the United States Agency for International Development ( USAID ) has been instrumental in facilitating transnational alliances among women in the last decade . It has done this by sponsoring global conferences , and by linking international organisations like the United Nations to grassroots organizations , and by funding local associations , which provide services to women . However , such activities are also highly contested , with questions raised about whose interests are actually represented . Many feminist scholars have begun to reassess USAID , critically examining its efforts in various regions of the world . In order to observe ore directly the transnational influences on these dynamics however , we compare USAID - sponsored organisations in two contexts - the United States and Morocco . Activists in these locations organize around the common theme of micro - credit , yet the type of women involved and the strategies they propose vary considerably . We start in the United States with the USAID head office in Washington D . C . where its global micro - credit policy is formulated , and Chicago , Illinois , where USAID hosted its annual International Women ' s Business conference in 1999 , convening entrepreneurs and political leaders from around the world for discussions of micro credit . Subsequently , we turn Fez , Morocco and the Moroccan Association for solidarity without Boarders , a USAID - funded grassroots women ' s organisation administering micro - credit to poor women . Although slightly different in their organisational forms , both of these settings represent locations where micro - credit discourse is constructed and implemented . We contrast them to reveal how - within the larger context of USAID - activism surrounding micro - credit transforms across the North and South . Through participation observation , document analysis , and in - depth interviews of these organizational contexts , we address two issues . First , we contrast the first world discourses of micro - credit as a global strategy for women ' s empowerment , with the third world application and experience of these policies . In particular , we chart the contradictions in policies which aim to put women at the centre of development programs , but have unintended consequences in shifting the responsibility of household income support from men to women and household labour from women to their daughters . Similarly , policies aimed at invoking " solidarity " among women ( by disbursing loans to groups rather than individuals ) have counterproductive effects in creating tension as well as cooperation among women . Second , we discuss the international political relations , which obstruct the process of organizing among women ' s micro - credit groups locally and transnationally . We reveal a complicated transnational web of funding , which involves not only the international agencies and the state , but varying forms of big and small local women ' s organisations . The resulting hierarchy among the NGOs hampers the possibility of linkages of women ' s micro - credit associations - either within the same region or across national borders . Thus , rather than being the saviour of poor women around the world , these micro - credit programs and the highly tense relations they create between NGOs , the state , and international donors can be antithetical to women ' s empowerment and transnational feminist movements . Click here for details Susan Ware Penn State University Delaware County Email : saw4 @ psu . edu A Comparative Analysis of Women ' s Activism on the Web From 1995 to 1998 , the presence of women online increased from 1 . 8 million to 30 . 1 million globally , and the United Nations predicted 43 . 3 million women online by 2000 . As more women gain access to computer technology and the Internet , the push for Web - based women ' s activism is growing . The Web offers both large and small organizations an opportunity to educate a wider audience about critical women ' s empowerment issues and a platform to support online networking through email , listservs and bulletin boards . This presentation will describe a comparative case study of the external web - links and the design / content of the long - standing website of the National Organization for Women ( NOW ) and four newly developed global websites showcased by the WomenAction2000 website . NOW ( http : // www . now . org ) is the largest organization of feminist activists in the United States with 500 , 000 contributing members and 550 chapters in all 50 states and the District of Columbia . Since its founding in 1966 , NOW ' s goal has been " to take action " to bring about equality for all women . The four other sites to be discussed include Flame / Flamme ( http : // flamme . org ) , the Association of Iranian Women ( www . aiwusa . org ) , Asian Women ' s Resource Exchange ( www . jca . apc . org / aworc ) , as well as European WomenAction2000 ( www . iiavnl / european - womenaction - 2000 / ) . Click here for details Sylvia Tamale Makerere University , Uganda Email : deanfss @ mak . ac . ug Women and the Law in Uganda This paper will examine the influence of the women ' s movement on the status of various legislation affecting women , including laws pertaining to rape and defilement , domestic relations , police practices , land , women ' s councils , NGOs , and other such issues . Debates over such legislation will be discussed ; for instance differences with human rights activists over rape legislation . The paper will highlight the ways in which women engage the legal system , including the LC courts , magistrates ' courts as well as alternative dispute mechanisms . It will discuss the legal aid services provided by women ' s organizations like FIDA . Finally , it will consider the way in which women ' s rights can be seen as human rights as well as how the two concepts have been interpreted in Uganda . Click here for details Tabitha Mulyampiti Makerere University , Uganda Email : gendermu @ africaonline . co . ug Politics / Decision - Making in Uganda This paper will focus on women ' s struggles for political representation and leadership in government , in the legislature , on commissions , and other policy - making bodies . It will discuss the debates over affirmative action in parliament , the one - third seats reserved for women in local government , the Electoral College system of selecting those occupying the women ' s seats in parliament , and other such controversial topics . It will look at problems of tokenism , co - optation , and other issues relating to women ' s leadership . It will also explore constraints on women ' s participation , ranging from cultural norms , patronage politics , to economic disincentives . At the same time , it will discuss the role of the women ' s movement as well as other factors in promoting women ' s leadership , civic education , assisting women parliamentarians and earlier in assisting women members of the constituent assembly . The paper will demonstrate the spillover effect of women ' s political leadership into other arenas and women ' s leadership in law societies , human rights groups , and many other NGOs and sectors that do not pertain explicitly to politics . Click here for details Susan M . Fredricks Penn State University , U . S . A Email : smf17 @ psu . edu Advancing Women through Leadership Training Programs The paper is based on community based leadership training programs designed to cultivate leadership qualities and skills . The programs have become a popular and major component in meeting the development challenges of current society in the United States , Australia , Canada , and Great Britain . In the US alone , there are around 650 to 750 such programs . The program typically has 30 to 35 participants who meet once a month for a full day of activities . The program usually runs over a nine - month period with over 60 hours of training time . Tuition ranges from $ 50 to $ 1000 . The curriculum is developed around community awareness issues including education , government , local , and state business , plus the justice system . Community leadership programs receive support from a local organization , usually the chamber of commerce . Women constitute 45 . 8 percent of the participants , who are predominantly white ( approximately 83 percent ) white . The rest are 12 . 4 percent - African American , 3 . 1 percent - Hispanic , 0 . 9 percent - Asian , and 0 . 6 percent other . Click here for details Yevgeniya Kozyreva Feminist League , Kazakhstan Email : feminist @ women . kz The Women ' s Movement in Kazakhstan The paper maps the growth of the women ' s movement in Kazakhstan from 1993 to the present . It discusses the challenges experienced as well as the gains made by the movement overtime . The periods of growth of the movement are categorized into four phases of development : the formation period - 1993 - 1994 , extensive distribution - 1995 - 1997 , political activity - 1998 - 1999 . Since 2000 , the movement has been consolidating its efforts and it is expected that these will be sustained . Click here for details RHODA NSIBIRWA KALEMA " The Struggle for Women ' s Emancipation and Empowerment " The paper is based on a spontaneous women ' s movement dating back about ninety years . The story tells of how Gayaza High School , the first girls ' school in 1905 , created the early women leaders . They started a Namirembe Mothers ' Union and later got affiliated to Mothers Union in London in 1914 . All this being encouraged by the Anglican women missionaries particularly the Bishop ' s wives . The paper signifies the desire of Mrs . Mary Stuart for Women ' s higher education and her successful opening of the Makerere College ( now MUK ) doors to the first 6 women in 1945 . Uganda Council of Women started in 1946 by women of all races and religious groups , and more women ' s groups sprung up . The paper mentions the historic 1960 Uganda Council of Women Conference based on a countrywide grassroot questionnaire , and the success of many resolutions passed therefrom . All individual women groups cooperated with the common concern of the Women ' s betterment . The women pressed Government basically for women ' s recognition and social justice , starting with the Governor ( pre - independence era ) . The 3 major issues being : to get women into the Legislative Council , to include women to vote in the 1962 Constitution and to legislate for the Registration of ALL marriages , the last one led to the Kalema Commission Report . Amin by decree in 1972 banned all women ' s organisations and formed only one umbrella body . Some defied him , though . Affirmative Action came under the NRM Government in 1986 and became consitutionalized in 1995 , hence inspiring women on an increasing scale into political participation . However , the gains of Emancipation and Empowerment still face certain challenges . Click here for details

THE PARLIAMENT HAS ADOPTED AND WE SANCTION , PROMULGATE THE FOLLOWING LAW AND ORDER IT TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE OF THE REPUBLIC OF RWANDA . The Parliament : The Chamber of Deputies , in its session of June 21 , 2004 ; The Senate , in its session of October 5 , 2004 ; Given the Constitution of the Republic of Rwanda of June 4 , 2003 as amended to date especially in its Articles 7 , 62 , 88 , 90 , 92 , 93 , 108 , 118 - 7 0 and201 ; Revisited the law of September 28 , 1963 on Rwandan nationality code , as modified to date ; ADOPTS : TITLE I : GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 : A Rwandan national is anyone who holds the Rwandan nationality under the provisions of this organic law or whoever acquired it under earlier laws on Rwandan nationality . Article 2 : Dual Nationality is permitted . Article 3 : Under this organic law , the majority age is fixed at eighteen ( 18 ) complete years of age . TITLE II : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY ORIGIN CHAPTER I : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY DESCENT Article 4 : Any child whose one of his or her parents is a Rwandan , is a Rwandan . Article 5 : Parental descent is effective in matters of granting nationality only where it has been provided for by laws in force in Rwanda . CHAPTER II : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY BIRTH IN RWANDA Article 6 : A child born in Rwanda from unknown or stateless parents or to whom at least one of his or her parents ’ nationality cannot be granted is a Rwandan . New born babies found on the Rwandan territory are considered as born in Rwanda at their birth in case of default of proof to the contrary . Article 7 : Every foreigner born from alien parents on Rwandan territory residing in Rwanda can , from the age of eighteen ( 18 ) years acquire the Rwandan nationality provided he or she applies for it to the Registrar of civil status in his or her area of residence in accordance with procedures provided for by the Minister having civil status in his or her attributions . Article 8 : In this organic law , Rwandan territory means such area of land , water , marshland and airspace within the borders of the Republic of Rwanda . In determining the Rwandan territory , consideration is given to Rwanda boundaries as indicated by public deeds of the Rwandan Administration or by International treaties signed by Rwanda . TITLE III : ACQUIRED RWANDAN NATIONALITY CHAPTER I : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY MARRIAGE Article 9 : A foreigner or state less person married to a Rwandan after two ( 2 ) years from the date of civil marriage celebration , can acquire the Rwandan nationality upon his or her request made before the Registrar of civil status in accordance with procedure determined by the order of the Minister having civil status in his or her attributions and should have continued to stay together with his or her spouse until the day of his or her request . The marriage however , can not grant one nationality if not found recorded in a Rwandan Registry of civil status . The Government of Rwanda can within a period of one year from the day the request of Rwandan nationality was accepted , reject the alien or stateless person married to a Rwandan from acquiring the Rwandan nationality if it deems it unworthy . When the Rwandan Government rejects to grant the foreigner a Rwandan nationality , he or she is considered to have never acquired it . However , such deeds made within the time of the request and the rejection by the Rwandan Government can not be invalid for the reason that he or she could not acquire the Rwandan nationality . Dissolution of marriage after acquisition of Rwanda nationality cannot have adverse effects on the Nationality acquired by the spouse and his or her children in good faith . Article 10 : A foreigner or a stateless person married to a Rwandan acquires Rwandan Nationality from the day the Registrar of civil status registers him or her in a relevant register as a Rwandan in accordance with provisions of article 9 of this Organic law . CHAPTER II : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY BIRTH OR ADOPTION Article 11 : A child who possesses a foreign nationality or who is stateless , who has not yet attained the majority age or who has never been emancipated , is automatically a Rwandan if he or she is adopted by a Rwandan . Article 12 : A minor who is not emancipated as well as his or her parents whose birth was accepted by Rwandan laws is automatically a Rwandan if his or her father or mother acquired Rwandan nationality . Article 13 : Without prejudice to Government s right of rejection , every emancipated person adopted by a Rwandan in accordance with law acquires the Rwandan nationality if he or she fulfils the following conditions : 1 . demonstration of the will of being a Rwandan ; 2 . he or she should have resided in Rwanda at least for the past five ( 5 ) years ; 3 . he or she should be of good morals , characterised by patriotism and not to have been finally convicted to a sentence of imprisonment equal to or above five ( 5 ) years for any offence committed and has never been rehabilitated . He or she is considered as a resident in Rwanda , where he or she is outside Rwanda either on a state mission or on studies with the direct or indirect permission from the Rwandan Authorities . CHAPTER III : RWANDAN NATIONALITY BY NATURALISATION Article 14 : Rwandan nationality is granted through an order of the Minister having civil status in his or her attributions and published in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Rwanda . Article 15 : Every applicant for nationality by naturalisation is required to fulfill the following conditions : 1 . be of at least eighteen ( 18 ) years of age and a resident in Rwanda for at least the past five ( 5 ) years at the time of submission of his or her application , including time spent abroad either on state mission or on studies with the direct or indirect permission from the Rwandan Authorities . Such a period of five ( 5 ) years is reduced to two ( 2 ) years if the applicant performed outstanding services to Rwanda ; 2 . be of good behaviour and morals and not to have been finally convicted to a sentence of a non deferred imprisonment of above six ( 6 ) months or there existed no rehabilitation . Sentences made abroad may not be considered ; 3 . not to have been subjected to a definitive decision of expelling him or her from the country ; 4 . not to be a burden to the nation and the people ; 5 . must know Kinyarwanda . However , this may not be considered due to the national interest ; 6 . present a receipt of payment to the Public Treasury of a non - refundable fee 7 . determined by an Order of the Minister having civil status in his or her attributions . Article 16 : Every applicant for nationality writes a letter to the Minister having civil status in his or her attributions with a copy to the Prefect of Province or the Mayor of the City of Kigali depending on the applicant s residence . The application shall be accompanied by all the necessary documents to ascertain the applicant s legal status together with justifying reasons for the acceptance of his or her request . The Prefect of Province or Mayor of City of Kigali , upon receiving the copy of the application for nationality , forwards without delay to the Public Prosecutor the file containing the documents mentioned above together with his or her opinion and the general conduct of the applicant . After the Prosecutor of the Province or that of the City of Kigali receives the file of the applicant of nationality , he or she makes a brief statement which is published in Official Gazette of the Republic of Rwanda and it is displayed in an appropriate place . Thereafter he or she shall conduct an inquiry on the acceptance of the request and seek the advice of the National Security Service on the application . Within two ( 2 ) months following the reception of the file , the Public Prosecutor of the Province or that of the City of Kigali forwards to the Minister having the registry of civil status in his or her attributions a complete file of application containing letters of the applicant and the following documents : - 1 . report of the inquiry on the admission of the file of the applicant ; 2 . opinion from the National Security Service ; 3 . his or her own legal opinion on the admission of the applicant and the appropriate action . The Minister verifies whether the legal requirements are satisfied . If not , he or she declares the application unsuccessful and informs the applicant by a legally decisive letter indicating the reasons of rejection . Where the application is accepted , the Minister following a complimentary inquiry if deemed necessary , decides whether the nationality may be granted or not . Where in his or her opinion , there is cause not to grant nationality , he or she rejects the application and informs the applicant . And when he or she deems it necessary that nationality may be granted , he or she makes an order to grant it . The order to grant nationality is recorded in the Registry of civil status of the area where he or she wishes to reside upon request of the applicant and after payment of charges mentioned in article 18 of this organic law . Its effectiveness starts from the day of its transcription . Article 17 : Every person , upon acquiring the Rwandan nationality , as provided by law , enjoys as from such a date on which he or she acquired it all rights there to attached , except where otherwise provided for by particular laws . Article 18 : At every time nationality is granted , the applicant pays a chancery fee determined by the order of the Minister having the Registry of Civil Status in his or her attributions . TITLE IV : RENOUNCING THE RWANDAN NATIONALITY Article 19 : Persons with the majority age having any other nationality or willing to acquire another nationality from another country , shall be deprived of the Rwandan nationality if they demonstrate the will to renounce it . Article 20 : Renouncing the Rwandan Nationality must , in order not to be null and void , be recorded with the registry of civil status of the residence or domicile of the stating person when he or she is a resident in Rwanda or at the Rwandan Embassy or Consulate for statements made abroad . It shall also be published in the Offic